UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
--------------------
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
[ X ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
For the transition period from ____________ to _______________
Commission File Number
0-16439
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE 94-1499887
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
120 North Redwood Drive, San Rafael, California 94903
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (415) 472-2211
--------------------
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
(Title of Class) (Name of each exchange on which registered)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No .
--- ---
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]
As of December 5, 1997, the aggregate market value of the Registrant's
common stock held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant was $324,231,823.50 based
on the last transaction price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. This
calculation does not reflect a determination that certain persons are affiliates
of the Registrant for any other purposes.
The number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 5, 1997 was
13,507,887 (excluding 12,008 shares held by the Company as treasury stock).
Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 of Part III incorporate information by reference
from the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
held on February 3, 1998.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
PART I
ITEM 1. Business............................................................................... 3
ITEM 2. Properties............................................................................. 12
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings...................................................................... 12
ITEM 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.................................... 12
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT........................................................... 13
PART II
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters............. 14
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data........................................................... 15
ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations................................................................... 16
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks....................... 22
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data....................................... 23
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure............................................................ 40
PART III
ITEM 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant................................ 41
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation............................................................ 41
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.................... 41
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions ................................... 41
PART IV
ITEM 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.................. 42
SIGNATURES .................................................................................. 46
Supplemental Information....................................................................... 47
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Development Of The Business
Fair, Isaac and Company (NYSE: FIC) is a leading developer of data
management systems and services for the financial services, direct marketing and
personal lines insurance industries. The Company employs various tools, such as
database enhancement software, predictive modeling, adaptive control and systems
automation to help its customers make "better decisions through data."
Established in 1956, Fair, Isaac pioneered the credit risk scoring
technologies now employed by most major U.S. consumer credit grantors. Its
rule-based decision management systems, originally developed to screen consumer
credit applicants, are now routinely employed in all phases of the credit
account cycle: direct mail solicitation (credit cards, lines of credit, etc.),
application processing, card reissuance, on-line credit authorization and
collection. Although direct comparisons are difficult, management believes Fair,
Isaac ranks first or second in sales of every type of credit management product
or service it markets, and that its total sales to the consumer credit market
exceed those for similar products by any direct competitor.
Approximately 48 percent of fiscal 1997 revenues were derived from
usage-priced products and services marketed through alliances with major credit
bureaus and third-party credit card processors. Sales of decision management
products and services directly to credit industry end-users accounted for
approximately 29 percent of revenues.
In more recent years Fair, Isaac has branched out, applying its proven
risk/reward modeling capabilities to auto and home insurance underwriting, small
business and mortgage lending, telecommunications and most recently, healthcare.
With the acquisition of DynaMark in December 1992, the Company made its first
foray into marketing data processing and database management, an area it
considers a prime target for diversification. Its strategy in this area is to
develop and market an array of services combining DynaMark's strengths in
warehousing and manipulating complex consumer databases with Fair, Isaac's
expertise in predictive modeling and decision systems. DynaMark contributed
$29.8 million or 15 percent of Fair, Isaac's fiscal 1997 revenues. The Company's
Insurance business unit generated revenues in fiscal 1997 of $5.8 million or 3
percent of revenues, and in fiscal l997 the Company recorded its first revenues
from its new Healthcare Information business unit.
In July 1997 the Company acquired Risk Management Technologies (RMT), a
privately held company that is the leading provider of enterprise-wide risk
management and performance measurement solutions to major financial institutions
around the world. This acquisition enables the Company to extend its franchise
in providing data-driven decision support to the financial services industries
beyond its current focus on individual customers. With RMT's products and
services, the Company has positioned itself to support an institution's entire
financial risk management operation, encompassing both the consumer and
enterprise levels. RMT's revenues in fiscal l997 were $8.4 million or 4 percent
of the Company's revenues. The Company's historical financial statements for
prior fiscal year periods have been restated to account for the Company's merger
with RMT on a pooling-of-interests basis.
Fair, Isaac numbers hundreds of the world's leading credit card and travel
card issuers, retail establishments and consumer lenders among its regular
customers. It has enjoyed continuous client relationships with some of these
companies for more than 27 years. Through alliances with all three major U.S.
credit bureaus, the Company also serves a large and growing number of
middle-market credit grantors, primarily by providing direct mail solicitation
screening, application scoring and account management services on a usage-fee
basis. In addition, some of its newer end-user products, such as CreditDesk(R)
application processing software and CrediTable(R) pooled-data scoring systems,
are designed to meet the needs of relatively small users of scoring systems.
Approximately 17 percent of Fair, Isaac's fiscal 1997 revenues came from
sales outside the United States. With its long-standing presence in Western
Europe and Canada and the more recent establishment of operating bases in Great
Britain, France, Germany, Japan, Mexico and South Africa, the Company is well
positioned to benefit from the expected growth in global credit card issuance
and usage through the balance of the 1990s. In September l997 the Company signed
an agreement with Serasa Centralizaco de Servicos dos Banco, Brazil's largest
credit reporting agency, which will result in the first bureau-based score
delivery service in Brazil.
3
<PAGE>
Since 1993, Fair, Isaac's revenues and earnings per share have increased at
a compound rate of 31 percent and 41 percent, respectively. The Company
attributes this growth to rising market demand for credit scoring and account
management services; success in increasing its share of the market; and a
gradual shift in marketing and pricing strategy, from primary reliance on
direct, end-user sales of customized analytical and software products to ongoing
usage revenues from services provided through credit bureaus and bankcard
processing agencies.
During the period since 1990, while the rate of account growth in the U.S.
bankcard industry has been slowing and many of the Company's largest
institutional clients have merged and consolidated, the Company has generated
above-average growth in revenues--even after adjusting for the effect of
acquisitions--from its bankcard-related scoring and account management business
by deepening its penetration of large banks and other credit issuers. The
Company believes much of its future growth prospects will rest on its ability
to: (1) develop new, high-value products, (2) increase its penetration of
established or emerging credit markets outside the U.S. and Canada and (3)
expand--either directly or through further acquisitions--into relatively
undeveloped or underdeveloped markets for its products and services, such as
direct marketing, insurance, small business lending and healthcare information
management.
Products and Services
The Company's principal products are statistically derived, rule-based
analytic tools designed to help businesses make better decisions on their
customers and prospective customers, and software systems and components to
implement these analytic tools. In addition to sales of these products directly
to end-users, the Company also makes these products available in service mode
through arrangements with credit bureaus and third-party credit card processors.
The Company's DynaMark subsidiary provides data processing and database
management services to businesses engaged in direct marketing. Its RMT
subsidiary provides management tools to larger, more sophisticated financial
institutions for enterprise-wide, integrated financial risk and profitability
management.
Products and services sold to the consumer credit industry have
traditionally accounted for most of the Company's revenues. However, the Company
is actively promoting its products and services to other segments of the credit
industry, including mortgage and small business lending; and to non-credit
industries, particularly personal lines insurance, direct marketing,
telecommunications and healthcare. Consumer credit accounted for over 77 percent
of the Company's revenues in each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1997. Sales to customers in the direct marketing business,
including the marketing arms of financial service businesses, accounted for 13
to 15 percent of revenues in each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1997. Revenues from sales to the insurance industry accounted for
2 to 3 percent of revenues in each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1997. In fiscal 1997 the Company's recorded the first revenues
from its new Healthcare Information business unit.
Analytic Products
The Company's primary analytic products are scoring algorithms (also called
"scorecards") which can be used in screening lists of prospective customers,
evaluating applicants for credit or insurance and managing existing credit
accounts. Some of the most common types of scoring algorithms developed by the
Company are described below. Scoring algorithms are developed by correlating
information available at the time a particular decision is made with known
performance at a later date. Scoring algorithms can be developed to predict the
likelihood of different kinds of performance (e.g. credit delinquency, response
to a solicitation, and insurance claims frequency); they can be developed from
different data sources (e.g. credit applications and credit bureau files); and
they can be developed either for a particular user ("custom" scorecards) or for
many users in a particular industry ("pooled data" or "generic" scorecards).
Credit Application Scoring Algorithms. First introduced in 1958, Credit
Application Scoring Algorithms are tools that permit credit grantors to
calculate the risk of lending to individual applicants. They are delivered in
the form of a table of numbers, one for each possible answer to each of about
ten to twelve selected predictive questions that are found on the form filled in
by the applicant or on a credit report purchased by the credit grantor. The user
"scores" an applicant by looking in the table for the number associated with the
answers provided about the applicant and calculating their sum. The "score" thus
obtained is compared to a "cutoff score" previously established by the credit
grantor's management to determine whether or not to extend the requested credit.
A significant proportion of revenues from Credit Application Scoring Algorithms
is derived from sales of new or replacement algorithms to existing users.
4
<PAGE>
Behavior Scoring Algorithms. The Company pioneered Behavior Scoring
Algorithms with a research program in 1969. The first commercially successful
products were introduced in 1978. In contrast to Credit Application Scoring
Algorithms which deal with credit applicants, Behavior Scoring Algorithms permit
management to define rules for the treatment of existing credit customers on an
ongoing basis.
Although similar in statistical principle and manner of construction,
Behavior Scoring Algorithms differ in several important respects from Credit
Application Scoring Algorithms. First, rather than using an applicant's answers
on a credit application or a credit report, the data used to determine a
behavior score come from the customer's purchase and payment history with that
credit grantor. Second, each customer is scored monthly, rather than only at
application time, and an action is selected each time in response to the score.
Third, the available actions are much more varied than simply granting or
denying credit to an applicant. For example, if an account is delinquent, the
actions available to a credit manager can include a simple message on a
customer's bill calling attention to the delinquency, a dunning letter, a phone
call, or a referral to a collection agency, with the action to be taken in any
given case to be determined by the customer's behavior score.
Scores produced by specially designed Behavior Scoring Algorithms can be
used to select actions for mailing promotional materials to customers, for
changing the credit limits allowed, for authorizing individual credit card
transactions, for taking various actions on delinquent accounts and for
reissuing credit cards which are about to expire. Behavior Scoring Algorithms
are also components of the Adaptive Control Systems described below.
Credit Bureau Scoring Services. The Company also provides scoring
algorithms to each of the three major automated credit bureaus in the United
States based solely on the information in their files. Customers of the credit
bureau can use the scores derived from these algorithms to prescreen
solicitation candidates, to evaluate applicants for new credit and to review
existing accounts. Credit grantors using these services pay based on usage and
the Company and the credit bureau share these usage revenues. The PreScore(R)
service offered by the Company combines a license to use such algorithms for
prescreening solicitation candidates along with tracking and consulting services
provided by the Company and is priced on a time or usage basis.
ScoreNetSM Service. The ScoreNet Service, introduced in August 1991, allows
credit grantors to obtain Fair, Isaac's credit bureau scores and related data on
a regular basis and in a format convenient for use in their account management
programs. In most cases the account management program is a Fair, Isaac Adaptive
Control System or Adaptive Control service at a credit card processor. The
Company obtains the data from the credit bureau(s) selected by each subscriber
and delivers it to the subscriber in a format compatible with the subscriber's
account management system.
Insurance Scoring Algorithms. The Company has also delivered scoring
systems for insurance underwriters and marketers. Such systems use the same
underlying statistical technology as credit scoring systems, but are designed to
predict claim frequency or profitability of applicants for personal insurance
such as automobile or homeowners' coverage. During fiscal 1993, the Company
introduced a Property Loss Score ("PLS") service in conjunction with Equifax,
Inc., a leading provider of data to insurance underwriters. In 1994, the Company
introduced a similar service in conjunction with Trans Union called "ASSIST"
which is designed to predict automobile insurance risk. In 1995, with Equifax
Inc., the Company introduced a risk prediction score for automobile insurance
called Casualty Loss Score ("CLS") service. Equifax subsequently spun off its
Insurance Unit, which is now Choicepoint. In 1996 with Acxiom, the Company
introduced a risk prediction score for homeowners' and automobile insurance
called InfoScore. PLS, ASSIST, CLS and InfoScore are similar to the credit
bureau scoring services in that a purchaser of data from Choicepoint, Trans
Union or Acxiom can use the scores to evaluate the risk posed by applicants for
homeowners' or automobile insurance. The Company and Choicepoint, Trans Union or
Acxiom, as the case may be, share the usage revenue produced by these services.
Aspects of automated application processing systems and Adaptive Control Systems
are also applicable to insurance underwriting decisions. The Company is actively
marketing its products and services to the insurance industry.
Other Scoring Algorithms. The Company has developed scoring algorithms for
other users, which include public utilities that require deposits from selected
applicants before starting service, tax authorities that select returns to be
audited, and mortgage lenders. The Company has also developed scoring algorithms
for use in selecting life insurance salesmen, finance company managers, and
prisoners suitable for early release, although to date these algorithms have not
generated significant revenues.
5
<PAGE>
Automated Strategic Application Processing Systems (ASAP)
The Company's Automated Strategic Application Processing systems (ASAP)
automate the processing of credit applications, including the implementation of
the Company's Credit Application Scoring Algorithms. The Company offers
Mid-Range ASAPs which are stand-alone assemblies of hardware and software;
Mainframe ASAP, SEARCH, StrategyWare,(TM) and ScoreWare consisting of software
for IBM and IBM compatible mainframe computers; and CreditDesk which consists of
software for personal computers. The Company does not expect significant sales
of new Mid-Range ASAP systems but still derives significant maintenance and
enhancement revenues from existing systems.
The tasks performed by ASAPs include: (i) checking for the completeness of
the data initially given and printing an inquiry letter in the case of
insufficient information; (ii) checking whether an applicant is a known
perpetrator of fraud; (iii) electronically requesting, receiving, and
interpreting a credit report when it is economic to do so; (iv) assigning a
credit limit to the account, if acceptable, and printing a denial letter if not;
and (v) forwarding the data necessary to originate billing records for accepted
applicants.
Mid-Range ASAP is a minicomputer-based system which carries out the tasks
listed above in a manner extensively "tailored" to each user's unique
requirements. Mainframe ASAP is a software-only package designed to be executed
on IBM or IBM compatible mainframe computers. It is most useful for very large
volume credit grantors who elect to enter application information from a number
of separate locations. CreditDesk is designed for use on stand-alone or
networked personal computers. Although its software functions are not tailored
as extensively as the other versions of ASAP, CreditDesk features an easy-to-use
graphics interface. The Company also sells software components for IBM or
compatible mainframe computers under the tradenames "SEARCH" and "ScoreWare."
SEARCH acquires and interprets credit bureau reports as a separate package.
ScoreWare provides for easy installation of credit application scorecards and
computes scores from such scorecards as part of the application processing
sequence. StrategyWare combines the application processing features described
above with the "Champion/Challenger" strategy concept described below under
Adaptive Control Systems.
The Company's Mid-Range and Mainframe ASAP systems are currently being used
in the United States, Canada, and Europe by banks, retailers, and other
financial institutions. CreditDesk is being used by over 600 credit grantors in
more than a dozen countries. To support these installations, the Company
provides complete hardware and software maintenance, general software support in
the form of consulting, and specific software support by producing enhancements,
as well as other modifications at a user's request.
Adaptive Control Systems
The Company's most advanced product is the Adaptive Control System, now
generally marketed under the tradename "TRIAD". An Adaptive Control System is a
complex of behavior scoring algorithms, computer software, and account
management strategy addressed to one or more aspects of the management of a
consumer credit or similar portfolio. For example, the Company has developed an
Adaptive Control System for use by an electric utility in the management of its
customer accounts.
A principal feature of an Adaptive Control System is software for testing
and evaluation of alternative management strategies, designated the "Champion
and Challenger Strategy Software." The "Champion" strategy applied to any aspect
of controlling a portfolio of accounts (such as determining collection messages
or setting credit limits) is that set of rules considered by management to be
the most effective at the time. A "Challenger" strategy is a different set of
rules which is considered a viable candidate to outperform the Champion. The
Company's Champion and Challenger Strategy software is tailored to the
customer's billing system and is designed to permit the operation of both
strategies at the same time and also to permit varying fractions of the accounts
to go to each of the competing strategies. For example, if a Challenger is very
different from the Champion, management may wish to test it on a very small
fraction of the accounts, rather than to risk a large loss. Alternatively, if a
Challenger appears to be outperforming a Champion, management can direct more
and more of the account flow to it. There need not, in fact, be a limitation on
the number of Challengers in place at any one time beyond the limits imposed by
the ability of the Company and the user management to study the results.
A Champion/Challenger structure is based on one or more of the Company's
component products, usually Behavior Scoring Algorithms, as well as
Company-developed software that permits convenient allocation of accounts to
strategies and convenient modification of the strategies themselves. Adaptive
Control Systems can also consider information external to the particular
creditor, particularly scores and other information obtained from credit
6
<PAGE>
bureaus, in the design of strategies. A specific goal of the Company's Adaptive
Control System product is to make the account management functions of the user
as independent as possible of the user's overall data processing systems
development department.
For a Champion/Challenger structure to function effectively, new Challenger
strategies must be developed continually as insight is gained, as external
conditions change, and as management goals are modified. The Company often
participates in the design and development of new Challenger strategies and in
the evaluation of the results of Champion/Challenger competitions as they
develop.
Contracts for Adaptive Control Systems for end-users generally include
multi-year software maintenance, strategy design and evaluation, and consulting
components. The Company also provides Adaptive Control services through First
Data Resources, Inc. and Total System Services, Inc., the two largest
third-party credit card processors in the United States. The Adaptive Control
service is also available in the United Kingdom through First Data Resources,
Ltd. and Bank of Scotland; in Buenos Aires, through Argencard S.A.; and in
Frankfurt, through B+S Card Service Gmbh. Credit card issuers subscribing to
these services pay monthly fees based on the number of accounts processed.
During fiscal 1996, the Company introduced StrategyWare which is an Adaptive
Control System designed to apply Champion-Challenger principles to the
processing of new credit accounts, rather than the management of existing
accounts. The Company also believes that Adaptive Control Systems can operate in
areas other than consumer credit; and, as noted above, has provided an Adaptive
Control System to an electric utility company.
DynaMark
DynaMark provides a variety of data processing and database management
services to companies and organizations in direct marketing. DynaMark offers
several proprietary tools in connection with such services including DynaLink
and DynaMatch. DynaLink gives financial institutions and other users remote
computer access to their "warehoused" customer account files or marketing
databases. It allows them to perform on-line analyses ranging from profiling the
history of a single customer purchase or credit usage to calling up print-outs
of all files having certain defined characteristics in common. DynaMatch uses a
unique scoring system to identify matching or duplicate records that most
standard "merge-purge" systems would overlook. Credit managers and direct
marketers can use it to identify household relationships (accounts registered in
different names, but sharing a common address and surname) and to eliminate
costly duplicate mailings. Credit card issuers can use it to spot potentially
fraudulent or overlimit credit card charges by individuals using two or more
cards issued under slightly different names or addresses.
Risk Management Technologies
Risk Management Technologies (RMT) provides management tools to larger,
more sophisticated financial institutions around the world for enterprise-wide,
integrated financial risk and profitability management. Financial institutions
must constantly evaluate the effect of interest rate changes and other factors
on their entire operation including their loan, credit card and investment
portfolios, to determine bottom line exposure and potential revenues. RMT's
financial decision support software, the RADAR System, is a comprehensive
enterprise management system that performs asset-liability management, transfer
pricing, and performance measurement modeling. RMT's Genesis product is a
graphical data integration management tool used to integrate data rapidly from
multiple legacy systems and other sources into a consolidated, client/server
data warehouse. Within this warehouse, data remains readily available for use in
multiple decision-support applications.
Healthcare
The Company is currently providing analytical marketing services to a large
pharmaceuticals manufacturer to help improve customer relationship and
"compliance" management using a variety of techniques including internet
communications. "Compliance" in this instance refers to whether prescriptions
are actually filled and taken to completion. The Company has also introduced a
receivables management system for hospitals and other healthcare providers which
is currently in beta testing.
7
<PAGE>
Customer Service and Support
The Company provides service and support to its customers in a variety of
ways. They include: (i) education of liaison teams appointed by buyers of
scoring algorithms and software; ( ii) maintenance of an answering service that
responds to inquiries on minor technical questions; (iii) proactive
Company-initiated follow-up with purchasers of the Company's products and
services; (iv) conducting seminars held several times a year in various parts of
the United States and, less often, in other countries; (v) conducting annual
conferences for clients in which user experience is exchanged and new products
are introduced; (vi) delivery of special studies which are related to the use of
the Company's products and services; and (vii) consulting and training services
provided by the Company's subsidiary, Credit & Risk Management Associates, Inc.
("CRMA").
Scoring algorithms can diminish in effectiveness over time as the
population of applicants or customers changes. Such changes take place for a
variety of reasons, many of which are unknown or poorly understood, but some are
a result of marketing strategy changes or shifts in the national or the local
economy. It is to the user's advantage, therefore, to monitor the performance of
its algorithms so that they can be replaced when it is economic to do so. In
response to this need as well as the requirement of the Equal Credit Opportunity
Act that scoring algorithms be periodically validated, the Company provides
tracking services and software products which measure the continuing performance
of its scoring algorithms while in use by customers.
Technology
The Company's personnel have a high degree of expertise in several separate
disciplines: operations research, mathematical statistics, computer-based
systems design, programming and data processing.
The fundamental principle of operations research is to direct attention to
a class of management decisions, to make a mathematical model of the situation
surrounding that class of decisions and to find rules for making the decisions
which maximize achievement of the manager's goal. The Company's analytic
products are classic examples of this doctrine reduced to practice. The entire
focus is on decision making using the best mathematical and computational
techniques available.
The fundamental goal of mathematical statistics is to provide the method
for deriving the maximum amount of useful information from an undigested body of
data. The objective of the design of computer-based systems is to provide a
mechanism for efficiently accepting input data from a source, storing that data
in a cost-effective medium, operating on the data with reliable algorithms and
decision rules and reporting results in readily comprehensible forms.
The Company's analytic products have a clear distinguishing characteristic
in that they make management by rule possible in situations where the only
alternative is reliance on a group of people whose actions can never be entirely
consistent. Rules for selecting actions require computation of probabilities of
results. But computing the probability of a particular result in the traditional
mode, that is, by counting the number of occurrences of each possible result in
all possible combinations of circumstances, clearly breaks down when the number
of combinations becomes very large. When only a few thousand cases of results
are available, more subtle mathematical methods must be used. The Company has
been actively developing and using techniques of this kind for 41 years, as
indicated by the development and continual enhancement of its proprietary suite
of algorithms and computer programs used to develop scoring algorithms.
The Company's products must also interface successfully with systems
already in place. For example, they must accept data in various forms and in
various media such as handwritten applications, video display terminal input,
and telecommunications messages from credit bureaus. They must also provide
output in diverse forms and media, such as video displays, printed reports,
transactions on magnetic tape and printed letters. The Company's response to
this interface requirement has been to develop a staff which is expert in both
logical design of information systems and the various languages used for coding.
8
<PAGE>
Markets and Customers
The Company's products for use in the area of consumer credit are marketed
to banks, retailers, finance companies, oil companies, credit unions and credit
card companies. The Company has over 600 users of products sold directly by the
Company to end-users. These include about 75 of the 100 largest banks in the
United States; several of the largest banks in Canada; approximately 40 banks in
the United Kingdom; more than 70 retailers; 7 oil companies; major travel and
entertainment card companies; and more than 40 finance companies. Custom
algorithms and systems have generally been sold to larger credit grantors. The
scoring, application processing and adaptive control services offered through
credit bureaus and third-party processors are intended, in part, to extend usage
of the Company's technology to smaller credit issuers and the Company believes
that users of its products and services distributed through third-parties number
in the thousands. As noted above, the Company also sells its products to
utilities, tax authorities, telecommunications and insurance companies.
DynaMark markets its services to a wide variety of businesses engaged in
direct marketing. These include banks and insurance companies, catalog
merchandisers, fund-raisers and others. Most of DynaMark's revenues come from
direct sales to the end user of its services, but in some cases DynaMark acts as
a subcontractor to advertising agencies or others managing a particular project
for the end-user. RMT markets to large financial institutions throughout the
world. Its clients are typically large financial institutions with a wide range
of products, investments and operational units and a sophisticated balance
sheet.
No single end-user customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's
revenues in fiscal 1997. Revenues generated through the Company's alliances with
the three major credit bureaus in the United States, Equifax, Inc., Experian
Information Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as TRW Information Services) and
Trans Union Corporation, each accounted for approximately eight to ten percent
of the Company's total revenues in fiscal 1997.
The percentage of revenues derived from customers outside the United States
was approximately 17 percent in fiscal 1997, 17 percent in fiscal 1996, and 14
percent in fiscal 1995. RMT derives more than half of its revenues from clients
outside the United States. DynaMark had virtually no non-U.S. revenues prior to
fiscal 1997. The United Kingdom, Japan and Canada are the largest international
market segments. Mexico, South Africa, a number of countries in South America
and almost all of the Western European countries are represented in the user
base. The Company has delivered products to users in approximately 50 countries.
The information set forth under the caption "Segment Information" in Note 13 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements is incorporated herein by reference. The
Company's foreign offices are primarily sales and customer service offices
acting as agents on behalf of the U.S. production operations. Net identifiable
assets, capital expenditures and depreciation associated with foreign offices
are not material.
The Company has enjoyed good relations with the majority of its customers
over extended periods of time, and a substantial portion of its revenue is
derived from repeat customers. As noted above, the Company is actively pursuing
new users, particularly in the marketing, insurance and healthcare fields as
well as those potential users in the consumer credit area not yet using the
Company's products.
Contracts and Backlog
The Company's practice is to enter into contracts with several different
kinds of payment terms. Scoring algorithms have historically been sold through
one-time, fixed-price contracts. The Company will continue to sell scoring
algorithms on this basis but has also entered into longer term contractual
arrangements with some of its largest customers for the delivery of multiple
algorithms. PC-ASAP ("CreditDesk") customers have the option to enter into
contracts that provide for a one-time license fee or volume-sensitive monthly
lease payments. The one-time and usage-based contracts contain a provision
requiring monthly maintenance payments. Mainframe ASAP contracts include a
one-time fee for the basic software license, plus monthly fees for maintenance
and enhancement services. The Company also realizes maintenance and enhancement
revenues from users of its line of Mid-Range ASAP systems. PreScore contracts
call for usage or periodic license fees and there is generally a minimum charge.
Contracts for the delivery of complete Adaptive Control Systems typically
contain both fixed and variable elements in recognition of the fact that they
extend over multiple years and must be negotiated in the face of substantial
uncertainties. As noted above, the Company is also providing scoring algorithms
and application processing on a service basis through credit bureaus, and credit
account management services through third-party bankcard processors. Subscribers
pay for these services and for the ScoreNet service based on usage. DynaMark and
RMT employ a combination of fixed fee and volume-or usage-based pricing for
their services.
9
<PAGE>
As of September 30, 1997, the Company's backlog, which includes only firm
contracts, was approximately $70,168,000, as compared with approximately
$64,650,000 as of September 30, 1996. Most usage-based revenues do not appear as
part of the backlog. The Company believes that approximately 30 percent of the
September 30, 1997 backlog will be delivered after the end of the current fiscal
year ending September 30, 1998. Most DynaMark contracts include unit or usage
charges, the total amount of which cannot be determined until the work is
completed. DynaMark's and CRMA's backlog are not significant in amount, are not
considered a significant indicator of future revenues, and are not included in
the foregoing figures. RMT's backlog is included in the foregoing backlog
figures.
Competition
The Company believes that its typical product development cycle, which in
the past has extended as long as ten years, has tended to moderate the Company's
growth rate. It also believes, however, that this long product development lead
time provides a barrier to entry of competitive products. As credit scoring,
automated application processing, and behavioral scoring algorithms, all of
which were pioneered by the Company, have become standard tools for credit
providers, competition has emerged from five sectors: scoring algorithm
builders, providers of automated application processing services, data vendors,
neural network developers and artificial intelligence system builders. It is
likely that a number of new entrants will be attracted to the market, including
both large and small companies. Many of the Company's present and potential
competitors have substantially greater financial, managerial, marketing, and
technological resources than the Company. The Company believes that none of its
competitors offer the same mix of products as the Company. However certain
competitors may have larger shares of particular geographic or product markets.
In-house analytic and systems developers are also a significant source of
competition for the Company.
The Company believes that the principal factors affecting competition for
scoring algorithms are product performance and reliability; expertise and
knowledge of the credit industry; ability to deliver algorithms in a timely
manner; customer support, training and documentation; ongoing enhancement of
products; and comprehensiveness of product applications. It competes with both
outside suppliers and in-house groups for this business. The Company's primary
competitor among outside suppliers of scoring algorithms is C.C.N. Systems
Limited ("CCN") of Nottingham, England, a subsidiary of Great Universal Stores
plc, a large British retailer. Scores sold by credit bureaus in conjunction with
credit reports, including scores computed by algorithms developed by the
Company, provide potential customers with the alternative of purchasing scores
on a usage-priced basis.
The Company believes that the principal factors affecting competition in
the market for automated application processing systems (such as ASAP) are the
same as those affecting scoring algorithms, together with experience in
developing computer software products. Competitors in this area include outside
computer service providers and in-house computer systems departments. The
Company believes that its primary competitor in this area is American Management
Systems, Incorporated ("AMS"). AMS also offers credit scoring algorithms.
The Company competes with data vendors in the market for its credit bureau
scoring services including PreScore and ScoreNet. In the past several years,
data vendors have expanded their services to include evaluation of the raw data
they provide. All of the major credit bureaus offer competing prescreening and
credit bureau scoring services developed, in some cases, in conjunction with the
Company's primary scoring algorithm competitor, CCN. In November 1996 it was
announced that CCN had agreed to acquire Experian Information Solutions, Inc.
(formerly known as TRW Information Systems & Services).
Both AMS and CCN offer products intended to perform some of the same
functions as the Company's Adaptive Control Systems. The Company believes that
customers using its Adaptive Control Systems, in both custom end-user form and
through third-party processors, significantly outnumber users of the competing
AMS and CCN products.
Another source of emerging competition comes from companies developing
artificial intelligence systems including those known as "expert systems" and
"neural networks." An expert system is computer software that replicates the
decision-making process of the best available human "experts" in solving a
particular class of problem, such as credit approval, charge card authorization,
or insurance underwriting. Scoring technology differs from expert systems in
that scoring technology is based upon a large data base of results, from which
rules and algorithms are developed, as compared to expert systems, which are
typically based primarily on the "expert's" judgment and less so upon a
significant data base. The Company believes its technology is superior to expert
system technology where sufficient performance data is available. Neural
networks, on the other hand, are an alternative method of developing scoring
algorithms from a data base but using mathematical techniques quite different
from those used by the Company. For example, HNC Software, Inc. has developed
systems using neural network technology which
10
<PAGE>
compete with some of the Company's products and services. The Company believes
that analytical skill and knowledge of the business environment in which an
algorithm will be used are generally more important than the choice of
techniques used to develop the algorithm; and, further, that the Company has an
advantage in these areas with respect to its primary markets as compared with
neural network developers.
There are a large number of companies providing data processing and
database management services in competition with DynaMark, some of which are
considerably larger than DynaMark. The Company believes the market for such
services will continue to expand rapidly for the foreseeable future. Competition
in this area is based on price, service, and, in some cases, ability of the
processor to perform specialized tasks. DynaMark has concentrated on providing
specialized types of data processing and database management services using
proprietary tools which, it believes, give it an edge over its competition in
these areas. RMT is a leading provider of enterprise-wide risk management and
performance-measurement solutions to major financial institutions. There are a
number of companies offering enterprise-wide "solutions", or serving
sub-segments of this market (such as trading operations of financial
institutions), in competition with RMT. The Company believes that no direct
competitor currently offers the depth and scope of analytical functionality in
products and services for financial risk management that RMT provides, which
gives RMT an advantage in this market.
Product Protection
The Company relies upon the laws protecting trade secrets and upon
contractual non-disclosure safeguards, including its employee non-disclosure
agreements and restrictions on transferability that are incorporated into its
customer agreements, to protect its software and proprietary interests in its
product methodology and know-how. The Company currently has one patent
application pending but does not otherwise have patent protection for any of its
programs or algorithms, nor does it believe that the law of copyrights affords
any significant protection for its proprietary software. The Company instead
relies principally upon such factors as the knowledge, ability, and experience
of its personnel, new products, frequent product enhancements, and name
recognition for its success and growth. The Company retains title to and
protects the suite of algorithms and software used to develop scoring algorithms
as a trade secret and has never distributed its source code.
In spite of these precautions, it may be possible for competitors or users
to copy or reproduce aspects of the Company's software or to obtain information
that the Company regards as trade secrets. In addition, the laws of some foreign
countries do not protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as
do the laws of the United States.
Research and Development
Technological innovation and excellence have been goals of the Company
since its founding. The Company has devoted, and intends to continue to devote,
significant funds to research and development. The Company has ongoing projects
for improving its fundamental knowledge in the area of algorithm design, its
capabilities to produce algorithms efficiently, and its ability to specify and
code algorithm executing software. The information set forth in the line
entitled "Research and development" in the Consolidated Statement of Income and
the information set forth under the caption "Software costs" in Note 1 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements is incorporated herein by reference.
Above and beyond the projects formally designated as Research and
Development, many of the Company's activities contain a component that produces
new knowledge. For example, an Adaptive Control System, by its nature and
purpose, must be designed to match its environment and learn as it operates. In
the areas in which the Company's products are useful, the "laboratory" is
necessarily the site of the user's operations.
Hardware Manufacturing
Hardware for the Company's Mid-Range ASAP systems consists primarily of a
Motorola MC 68030-based central processing unit, one or more video display
terminals, a disk storage unit, and various other input-output and peripheral
devices. The Company's manufacturing process at its San Rafael, California
facility involves assembly, testing, and quality assurance functions. Components
and parts used in the Company's Mid-Range ASAP systems are purchased from
outside vendors, and the Company generally seeks to use components and parts
that are available in quantity from a number of distributors. The Company
believes that, should any of these components become unavailable from current
sources, alternative sources could be developed. Hardware manufacturing and
enhancements account for less than one percent of total revenue.
11
<PAGE>
Personnel
As of September 30, 1997, the Company employed approximately 1,221 persons.
None of its employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement and no
work stoppages have been experienced.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Company's principal office is located in San Rafael, California,
approximately 15 miles north of San Francisco. The Company leases approximately
270,000 square feet of office space in four buildings at that location under
leases expiring in 2001 or later. It also leases approximately 7,822 square feet
of warehouse space in San Rafael for its hardware operations and for storage
under month-to-month leases. The Company has also exercised an option to
purchase land in San Rafael for construction of approximately 406,000 square
feet of additional office space with an expected initial occupancy date in the
year 2000. DynaMark leases approximately 109,000 square feet of office and data
processing space in three buildings in Arden Hills, Minnesota under leases which
expire in 2006. DynaMark's Printronic Division leases approximately 25,000
square feet of office and data processing space in New York City under a lease
expiring in 2004. RMT leases approximately 9,200 square feet of office space in
Berkeley, California. The Company also leases a total of approximately 36,000
square feet of office space for offices in Baltimore, Maryland; New Castle,
Delaware; Atlanta, Georgia; Chicago, Illinois; Tampa, Florida; Toronto, Ontario;
Birmingham, England; Tokyo, Japan; Paris, France; Mexico City, Mexico; and
Wiesbaden, Germany. See Notes 6 and 12 in the Consolidated Financial Statements
for information regarding the Company's obligations under leases and Note 15 in
the Consolidated Financial Statements for information with respect to the
proposed purchase of land in San Rafael. The Company believes that suitable
additional space will be available to accommodate future needs.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
No material legal proceedings are pending.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
Not applicable.
12
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
<CAPTION>
Name Positions Held Age
---- -------------- ---
<S> <C> <C>
Larry E. Rosenberger President and Chief Executive Officer 51
since March, 1991, Executive Vice
President 1985-1991, Senior Vice
President 1983-1985, Vice President
1977-1983. A Director since 1983.
Joined the Company in 1974.
John D. Woldrich Appointed Chief Operating Officer 54
effective August 1, 1995. Executive
Vice President since 1985, Senior Vice
President 1983-1985, Vice President
1977-1983. A Director since 1983.
Joined the Company in 1972.
Barrett B. Roach Executive Vice President since joining 57
the Company in August 1992. Chief
Administrative and Financial Officer of
Network Equipment Technologies, Inc.
from 1986 to July 1990. Owned and
operated a vineyard from July 1990 to
August 1992.
Patrick G. Culhane Executive Vice President since August 43
1995; Senior Vice President 1992-
1995; Vice President 1990-1992;
joined the Company in 1985.
H. Robert Heller Executive Vice President since September 57
1996 and a Director since February 1994.
President of International Payments Institute
from December 1994 to September 1996;
President and Chief Executive Officer of
Visa U.S.A., Inc. 1991-1993,
Executive Vice President of Visa
International 1989-1991.
Jeffrey F. Robinson Senior Vice President since 1986, Vice 48
President 1980-1986. Treasurer 1981-
1983. Joined the Company in 1975.
Kenneth M. Rapp Senior Vice President since August 1994, 51
and President and Chief Operating Officer
of DynaMark, Inc. since it was founded
in 1985.
Peter L. McCorkell Senior Vice President since August 1995; 51
Vice President, Secretary and General
Counsel since joining the Company
in 1987.
Patricia Cole Senior Vice President, Chief Financial 48
Officer and Treasurer since November
1996; Controller since joining the
Company in September 1995. Vice
President and Controller of Quest
Communications International Inc. 1993-
1995; Controller of Los Angeles Cellular
Telephone Company 1990-1992.
David M. LaCross President, Chief Executive Officer of 45
Risk Management Technologies
since it was founded in 1989.
<FN>
- ------------
The term of office for all officers is at the pleasure of the Board of
Directors.
</FN>
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE>
PART II
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
As of May 6, 1996, the Company's common stock began trading on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol: FIC. Prior to that date, it was traded
over-the-counter on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol: FICI. At December
5, 1997, Fair, Isaac had 312 holders of record of its common stock. The
following table lists the high and low last transaction prices for the periods
shown, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ Stock Market.
Stock Prices High Low
- ------------------------------------------------------------
October 1 - December 31, 1995 29 1/4 25
January 1 - March 31, 1996 30 3/8 21 1/2
April 1 - June 30, 1996 50 30
July 1 - September 30, 1996 46 1/4 37 5/8
October 1 - December 31, 1996 39 3/8 33 5/8
January 1 - March 31, 1997 43 1/8 35
April 1 - June 30, 1997 44 7/8 30 1/4
July 1 - September 30, 1997 47 1/2 40 3/4
Dividends
On May 24, 1995, Fair, Isaac announced a 100 percent stock dividend
(equivalent to a two-for-one stock split) and its intention to pay quarterly
dividends of 2 cents per share or 8 cents per year subsequent to issuance of the
stock dividend. Quarterly dividends of that amount were paid throughout fiscal
1997. There are no current plans to change the cash dividend or to issue any
further stock dividend.
Unregistered Equity Sales
On July 21, l997, the Company acquired all the outstanding stock of Risk
Management Technologies ("RMT"), a privately held California corporation,
pursuant to a merger of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and RMT in
which RMT became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the "Merger").The
Merger was effected pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as
of June 12, l997 (the "Merger Agreement") among the Company, RMT and the
shareholders and option holders of RMT. RMT was founded in 1989 to provide
enterprise-wide risk management and performance measurement solutions to major
financial institutions.
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of RMT
common stock and options to purchase RMT stock (after adjustment for the
exercise price) were exchanged for .3254 shares of Company common stock or
option equivalents. The number of shares and option equivalents issued by the
Company in connection with the Merger is 1,252,655. The Company accounted for
the Merger under the "pooling of interests" method.
At the time of the transaction, the shares of the Company common stock and
the options to purchase the Company common stock issued to the former RMT
security holders in the Merger were not registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), because the transaction involved a non-public
offering exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act and
Regulation D promulgated thereunder.
14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Fiscal year ended September 30, 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues $199,009 $155,913 $117,089 $92,046 $67,269
Income from operations 37,756 29,518 19,828 16,420 7,599
Income before income taxes 35,546 28,704 21,390 17,178 8,143
Net income 20,686 17,423 12,753 10,559 4,768
Earnings per share $1.46 $1.25 $ .93 $ .79 $ .37
Dividends per share * $ .08 $ .08 $ .055 $ .07 $ .07
At September 30, 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Working capital $ 47,727 $ 34,699 $ 23,448 $17,436 $15,126
Total assets 145,228 118,023 91,009 72,056 54,875
Long-term obligations 1,183 1,552 1,930 2,333 2,729
Stockholders' equity 103,189 79,654 56,176 42,929 31,133
<FN>
* Because the change to quarterly dividends was initiated in September
1995, the rate of dividends paid in fiscal 1995 does not reflect the current
annual rate of 8 cents per share.
</FN>
</TABLE>
The financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1993 through
1997 have been restated to reflect the merger, effective July 1997, between
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated and Risk Management Technologies which has
been accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method.
15
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated, provides products and services
designed to help a variety of businesses use data to make better decisions on
their customers, prospective customers and existing portfolios. The Company's
products include statistically derived, rule-based analytical tools, software
designed to implement those analytical tools and consulting services to help
clients use and track the performance of those tools. The Company also provides
a range of credit scoring and credit account management services in conjunction
with credit bureaus and credit card processing agencies. Its DynaMark subsidiary
provides data processing and database management services to businesses engaged
in direct marketing activities, many of which are in the credit and insurance
industries.
On July 21, l997, the Company acquired Risk Management Technologies (RMT),
a privately held company, which provides enterprise-wide risk management and
performance measurement solutions to major financial institutions. The Company's
historical statements for prior periods have been restated to account for the
Company's merger with RMT on a pooling-of-interests basis.
The Company is organized into business units that correspond to its
principal markets: consumer credit, insurance, direct marketing (DynaMark),
enterprise-wide financial risk management (RMT) and a new unit, healthcare
information. Sales to the consumer credit industry have traditionally accounted
for the bulk of the Company's revenues. Products developed specifically for a
single user in this market are generally sold on a fixed-price basis. Such
products include application and behavior scoring algorithms (also known as
"analytic products" or "scorecards"), credit application processing systems
(ASAP(TM) and CreditDesk(R)) and custom credit account management systems,
including those marketed under the name TRIAD(TM). Software systems usually also
have a component of ongoing maintenance revenue, and CreditDesk systems have
also been sold under time- or volume-based price arrangements. Credit scoring
and credit account management services sold through credit bureaus and
third-party credit card processors are generally priced based on usage. Products
sold to the insurance industry are generally priced based on the number of
policies in force, subject to contract minimums. DynaMark and RMT employ a
combination of fixed-fee and usage-based pricing, and the Healthcare Information
unit intends to employ a combination of fixed-fee and usage-based pricing for
its products.
This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes. In addition to historical
information, this report includes certain forward-looking statements regarding
events and trends that may affect the Company's future results. Such statements
are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause the Company's actual
results to differ materially. Such factors include, but are not limited to,
those described in this discussion and analysis.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Revenues
<TABLE>
The following table sets forth for the fiscal periods indicated (a) the
percentage of revenues represented by fixed-price and usage-priced revenues from
the Credit business unit, and the percentage of revenues contributed by the
DynaMark, RMT, Insurance and Healthcare Information business units; and (b) the
percentage change in revenues within each category from the prior fiscal year.
Credit fixed-price revenues include all revenues from custom scorecard, software
and consulting projects. Most credit usage revenues are generated through
third-party alliances such as those with credit bureaus and third-party credit
card processors. In addition, some credit scorecards and software products are
licensed under volume-based fee arrangements and these are included in credit
usage-priced revenues.
16
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
Percentage of Period-to-period
revenue percentage changes
Years ended 1996 1995
September 30, to to
1997 1996 1995 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Credit:
Fixed-price 29 29 29 28 34
Usage-priced 48 50 51 23 31
DynaMark 15 13 15 41 19
RMT 4 5 3 18 123
Insurance 3 3 2 27 63
Healthcare Information 1 -- -- NM* NM*
---- ---- -----
Total Revenues 100 100 100 28 33
==== ==== =====
<FN>
* Not meaningful
</FN>
</TABLE>
Revenues from credit application scoring products increased by 36 percent
in fiscal 1996 compared with fiscal 1995, and by 22 percent in fiscal 1997
compared with fiscal 1996, due primarily to the Company's sales of new products
and increased sales of small business loan scoring products. ASAP revenues
increased by 30 percent in fiscal l996 compared with fiscal l995, and by 47
percent in fiscal 1997 compared with fiscal 1996, primarily due to increased
sales of PC-based ASAP products (CreditDesk) and sales of StrategyWare(TM), a
new decision support software product released in September l996.
Revenues from sales of credit account management systems (TRIAD) sold to
end-users increased by 38 percent from 1995 to 1996, but decreased by 5 percent
from l996 to l997. The major factor in the decline in revenues in fiscal l997
was a delay in the completion of the next major release of the software. That
release (TRIAD 5.0) was completed in November l997. The Company's high degree of
success in penetrating the U.S. bankcard industry with these products has
limited, and may continue to limit, the revenue growth in that market. However,
the Company has added functionality for the existing base of TRIAD users and is
actively marketing TRIAD for other types of credit products and in overseas
markets.
Usage revenues are generated primarily by credit scoring services
distributed through major credit bureaus and credit account management services
distributed through third-party bankcard processors. Revenues from credit
bureau-related services increased by 30 percent in fiscal l996 and 22 percent in
fiscal l997 and accounted for approximately 37 percent and 35 percent of
revenues in fiscal 1996 and 1997, respectively. Revenues from services provided
through bankcard processors also increased in each of these years, primarily due
to increases in the number of accounts at each of the major processors.
The Company provides credit risk management consulting services primarily
through CRMA, which was acquired in September 1996. CRMA completed its first
year as part of the Credit business unit on September 30, l997. CRMA's revenues
were 3 percent of the Company's Credit revenues.
Revenues derived from alliances with credit bureaus and credit card
processors have accounted for much of the Company's revenue growth and
improvement in operating margins over the last three years. While the Company
has been very successful in extending or renewing such agreements in the past,
and believes it will generally be able to do so in the future, the loss of one
or more such alliances or an adverse change in terms could have a significant
impact on revenues and operating margin. Revenues generated through the
Company's alliances with Equifax, Inc., Experian Information Solutions, Inc.,
(formerly TRW Information Systems & Services) and Trans Union Corporation each
accounted for approximately eight to ten percent of the Company's total revenues
in fiscal 1996 and 1997.
On November 14, 1996, it was announced that Experian had been acquired by
CCN Group Ltd., a subsidiary of Great Universal Stores, PLC. CCN is the
Company's largest competitor, worldwide, in the area of credit scoring.
TRW/Experian has offered scoring products developed by CCN in competition with
those of the Company for several years. The acquisition had no apparent impact
on the Company's revenues from Experian in fiscal l997.
17
<PAGE>
On September 30, 1997, amendments to the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act
became effective. The Company believes these changes to the federal law
regulating credit reporting will be favorable to the Company and its clients.
Among other things, the new law expressly permits the use of credit bureau data
to prescreen consumers for offers of credit and insurance and allows affiliated
companies to share consumer information with each other subject to certain
conditions. There is also a seven-year moratorium on new state legislation on
certain issues. However, the states remain free to regulate the use of credit
bureau data in connection with insurance underwriting.
The Company believes enacted or proposed state regulation of the insurance
industry has had a negative impact on its efforts to sell insurance risk scores
through credit reporting agencies.
DynaMark`s revenues increased from $17.8 million in fiscal 1995 to $21.2
million in fiscal 1996 and to $29.8 million in fiscal 1997. The increases in
DynaMark's revenues (excluding inter-company revenues) were due primarily to
increased revenues from customers in the financial services industry. Gross
margins for fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997 were approximately 38, 39 and 42 percent,
respectively. Since its acquisition, DynaMark has taken on an increasing share
of the mainframe batch processing requirements of the Company's other business
units. During fiscal 1997, such inter-company revenue represented approximately
14 percent of DynaMark's total revenues. Accordingly, DynaMark's externally
reported revenues tend to understate DynaMark's growth and contribution to the
Company as a whole.
RMT's revenues for fiscal l996 increased by 123 percent compared with
fiscal l995, and in fiscal 1997 increased by 18 percent compared with fiscal
1996. The rapid growth in revenues in fiscal l996 was a result of the
acquisition by RMT in June l995 of Software Alliance Corporation, with which RMT
had formed an alliance for marketing of all RMT products and sharing of revenues
from such product sales. Under the terms of the alliance, RMT received and
recorded 25 percent of the revenues from sales made by Software Alliance. After
the acquisition, RMT received and recorded 100 percent of the revenues from such
sales.
Increases in insurance revenues for fiscal l997, compared with fiscal 1996,
were due to strong growth in both insurance products sold to end-users and in
the insurance scoring services offered through consumer reporting agencies. The
Company recorded its first revenues from its Healthcare Information business
unit in fiscal 1997.
The Company's revenues derived from clients outside the United States
increased from $16.4 million in fiscal 1995 to $26.1 million in 1996 and to
$33.9 million in fiscal l997. RMT contributed $1.5 million, $4.3 million and
$4.6 million to the Company's non-U.S. revenues for fiscal years 1995, l996 and
l997, respectively. DynaMark has not had significant non-U.S. revenues. Sales of
software products, including TRIAD and CreditDesk, and an increase in the number
of accounts using the Company's account management services at credit card
processors in Europe and Latin America, accounted for most of the increase in
international revenues in fiscal 1996 and 1997.
Revenues from software maintenance and consulting services each accounted
for less than 10 percent of revenues in each of the three years in the period
ended September 30, 1997, and the Company does not expect revenues from either
of these sources to exceed 10 percent of revenues in the foreseeable future.
During the period since 1990, while the rate of account growth in the U.S.
bankcard industry has been slowing and many of the Company's largest
institutional clients have merged and consolidated, the Company has generated
above-average growth in revenues--even after adjusting for the effect of
acquisitions--from its bankcard-related scoring and account management business
by deepening its penetration of large banks and other credit issuers. The
Company believes much of its future growth prospects will rest on its ability
to: (1) develop new, high-value products, (2) increase its penetration of
established or emerging credit markets outside the U.S. and Canada and (3)
expand--either directly or through further acquisitions--into relatively
undeveloped or underdeveloped markets for its products and services, such as
direct marketing, insurance, small business lending and healthcare information
management.
18
<PAGE>
Over the long term, in addition to the factors discussed above, the
Company's rate of revenue growth--excluding growth due to acquisitions--is
limited by the rate at which it can recruit and absorb additional professional
staff. Management believes this constraint will continue to exist indefinitely.
On the other hand, despite the high penetration the Company has already achieved
in certain markets, the opportunities for application of its core competencies
are much greater than it can pursue. Thus, the Company believes it can continue
to grow revenues, within the personnel constraint, for the foreseeable future.
At times management may forego short-term revenue growth in order to devote
limited resources to opportunities that it believes have exceptional long-term
potential. This occurred in the period from 1988 through 1990 when the Company
devoted significant resources to developing the usage-priced services
distributed through credit bureaus and third-party processors.
Expenses
<TABLE>
The following table sets forth for the fiscal periods indicated: (a) the
percentage of net revenues represented by certain line items in the Company's
Consolidated Statement of Income and (b) the percentage change in the amount of
each such line item from the prior fiscal year.
<CAPTION>
Percentage of Period-to-period
revenue percentage changes
Years ended 1996 1995
September 30, to to
1997 1996 1995 1997 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total revenues 100 100 100 28 33
---- ---- ----
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues 36 37 37 26 32
Sales and marketing 15 17 20 13 11
Research and development 9 6 4 90 86
General and administrative 20 21 21 23 33
Amortization of intangibles 1 -- 1 74 3
---- ---- ----
Total costs and expenses 81 81 83 28 30
---- ---- ----
Income from operations 19 19 17 28 49
Other income (expense) (1) (1) 1 NM* NM*
---- ---- ----
Income before income taxes 18 18 18 24 34
---- ---- ----
Provision for income taxes 8 7 7 32 31
---- ---- ----
Net income 10 11 11 19 37
==== ==== ====
<FN>
* Not meaningful
</FN>
</TABLE>
Cost of revenues
Cost of revenues consists primarily of personnel, travel and related
overhead costs; costs of computer service bureaus; and the amounts paid by the
Company to credit bureaus for scores and related information in connection with
the ScoreNet(R) Service.
Cost of revenues, as a percentage of revenues, remained essentially
unchanged from fiscal l995 to fiscal 1996, and declined slightly in fiscal l997.
The decrease in fiscal l997 was due primarily to the reassignment to research
and development activities of certain personnel whose primary assignment had
been production and delivery.
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expenses consist principally of personnel, travel,
overhead, advertising and other promotional expenses. As a percentage of
revenues, sales and marketing expenses decreased in fiscal 1996 compared with
fiscal 1995 and further decreased in fiscal l997 due primarily to a reduction in
media advertising.
19
<PAGE>
Research and development
Research and development expenses include the personnel and related
overhead costs incurred in product development, researching mathematical and
statistical algorithms and developing software tools that are aimed at improving
productivity and management control. Research and development increased sharply
from fiscal l995 to fiscal 1996 and from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997. After
several years of concentrating on developing new markets--either geographically
or by industry--for its existing technologies, in fiscal 1996 and fiscal l997
the Company renewed its historical emphasis on developing new technologies,
especially in the area of software development.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses consist mainly of compensation expenses
for certain senior management, corporate facilities expenses, the costs of
administering certain benefit plans, legal expenses, expenses associated with
the exploration of new business opportunities and the costs of operating
administrative functions, such as finance and computer information systems. As a
percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses were essentially
unchanged for fiscal l995, l996 and l997.
Amortization of intangibles
The Company is amortizing the intangible assets arising from various
acquisitions over periods ranging from 2 to 15 years. The level of amortization
expense in future years will depend, in part, on the amount of additional
payments to the former shareholders of CRMA, a privately held company acquired
at the end of fiscal l996. See below, under "Capital Resources and Liquidity."
Other income (expense)
The table in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements presents the
detail of other income and expenses. Interest income is derived from the
investment of funds surplus to the Company's immediate operating requirements.
At September 30, 1997, the Company had approximately $26.1 million invested in
U.S. treasury securities and other interest-bearing instruments. Interest income
increased in fiscal 1996 due to rising interest rates and the increasing balance
in interest-bearing accounts and instruments, and in fiscal 1997 due to higher
average cash balances.
The Company's share of operating losses in certain early-stage development
companies that are accounted for using the equity method is charged to other
expense. During the quarter ended September 30, l997, the Company wrote off
non-marketable investments with an equity basis of $773,000, principally an
Italian start-up venture due to the potential negative impact on the start-up's
operations from a new privacy law. In addition, during the quarter ended
September 30, 1996, the Company wrote off an investment in a different
early-stage development company due to the deteriorating financial condition of
that entity. The write-offs and the Company's share of losses in early-stage
development companies were primarily responsible for the difference between the
increase in operating income in fiscal l996 and 1997 (49 percent and 28 percent,
respectively) and the increase in net income (37 percent and 19 percent,
respectively). Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the
Company's investment in such companies.
Provision for income taxes
The Company's effective tax rate was 40.4 percent, 39.3 percent and 41.8
percent in fiscal l995, l996 and l997, respectively. The increase to 41.8
percent in fiscal 1997 was due primarily to the nondeductible nature of
goodwill, one-time acquisition costs for RMT and an increase in the valuation
allowance of deferred tax assets. The Company expects its effective tax rate in
fiscal 1998 to be approximately 40 percent, barring any change in the tax laws.
20
<PAGE>
CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY
Working capital increased from $23,448,000 at September 30, 1995 to
$34,699,000 at September 30, 1996, and to $47,727,000 at September 30, l997. The
increase in fiscal 1996 was due primarily to increases in accounts receivable,
cash and cash equivalents and prepaid expenses and other assets, which more than
offset the increase in accrued compensation and employee benefits and accounts
payable and other accrued liabilities.
The increase in fiscal 1997 was due primarily to increases in accounts
receivable and unbilled work in progress, which more than offset the increase in
accrued compensation and employee benefits and the decrease in prepaid expenses
and other assets.
The Company's exposure to collection risks is comprised of the sum of
accounts receivable plus unbilled work in progress, less billings in excess of
earned revenues. Changes in contract terms and product mix, along with
variations in timing, may cause fluctuations in any or all of these items.
During fiscal 1997, the increase in accounts receivable and billings in excess
of earned revenues were proportional to the increase in revenues. The greater
increase in unbilled work was due primarily to changes in product mix and
contract terms.
The Company has capitalized as goodwill the amount of $45,000 for amounts
due to the former stockholders of CRMA based upon its financial results in
fiscal 1997 under the CRMA purchase agreement. Additional payments to the former
stockholders of CRMA based upon CRMA's financial results in fiscal 1998 and 1999
may also be required. Those amounts, which will be paid 55 percent in Company
stock and 45 percent in cash, will not exceed $1,833,000 per year.
In fiscal 1996, cash provided by operations resulted primarily from net
income before depreciation and amortization and increases in accrued
compensation and employee benefits, partially offset by the increase in accounts
receivable. Cash was used in investing activities primarily for additions to
property and equipment, purchases of interest-bearing investments, the
acquisitions of Printronic and CRMA, and an "earn-out" payment to the former
shareholders of DynaMark, partially offset by the maturities of interest-bearing
investments. Cash was used in financing activities primarily for the payment of
dividends and the reduction of capital lease obligations, partially offset by
cash generated by the exercise of stock options.
In fiscal 1997, cash provided by operations resulted primarily from net
income before depreciation and amortization, decreases in prepaid expenses and
other assets and increases in accrued compensation and employee benefits,
partially offset by the increase in accounts receivable and unbilled work in
progress. Cash was used in investing activities primarily for additions to
property and equipment and the purchase of interest-bearing investments,
partially offset by the maturities of interest-bearing investments. Cash was
used in financing activities for the payment of dividends, reduction of capital
lease obligations and repurchase of Company stock, partially offset by cash
generated by the exercise of stock options.
Future cash flows will continue to be affected by operating results,
contractual billing terms and collections, investment decisions and dividend
payments, if any. At September 30, 1997, the Company had no significant capital
commitments other than those obligations described in Notes 3, 6 and 12 of the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
On December 1, 1997, the Company exercised an option to purchase
undeveloped land in San Rafael, California, with the intention of constructing
an office complex to accommodate future growth. The purchase price is $9.35
million plus certain costs incurred by the seller as defined in the agreement.
Development is expected to commence in fiscal 1998 and will involve a material
capital commitment by the Company. The Company intends to fund the acquisition
and development of this land using long-term debt, equity or other financing.
Excepting external financing of this capital commitment, the Company believes
that the cash and marketable securities on hand, along with cash expected to be
generated by operations, will be adequate to meet its capital and liquidity
needs for both the current year and the foreseeable future.
21
<PAGE>
YEAR 2000
The Company is performing Year 2000 conversion work on its software
products marketed to customers. The updated versions of its software products
currently being shipped to customers are Year 2000 compliant. The Year 2000
conversion work for earlier versions of the Company's software installed at
customer sites will be performed as part of the Company's normal upgrade and
maintenance process. Additionally, the Company has completed its Year 2000 audit
of internal systems applications and determined that approximately 95 percent of
its internally developed systems are Year 2000 compliant. Applications supplied
by third parties are either Year 2000 compliant or have patches currently
available to bring them into compliance. The Company plans to be fully compliant
by the end of fiscal l998. The Company cannot now estimate the costs that will
be incurred in performing Year 2000 conversion work.
QUARTERLY RESULTS
The table in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements presents
unaudited quarterly operating results for the last eight fiscal quarters.
Management believes that all the necessary adjustments have been included in the
amounts stated to present fairly the selected quarterly information, when read
in conjunction with the financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
This information includes all normal recurring adjustments that the Company
considers necessary for a fair presentation thereof, in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.
Quarterly results may be affected by fluctuations in revenue associated
with credit card solicitations, by the timing of orders for and deliveries of
certain ASAP and TRIAD systems and by the seasonality of ScoreNet purchases.
With the exception of the cost of ScoreNet data purchased by the Company, most
of its operating expenses are not affected by short-term fluctuations in
revenues; thus short-term fluctuations in revenues may have a significant impact
on operating results. However, in recent years these fluctuations were generally
offset by the strong growth in revenues from services delivered through credit
bureaus and third-party bankcard processors.
Management believes that neither the quarterly variations in net revenues
and net income nor the results of operations for any particular quarter are
necessarily indicative of results of operations for full fiscal years.
Accordingly, management believes that the Company's results should be evaluated
on an annual basis.
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks
None.
22
<PAGE>
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Fair, Isaac
and Company, Incorporated, and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1997 and 1996,
and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30,
1997. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Fair, Isaac
and Company, Incorporated, and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1997 and 1996,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year period ended September 30, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
San Francisco, California
October 29, 1997, except as to note 15,
which is as of December 1, 1997
23
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Years ended September 30, 1997 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues $199,009 $155,913 $117,089
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues 72,566 57,732 43,652
Sales and marketing 29,162 25,722 23,236
Research and development 17,572 9,265 4,973
General and administrative 40,679 32,942 24,689
Amortization of intangibles 1,274 734 711
--------- --------- ---------
Total costs and expenses 161,253 126,395 97,261
--------- --------- ---------
Income from operations 37,756 29,518 19,828
Other income (expense), net (2,210) (814) 1,562
--------- ---------- ---------
Income before income taxes 35,546 28,704 21,390
Provision for income taxes 14,860 11,281 8,637
--------- --------- ---------
Net income $ 20,686 $ 17,423 $ 12,753
========= ========= =========
Earnings per share $1.46 $1.25 $.93
========= ========= =========
Shares used in computing
earnings per share 14,202,000 13,922,000 13,693,000
========== ========== ==========
<FN>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
24
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)
September 30, 1997 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 13,209 $ 11,487
Short-term investments 6,108 7,487
Accounts receivable, net of
allowance 1997: $758; 1996: $485 36,147 28,206
Unbilled work in progress 18,176 10,565
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 3,673 4,778
Deferred income taxes 4,517 2,904
------------ ----------
Total current assets 81,830 65,427
Long-term investments 13,261 12,647
Property and equipment, net 34,486 23,652
Intangibles, net 8,361 9,557
Deferred income taxes 3,369 2,304
Other assets 3,921 4,436
------------ ----------
$ 145,228 $ 118,023
============ ==========
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities $ 8,228 $ 7,899
Accrued compensation and employee benefits 19,160 17,511
Billings in excess of earned revenues 6,346 4,940
Capitalized leases 369 378
------------ ----------
Total current liabilities 34,103 30,728
Other liabilities 6,753 6,089
Capitalized leases 1,183 1,552
Commitments and contingencies -- --
------------ ----------
Total liabilities 42,039 38,369
------------ ----------
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock -- --
Common stock 135 133
Paid in capital in excess of par value 26,025 21,628
Retained earnings 77,453 58,009
Less treasury stock (1997: 12,114;
1996: 15,938 shares at cost) (433) (68)
Cumulative translation adjustments (308) (145)
Unrealized gains on investments 317 97
------------ ----------
Total stockholders' equity 103,189 79,654
------------ ----------
$ 145,228 $ 118,023
============ ==========
<FN>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<CAPTION>
Period from September 30, 1994, to September 30, 1997 (in thousands)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Paid in Unrealized Total
-------------- capital in Pension Cumulative gains on stock-
Par excess of Retained Treasury adjust- translation invest- holders'
Shares value par value earnings stock ments adjustments ments equity
------ ----- ---------- -------- -------- ------- ----------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at September 30, 1994 12,640 $67 $13,649 $29,554 $(341) $-- $-- $-- $42,929
Issuance of restricted stock 4 -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- 4
Exercise of stock options 217 1 450 -- -- -- -- -- 451
Tax benefit of stock options -- -- 115 -- -- -- -- -- 115
Contribution/sale to ESOP 48 -- 729 -- 113 -- -- -- 842
Net income -- -- -- 12,753 -- -- -- -- 12,753
Dividends declared -- -- -- (668) -- -- -- -- (668)
Stock dividend -- 62 -- (62) -- -- -- -- --
Adoption of SFAS No. 115 at
October 1, 1995 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (77) (77)
Unrealized gains on investments -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 233 233
Pension adjustment -- -- -- -- -- (406) -- -- (406)
-------- ----- ------- ------- ----- --------- ------ --------- ---------
Balances at September 30, 1995 12,909 130 14,947 41,577 (228) (406) -- 156 56,176
Issuance of common stock 101 1 3,586 -- -- -- -- -- 3,587
Issuance/vesting of restricted
stock 1 -- 115 -- -- -- -- -- 115
Exercise of stock options 221 2 911 -- -- -- -- -- 913
Tax benefit of stock options -- -- 1,124 -- -- -- -- -- 1,124
Contribution/sale to ESOP 38 -- 945 -- 160 -- -- -- 1,105
Net income -- -- -- 17,423 -- -- -- -- 17,423
Dividends declared -- -- -- (991) -- -- -- -- (991)
Pension adjustment -- -- -- -- -- 406 -- -- 406
Unrealized losses on investments -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (59) (59)
Cumulative translation
adjustments -- -- -- -- -- -- (145) -- (145)
-------- ----- ------- ------- ----- --------- ------ --------- ---------
Balances at September 30, 1996 13,270 133 21,628 58,009 (68) -- (145) 97 79,654
Issuance of common stock 47 -- 1,044 -- -- -- -- -- 1,044
Vesting of restricted stock -- -- 289 -- -- -- -- -- 289
Exercise of stock options 141 2 1,018 -- -- -- -- -- 1,020
Tax benefit of stock options -- -- 1,474 -- -- -- -- -- 1,474
Contribution/sale to ESOP 41 -- 504 -- 105 -- -- -- 609
Deferred compensation -- -- 68 -- -- -- -- -- 68
Purchase of treasury stock (37) -- -- -- (470) -- -- -- (470)
Net income -- -- -- 20,686 -- -- -- -- 20,686
Dividends declared -- -- -- (1,028) -- -- -- -- (1,028)
Charge to reflect change in
RMT's fiscal year -- -- -- (214) -- -- -- -- (214)
Unrealized gains on investments -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 220 220
Cumulative translation
adjustments -- -- -- -- -- -- (163) -- (163)
-------- ----- ------- ------- ----- --------- ------ --------- ---------
Balances at September 30, 1997 13,462 $135 $26,025 $77,453 $(433) $ -- $(308) $317 $103,189
======== ===== ======= ======= ===== ========= ====== ========= =========
<FN>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
26
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)
Years ended September 30, 1997 1996 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income $20,686 $17,423 $12,753
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 11,753 7,928 6,227
Equity loss in investments 2,082 821 97
Investment write-off 773 1,535 --
Deferred income taxes (2,824) 84 (1,714)
Charge to reflect change in RMT's fiscal year (214) -- --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Increase in accounts receivable (8,104) (7,824) (5,380)
Decrease (increase) in unbilled work in progress (7,611) 1,425 (5,149)
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets 2,945 (3,180) (1,585)
Decrease (increase) in other assets 515 (40) (355)
Increase in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities 329 2,894 753
Increase in accrued compensation and employee benefits 3,659 5,105 4,796
Increase (decrease) in billings in excess of earned revenues 1,406 (1,244) 2,679
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities 664 (1,002) (32)
-------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities 26,059 23,925 13,090
-------- -------- --------
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment (21,653) (13,472) (10,912)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 340 -- --
Purchase of Printronic and CRMA, net of cash acquired (78) (1,682) --
Purchase of DynaMark -- (1,129) (2,150)
Purchases of investments (9,658) (10,781) (9,240)
Proceeds from maturities of investments 7,568 5,913 7,104
-------- -------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities (23,481) (21,151) (15,198)
-------- -------- --------
Cash flows from financing activities
Principal payments of capital lease obligations (378) (391) (478)
Issuance of stock 1,020 928 494
Dividends paid (1,028) (991) (668)
Repurchase of company stock (470) -- --
-------- -------- --------
Net cash used in financing activities (856) (454) (652)
-------- -------- --------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 1,722 2,320 (2,760)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 11,487 9,167 11,927
-------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $13,209 $11,487 $9,167
======== ======== ========
<FN>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
27
<PAGE>
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of business
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated, (the "Company") is incorporated
under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company offers a variety of
technological tools to enable users to make better decisions through data. The
Company is a world leader in developing predictive and risk assessment models
for the financial services industry, including credit and insurance scoring
algorithms. The Company also offers direct marketing and database management
services, and enterprise-wide risk management and performance measurement
solutions to major financial institutions through its wholly owned subsidiaries,
DynaMark, Inc. (DynaMark) and Risk Management Technologies (RMT), respectively.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in banks and investments with an
original maturity of 90 days or less at time of purchase.
Investments
Investments in U.S. government obligations and marketable equity securities
are classified as "available-for-sale" and carried at market. Investments in 50%
or less owned companies in which the Company has the ability to exercise
significant influence are accounted for using the equity method and are
classified as non-marketable securities. Other investments are carried at the
lower of cost or net realizable method and are classified as non-marketable
securities.
Investments classified as available-for-sale securities with remaining
maturities over one year and non-marketable securities are classified as
long-term investments.
Credit and market risk
The Company invests a portion of its excess cash in U.S. government
obligations and has established guidelines relative to diversification and
maturities that maintain safety and liquidity. An allowance for doubtful
accounts is maintained at a level which management believes is sufficient to
cover potential credit losses. Actual losses and allowances have been within
management's expectations.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment including leasehold
improvements and capitalized leases are provided using the straight-line method
over estimated useful lives ranging from three to ten years or the term of the
respective leases.
28
<PAGE>
Revenue recognition
Revenues from contracts for the development of credit scoring systems and
custom software are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of
accounting based upon milestones which are defined using management's estimates
of costs incurred at various stages of the project as compared to total
estimated project costs. Revenues determined by the percentage-of-completion
method in excess of contract billings are recorded as unbilled work in progress.
Such amounts are generally billable upon reaching certain performance milestones
that are defined by the individual contracts. Deposits billed and received in
advance of performance under contracts are recorded as billings in excess of
earned revenues.
Revenues from usage-priced products and services are recognized on receipt
of usage reports from the third-parties through which such products and services
are delivered. Amounts due under such arrangements are recorded as unbilled work
in progress until collected. Revenues from non-customized software licenses and
shrink-wrapped products are recognized upon delivery of product and services, or
license renewal. Revenues from products and services sold on time-based pricing,
including maintenance of computer and software systems, are recognized ratably
over the contract period.
Software costs
The Company follows one of two paths to develop software. One involves a
detailed program design, which is used when introducing new technology; the
other involves the creation of a working model for modification to existing
technologies that has been supported by adequate testing. All costs incurred
prior to the resolution of unproven functionality and features, including new
technologies, are expensed as research and development. After the uncertainties
have been tested and the development issues have been resolved, technological
feasibility is achieved and subsequent costs such as coding, debugging and
testing are capitalized.
When developing software using existing technology, the costs incurred
prior to the completion of a working model are expensed. Once the product design
is met, this typically concludes the software development process and is usually
the point at which technological feasibility is established. Subsequent
expenses, including coding and testing, if any, are capitalized. For the
three-year period ending September 30, 1997, technological feasibility coincided
with the completion process; thus, all design and development costs were
expensed as research and development costs.
Purchased software costs are amortized over three years. For the years
ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, amortization of capitalized software
was $1,069,000, $248,000 and $573,000, respectively. At September 30, 1997 and
1996, unamortized purchased computer software costs were $3,228,000 and
$1,241,000, respectively.
Intangibles
The intangible assets consisting of goodwill and non-compete agreements
arose principally from business acquisitions and are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the period of expected benefit which ranges from 2 to
15 years. The Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill by evaluating the
undiscounted projected results of operations over the remaining amortization
period.
Income taxes
Income taxes are recognized during the year in which transactions enter
into the determination of financial statement income, with deferred taxes being
provided for temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws.
Foreign currency
The Company has determined that the functional currency of each foreign
operation is the local currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance
sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of
exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments are accumulated
as a separate component of stockholders' equity.
29
<PAGE>
Earnings per share
Earnings per share are based on the weighted-average number of common
shares outstanding and common stock equivalent shares. Common equivalent shares
result from the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options that have a
dilutive effect when applying the treasury stock method. Fully diluted earnings
per share were approximately equal to primary earnings per share in each of the
years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1997.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications were made to the 1995 and 1996 financial
statements to conform to the 1997 presentation.
Accounting pronouncements
In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" (SFAS
No. 128). SFAS No. 128 establishes standards for computing and presenting
earnings per share (EPS) and applies to entities with publicly held common stock
or potential common stock. SFAS No. 128 simplifies the standards for computing
earnings per share previously found in Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 15, Earnings per Share, and replaces the presentation of primary EPS with a
presentation of basic EPS. It also requires dual presentation of basic and
diluted EPS on the face of the income statement and requires reconciliation of
the numerator and denominator of the basic EPS computation to the numerator and
denominator of the diluted EPS computation. SFAS No. 128 is effective for
financial statements issued for both interim and annual periods ending after
December 15, 1997; earlier application is not permitted. This statement requires
restatement of all prior-period EPS data presented. Management does not believe
the impact of the diluted EPS is materially different than the primary EPS
amounts currently reported in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements; however, basic EPS would be higher than the primary EPS.
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income,"
SFAS No. 130 established standards for reporting comprehensive income and its
components in financial statements. This statement requires that all items which
are required to be recognized under accounting standards as components of
comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with
the same prominence as other financial statements. Comprehensive income is equal
to net income plus the change in "other comprehensive income." SFAS No. 130
requires that an entity: (a) classify items of other comprehensive income by
their nature in a financial statement, and (b) report the accumulated balance of
other comprehensive income separately from common stock and retained earnings in
the equity section of the statement of financial position. This statement is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. Management intends to conform its consolidated financial
statements to this pronouncement.
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information." This statement establishes standards for
publicly held entities to follow in reporting information about operating
segments in annual financial statements and requires that those entities report
selected information about operating segments in interim financial statements.
This statement also establishes standards for related disclosures about products
and services, geographic areas and major customers. This statement is effective
for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1997. Management intends to conform its consolidated financial statements to
this pronouncement.
In October 1997, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position No. 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition." This
statement establishes standards for when to recognize revenue on software
transactions and in what amounts for licensing, selling, leasing or otherwise
marketing computer software. This statement is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Management
intends to conform its consolidated financial statements to this pronouncement.
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the statement in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Fair value of financial instruments
The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and
accounts payable are approximately equal to their carrying amounts because of
the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair values of the Company's
investment securities are disclosed in Note 5.
30
<PAGE>
2. Dividends
On May 23, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors declared a 100% stock
dividend equivalent to a two-for-one stock split, payable at the close of
business on June 26, 1995. The par value of the additional shares was
reclassified from retained earnings to common stock. All per share amounts,
options, market prices and number of shares have been restated to retroactively
reflect the 100% stock dividend.
Concurrent with the 100% stock dividend, the Board of Directors authorized
payment of a quarterly dividend of 2 cents or 8 cents per year. Previously,
dividends had been paid at a rate of 3.5 cents semi-annually or 7 cents per
year. Because the change to quarterly dividends was initiated in September 1995,
the rate of dividends paid in fiscal 1995 does not reflect the new annual rate.
3. Mergers and Acquisitions
In July 1997, the Company issued 1,252,665 shares of its common stock
(including 544,218 shares underlying options assumed by the Company) in
connection with the merger with RMT. The acquisition has been accounted for
under the pooling-of-interests method. Accordingly, the financial statements
have been restated for all prior periods to include RMT. Further, all common
share and per share data have been restated for prior periods.
<TABLE>
For the pre-merger periods indicated, revenues and net income of the
Company and RMT are as follows:
<CAPTION>
Nine-months ended
June 30, 1997 Years ended September 30,
(dollars in thousands) (Unaudited) 1996 1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated $137,031 $148,749 $113,881
Risk Management Technologies 5,746 7,164 3,208
-------- -------- --------
$142,777 $155,913 $117,089
======== ======== ========
Net Income
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated $13,732 $16,179 $12,695
Risk Management Technologies 630 1,244 58
-------- -------- --------
$14,362 $17,423 $12,753
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
RMT previously used the fiscal year ended December 31 for its financial
reporting. RMT's operating results for the year ended December 31, 1996 are
included in the accompanying statement of income in the column headed September
30, 1996. The statement of income's comparative 1997 results reflect the
operations of the Company and RMT for the year ended September 30, 1997.
Accordingly, the duplication of RMT's net income, for the three months ended
December 31, 1996, has been adjusted by a $214,000 charge to retained earnings
in fiscal 1997. The balance sheet at September 30, 1996 has been derived from
the combination of the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company
at that date and the audited financial statements of RMT at December 31, 1996.
In July 1996, the Company purchased certain assets and liabilities of
Printronic Corporation of America, Inc. (Printronic), a privately held direct
mail computer processing company, and effective at the close of September 30,
1996, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of Credit & Risk Management
Associates, Inc. (CRMA), a privately held consulting services company.
The consideration paid for Printronic and CRMA consisted of 84,735 Company
shares valued at $3,572,000 plus $1,697,000 in cash. Both acquisitions have been
accounted for as purchases. The results of operations of Printronic have been
included in the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date; no
results of operations for CRMA are included in the consolidated financial
statements for the year ended September 30, 1996. The purchase price for each
acquisition was allocated based on estimated fair values at the dates of
acquisition. The excess of the purchase prices over the fair value of net assets
or liabilities was $5,547,000 and has been recorded as goodwill, which will be
amortized on a straight-line basis over 7 or 15 years.
31
<PAGE>
The CRMA purchase agreement provides for additional contingent cash and
Company stock payments to the former CRMA shareholders not to exceed $5,499,000
based on specified financial performance of CRMA through September 1999. For the
year ended September 30, 1997, an additional $45,000 was capitalized as goodwill
relating to the additional contingent cash and Company stock payments.
Pro forma unaudited consolidated operating results of the Company,
Printronic and CRMA for the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, assuming
the acquisitions had been made as of October 1, 1995 and 1994, are summarized
below.
Pro forma summary (unaudited) Years ended September 30,
(dollars in thousands except per share data) 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenue $162,491 $122,557
Net income $17,495 $12,425
Earnings per share $1.25 $.97
These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only
and include certain adjustments such as additional amortization expense as a
result of goodwill and other intangible assets. They do not purport to be
indicative of the results of operations that actually would have resulted had
the combinations been in effect on October 1, 1995 and 1994, or of future
results of operations of the consolidated entities.
4. Cash Flow Statement
<TABLE>
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
<CAPTION>
Years ended September 30,
(dollars in thousands) 1997 1996 1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income tax payments $14,278 $13,785 $10,641
Interest paid $ 336 $ 223 $ 243
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Tax benefit of stock options $ 1,474 $ 1,124 $ 115
Issuance of common stock to ESOP $ 969 $ -- $ --
Contributions of treasury stock to ESOP $ 609 $ 1,105 $ 842
Vesting of restricted stock $ 289 $ 115 $ --
Purchase of Printronic and CRMA with common stock $ -- $ 3,572 $ --
</TABLE>
5. Investments
<TABLE>
The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities and other
investments at September 30, 1997 and 1996:
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
---- ----
Gross Gross Gross Gross
Amortized unrealized unrealized Fair Amortized unrealized unrealized Fair
(dollars in thousands) cost gains losses value cost gains losses value
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Short-term investments:
U.S. government obligations $ 6,069 $ 39 $-- $ 6,108 $ 7,475 $ 14 $ (2) $ 7,487
======== ======== ===== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Long-term investments:
U.S. government obligations $ 10,480 $ 93 $-- $ 10,573 $ 10,520 $ 99 $ (23) $ 10,596
Non-marketable securities 306 -- -- 306 1,900 -- -- 1,900
Marketable equity
securities 1,987 716 (321) 2,382 79 77 (5) 151
-------- -------- ----- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
$ 12,773 $ 809 $(321) $ 13,261 $ 12,499 $ 176 $ (28) $ 12,647
======== ======== ===== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The long-term U.S. government obligations mature in one to five years.
32
<PAGE>
For the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1996, the Company made purchases
of non-marketable equity investments of $2,285,000 and $2,343,000, respectively.
For the year ended September 30, 1997, a non-marketable investment with an
equity basis of $773,000 in an overseas start-up venture, principally an Italian
credit reporting agency, was written off due to the potential negative impact on
the agency's operations from a new Italian privacy law. The Company may continue
funding future operating losses of this venture, if any. Currently, the Company
is in negotiations to liquidate its equity share of this non-marketable
security. The Company also recognized its equity share of losses from these
non-marketable equity investments, which includes this Italian venture, of
$2,082,000, $821,000 and $97,000 for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996
and 1995, respectively.
For the year ended September 30, 1996, an investment of $1,535,000 in the
non-marketable preferred stock of an early-stage enterprise was written off due
to the deteriorating financial condition of the entity. The Company does not
have any further financial commitments with respect to the investment.
6. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment at September 30, 1997 and 1996 valued at cost,
consist of the following:
(dollars in thousands) 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Data processing equipment $34,248 $21,893
Office furniture, vehicles and equipment 14,383 11,424
Leasehold improvements 12,003 8,111
Capitalized leases 2,841 2,969
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization (28,989) (20,745)
--------- ---------
Net property and equipment $34,486 $23,652
========= =========
Depreciation and amortization charged to operations were $10,479,000,
$7,194,000 and $4,874,000 for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
Capitalized leases consist primarily of one lease bearing an interest rate
of 7% that matures in the year 2001. The following is a schedule, by years, of
future minimum lease payments under capitalized leases, together with the
present value of the net minimum lease payments, at September 30, 1997:
Years ended September 30, (dollars in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------
1998 $ 466
1999 466
2000 466
2001 375
-------
1,773
Less: Amount representing interest (221)
-------
Present value of net minimum lease payments $1,552
=======
33
<PAGE>
7. Intangibles
Intangibles at September 30, 1997 and 1996, consist of the following:
(dollars in thousands) 1997 1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Goodwill $10,138 $10,060
Other 2,270 2,270
Less accumulated amortization (4,047) (2,773)
------- --------
$ 8,361 $ 9,557
======= ========
Amortization charged to operations was $1,274,000, $734,000 and $711,000
for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
8. Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
Years ended September 30,
(dollars in thousands) 1997 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current:
Federal $14,685 $ 9,026 $ 7,992
State 2,863 1,901 2,168
Foreign 136 270 191
------- ------- -------
17,684 11,197 10,351
------- ------- -------
Deferred:
Federal (2,400) 183 (1,441)
State (424) (99) (273)
------- ------- -------
(2,824) 84 (1,714)
------- ------- -------
$14,860 $11,281 $ 8,637
======= ======= =======
Amounts for the current year are based upon estimates and assumptions as of
the date of this report and could vary significantly from amounts shown on the
tax returns as filed.
The tax effect of significant temporary differences resulting in deferred
tax assets at September 30, 1997 and 1996 are, as follows:
(dollars in thousands) 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
Depreciation and amortization $ 2,637 $ 1,899
Officers' incentives 2,042 1,429
Loss on investments 1,530 919
Compensated absences 1,070 849
State taxes 1,007 581
Bad debt provision 283 170
Employee benefit plans 280 (226)
Tax on net unrealized gains
on available-for-sale securities (210) (64)
Other 330 254
------- -------
8,969 5,811
Less valuation allowance (1,083) (603)
------- -------
$ 7,886 $ 5,208
======= =======
34
<PAGE>
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets at September 30, 1997 and
1996 was for $1,083,000 and $603,000, respectively. The valuation allowance was
needed to reduce the deferred tax assets since the Company does not meet the
more-likely-than-not requirement for utilization of the capital loss
carryforward.
<TABLE>
A reconciliation between the federal statutory income tax rate and the Company's
effective tax rate is shown below:
<CAPTION>
Years ended September 30,
(dollars in thousands) 1997 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income tax provision at federal statutory
rates in 1997, 1996 and 1995 $ 12,441 $ 10,031 $ 7,487
State income taxes, net of federal benefit 1,586 1,190 1,229
Increase in valuation allowance 480 603 --
Other 353 (543) (79)
-------- -------- -------
$ 14,860 $ 11,281 $ 8,637
======== ======== =======
</TABLE>
9. Employee Benefit Plans
Pension plan
The Company has a defined benefit pension plan that covers eligible
full-time employees. The benefits are based on years of service and the
employee's compensation during employment. Contributions are intended to provide
not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected
to be earned in the future. The following table sets forth the plan's funding
status at September 30, 1997 and 1996:
(dollars in thousands) 1997 1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vested benefit obligation $ 7,578 $ 6,349
Nonvested benefit obligation 479 486
Effect of projected future earnings 3,710 2,778
--------- ---------
Projected benefit obligation 11,767 9,613
Fair value of plan assets (10,266) (7,883)
--------- ---------
Projected benefit obligation in
excess of plan assets 1,501 1,730
Unrecognized prior service cost 68 77
Unrecognized net loss (2,692) (3,226)
Unrecognized net obligation remaining
to be amortized (158) (177)
--------- ---------
Prepaid pension cost $(1,281) $(1,596)
========= =========
The plan assets consist primarily of marketable equity securities, and also
U.S. government securities.
The projected benefit obligation includes an accumulated benefit obligation
of $8,057,000 and $6,835,000 at September 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The
obligation exceeded the fair value of the pension plan assets for the years
ended September 30, 1997 and 1996. For the year ended September 30, 1996, the
Company reduced to zero the additional minimum liability of $517,000 (the
intangible asset of $111,000 and pension adjustment of $406,000 in stockholders'
equity) that was recorded in the year ended September 30, 1995.
The weighted average discount rate and rate of increase in future
compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of the
projected benefit obligation were 7.5 and 5.0 percent, respectively, at
September 30, 1997, and 8.0 and 5.0 percent, respectively, at September 30,
1996. The expected long-term rate of return on assets was 8.5 percent at
September 30, 1997 and 1996.
35
<PAGE>
The net pension cost for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1997 and
1996, included the following components:
(dollars in thousands) 1997 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service costs $1,011 $ 809
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 745 609
Actual return on plan assets (2,050) (362)
Net amortization and deferral 1,502 66
------- --------
Net periodic pension plan cost $1,208 $1,122
======= ========
Employee stock ownership plan
The Company has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) that covers
eligible full-time employees. Contributions to the ESOP are determined annually
by the Company's Board of Directors. In addition, the ESOP may purchase stock
from the Company or its stockholders. Provisions for contributions to the ESOP
were $1,534,000, $1,445,000 and $1,046,000 for the years ended September 30,
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
At September 30, 1997, the ESOP held 970,566 shares of Company stock. The
amount of dividends on ESOP shares were $81,000, $94,000 and $64,000 for the
years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
Company stock held and paid for by the ESOP is allocated annually to
participants based on employee compensation levels. Participants vest in the
allocated shares at rates ranging from 0% to 30% after 1 to 7 years of
employment until fully vested.
Defined contribution plans
The Company offers 401(k) plans for eligible employees. Eligible employees
may contribute up to 15% of compensation. The Company provides a matching
contribution which either vests immediately or over five years. The Company
contributions to 401(k) plans were $673,000, $470,000 and $363,000 for years
ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. During fiscal 1995, the
Company established a supplemental retirement and savings plan for certain
officers and senior management employees. Company contributions to that plan
were $132,000, $104,000 and $91,000 for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996
and 1995, respectively.
Officers' incentive plan
The Company has an executive compensation plan for the benefit of officers.
Benefits are payable based on the achievement of financial and performance
objectives, which are set annually by the Board of Directors, and the market
value of the Company's stock. Total expenses under the plan were $3,842,000,
$3,560,000 and $4,030,000 for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. The incentive earned each year is paid 50% currently, and the
balance is payable over a four-year period, subject to certain adjustments, as
defined in the plan, based on employment status and the market value of the
Company's common stock. At September 30, 1997 and 1996, the long-term officers'
incentive plan payable was $3,475,000 and $3,678,000, respectively.
Employee incentive plans
The Company has incentive plans for eligible employees not covered under
the executive compensation plan. Awards under these plans are paid annually and
are based on the achievement of certain financial and performance objectives.
Total expenses under these plans were $5,211,000, $4,426,000 and $5,401,000 for
the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
36
<PAGE>
10. Stock
Common
A total of 35,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value, are
authorized, of which 13,474,382 shares (including 12,114 shares of treasury
stock) were outstanding at September 30, 1997, and 13,286,222 shares (including
15,938 shares of treasury stock) were outstanding at September 30, 1996.
Preferred
A total of 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value, are
authorized; no preferred stock has been issued.
11. Stock Option Plans
The Company has two stock option plans, one of which is for the granting of
stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and common stock that
reserves shares of common stock for issuance to officers, key employees and
non-employee directors. The Company accounts for the fair value of its stock
options under these plans in accordance with SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation." The Company has elected to continue to apply the
provisions of APB No. 25, and provide the pro forma disclosures of SFAS No. 123.
Granted awards generally have a maximum term of ten years and vest over one to
five years. Under this plan approved by the stockholders, the total number of
shares that may be granted is 1,400,000. The other plan is limited to the former
employees of RMT, who as of the merger date, held unexpired and unexercised
stock option grants under the RMT stock option plans. Granted awards have a
maximum term of ten years and vest over three years. The total number of
issuable options under the plan is 650,800.
The fair value of options at the date of grant was estimated using the
Black-Scholes model with the following weighted-average assumptions for the
years ended September 30:
1997 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Expected life (years) 5 5
Interest rate 6.5% 6.2%
Volatility 45 % 45 %
Dividend yield 0 % 0 %
<TABLE>
The following information regarding these option plans for the years ended
September 30 is as follows:
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
---- ---- ----
Weighted-average Weighted-average Weighted-average
Options exercise price Options exercise price Options exercise price
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding at
beginning of year 1,387,767 $12.21 1,324,407 $ 6.72 1,176,529 $ 4.95
Granted 613,261 $36.82 285,500 $ 32.57 365,378 $11.28
Exercised (141,452) $ 7.19 (222,140) $ 5.62 (217,500) $ 4.83
Forfeited (17,000) $28.96 -- $ -- -- $ --
--------- ---------- ----------
Outstanding at
end of year 1,842,576 $20.63 1,387,767 $12.21 1,324,407 $ 6.72
========= ========= =========
Options exercisable
at year end 782,358 $ 5.33 693,902 $ 3.73 759,029 $ 3.61
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
The weighted-average fair value of options granted for the years ended
September 30, 1997 and 1996 was $17.47 and $15.35, respectively.
37
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
The following table summarizes information about significant fixed-price
stock option groups outstanding at September 30, 1997:
<CAPTION>
Options outstanding Options exercisable
-------------------------- -----------------------------
Number Weighted average remaining Weighted average Number Weighted average
Range of exercise prices outstanding contractual life exercise price outstanding exercise price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ .92 to $ 8.50 725,026 3.85 $ 2.87 640,018 $ 2.25
$13.25 to $19.31 230,000 4.63 $ 16.87 104,000 $ 13.90
$20.75 to $33.88 347,550 6.77 $ 30.82 27,340 $ 23.73
$34.00 to $40.00 417,500 8.68 $ 38.02 9,000 $ 40.00
$41.13 to $45.63 122,500 8.50 $ 44.69 2,000 $ 41.88
--------- --------
$ .92 to $45.63 1,842,576 5.90 $ 20.63 782,358 $ 5.33
========= ========
</TABLE>
Stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123 would have had the following
pro forma effects for the years ended September 30:
(In thousands, except per share data) 1997 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income, as reported $20,686 $17,423
======= =======
Pro forma net income $18,091 $17,002
======= =======
Earnings per share, as reported $ 1.46 $ 1.25
======= =======
Pro forma earnings per share $ 1.27 $ 1.22
======= =======
The pro forma effect on net income for each of the years ended September
30, 1997 and 1996 may not be representative of the effects on reported net
income in future years.
12. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company conducts certain of its operations in facilities occupied under
non-cancelable operating leases with lease terms in excess of one year. The
leases provide for annual increases based upon the Consumer Price Index or fixed
increments.
Minimum future rental commitments under operating leases are as follows:
Year ending September 30, (dollars in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------
1998 $ 7,806
1999 8,162
2000 7,174
2001 6,582
2002 4,316
Thereafter 34,016
---------
$68,056
=========
Rent expense under operating leases, including month-to-month leases, was
$6,413,000, $4,821,000 and $3,030,000 for the years ended September 30, 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively.
The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate
disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated financial condition.
38
<PAGE>
13. Segment Information
The Company operates principally in the financial services industry.
Operations in other industries are less than 10% of consolidated revenues. The
Company's international operations consist primarily of sales and service
offices. Substantially all foreign sales are exports. The Company's revenues
from customers outside the United States were $33,879,000, $26,142,000 and
$16,370,000 for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
14. Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and
1995, consists of the following:
(dollars in thousands) 1997 1996 1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest income $ 2,040 $1,748 $1,574
Equity loss in investments (2,082) (821) (97)
Investment write-off (773) (1,535) --
Foreign currency gain (loss) (677) (97) 261
Acquisition expenses (558) -- --
Interest expense (336) (223) (243)
Other 176 114 67
-------- ------- -------
$(2,210) $ (814) $1,562
======== ====== ======
15. Subsequent Events
On November 26, 1997, the Company entered into an option agreement to
purchase undeveloped land in San Rafael, California, with the intention of
constructing an office complex to accommodate future growth. On December 1,
1997, the Company exercised the option to purchase the land for $9.35 million
plus amounts necessary to reimburse certain costs incurred by the seller as
defined in the agreement. The consummation of the purchase is subject to a
variety of closing conditions, including receipt of required government
approvals.
On November 26, 1997, the Company also signed a lease agreement and
land purchase agreement related to the undeveloped land discussed in the above
paragraph. However, these agreements will not be in effect if the purchase of
the land described in the above paragraph is consummated.
39
<PAGE>
16. Supplementary Financial Data (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
The following table presents selected unaudited consolidated financial
results for each of the eight quarters in the two-year period ended September
30, 1997. In the Company's opinion, this unaudited information has been prepared
on the same basis as the audited information and includes all adjustments
(consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement
of the consolidated financial information for the period presented.
<CAPTION>
(in thousands except Dec. 31, Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30,
per share data) 1995 1996 1996 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues $34,218 $36,950 $39,213 $45,532
Cost of revenues 13,531 13,838 14,622 15,741
-------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross profit $20,687 $23,112 $24,591 $29,791
======== ========= ========= =========
Net income $3,785 $4,573 $4,867 $4,198
======== ========= ========= =========
Earnings per share $.27 $.33 $.35 $.30
======== ========= ========= =========
Shares used in computing
earnings per share 13,791 13,857 13,829 13,891
======== ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands except Dec. 31, Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30,
per share data) 1996 1997 1997 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues $43,337 $48,366 $51,074 $56,232
Cost of revenues 16,372 17,825 18,715 19,654
-------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross profit $26,965 $30,541 $32,359 $36,578
======== ========= ========= =========
Net income $4,698 $5,370 $4,294 $6,324
======== ========= ========= =========
Earnings per share $.33 $.38 $.30 $.44
======== ========= ========= =========
Shares used in computing
earnings per share 14,144 14,228 14,325 14,452
======== ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
The financial data for the above quarterly information has been restated to
reflect the merger, effective July 1997, between Fair, Isaac and Company,
Incorporated and Risk Management Technologies which has been accounted for under
the pooling-of-interests method.
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
None.
40
<PAGE>
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The required information regarding Directors of the registrant is
incorporated by reference from the information under the caption "Election of
Directors - Nominees" in the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held on February 3, 1998.
The required information regarding Executive Officers of the registrant is
contained in Part I of this Form 10-K.
The required information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act is incorporated by reference from the information under
the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the
Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to
be held on February 3, 1998.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Incorporated by reference from the information under the captions
"Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers," "Compensation Committee
Interlocks and Insider Participation," and "Director Consulting Arrangements" in
the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders
to be held on February 3, 1998.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
Incorporated by reference from the information under the caption "Stock
Ownership" in the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be held on February 3, 1998.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Incorporated by reference from the information under the captions "Director
Consulting Arrangements" and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation" in the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held on February 3, 1998.
41
<PAGE>
PART IV
<TABLE>
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
<CAPTION>
Reference Page
Form 10-K
<S> <C> <C>
(a) 1. Consolidated financial statements:
Report of Independent Auditors............................................... 23
Consolidated statements of income for each of the years
in the three-year period ended September 30, 1997....................... 24
Consolidated balance sheets at September 30, 1997 and
September 30, 1996...................................................... 25
Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity for each of the
years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1997................. 26
Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1997................. 27
Notes to consolidated financial statements................................... 28
2. Financial statement schedule:
II Valuation and qualifying accounts at September 30, 1997 and 1996......... 47
</TABLE>
3. Exhibits:
2.1 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 31, 1992, by and
between the Company and DynaMark, Inc., filed as Exhibit 2.1
to the Company's report on Form 8-K dated December 31, 1992,
and incorporated herein by reference.
2.2 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated June 12, l997,
among the Company, FIC Acquisition Corporation, Risk
Management Technologies ("RMT"), and the shareholders and
optionholders of RMT. Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation
S-K, certain schedules have been omitted but will be furnished
supplementally to the Commission on request.
2.3 Employment Agreement, dated July 21, l997, by and between the
Company and David LaCross.*
2.4 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated December 31,
1992, by and between the Company and Kenneth M. Rapp, filed as
Exhibit 2.2 to the Company's report on Form 8-K dated December
31, 1992, and incorporated herein by reference.*
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
3.2 Restated By-laws of the Company.
4.1 Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 23, l997, among the
Company, David LaCross and Kathleen O. LaCross, Trustees U/D/T
dated April 2, 1997, Jefferson Braswell, Software Alliance
LLC, Robert Ferguson, James T. Fan and Leland Prussia.
4.2 Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 30, 1996, among
the Company, Donald J. Sanders, Paul A. Makowski and Lawrence
E. Dukes, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, and
incorporated herein by reference.
42
<PAGE>
10.1 Company's Stock Option Plan (1984) and form of Stock Option
Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement
and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.2 Company's 1987 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.3 Lease dated April 28, 1995, between CSM Investors, Inc., and
DynaMark, Inc. filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.4 Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc. Officers' Incentive Plan
(effective October 1, 1992), filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the
Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.5 Lease, dated October 30, 1983, between S.R.P. Limited
Partnership and the Company, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.7
to the Registration Statement and incorporated herein by
reference.
10.6 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, filed as Exhibit
10.8 to the Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1988 and incorporated herein by
reference.*
10.7 Lease dated July 1, 1993, between The Joseph and Eda Pell
Revocable Trust and the Company and the First through Fifth
Addenda thereto filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.8 First Amendment to the Company's 1987 Stock Option Plan, filed
as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1989, and incorporated herein
by reference.*
10.9 First Amendment to the Company's Stock Option Plan for
Non-Employee Directors, filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the
Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1989, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.10 Amendment No.1 to the Company's 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(as amended and restated effective November 21, 1995).*
10.11 Addendum Number Seven to lease between S.R.P. Limited
Partnership and the Company filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the
Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1990, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.12 Addenda Numbers Eight and Nine to lease between SRP Limited
Partnership and the Company filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the
Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.13 Lease, dated September 5, 1991, between 111 Partners, a
California general partnership, and the Company filed as
Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1991, and incorporated herein
by reference.
10.14 Construction Loan Agreement, dated September 5, 1991, between
111 Partners and the Company filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the
Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1991, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.15 Amendment No.2 to the Company's 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(as amended and restated effective November 21, 1995).*
10.16 The Company's 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan as amended and
restated effective November 21, 1995, filed as Exhibit 10.16
to the Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.17 Amendment No.3 to the Company's Stock Option Plan for
Non-Employee Directors.*
43
<PAGE>
10.18 Lease dated May 1, 1995, between Control Data Corporation and
DynaMark, Inc. filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.19 Lease dated April 10, 1994, between Leed Properties and
DynaMark, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1994, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.20 Fair, Isaac Supplemental Retirement and Savings Plan and Trust
Agreement effective November 1, 1994, filed as Exhibit 10.20
to the Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference.*
10.21 Lease dated July 10, 1993, between the Joseph and Eda Pell
Revocable Trust and the Company filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the
Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.22 Lease dated October 11, 1993, between the Joseph and Eda Pell
Revocable Trust and the Company and the First through Fourth
Addenda thereto filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.23 Fourth Contract Extension, dated April 7, 1995, to the
Consulting Contract between the Company and William R. Fair,
filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, and incorporated
herein by reference.*
10.24 Exchange Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated July 19,
1996, among DynaMark, Inc., Printronic Corporation of America,
Inc., Leo R. Yochim, and Susan Keenan, filed as Exhibit 10.24
to the Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.25 Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated
September 30, 1996, among the Company, FIC Acquisition
Corporation, Credit & Risk Management Associates, Inc., Donald
J. Sanders, Paul A. Makowski and Lawrence E. Dukes, filed as
Exhibit 10.25 to the Company's report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1996, and incorporated herein
by reference.
10.26 Contract between the Company and Dr. Robert M. Oliver, dated
April 2, 1996, filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company's report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996, and
incorporated herein by reference.*
10.27 Letter of Intent dated July 15, 1996, between the Company and
Village Properties, and the First Amendment thereto dated July
18, 1996, filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Company's report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.28 Office Building Lease, dated November 14, 1996, between the
Company and Regency Center, filed as Exhibit 10.28 to the
Company's report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.29 Sixth and Seventh Addenda to the Lease, dated July 1, 1993,
between the Company and the Joseph and Eda Pell Revocable
Trust, filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the Company's report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.30 First and Second Addenda to the Lease dated July 10, 1993,
between the Company and the Joseph and Eda Pell Revocable
Trust, filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the Company's report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.31 Fifth Addendum to the Lease, dated October 11, 1993, between
the Company and the Joseph and Eda Pell Revocable Trust, filed
as Exhibit 10.31 to the Company's report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1996, and incorporated herein
by reference.
44
<PAGE>
10.32 First Addendum to Lease, dated August 13, l997, by and between
the Company and Regency Center.
10.33 Option Agreement, dated November 26, l997, by and between the
Company and Village Builders, L.P.
10.34 Leasehold Improvements Agreement, dated November 26, l997, by
and between the Company and Village Builders, L.P.
10.35 Lease, dated March 11, l997, by and between DynaMark, Inc. and
CSM.
10.36 First Amendment to Lease, dated September 24, l997, by and
between DynaMark, Inc. and CSM.
10.37 Chase Database Agreement, dated October 29, l997, by and among
DynaMark, Inc. and Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National
Association. Confidential treatment has been requested for
certain portions of this document. Such portions have been
omitted from the filing and have been filed separately with
the Commission.
11.1 Computation of net income per common share.
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP (see page 48 of this Form
10-K).
24.1 Power of Attorney (see page 46 of this Form 10-K).
27 Financial Data Schedule.
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
45
<PAGE>
(b) Reports on Form 8-K:
No reports on Form 8-K were filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
DATE: December 26, 1997
By /s/ PETER L. MCCORKELL
----------------------------------------
Peter L. McCorkell
Senior Vice President, Secretary and
General Counsel
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints PETER L. McCORKELL his attorney-in-fact,
with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any
amendments to this Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.
<TABLE>
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<S> <C> <C>
LARRY E. ROSENBERGER President, Chief Executive Officer December 26, 1997
- ---------------------------------------- (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
Larry E. Rosenberger
PATRICIA COLE Senior Vice President, Chief December 26, 1997
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Controller
Patricia Cole
A. GEORGE BATTLE Director December 26, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
A. George Battle
BRYANT J. BROOKS Director December 26, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
Bryant J. Brooks
H. ROBERT HELLER Director December 26, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
H. Robert Heller
GUY R. HENSHAW Director December 26, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
Guy R. Henshaw
DAVID S. P. HOPKINS Director December26, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
David S. P. Hopkins
ROBERT M. OLIVER Director December 26, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
Robert M. Oliver
ROBERT D. SANDERSON Director December 26, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
Robert D. Sanderson
JOHN D. WOLDRICH Director December 26, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
John D. Woldrich
</TABLE>
46
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II
<TABLE>
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
RULE 12-09
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996
<CAPTION>
Additions
Balance at ----------------------------- Balance at
Beginning Charged End of
Description of Period to Expense Other (1) Write-offs Period
----------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
September 30, 1997:
Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts $485,000 $438,000 $ -- $(165,000) $758,000
September 30, 1996:
Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts $332,450 $600,000 $11,000 $(458,450) $485,000
September 30, 1995:
Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts $539,000 $ 16,000 $ -- $(222,550) $332,450
<FN>
(1) Amount represents the allowance recorded due to the acquisition of Credit &
Risk Management Associates, Inc.
</FN>
</TABLE>
47
<PAGE>
Consent of Independent Auditors
The Board of Directors
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No.
33-20349) on Form S-8, the registration statement (No. 33-26659) on Form S-8,
the registration statement (No. 33-63428) on Form S-8, the registration
statement (No. 333-02121) on Form S-8, the registration statement (No.
333-32309) on Form S-8, the registration statement (No. 333-42473) on Form S-3
of Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated and subsidiaries of our reports dated
October 29, 1997, except as to note 15, which is as of December 1, 1997,
relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Fair, Isaac and Company,
Incorporated and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows and
related financial statement schedule for each of the years in the three-year
period ended September 30, 1997, which reports appear in the September 30, 1997
annual report on Form 10-K of Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated, and
subsidiaries.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
San Francisco, California
December 26, 1997
48
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
TO FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
Exhibit No. Exhibit
- ----------- -------
2.2 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated June 12, l997, among
the Company, FIC Acquisition Corporation, Risk Management
Technologies ("RMT"), and the shareholders and optionholders of
RMT. Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, certain
schedules have been omitted but will be furnished supplementally
to the Commission on request.
2.3 Employment Agreement, dated July 21, l997, by and between the
Company and David LaCross.
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
3.2 Restated By-laws of the Company.
4.1 Registration Rights Agreement dated June 23, l997, among the
Company, David LaCross and Kathleen O. LaCross, Trustees U/D/T
dated April 2, 1997, Jefferson Braswell, Software Alliance LLC,
Robert Ferguson, James T. Fan and Leland Prussia.
10.10 Amendment No.1 to the Company's 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as
amended and restated effective November 21, 1995).
10.15 Amendment No.2 to the Company's 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as
amended and restated effective November 21, 1995).
10.17 Amendment No.3 to the Company's Stock Option Plan for
Non-Employee Directors.
10.32 First Addendum to Lease, dated August 13, l997, by and between
the Company and Regency Center.
10.33 Option Agreement, dated November 26, l997, by and between the
Company and Village Builders, L.P.
10.34 Leasehold Improvements Agreement, dated November 26, l997, by and
between the Company and Village Builders, L.P.
10.35 Lease dated March 11, l997, by and between DynaMark, Inc. and
CSM.
10.36 First Amendment to Lease, dated September 24, l997, by and
between DynaMark, Inc. and CSM.
10.37 Chase Database Agreement, dated October 29, l997, by and among
DynaMark, Inc. and Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National
Association. Confidential treatment has been requested for
certain portions of this document. Such portions have been
omitted from the filing and have been filed separately with the
Commission.
11.1 Computation of net income per common share.
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP (see page 48 of this Form 10-K).
24.1 Power of Attorney (see page 46 of this Form 10-K).
27 Financial Data Schedule.
49
EXHIBIT 2.2
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
Among
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED,
FIC ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
RISK MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGIES,
AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS OF
RISK MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGIES
June 12, 1997
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS...................................................................1
1.1 Certain Definitions...........................................................2
1.2 Other Definitions.............................................................5
ARTICLE 2 THE MERGER AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS...........................................5
2.1 Effective Time of the Merger..................................................5
2.2 Effects of the Merger.........................................................5
2.3 Effect of Merger on Capital Stock and Options.................................6
(a) Capital Stock of Acquisition Corporation.............................6
(b) Cancellation of RMT-Owned and FIC-Owned Stock........................6
(c) Conversion of the Stock; Escrow Shares...............................6
(d) Adjustment of Exchange Ratio or Allocation...........................7
(e) Fractional Shares....................................................7
(f) Dissenting Shares; Dissenting Shareholders...........................7
2.4 Issuance and Exchange of Certificates.........................................7
(a) FIC to Make Common Stock Available...................................7
(b) Exchange Procedures..................................................7
(c) Affiliates...........................................................8
2.5 Board of Directors; Officers..................................................8
2.6 No Further Ownership Rights in Stock..........................................8
2.7 Tax Treatment.................................................................8
2.8 Accounting Treatment..........................................................9
2.9 Assumption of Stock Options...................................................9
ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF RMT AND THE SIGNING HOLDERS.................9
3.1 Organization..................................................................9
3.2 Capital Structure.............................................................9
3.3 Equity Investments.......................................................... 10
3.4 Authority................................................................... 10
3.5 Financial Statements........................................................ 12
3.6 Business Changes............................................................ 12
3.7 Properties.................................................................. 14
3.8 Accounts Receivable......................................................... 16
3.9 Taxes....................................................................... 16
3.10 Employees................................................................... 16
3.11 Compliance with Law......................................................... 17
3.12 [Reserved].................................................................. 18
3.13 Litigation.................................................................. 18
3.14 Contracts................................................................... 18
3.15 No Default.................................................................. 19
3.16 Customers................................................................... 19
3.17 Proprietary Rights.......................................................... 19
3.18 Insurance................................................................... 22
3.19 Bank Accounts............................................................... 22
3.20 Brokers or Finders.......................................................... 22
3.21 Certain Advances............................................................ 22
-1-
<PAGE>
3.22 Related Parties............................................................. 23
3.23 Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA............................................... 23
3.24 Customers and Other Relationships........................................... 24
3.25 Underlying Documents........................................................ 24
3.26 Full Disclosure............................................................. 24
ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FIC....................................... 25
4.1 Organization................................................................ 25
4.2 Acquisition Corporation Capital Structure................................... 25
4.3 Authority................................................................... 25
4.4 Capital Structure........................................................... 26
4.5 SEC Documents............................................................... 27
4.6 Information Supplied........................................................ 27
4.7 No Conflict................................................................. 27
4.8 Shares of Common Stock...................................................... 28
4.9 Brokers or Finders.......................................................... 28
ARTICLE 5 COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS................................... 28
5.1 Ordinary Course............................................................. 28
5.2 Dividends; Changes in Stock................................................. 28
5.3 Issuance of Securities...................................................... 28
5.4 Governing Documents......................................................... 28
5.5 No Other Bids or Contacts................................................... 29
5.6 No Acquisitions............................................................. 29
5.7 No Dispositions............................................................. 29
5.8 Indebtedness................................................................ 30
5.9 Benefit Plans, Etc.......................................................... 30
5.10 Business Relations.......................................................... 30
5.11 Other Actions............................................................... 30
5.12 Advice of Changes; Government Filings....................................... 31
5.13 Accounting Methods.......................................................... 31
5.14 Intellectual Property Matters............................................... 31
ARTICLE 6 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS....................................................... 32
6.1 Access to Information....................................................... 32
6.2 Legal Conditions to the Merger and Related Transactions..................... 32
6.3 Communications; Confidentiality............................................. 32
6.4 Update to Disclosures....................................................... 33
6.5 Certain Notifications....................................................... 33
6.6 Treatment of Plans, Agreements and Options.................................. 33
6.7 [Reserved].................................................................. 33
6.8 [Reserved].................................................................. 33
6.9 Agreements by Affiliated Stockholders....................................... 33
6.10 Options..................................................................... 34
(a) Assumption......................................................... 34
(b) Qualification as ISOs.............................................. 34
(c) Registration....................................................... 34
(d) Option Documents................................................... 34
6.11 Senior Management Participation............................................. 35
6.12 Employees................................................................... 35
-2-
<PAGE>
6.13 Employee Option Grants; Retention Bonuses................................... 35
6.14 Good Faith.................................................................. 36
6.15 Treatment of Merger as Qualifying Reorganization............................ 36
6.16 State Statutes.............................................................. 36
ARTICLE 7 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT........................................................ 36
7.1 Conditions to Obligations of FIC, Acquisition Corporation and RMT........... 36
(a) Government Approvals............................................... 36
(b) Third-Party Approvals.............................................. 36
(c) FTC or Antitrust Division Actions.................................. 36
(d) Legal Action....................................................... 37
(e) Statutes........................................................... 37
(f) RMT Shareholder Approval........................................... 37
(g) Dissenting Shares.................................................. 37
(h) Registration Rights Agreement...................................... 37
(i) Tax-Free Reorganization............................................ 37
(j) Escrow Agreement................................................... 37
7.2 Conditions to Obligations of FIC and Acquisition Corporation................ 37
(a) Representations and Warranties..................................... 37
(b) Performance of Obligations of RMT.................................. 38
(c) Agreements Regarding Equity Securities............................. 38
(d) Opinion of RMT's Counsel........................................... 38
(e) No Material Adverse Change......................................... 38
(f) Change in Laws or Regulations...................................... 38
(g) Employment Agreements.............................................. 38
(h) Non-Compete Agreements............................................. 38
(i) Affiliate Agreements............................................... 38
(j) Resignations....................................................... 38
(k) Satisfactory Completion of Review.................................. 39
(l) Pooling of Interests Accounting Treatment.......................... 39
(m) Good Standing Certificate.......................................... 39
(n) Fairness Opinion................................................... 39
(o) Escrow Agreement................................................... 39
(p) Software Alliance Note and Lien.................................... 39
7.3 Conditions to Obligations of RMT............................................ 39
(a) Representations and Warranties..................................... 39
(b) Performance of Obligations of FIC and Acquisition Corporation...... 39
(c) Opinion of FIC's Counsel........................................... 39
(d) No FIC Charter Amendment or Change in Control...................... 39
(e) Escrow Agreement................................................... 39
ARTICLE 8 CLOSING..................................................................... 40
8.1 Closing Date................................................................ 40
8.2 Filing Date................................................................. 40
8.3 Best Efforts................................................................ 41
ARTICLE 9 INDEMNIFICATION AND ESCROW.................................................. 41
9.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties.................................. 41
-3-
<PAGE>
9.2 Indemnification by RMT and the Signing Holders.............................. 41
9.3 Escrow Fund................................................................. 43
9.4 Indemnification Procedure................................................... 43
ARTICLE 10 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES......................................................... 44
ARTICLE 11 TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER........................................... 45
11.1 Termination................................................................. 45
11.2 Effect of Termination....................................................... 45
11.3 Amendment................................................................... 46
11.4 Extension; Waiver........................................................... 46
ARTICLE 12 GENERAL..................................................................... 46
12.1 Notices..................................................................... 46
12.2 Headings.................................................................... 47
12.3 Counterparts................................................................ 47
12.4 Binding Effect; Parties in Interest......................................... 47
12.5 Entire Agreement; Assignment................................................ 47
12.6 Schedules and Exhibits...................................................... 48
12.7 Applicable Law.............................................................. 48
12.8 Severability................................................................ 48
12.9 Remedies Cumulative......................................................... 48
12.10 Specific Performance........................................................ 48
12.11 Best Efforts; Further Assurances............................................ 48
</TABLE>
-4-
<PAGE>
Exhibit A Agreement of Merger
Exhibit B Articles of Incorporation
Exhibit C Bylaws
Exhibit D Form of Affiliate Agreement
Exhibit E Employment Agreement - David LaCross
Exhibit F Employment Agreement - Jefferson Braswell
Exhibit G Employment Agreement - Jeffrey Dandridge
Exhibit H Form of Noncompete Agreement
Exhibit I Form of Opinion of Whitehead & Porter LLP
Exhibit J Form of Opinion of General Counsel of FICO
Exhibit K Form of Registration Rights Agreement
Exhibit L Escrow Agreement
-5-
<PAGE>
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (this "Agreement"), made and
entered into as of June 12, 1997, by and among FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY,
INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation ("FIC"), FIC ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a
California corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of FIC ("Acquisition
Corporation"), RISK MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGIES, a California corporation ("RMT"),
and the shareholders and optionholders of RMT listed on the signature pages
hereto (collectively, the "Signing Holders"),
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the
date provided for in Article 8 hereof (the "Closing Date"), Acquisition
Corporation and RMT shall execute three copies of the Agreement of Merger (the
"Agreement of Merger") in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A,
which provide for the merger (the "Merger") of Acquisition Corporation into RMT
at the Effective Time (as defined in Section 2.1 hereof); and
WHEREAS, the Merger is intended to qualify as a "reorganization" under
the provisions of section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"); and
WHEREAS, following the Merger in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, RMT shall be a wholly owned subsidiary of FIC and all shares of
Common Stock, no par value per share, of RMT ("RMT Common") issued and
outstanding will be converted into shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per
share, of FIC ("FIC Common") in accordance with this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement for the
purpose of setting forth certain representations, warranties and covenants made
by each to the other as an inducement to the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the conditions precedent to the consummation of the Merger and the
transactions related thereto:
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
provisions, agreements and covenants herein contained, FIC, RMT and the Signing
Holders agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Certain Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.1 shall,
for all purposes of this Agreement, have the meanings herein specified:
"Acquisition Corporation Common" shall mean the Common Stock, no par
value per share, of Acquisition Corporation.
"Acquisition Transaction" is defined in Section 5.5.
"Affiliate" is defined in Section 6.9.
-1-
<PAGE>
"Antitrust Division" shall mean the Antitrust Division of the
Department of Justice.
"Agreement of Merger" is defined in the first recital hereof.
"Benefit Arrangements" is defined in Section 3.23(d).
"Closing" and "Closing Date" are defined in Section 8.1.
The "Closing Stock Price" shall mean $39.8375.
"Code" is defined in the second recital hereof.
"Consents" is defined in Section 3.4.
The terms "contract" and "agreement" include every contract, agreement,
commitment, understanding and promise, whether written or oral.
"Dissenting Share" and "Dissenting Shareholder" are defined in Section
2.3(f).
"Effective Time" is defined in Section 2.1.
"Employee Plans" is defined in Section 3.23(a).
"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended.
"ERISA Affiliate" is defined in Section 3.23(b).
"Escrow Agent" is defined in Section 9.3(a).
"Escrow Agreement" and "Escrow Fund" are defined in Section 9.3.
"Escrow Shares" is defined in Section 2.3(c).
"Exchange Ratio" is defined in Section 2.3(c).
"FIC Common" is defined in the third recital hereof.
"FIC Indemnitees" is defined in Section 9.2.
"FIC Options" is defined in Section 4.4.
"FIC Preferred Stock" is defined in Section 4.4.
"FIC SEC Documents" is defined in Section 4.5.
"Filing Date" is defined in Section 8.2.
"Filing Fees" is defined in Article 10.
"FTC" shall mean the Federal Trade Commission.
-2-
<PAGE>
"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States.
"Governmental Entity" is defined in Section 3.4.
"Hazardous Substances" shall mean any pollutant, contaminant, material,
substance or waste regulated, restricted or prohibited by any law, regulation or
ordinance or designated by any governmental agency to be hazardous, toxic,
radioactive, biohazardous or otherwise a danger to health or the environment,
including but not limited to "hazardous substances" as defined under the Federal
Comprehensive Environmental Responsibility, Cleanup and Liability Act of 1980 or
any "hazardous wastes" as defined under the Federal Resource Conservation
Recovery Act of 1976.
"Holders" is defined in Section 2.3(c).
"Holders' Representatives" shall mean David LaCross and Thomas Loo,
Esq. or such successor to each of them as may be agreed upon by a majority in
interest of the other Holders (as defined in Section 2.3(c) hereof) and
identified to FIC by such Holders in writing.
"HSR Act" shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act
of 1976, as amended.
"Indemnifiable Damages" is defined in Section 9.2.
"Indemnitee" and "Indemnitor" are defined in Section 9.4.
"Intellectual Property Disclosure Schedule" shall mean Schedule 3.17
hereto.
"ISO" shall mean an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of
section 422 of the Code.
"Merger" is defined in the first recital hereof.
"Merger Shares" is defined in Section 2.3(c).
"NYSE" shall mean, in the context of references to stock prices, the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Tape, and in other contexts, the
New York Stock Exchange.
"Option Plans" is defined in Section 6.10.
The term "patent" shall mean any and all patents and patent
applications, including any divisions, substitutions, continuations,
continuations-in-part, reissues, reexaminations, or extensions thereof, and all
corresponding foreign patents and patent applications filed or issued in any
country which are based upon or derived from such patents or patent
applications.
"Permits" is defined in Section 3.11.
A "Principal Optionholder" shall mean any holder of Vested Options to
purchase more than 50,000 shares of RMT Common immediately prior to the Closing.
"Proprietary Rights" is defined in Section 3.17(b).
-3-
<PAGE>
"Purchase Price" shall mean forty-six million dollars ($46,000,000).
"RMT Balance Sheet" is defined in Section 3.5.
"RMT Common" is defined in the third recital hereof.
"RMT Financial Statements" and "RMT Balance Sheet Date" are defined in
Section 3.5.
"RMT Indemnitors" is defined in Section 9.2.
"SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
"Stock" is defined in Section 2.3(c).
"Subject Optionholders" is defined in Section 6.6.
"Subject Options" is defined in Section 6.6.
"Subsidiary" of a specified entity means a corporation whose voting
securities are owned directly or indirectly by the specified entity in such
amounts as are sufficient to elect at least a majority of the Board of
Directors.
"Surviving Corporation" is defined in Section 2.2.
The term "Tax" (including, with correlative meaning, the term "Taxes")
includes all federal, state, local and foreign income, profits, franchise, gross
receipts, environmental, customs duty, capital stock, severance, stamp, payroll,
sales, employment, unemployment, disability, use, property, withholding, excise,
production, value added, goods and services, occupancy and other taxes, duties,
imposts or assessments or any nature whatsoever, together with all interest,
penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts and any interest in
respect of such penalties and additions. The term "Tax Return" includes all
returns and reports (including elections, declarations, disclosures, schedules,
estimates and information returns) required to be supplied to a Tax authority
relating to Taxes.
"Underlying Shares" is defined in Section 2.3(c).
"Vested Options" shall mean the options to purchase RMT Common that had
fully vested (in accordance with the terms thereof and as disclosed to FIC in
Schedule 3.2 hereto) immediately prior to the Effective Time.
1.2 Other Definitions. A representation or warranty made by Software
Alliance LLC or Leland Prussia concerning matters "to the knowledge" (or similar
phrase) of Software Alliance LLC or Leland Prussia shall be deemed to refer to
the actual knowledge of the members and officers of Software Alliance LLC and of
Leland Prussia, respectively, without any requirement that such persons conduct
an independent investigation into such matter. In addition to the terms defined
in Section 1.1, certain other terms are defined elsewhere in this Agreement,
and,
-4-
<PAGE>
whenever such terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have their respective
defined meanings, unless the context expressly or by necessary implication
otherwise requires.
ARTICLE 2
THE MERGER AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
2.1 Effective Time of the Merger. Subject to the provisions of this
Agreement, as soon as practicable on or after the Closing Date (as defined in
Article 8 of this Agreement), the Agreement of Merger in substantially the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A shall be duly prepared, executed and acknowledged
by RMT and Acquisition Corporation and thereafter delivered to the Secretary of
State of the State of California for filing in accordance with the California
General Corporation Law. The Merger shall become effective upon the later to
occur of the acceptance of such filing by the Secretary of State of the State of
California or such time thereafter as is provided by the Agreement of Merger
(the "Effective Time").
2.2 Effects of the Merger. At the Effective Time, (a) the separate
existence of Acquisition Corporation shall cease and Acquisition Corporation
shall be merged with and into RMT as the surviving corporation (the "Surviving
Corporation"); (b) the Articles of Incorporation of RMT, in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit B, shall be the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving
Corporation; (c) the Bylaws of RMT, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C,
shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation; (d) the directors of the
Surviving Corporation shall be as set forth in Section 2.5 herein; (e) the
officers of the Surviving Corporation shall be as set forth in Section 2.5
herein; and (f) the Merger shall, from and after the Effective Time, have all
the effects provided by applicable law.
2.3 Effect of Merger on Capital Stock and Options. As of the Effective
Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder
of any shares of the issued and outstanding shares of RMT Common or any options
to purchase shares of RMT Common:
(a) Capital Stock of Acquisition Corporation. All issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of Acquisition Corporation shall continue to
be issued and shall be converted into 1,000 shares of Common Stock of the
Surviving Corporation. Each stock certificate of Acquisition Corporation
evidencing ownership of any such shares shall continue to evidence ownership of
such shares of capital stock of the Surviving Corporation.
(b) Cancellation of RMT-Owned and FIC-Owned Stock. All shares of RMT
Common, if any, that are owned directly or indirectly by RMT, and all shares of
RMT Common, if any, that are owned directly or indirectly by FIC or any of its
Subsidiaries, shall be canceled, and no stock of FIC or other consideration
shall be delivered in exchange therefor.
(c) Conversion of the Stock; Escrow Shares. Except for shares to be
canceled pursuant to Section 2.3(b) hereof, fractional shares as provided in
Section 2.3(e) and Dissenting Shares as provided in Section 2.3(f), and subject
to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.3(d), the shares of RMT Common issued and
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (all shares not so excepted,
the "Stock"), shall cease to be outstanding and shall be converted by virtue of
the Merger and without any action on the part of the holders thereof
(collectively, the "Holders") into shares of FIC Common (collectively, the
"Merger Shares") as provided below.
-5-
<PAGE>
The aggregate number of Merger Shares shall equal the Exchange Ratio
multiplied by the number of shares of RMT Common outstanding immediately prior
to the Effective Time. The Exchange Ratio shall equal the quotient obtained by
dividing (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the Purchase Price
plus the aggregate exercise price of the Vested Options by (b) the Closing Stock
Price by (ii) the sum of the number of outstanding RMT Common shares immediately
prior to the Effective Time plus the number of shares of RMT Common for which
the Vested Options are exercisable immediately prior to the Effective Time,
rounded to the nearest one-hundred thousandth (or if there shall not be a
nearest one-hundred thousandth, to the next highest one-hundred thousandth).
Of the Merger Shares, one hundred fifteen thousand four hundred
sixty-nine (115,469) (the "Escrow Shares") shall be issued in accordance with
the terms of the Escrow Agreement in the names of the Holders, but shall be
delivered at the Effective Time to the Escrow Agent to be held and distributed
in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 hereof. Additional shares of FIC
Common issued after the Effective Time upon exercise of Subject Options which
are deposited into escrow pursuant to the Escrow Agreement shall thereafter
constitute a portion of the Escrow Shares. As provided in the Escrow Agreement,
Subject Options shall be at risk of forfeiture in the event of the satisfaction
of indemnification claims from the escrow.
(d) Adjustment of Exchange Ratio or Allocation. If, between the date of
this Agreement and the Effective Time, the outstanding shares of FIC Common or
RMT Common shall have been changed into a different number of shares or a
different class by reason of any reclassification, recapitalization, split-up,
combination, exchange of shares or readjustment, the number of shares of FIC
Common to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be correspondingly
adjusted.
(e) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of FIC Common shall be
issued, but in lieu thereof each Holder who would otherwise be entitled to
receive a fraction of a share of FIC Common (after aggregating all fractional
shares of FIC Common to be received by such Holder) shall receive from FIC an
amount of cash (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) equal to the product of
(i) the fraction of a share of FIC Common to which such Holder would otherwise
be entitled, times (ii) the Closing Stock Price.
(f) Dissenting Shares; Dissenting Shareholders. Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no share of RMT Common, the holder
of which (a "Dissenting Shareholder") has properly exercised and perfected
appraisal rights under section 1300 of the California Corporations Code (a
"Dissenting Share"), shall be converted into the right to receive any Merger
Shares, but such Dissenting Shareholder shall be entitled to receive such
consideration as shall be determined pursuant to section 1300 of the California
Corporations Code with respect to such Dissenting Share; provided that if any
such Dissenting Shareholder shall fail to perfect or shall have effectively
withdrawn or otherwise lost his, her or its rights to dissent to the Merger
under the California Corporations Code, each of such Dissenting Shareholder's
Dissenting Shares shall thereupon be deemed to have been converted into the
number of Merger Shares applicable thereto as if such Dissenting Share had not
been a Dissenting Share at the Effective Time, without any interest thereon, and
such share shall no longer be a Dissenting Share.
2.4 Issuance and Exchange of Certificates.
(a) FIC to Make Common Stock Available. Promptly after the Effective
Time, FIC shall make available for exchange in accordance with this Agreement,
through such reasonable procedures as FIC may adopt, the shares of FIC Common
issuable to the Holders pursuant to
-6-
<PAGE>
Section 2.3(c) in exchange for the Stock. In no event shall FIC make any payment
in excess of the number of shares of FIC Common specified in Section 2.3.
(b) Exchange Procedures. As soon as practicable after the Effective
Time, FIC shall mail to each holder of record of a certificate or certificates
which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented outstanding shares of
RMT Common (collectively, the "Certificates") whose shares are being converted
into FIC Common pursuant to Section 2.3, instructions for use in effecting the
surrender of the Certificates in exchange for FIC Common. Upon surrender of a
Certificate for cancellation to FIC, the holder of such Certificate shall be
entitled to receive in exchange therefor the certificates representing the
number of shares of FIC Common and payments in lieu of fractional shares to
which such Holder is entitled pursuant to Section 2.3 and is represented by the
Certificate so surrendered. The Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be
canceled. In the event of a transfer of ownership of RMT Common which is not
registered in the transfer records of RMT, the stock certificates representing
shares of FIC Common may be delivered to a transferee if the Certificate
representing the right to receive such FIC Common is presented to FIC and
accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer and
to evidence that any applicable stock transfer taxes have been paid. FIC shall
follow the same procedure with respect to lost, stolen or mutilated RMT
Certificates as it follows with respect to lost, stolen or mutilated FIC
certificates. Unless and until any such Certificate shall be so surrendered, or
such procedures respecting lost, stolen or mutilated Certificates are followed,
the holders of the Certificate shall not be entitled to receive certificates for
the FIC Common or cash for any fractional share of FIC Common and any dividends
paid or other distributions made to holders of record of FIC Common after the
Effective Time shall be paid to and retained by FIC and paid over to such holder
when such Certificate is surrendered or such procedures are implemented in
accordance with this Section 2.4(b).
(c) Affiliates. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
Certificates formerly representing the Stock surrendered for exchange for FIC
Common by any "affiliate" (as determined pursuant to Section 6.9) of RMT shall
not be exchanged for certificates representing FIC Common until FIC has received
a written Affiliate Agreement from such person as provided in Section 6.9
hereof.
2.5 Board of Directors; Officers. Upon the Effective Time:
(a) The directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation shall be as
named in the Agreement of Merger and each shall remain a director or officer
from the Effective Time until his or her successor shall have been elected or
appointed and shall qualify, or as otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the
Surviving Corporation.
(b) If at the Effective Time a vacancy shall exist in the Board of
Directors or in any of the offices of the Surviving Corporation, such vacancy
may thereafter be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Surviving
Corporation.
2.6 No Further Ownership Rights in Stock. All FIC Common delivered upon
the surrender for exchange of shares of RMT Common in accordance with the terms
hereof shall be deemed to have been delivered in full satisfaction of all rights
pertaining to such shares of stock. There shall be no further registration of
transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation of the shares
of RMT Common which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.
-7-
<PAGE>
2.7 Tax Treatment. The parties intend that the transactions
contemplated hereby will be a reorganization within the meaning of section 368
of the Code.
2.8 Accounting Treatment. The parties intend that the Merger shall be
treated as a pooling of interests for accounting purposes.
2.9 Assumption of Stock Options. At the Effective Time, all options to
purchase shares of RMT Common that had not been exercised or expired prior to
the Effective Time shall be assumed by FIC and shall thereafter constitute
options to purchase shares of FIC Common, in accordance with the provisions of
Section 6.10 hereof.
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF RMT
AND THE SIGNING HOLDERS
RMT and each of the Signing Holders represent and warrant to FIC as of
the date hereof as follows:
3.1 Organization. RMT is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of California, and is not
required to be qualified in any other jurisdiction except where the failure to
be so qualified will not have a material adverse effect on RMT. Radar
International, Inc. is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands. Each of RMT
and its subsidiary has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and
operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. RMT
has delivered or made available to FIC true, complete and correct copies of its
and its subsidiary's (a) Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended to the
date hereof, (b) minutes of all meetings of directors, shareholders and Board
committees and copies of actions by written consent of the foregoing, all of
which are complete and accurate as of the date hereof, (c) stock certificate
books and all other records that collectively correctly set forth the record
ownership of all outstanding shares of its capital stock and all rights to
purchase capital stock, and (d) form of stock certificates, option agreements
and rights to purchase shares of its capital stock.
3.2 Capital Structure.
(a) The authorized capital stock of RMT consists of 10,000,000 shares
of RMT Common, of which 2,117,163 are issued and outstanding. The Signing
Holders collectively own 2,116,830 of the issued and outstanding shares of RMT
Common, and each Signing Holder severally represents and warrants that such
holder has good and valid title to his, her or its shares of RMT Common free and
clear of all liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal, restrictions and
adverse claims.
(b) All of the outstanding shares of RMT Common were issued in
compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. All of the
outstanding shares of RMT Common are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable and not subject to preemptive rights created by statute, RMT's
Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or any agreement to which RMT is a party or
by which it is bound.
-8-
<PAGE>
(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2, there are no equity securities
of any class of RMT or its subsidiary, or any security exchangeable into or
exercisable for such equity securities, issued, reserved for issuance or
outstanding, and there are no options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or
agreements of any character to which RMT or its subsidiary is a party or by
which it is bound obligating RMT or its subsidiary to issue, deliver or sell, or
cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock of RMT
or its subsidiary or obligating RMT or its subsidiary to grant, extend or enter
into any such option, warrant, call, right, commitment or agreement.
(d) Schedule 3.2 contains complete and accurate lists of, and the
number of shares owned of record by, the holders of outstanding RMT Common and
the number of shares subject to options, and the holders of outstanding options
to purchase RMT Common, including in each case the addresses of such holders.
Schedule 3.2 is complete and accurate on the date hereof and, if required, an
updated Schedule 3.2 to be attached hereto will be complete and accurate as of
the Closing Date. Schedule 3.2 identifies the vesting schedule, applicable
legends, and repurchase rights or other risks of forfeiture of any outstanding
security of RMT.
(e) Schedule 3.2 contains a complete and accurate list of each stock
option plan, stock appreciation rights or other equity-related stock incentive
plan of RMT and its subsidiary.
(f) Except for any restrictions imposed by applicable state and federal
securities laws, there is no right of first refusal, co-sale right, right of
participation, right of first offer, option or other restriction on transfer
applicable to any shares of RMT Common or any shares of capital stock of RMT's
subsidiary.
(g) RMT and each Signing Holder is not a party or subject to any
agreement or understanding, and there is no voting trust, proxy, or other
agreement or understanding between or among any persons, that affects or relates
to the voting or giving of written consent with respect to any outstanding
security of RMT, the election of directors, the appointment of officers or other
actions of RMT's Board of Directors or the management of RMT.
3.3 Equity Investments. RMT does not own any equity interest, directly
or indirectly, in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint
venture, firm or other entity, other than Radar International, Inc. RMT owns all
of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Radar International, Inc., free
and clear of all liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal, restrictions and
adverse claims.
3.4 Authority. RMT has all requisite corporate power and authority to
enter into this Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and, subject to
satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein, to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the Agreement of Merger and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action on the part of RMT and the Holders except that this Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to approval by the holders
of a majority of the voting power of RMT. This Agreement has been duly executed
and delivered by RMT and the Signing Holders and the Agreement of Merger will be
duly executed and delivered by RMT, and constitutes or in the case of the
Agreement of Merger when executed will constitute valid and binding obligations
of RMT and the Signing Holders, enforceable in accordance with their terms,
subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar federal or state laws affecting the rights of
creditors and the effect or availability of rules of law governing specific
performance,
-9-
<PAGE>
injunctive relief or other equitable remedies (regardless of whether any such
remedy is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). Provided the
conditions set forth in Article 7 are satisfied, and except as set forth in
Schedule 3.4, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Agreement of
Merger do not or will not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or
default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise
to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or
loss of a material benefit under (a) any provision of the Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws of RMT or (b) any agreement or instrument, permit,
franchise, license, judgment or order, applicable to RMT, its subsidiary, the
Signing Holders and their respective properties or assets, other than any such
conflicts, violations, defaults, terminations, cancellations or accelerations
which individually or in the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect
on RMT and its subsidiary.
Schedule 3.4 sets forth a full and complete list of all necessary
consents, waivers and approvals ("Consents") of third parties (other than those
described in the following paragraph) applicable to the operations of RMT and
its subsidiary and relating to agreements or obligations involving more than
$25,000 to be paid by any party thereto within the twelve (12) months following
the signing of this Agreement that are required to be obtained by RMT or its
subsidiary in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or
the Agreement of Merger by RMT and the performance of RMT's obligations
hereunder or thereunder. Prior to the Closing Date, RMT will use its best
efforts to obtain all such consents.
No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration,
declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency or commission or
other governmental authority or instrumentality (a "Governmental Entity"), is
required by or with respect to RMT or its subsidiary in connection with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Agreement of Merger by RMT or
the consummation by RMT of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
except for (a) the filing of the Agreement of Merger and related certificates
with the California Secretary of State, and (b) such consents, approvals,
orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings as may be
required under applicable federal and state securities laws in connection with
the transactions contemplated hereby.
3.5 Financial Statements.
(a) RMT has furnished to FIC its audited consolidated statement of
operations, statement of stockholders' equity and statement of cash flows for
the two (2) fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and RMT's unaudited
consolidated financial statements and balance sheets at and for the four (4)
months ended April 30, 1997. RMT shall furnish monthly unaudited unconsolidated
financial statements to FIC for each month after April 30, 1997 until the
Closing Date. The consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 1996 is hereinafter
referred to as the "RMT Balance Sheet," and all such financial statements are
hereinafter referred to collectively as the "RMT Financial Statements." The RMT
Financial Statements have been and will be prepared in accordance with GAAP
applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved, are and will be in
accordance with RMT's books and records, and fairly present or will fairly
present the financial position of RMT and the results of its operations as of
the date and for the periods indicated thereon, subject in the case of the
unaudited portion of the RMT Financial Statements to normal year-end audit
adjustments which will not be material individually and in the aggregate. At the
date of the RMT Balance Sheet (the "RMT Balance Sheet Date") and as of the
Closing Date, RMT and its subsidiaries had and will have no liabilities or
obligations, secured or unsecured (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or
otherwise and whether or not required to be reflected on the
-10-
<PAGE>
Balance Sheet under GAAP)) not reflected on the RMT Balance Sheet or the
accompanying notes thereto or on Schedule 3.5 hereto, except for (i) liabilities
incurred in the ordinary course of business since the RMT Balance Sheet Date
which are usual and normal in amount and (ii) liabilities incurred in connection
with the Merger and the transactions related thereto, and are set forth in
Schedule 3.5 hereto. RMT maintains and will continue to maintain a standard
system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.
Attached as Schedule 3.5.1 is RMT's budget and business plan for calendar years
1997 and 1998, including RMT's budgeted revenues and expenses on a monthly basis
over such period, and RMT's annual budget and business plan for calendar year
1999.
3.6 Business Changes. Since the RMT Balance Sheet Date, except as
otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or set forth in Schedule 3.6, RMT and
its subsidiary have conducted their businesses only in the ordinary and usual
course and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
(a) There have been no changes in the condition (financial or
otherwise), business, net worth, assets, prospects, properties, employees,
operations, obligations or liabilities of RMT or its subsidiary which, in the
aggregate, have had or may be reasonably expected to have a materially adverse
effect on the condition, business, net worth, assets, prospects, properties or
operations of RMT and its subsidiary.
(b) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has issued, or authorized for
issuance, or entered into any commitment to issue, any equity security, bond,
note or other security of RMT or its subsidiary.
(c) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has incurred additional debt for
borrowed money, or incurred any obligation or liability except in the ordinary
and usual course of business and in any event not in excess of $25,000 for any
single occurrence, and except for legal and accounting fees incurred in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (which shall not
exceed $75,000).
(d) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has paid any obligation or
liability, or discharged, settled or satisfied any claim, lien or encumbrance,
except for current liabilities in the ordinary and usual course of business and
in any event not in excess of $10,000 for any single occurrence.
(e) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has declared or made any dividend,
payment or other distribution on or with respect to any share of capital stock
of RMT or its subsidiary.
(f) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has purchased, redeemed or otherwise
acquired or committed itself to acquire, directly or indirectly, any share or
shares of capital stock of RMT or its subsidiary.
(g) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has mortgaged, pledged, or
otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, encumbered any of its assets or
properties, except for liens for current taxes which are not yet delinquent and
purchase-money liens arising out of the purchase or sale of services or products
made in the ordinary and usual course of business and in any event not in excess
of $10,000 for any single item or $50,000 in the aggregate.
(h) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has disposed of, or agreed to
dispose of, by sale, lease, license or otherwise, any asset or property,
tangible or intangible, except in the ordinary and
-11-
<PAGE>
usual course of business, and in each case for a consideration believed to be at
least equal to the fair value of such asset or property and in any event not in
excess of $10,000 for any single item or $50,000 in the aggregate.
(i) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has purchased or agreed to purchase
or otherwise acquire any securities of any corporation, partnership, joint
venture, firm or other entity.
(j) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has made any expenditure or
commitment for the purchase, acquisition, construction or improvement of a
capital asset, except in the ordinary and usual course of business and in any
event not in excess of $10,000 for any single item or $50,000 in the aggregate.
(k) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has sold, assigned, transferred or
conveyed, or committed itself to sell, assign, transfer or convey, any
Proprietary Rights (as defined in Section 3.17).
(l) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has paid or committed itself to pay
to or for the benefit of any of its directors, officers, employees or
shareholders any compensation of any kind other than wages, salaries and
benefits at times and rates in effect on the RMT Balance Sheet Date, adopted or
amended any bonus, incentive, profit-sharing, stock option, stock purchase,
pension, retirement, deferred-compensation, severance, life insurance, medical
or other benefit plan, agreement, trust, fund or arrangement for the benefit of
employees of any kind whatsoever, nor entered into or amended any agreement
relating to employment, services as an independent contractor or consultant, or
severance or termination pay, nor agreed to do any of the foregoing.
(m) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has effected or agreed to effect any
change in its directors, officers or key employees.
(n) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has effected or committed itself to
effect any amendment or modification in its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws,
except as contemplated in this Agreement or the RMT Agreement of Merger.
(o) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary has entered into any transaction or
contract, or made any commitment to do the same, except in the ordinary and
usual course of business, and except for transactions, contract or commitments
involving less than $5,000 for any single item and less than $25,000 in the
aggregate.
(p) To the best knowledge of RMT and the Signing Holders, no statute
has been enacted nor has any rule or regulation been adopted by any state or any
federal agency or authority which may have a material adverse effect on the
condition (financial or otherwise), business, net worth, assets, prospects,
properties, employees, operations, obligations or liabilities of RMT and its
subsidiary.
3.7 Properties.
(a) Neither RMT nor its subsidiary owns any real property. The RMT
Balance Sheet reflects all of the real and personal property used by RMT and its
subsidiary in its business or otherwise held by RMT and its subsidiary, except
for (i) property acquired or disposed of in the ordinary and usual course of the
business of RMT since the date of such balance sheet, and (ii) real and personal
property not required under GAAP to be reflected thereon. Except as
-12-
<PAGE>
reflected in the notes to the RMT Balance Sheet and in Schedule 3.7, RMT has
good title to all assets and properties listed on the RMT Balance Sheet and
thereafter acquired, free and clear of any imperfections of title, lien, claim,
encumbrance, restriction, charge or equity of any nature whatsoever, except for
the lien of current taxes not yet delinquent. All of the fixed assets and
properties reflected on the RMT Balance Sheet or thereafter acquired are in good
condition and repair for the requirements of the business as presently conducted
by RMT.
(b) Schedule 3.7 sets forth a full and complete list of all real
property leased by RMT or its subsidiary or under option to lease by RMT or its
subsidiary. RMT and its subsidiary have no real property under option to
purchase. To the knowledge of the Signing Holders and RMT all such property
leased by RMT or its subsidiary is held under valid, subsisting and enforceable
leases. Except as disclosed in Exhibit 3.7(b) to Schedule 3.7, either any real
property leased by RMT or its subsidiary nor the operations of RMT or its
subsidiary thereon violate any applicable material building code, zoning
requirement or classification, or pollution control ordinance or statute
relating to the property or to such operations, and such non-violation is not
dependent, in any instance, on so-called non-conforming use exemptions.
(c) There are no Hazardous Substances released or discharged by or
resulting from the occupancy or operations of RMT or its subsidiaries that are
in, under or about the soil, sediment, surface water or groundwater on, under or
around any properties at any time owned, leased or occupied by RMT or its
subsidiary in which any part of the premises owned, leased or occupied by RMT
were at or below ground level, and to the knowledge of RMT and the Signing
Holders there are no Hazardous Substances in, under or about the soil, sediment,
surface water or groundwater on, under or around any property at any time owned,
leased or occupied by RMT or any of its subsidiaries. Neither RMT nor any of its
subsidiaries has disposed of any Hazardous Substances on or about any property
at any time owned, leased or occupied by RMT or any of its subsidiaries. RMT has
not disposed of any materials at any site being investigated or remediated for
contamination or possible contamination of the environment.
(d) RMT and its subsidiaries have conducted their business in
accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, orders and other requirements
of governmental authorities relating to Hazardous Substances and the use,
storage, treatment, disposal, transport, generation, release and exposure of
others to Hazardous Substances. To the knowledge of RMT and the Signing Holders,
there have been no judicial or administrative proceedings or other
investigations and there are no judicial or administrative proceedings or other
investigations pending or threatened alleging violation by RMT or its
subsidiaries of any local, state or federal laws respecting land use, pollution
or protection of the environment including, without limitation, laws regulating
the use, storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Substances. RMT has
not received any notice of any investigation, claim or proceeding against RMT or
its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Substances. Neither RMT nor any Signing
Holder has any knowledge of any fact or circumstance which could involve RMT or
any of its subsidiaries in any environmental litigation, proceeding,
investigation or claim or impose any environmental liability upon RMT or any of
its subsidiaries.
(e) RMT has provided FIC with a complete list of all permits, consents
and approvals which RMT or any of its subsidiaries is required to have under
local, state or federal laws respecting land use, pollution or protection of the
environment for the construction or occupation of its facilities and the
operation of its business. RMT and its subsidiaries have obtained all such
permits, consents and approvals and are, and at all times have been, in
compliance with every material term and condition thereof. All of the listed
permits, consents and approvals are in full force and effect, none have been
modified, and there is no proceeding pending which may result in
-13-
<PAGE>
the reversal, rescission, termination, modification or suspension of any such
permit, consent or approval.
(f) RMT and its subsidiaries have kept all records and made all filings
required by all applicable local, state and federal laws relating to land use,
pollution and protection of the environment with respect to all exposures,
emissions, discharges and releases into the environment and the proper use,
storage, transportation and disposal of all Hazardous Substances.
3.8 Accounts Receivable. All of the accounts receivable of RMT and its
subsidiaries shown on the RMT Balance Sheet or thereafter arose in the ordinary
and usual course of its business. The values at which accounts receivable are
carried reflect the accounts receivable valuation policy of RMT which is
consistent with past practice and in accordance with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis.
3.9 Taxes. RMT and each of its subsidiaries has prepared in good faith
and duly and timely filed (taking into account any extensions of time within
which to file) all Tax Returns required to be filed by it, and all such filed
Tax Returns are true, complete and accurate. RMT and each of its subsidiaries
has paid all Taxes that are shown as due on such filed Tax Returns, or that it
is required to withhold from amounts owing to any employee, creditor or third
party. There are not pending nor, to the knowledge of RMT or any Signing Holder,
threatened any audits, actions, suits, proceedings, investigations, examinations
or other proceedings in respect of Taxes or Tax matters relating to RMT or any
of its subsidiaries or their respective assets or business. To the knowledge of
RMT, there are no unresolved questions or claims concerning the Tax liability of
RMT or any of its subsidiaries. RMT and each of its subsidiaries has no
liability with respect to Taxes in excess of the amounts accrued in respect
thereof and reflected in the RMT Balance Sheet for all periods up to and
including the RMT Balance Sheet Date. All Taxes for which RMT or any of its
subsidiaries is or will become liable after the RMT Balance Sheet Date and
ending on or prior to the Closing Date (whether or not the period ends for Tax
purposes on the Closing Date) have been or will be paid when due or adequately
reserved against on the books of RMT on or prior to the Closing Date. RMT has
never been a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group. Except as set
forth in Schedule 3.9, neither RMT nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any
tax sharing, tax allocation, tax indemnity or other similar agreement. No
extension of the statute of limitations for the assessment of Taxes has been
granted by RMT and is currently in effect. Neither RMT nor any of its
subsidiaries is required to file a Tax Return in any jurisdiction where it does
not currently file a Tax Return. Neither RMT nor any of its subsidiaries nor any
of their assets or properties are subject to any liens for Taxes, other than
liens for property Taxes not yet delinquent and for which adequate reserves have
been established. No payments made or to be made to any officers and employees
of RMT as a result of or in connection with the Merger will be subject to the
deduction limitations under section 280G of the Code.
3.10 Employees.
(a) Schedule 3.10 sets forth a full and complete list of all directors,
officers, employees or consultants of RMT and its subsidiary as of the date
hereof, specifying their names and job designations, their dates of hire, the
total amount paid or payable as wages, salaries or other forms of direct
compensation, the basis of such compensation, whether fixed or commission or a
combination thereof, together with a description of any written or oral
employment contracts, commitments, consulting or termination agreements to which
RMT or its subsidiary is a party.
-14-
<PAGE>
(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10, (i) neither RMT nor its
subsidiary has any employment contract with any officer or employee or any other
consultant or person which is not terminable by it at will without liability,
except as the right of RMT or its subsidiary to terminate its employees at will
may be limited by applicable federal, state or foreign law, (ii) neither RMT nor
its subsidiary has any bonus plan or obligations to pay any bonuses, (iii) there
are no amounts (whether currently payable or payable in the future) payable as a
result of a change in control of RMT or its subsidiary to which current or
former officers, directors or employees of RMT or its subsidiary are entitled or
would become entitled after the Merger, and (iv) the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any payment in
the nature of severance pay or in any cost or benefit accelerating, becoming due
or accruing with respect to any director, officer, employee or consultant of RMT
or its subsidiary.
(c) The employee relations of RMT are good and there is no pending or
threatened labor dispute. None of the employees of RMT or its subsidiary is
represented by any union or is a party to any collective bargaining arrangement
to which RMT or its subsidiary is a party, and to the best knowledge of RMT and
the Signing Holders no attempts are being made to organize or unionize any of
the RMT employees. To the best knowledge of RMT and the Signing Holders, RMT and
its subsidiary have complied with all applicable foreign, state and federal
equal employment opportunity and other laws and regulations related to
employment practices, terms and conditions or employment and wages and hours.
(d) To the best knowledge of RMT and the Signing Holders, no employee
of RMT or its subsidiary has been injured in the workplace or in the course of
his or her employment, except for injuries that are covered by insurance or for
which a claim has been made under worker's compensation or similar laws. Except
as disclosed on Schedule 3.10, no employees of RMT or its subsidiary are absent
from active employment on account of illness or injury, other than those
employees whose absence has lasted less four weeks as of the date hereof.
(e) To the best knowledge of RMT and the Signing Holders, (i) RMT and
its subsidiary have complied in all material respects with the verification
requirements and the recordkeeping requirements of the Immigration Reform and
Control Act of 1986 or its successor ("IRCA"), and (ii) the information and
documents upon which RMT and its subsidiary relied to comply with IRCA are true
and correct.
3.11 Compliance with Law. Schedule 3.11 sets forth all material
licenses, franchises, permits, clearances, consents, certificates and other
evidences of authority of RMT which are necessary to the conduct of RMT's
business as conducted during the two (2) years prior to the Closing Date
("Permits"). All such Permits are in full force and effect and neither RMT nor
its subsidiary is in violation of any Permit except for violations which would
not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the condition
(financial or otherwise), business, net worth, assets, prospects, properties or
operations of RMT. Except for possible exceptions, the curing or non-curing of
which would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or
otherwise), business, net worth, assets, prospects, properties or operations of
RMT, the business of RMT and its subsidiary has been conducted in accordance
with all applicable laws, regulations, orders and other requirements of
governmental authorities, employment practices and procedures, the health and
safety of employees and export controls.
3.12 [Reserved].
-15-
<PAGE>
3.13 Litigation. Schedule 3.13 sets forth each claim, dispute, action,
proceeding, notice, order, suit, appeal or investigation, at law or in equity,
pending against RMT or its subsidiary, or involving any of their assets or
properties, before any court, agency, authority, arbitration panel or other
tribunal (other than those, if any, with respect to which service of process or
similar notice has not yet been made on RMT or the Signing Holders), and to the
knowledge of the Signing Holders and of RMT none have been threatened. The
Signing Holders and RMT have no knowledge of facts which, if known to
shareholders, customers, governmental authorities or other persons, would result
in any such claim, dispute, action, proceeding, suit or appeal or investigation
which would have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or
otherwise), business, net worth, assets, prospects, properties or operations of
RMT. Neither RMT nor its subsidiary is subject to any order, writ, injunction or
decree of any court, agency, authority, arbitration panel or other tribunal, nor
is RMT or its subsidiary in default with respect to any notice, order, writ,
injunction or decree.
3.14 Contracts. Schedule 3.14 sets forth a complete list of each
existing oral or written contract and agreement in the following categories to
which RMT or its subsidiary is a party, or by which either of them is bound in
any respect: (a) agreements for the purchase, sale, lease or other disposition
of equipment, goods, materials, research and development, supplies, studies or
capital assets, or for the performance of services, in any case involving more
than $10,000; (b) contracts or agreements for the joint performance of work or
services, and all other joint venture agreements; (c) management or employment
contracts, consulting contracts, collective bargaining contracts, termination
and severance agreements; (d) notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan agreements,
security agreements, guarantees, debentures, indentures, credit agreements and
other evidences of indebtedness; (e) contracts or agreements with agents,
brokers, consignees, sale representatives or distributors; (f) contracts or
agreements with any director, officer, employee, consultant or shareholder; (g)
pension, retirement, profit-sharing, deferred compensation, bonus, incentive,
life insurance, hospitalization or other employee benefit plans or arrangements
(including, without limitation, any contracts or agreements with trustees,
insurance companies or others relating to any such employee benefit plan or
arrangement); (h) stock option, stock purchase, warrant, repurchase or other
contracts or agreements relating to any shares of capital stock of RMT or its
subsidiary; (i) powers of attorney or similar authorizations granted by RMT to
third parties; (j) licenses, sublicenses, royalty agreements, development
agreements and other contracts or agreements to which RMT or its subsidiary is a
party, or otherwise subject, relating to technical assistance, software
development or Proprietary Rights as defined below (other than standard
"shrinkwrap" licenses of generally available, off-the-shelf software from third
parties); (k) any agreement pursuant to which RMT or its subsidiary has granted
or may grant in the future, to any party, a source code license or option or
other right to use or acquire source code; (l) each contract or agreement
providing for payments or rights that are triggered upon a change in control of
RMT or its subsidiary; and (m) other material contracts. Except as set forth in
Schedule 3.14 and except for (i) the binding portions of the letter dated April
21, 1997 between RMT and FIC, as amended, and (ii) this Agreement, neither RMT
nor its subsidiary has entered into (A) any contract or agreement containing
covenants limiting the right of RMT or its subsidiary to compete in any business
or with any person or (B) any contract, agreement or arrangement for sale of a
significant portion of its stock or assets or for any merger, consolidation or
other combination with a third party.
3.15 No Default.
(a) Each of the contracts, agreements or other instruments referred to
in Section 3.14 of this Agreement is a legal, binding and enforceable obligation
by or against RMT (or its subsidiary,
-16-
<PAGE>
as the case may be), subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar federal or state laws affecting the
rights of creditors and the effect or availability of rules of law governing
specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies (regardless
of whether any such remedy is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).
To the knowledge of the Signing Holders and RMT no party with whom RMT or its
subsidiary has an agreement or contract is in default thereunder or has breached
any terms or provisions thereof.
(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.14, each of RMT and its
subsidiary in all material respects has performed, or is now performing, the
obligations of, and neither RMT nor its subsidiary is in material default (or
would by the lapse of time and/or the giving of notice be in material default)
in respect of, any contract, agreement or commitment binding upon it, its assets
or its properties. Except as disclosed in Schedules 3.6, 3.14 or 3.16, no third
party has raised any claim, dispute or controversy with respect to any executory
contract of RMT or its subsidiary, nor has RMT or its subsidiary received notice
or warning of alleged nonperformance, delay in delivery or other noncompliance
by RMT or its subsidiary with respect to its obligations under any contract, nor
are there any facts which exist indicating that any contract may be totally or
partially terminated or suspended by the other parties thereto.
3.16 Customers. Schedule 3.16 sets forth all customers of RMT from whom
more than $50,000 in revenues are expected to be received in the twelve (12)
months following the Closing Date indicating revenues for fiscal 1996, first
quarter fiscal 1997 and second quarter fiscal 1997 to date, estimated fiscal
1997 revenues and the expiration date of any agreement. Except as disclosed in
Schedules 3.6 or 3.16, RMT and the Signing Holders have no knowledge of any
circumstances likely to result in termination or failure to renew any customer
contract.
3.17 Proprietary Rights.
(a) Schedule 3.17 (the "Intellectual Property Disclosure Schedule")
sets forth a complete and accurate list of all patents, patent applications,
copyrights, trademarks, trade names, service marks or logos owned or used by RMT
or its subsidiary or in which they have any rights or licenses, and all
applications therefor and registrations and registration applications thereof.
Such list specifies, as applicable: (i) the title of the patent, trademark,
trade name, service mark, copyright or application therefor or registration
thereof; (ii) the jurisdiction by or in which such patent, trademark, trade
name, service mark or copyright has been issued or registered or in which an
application has been filed, including the registration or application numbers;
and (iii) material licenses, sublicenses and similar agreements to which RMT or
its subsidiary is a party or pursuant to which any other party is authorized to
use, exercise or receive any benefit from any Proprietary Rights (as defined
below) of RMT. The Intellectual Property Disclosure Schedule sets forth a
complete and accurate description of all agreements of RMT and its subsidiary
with each officer, employee or consultant of RMT or its subsidiary providing RMT
or its subsidiary with title and ownership to patents, patent applications,
trade secrets and inventions developed or used by RMT or its subsidiary in its
business, all of which agreements are valid, enforceable and legally binding
(subject to the effect or availability of rules of law governing specific
performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies).
(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.7, RMT and its subsidiary own or
possess licenses or other rights to use all computer software and hardware,
source code, patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications,
trade secrets, service marks, trade names, logos, trade dress, copyrights,
inventions, business and marketing plans, industrial property rights,
copy-
-17-
<PAGE>
rights, trademarks, trade names, logos and service marks (and all goodwill
associated therewith, including, without limitation, the right to the names
"Risk Management Technologies," "RMT Genesis" and "RADAR") and applications
therefor, and all technical information, customer lists, management information
systems, drawings, designs, processes and quality control data and all similar
materials recording or evidencing proprietary expertise or information, or other
rights with respect thereto (collectively referred to as "Proprietary Rights"),
used or currently proposed to be used in the business of RMT, and the same are
sufficient to conduct RMT's business as it has been and is now being conducted
or as it is currently proposed by RMT to be conducted. Except as set forth on
the Intellectual Property Disclosure Schedule, RMT is the owner of, or has the
right to use, all right, title, and interest in and to each of the Proprietary
Rights, free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges, encumbrances,
equities, and other adverse claims, and has the right to use, sell, license,
sublicense, assign and dispose, in each case without payment to a third party,
all of the Proprietary Rights and the products, processes and materials covered
thereby.
(c) The operations of RMT and its subsidiary as currently and formerly
conducted and as planned to be conducted do not conflict with or infringe, and
no person or entity has asserted to RMT or its subsidiary that such operations
or past operations conflict with or infringe, any Proprietary Rights, owned,
possessed or used by any third party. There are no claims, disputes, actions,
proceedings, suits or appeals pending against RMT or its subsidiary with respect
to any Proprietary Rights, and, to the knowledge of RMT and the Signing Holders,
none has been threatened against RMT or its subsidiary. To the knowledge of RMT
and the Signing Holders, there are no facts or alleged facts which would
reasonably serve as a basis for any claim that RMT or its subsidiary does not
have the right to use and to transfer the right to use, free of any rights or
claims of others, all Proprietary Rights in the development, manufacture, use,
sale or other disposition of any or all products or services presently being
used, furnished or sold in the conduct of the business of RMT and its subsidiary
as it has been and is now being conducted. The Proprietary Rights referred to in
the preceding sentence are free of any unresolved ownership disputes with
respect to any third party and there is no unauthorized use, infringement or
misappropriation of any of such Proprietary Rights by any third party, including
any employee or former employee of RMT and its subsidiary, nor is there any
breach of any license, sublicense or other agreement authorizing another party
to use such Proprietary Rights. Except as disclosed in part (c) of the
Intellectual Property Disclosure Schedule, neither RMT, RMT's subsidiary nor any
Signing Holder has entered into any agreement (i) granting any third party the
right to bring infringement actions with respect to, or otherwise to enforce
rights with respect to, any such Proprietary Right, or (ii) agreeing to
indemnify anyone or any entity for or against any interference, infringement,
misappropriation or other conflict with respect to any Proprietary Right.
(d) The Intellectual Property Disclosure Schedule contains a complete
and accurate list of any proceedings before any patent or trademark authority to
which RMT or its subsidiary is a party, a description of the subject matter of
each proceeding, and the current status of each proceeding, including, without
limitation, interferences, priority contests, opposition, and protests. Such
list includes any pending applications for reissue or reexamination of a patent.
RMT has the exclusive right to file, prosecute and maintain any such
applications for patents, copyrights or trademarks and the patents and
registrations that issue therefrom.
(e) All patents and registered trademarks, service marks, and other
company, product or service identifiers and registered copyrights held by RMT
and its subsidiary are valid and enforceable, are currently in compliance with
formal legal requirements and are not subject to any maintenance or renewal fees
or taxes or actions falling due within ninety (90) days after the date of
Closing.
-18-
<PAGE>
(f) All fees to maintain RMT's and its subsidiary's rights in the
Proprietary Rights, including, without limitation, patent and trademark
registration and prosecution fees and all professional fees in connection
therewith, which have been presented for payment, have been paid by RMT or will
be paid by RMT before the Closing Date.
(g) Except as set forth in the Intellectual Property Disclosure
Schedule, all disclosures of RMT's and its subsidiary's trade secrets to third
parties have been pursuant to non-disclosure agreements pursuant to which the
confidentiality and use of such information has been protected. RMT and its
subsidiary have taken all other measures it deems reasonable to maintain the
confidentiality of the Proprietary Rights used or proposed to be used in the
conduct of its business the value of which to RMT is contingent upon maintenance
of the confidentiality thereof.
(h) RMT and its subsidiary have secured valid written assignments from
all consultants, independent contractors and employees who contributed to the
creation or development of RMT's Proprietary Rights of all rights to such
contributions that RMT does not already own by operation of law.
(i) Except as set forth in the Intellectual Property Disclosure
Schedule, each current and former employee and officer of and consultant to RMT
or its subsidiary has executed a written confidentiality agreement and a written
assignment of inventions agreement that assign to RMT all rights to any
inventions, improvements, discoveries, or information relating to the business
conducted or to be conducted by RMT, and all such agreements are in the forms
provided to FIC. To the knowledge of RMT and the Signing Holders, no employee or
consultant of RMT or its subsidiary is in violation of any term of any
employment contract, proprietary information agreement, inventions agreement,
non-competition agreement, consulting agreement, or any other contract or
agreement relating to the relationship of any such employee with RMT or its
subsidiary or any previous employer. To the knowledge of RMT and the Signing
Holders, no employee of RMT or its subsidiary has entered into any contract that
restricts or limits in any way the scope or type of work in which the employee
may be engaged to anyone other than RMT or its subsidiary or requires the
employee to transfer, assign, or disclose information concerning his work to
anyone other than RMT or its subsidiary, as the case may be.
3.18 Insurance. Schedule 3.18 sets forth a complete list of all
policies of insurance to which RMT or its subsidiary is a party or is a
beneficiary or named insured. RMT and its subsidiary have in full force and
effect, with all premiums due thereon paid, the policies of insurance set forth
therein. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.18, to the knowledge of RMT and the
Signing Holders, there were no claims in excess of $5,000 asserted under any of
the insurance policies of RMT or its subsidiary in respect of all motor vehicle,
general liability, professional liability, errors and omissions, and worker's
compensation, and medical claims for the period from January 1, 1996 to the date
of this Agreement.
3.19 Bank Accounts. Schedule 3.19 sets forth a true and correct list of
the names and addresses of all banks, other institutions and state governmental
departments at which RMT and its subsidiary have accounts, deposits or safety
deposit boxes, or special deposits required to be held by such state
governmental departments with the nature of such account and the names of all
persons authorized to draw on or give instructions with respect to such accounts
or deposits, or to have access thereto, and the names and addresses of all
persons, if any, holding a power-of-attorney on behalf of RMT or its subsidiary.
All cash in such accounts is held in demand deposits and is not subject to any
restriction or limitation as to withdrawal.
-19-
<PAGE>
3.20 Brokers or Finders. Neither RMT nor any of its officers, directors
or employees nor any of RMT's Subsidiaries or any of their officers, directors
or employees has engaged any broker or finder or incurred, or will incur
directly or indirectly, any liability for any brokerage, agent's or finder's
fees or commissions in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
3.21 Certain Advances. Other than as disclosed in the RMT Balance
Sheet, there are no receivables of RMT or its subsidiary owing from directors,
officers, employees, consultants or shareholders of RMT or of RMT's subsidiary,
or owing by any affiliate of any director or officer of RMT or its subsidiary,
other than advances in the ordinary and usual course of business to officers and
employees for reimbursable business expenses which are not in excess of $10,000
for any one individual.
3.22 Related Parties. Except as previously disclosed in writing to FIC
or listed on Schedule 3.22, no officer or director of RMT or of RMT's
subsidiary, or to the knowledge of RMT and the Signing Holders any affiliate of
any such person, has, either directly or indirectly, (a) an interest in any
corporation, partnership, firm or other person or entity which furnishes or
sells services or products which are similar to those furnished or sold by RMT
or its subsidiary or which competes or potentially will compete, directly or
indirectly, with RMT or its subsidiary, or (b) a beneficial interest in any
contract or agreement to which RMT or its subsidiary is a party or by which RMT
or its subsidiary may be bound. For purposes of this Section 3.22, there shall
be disregarded any interest which arose solely from the ownership of less than a
five percent (5%) equity interest in a corporation whose stock is regularly
traded on any national securities exchange or on Nasdaq.
3.23 Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA.
(a) Schedule 3.23 sets forth each "employee benefit plan," as defined
in section 3(3) of ERISA, and all other plans, agreements, or arrangements
involving direct or indirect compensation (excluding workers' compensation,
unemployment compensation and similar government-mandated programs) currently or
previously maintained, contributed to or entered into by RMT or its subsidiary
for the benefit of any employee or former employee of RMT or its subsidiary
under which RMT or its subsidiary has any present or future obligation or
liability (collectively, the "Employee Plans"). Copies of all Employee Plans
(and, if applicable, related trust agreements), and all amendments thereto and
material written interpretations thereof have been provided to FIC. RMT and its
subsidiary have no Employee Plan which, individually or collectively,
constitute(s) (i) an "employee pension benefit plan," as defined in section 3(2)
of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, except as disclosed in Schedule
3.23, or (ii) a "multiemployer plan," as defined in section 3(37) of ERISA.
(b) No other entity ("ERISA Affiliate") that is a member of a
"controlled group of corporations" with or under "common control" with RMT, as
defined in section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code currently or previously
maintained, contributed or entered into an employee benefit plan, as defined in
section 3(3) of ERISA.
(c) Each Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified under section
401(a) of the Code is so qualified and has been so qualified during the period
from its adoption to the date of this Agreement.
-20-
<PAGE>
(d) RMT has furnished to FIC copies or descriptions of each severance
or other similar contract, arrangement or policy and each plan, agreement,
policy or arrangement (written or oral) providing for insurance coverage
(including any self-insured arrangements), vacation benefits, disability
benefits, early retirement benefits, death benefits, hospitalization benefits,
retirement benefits, deferred compensation, profit-sharing, bonuses, stock
options, stock purchase, phantom stock, stock appreciation or other forms of
compensation or post-retirement benefits that (i) is not an Employee Plan, (ii)
is entered into, maintained or contributed to, as the case may be, by RMT or its
subsidiary and (iii) covers any employee or former employee of RMT or its
subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of RMT or its subsidiary. Such contracts,
plans and arrangements as are described in this Section are herein referred to
collectively as the "Benefit Arrangements." Each Benefit Arrangement has been
maintained in substantial and material compliance with its terms and with the
requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, orders, rules and regulations
that are applicable to such Benefit Arrangements.
(e) Except for continued "COBRA" health coverage required pursuant to
Code section 4980B, neither RMT nor its subsidiary is a party to any Employee
Plan, Benefit Arrangement or other agreement, contract, arrangement or policy,
written or unwritten, that requires RMT or its subsidiary to provide, at any
cost to RMT, any health or life insurance coverage to any former employee of RMT
or its subsidiary.
(f) Except as described in Schedule 3.23, neither RMT nor its
subsidiary is a party to any contract, instrument, agreement or arrangement with
a "disqualified individual" (as defined in section 280G(c) of the Code) that
could result in a disallowance of the deduction for any "excess parachute
payment" (as defined in section 280G(b)(i) of the Code) or subject any such
disqualified individual to the excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the
Code.
(g) Each Employee Plan and Benefit Arrangement complies in all material
respects with all applicable requirements of (i) the Age Discrimination in
Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and the regulations thereunder, (ii) Title
VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and the regulations thereunder,
and (iii) any other applicable law.
(h) There is no pending or, to the knowledge of RMT and the Signing
Holders, threatened litigation relating to any Employee Plan or Benefit
Arrangement. All contributions due under each Employee Plan or Benefit
Arrangement have been paid or accrued on the books of RMT.
3.24 Customers and Other Relationships. To the knowledge of the Signing
Holders and RMT, no client or customer of RMT or its subsidiary intends to
cancel or refrain from renewing the services provided by RMT or its subsidiary
or any contract or arrangement with RMT or its subsidiary, except as disclosed
in Schedule 3.6 or Schedule 3.16. With respect to the agreements with Oracle
Corporation, Risk Management GmbH, IBM Corporation, Digital Equipment
Corporation and Informix Software, Inc., and their respective subsidiaries,
listed in Schedule 3.14, to the knowledge of RMT and the Signing Holders, (i)
such agreements are enforceable agreements of the respective parties thereto,
(ii) none of such companies or their subsidiaries intends to cancel or refrain
from renewing such agreements, (iii) no party to any such agreements has given
RMT notice of a breach or default thereunder, and (iv) except as disclosed in
Schedule 3.14, neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby will constitute a breach of any such
agreement or requires the consent of any party to such agreement.
-21-
<PAGE>
3.25 Underlying Documents. Copies of any underlying documents listed or
described as having been disclosed to FIC pursuant to this Agreement, if
requested by FIC, have been furnished to FIC. All such documents furnished to
FIC are true and correct copies, and there are no amendments or modifications
thereto, that have not been disclosed to FIC. The minute books of RMT and its
subsidiary contain complete and accurate records of all meetings and other
corporate actions taken by the directors and shareholders of RMT and its
subsidiary, respectively.
3.26 Full Disclosure. Any information furnished by or on behalf of RMT
and the Signing Holders to FIC in writing pursuant to this Agreement as of the
date such information is required by this Agreement to be so furnished, and any
information contained in the Schedules referred to in this Agreement at any time
prior to the Effective Time, does not and will not contain any untrue statement
of a material fact and does not and will not omit to state any material fact
necessary to make any statement, in light of the circumstances under which such
statement is made, not misleading.
ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FIC
Except as contemplated by this Agreement, FIC represents and warrants
to RMT and the Signing Holders as of the date hereof as follows:
4.1 Organization. Each of FIC and Acquisition Corporation is a
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of its state of incorporation. Each of FIC and Acquisition Corporation is
duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in its state of
incorporation and in each of the other jurisdictions in which it owns or leases
property or conducts business, except where the failure to be so qualified would
not have a material adverse effect on the business of FIC. Each of FIC and
Acquisition Corporation has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and
operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted, and
possesses all licenses, franchises, rights and privileges material to the
conduct of its respective business.
4.2 Acquisition Corporation Capital Structure. The authorized capital
stock of Acquisition Corporation consists of 1,000 shares of Acquisition
Corporation Common. On or before the Closing Date, 1,000 shares of Acquisition
Corporation Common will be validly issued and outstanding and will be held by
FIC of record and beneficially.
4.3 Authority. Each of FIC and Acquisition Corporation has all
requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the
Agreement of Merger and the related agreements contemplated herein and therein
and, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein, to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of
this Agreement and (when executed and delivered) the Agreement of Merger and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of FIC and will be so
authorized by Acquisition Corporation. This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by FIC and the Agreement of Merger will be duly executed and delivered
by FIC and Acquisition Corporation, and constitutes (and in the case of the
Agreement of Merger when executed as to Acquisition Corporation will constitute)
valid and binding obligations of FIC and Acquisition Corporation, enforceable in
accordance with their terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent
-22-
<PAGE>
conveyance, moratorium or other similar federal or state laws affecting the
rights of creditors and the effect or availability of rules of law governing
specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies (regardless
of whether any such remedy is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).
Provided the conditions set forth in Article 7 are satisfied, the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the Agreement of Merger do not, and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not,
conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice
or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination,
cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a material benefit
under (a) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of FIC,
(b) any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Acquisition
Corporation or (c) any agreement or instrument, permit, license, judgment,
order, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to FIC or
Acquisition Corporation or their respective properties or assets, other than any
such conflicts, violations, defaults, terminations, cancellations or
accelerations which individually or in the aggregate would not have a material
adverse effect on FIC and Acquisition Corporation taken as a whole.
No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration,
declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required by or with
respect to FIC or Acquisition Corporation in connection with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement or the Agreement of Merger by FIC and Acquisition
Corporation or the consummation by FIC and Acquisition Corporation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except for (i) filings to be
effected in connection with the organization of Acquisition Corporation, (ii)
the filing of the Agreement of Merger and related certificates with the
California Secretary of State, and appropriate documents with the relevant
Governmental Entities of other states in which Acquisition Corporation is
qualified to do business, (iii) such consents, approvals, orders,
authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings as may be required under
applicable state securities laws in connection with the transactions set forth
herein, (iv) filings required pursuant to the HSR Act and (v) such other
consents, authorizations, filings, approvals and registrations which if not
obtained or made would not have a material adverse effect on FIC and Acquisition
Corporation, taken as a whole.
4.4 Capital Structure. The authorized capital stock of FIC consists of
35,000,000 shares of FIC Common, and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01
par value ("FIC Preferred Stock"). At the close of business on June 4, 1997: (i)
12,717,263 shares of FIC Common were issued and outstanding, of which 998,263
were held by FIC's Employee Stock Ownership Plan; (ii) 7,843 shares of FIC
Common were held by FIC as treasury stock; and (iii) 1,614,460 shares of FIC
Common were reserved for issuance upon exercise of options (the "FIC Options")
under FIC's 1992 Long-term Incentive Plan, 1987 Stock Option Plan and Stock
Option Plan for Non-employee Directors, of which options to purchase 1,231,910
shares were outstanding. No shares of FIC Preferred Stock are outstanding.
Except for the FIC Options and the employee benefit plans set forth
above, employment agreements between FIC and certain of its employees, or as
otherwise disclosed in Schedule 4.4, there are no options, warrants, calls,
rights, commitments or agreements of any character to which FIC is a party or by
which it is bound obligating FIC to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be
issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock of FIC or
obligating FIC to grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call,
right, commitment or agreement, and there are no voting trusts, proxies or other
agreements or understandings with respect to the shares of capital stock of FIC.
-23-
<PAGE>
All of the outstanding shares of FIC Common are, and any shares of FIC
Common issuable upon exercise of any FIC Option, when issued pursuant to such
exercise, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable
and not subject to preemptive rights created by statute, FIC's Certificate of
Incorporation or Bylaws or any agreement to which FIC is a party or by which it
is bound.
4.5 SEC Documents. FIC has made available to the Signing Holders a true
and complete copy of FIC's Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 1996 and
Form 10-Q for the three (3) months ended December 31, 1996 and any other
statement, report, registration statement or definitive proxy statement filed by
FIC with the SEC since January 1, 1997 to the Effective Time (the "FIC SEC
Documents"). As of their respective filing dates, FIC has made all necessary SEC
filings, the FIC SEC Documents comply or will comply in all material respects
with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the Securities
Act, and none of the FIC SEC Documents contain or will contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except to
the extent corrected by a subsequently filed FIC SEC Document. Without limiting
the foregoing, each of the consolidated balance sheets included in or
incorporated by reference into the FIC SEC Documents fairly presented the
consolidated financial position of FIC and its subsidiaries as of its date and
each of the consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash
flows included in or incorporated by reference into the FIC SEC Documents fairly
presented the results of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows of FIC
and its subsidiaries for the period set forth therein (subject, in the case of
unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments which would not be
material and the absence of certain footnote disclosures), in each case in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
during the periods involved.
4.6 Information Supplied. None of the information supplied or to be
supplied by FIC at the date such information is supplied, contains or will
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state
any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make
the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made,
not misleading.
4.7 No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
Agreement of Merger by FIC and Acquisition Corporation and the performance of
their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, (a) are not in violation
or breach of, and will not conflict with or constitute a default under, any of
the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of FIC, or any contract,
agreement or commitment binding upon FIC or any of its assets or properties,
other than violations, breaches, conflicts or defaults which individually or in
the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect on FIC; (b) will not
result in the creation or imposition of any lien, encumbrance, equity or
restriction in favor of any third party upon any of the assets or properties of
FIC; and (c) will not to the actual knowledge of FIC conflict with or violate
any applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any
government, governmental instrumentality or court having jurisdiction over FIC
or any of its assets or properties.
4.8 Shares of Common Stock. The Merger Shares will, when issued and
delivered to the Holders in accordance with this Agreement, be duly authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
4.9 Brokers or Finders. FIC has not dealt with any broker or finder in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in a manner
which will cause RMT or any of the
-24-
<PAGE>
Signing Holders to incur, directly or indirectly, any liability to such broker
or finder for any brokerage or finders' fees or agents commissions or any
similar charges.
ARTICLE 5
COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until
the Closing, RMT agrees to act and to cause its subsidiary to act as follows
(except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or to the extent that FIC
shall otherwise consent in writing), and each of the Signing Holders shall agree
to use its best efforts to cause RMT to act as follows:
5.1 Ordinary Course. Each of RMT and its subsidiary shall carry on its
business in the usual, regular and ordinary course, including the payment of all
Taxes, in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and, to the
extent consistent with such businesses, use all commercially reasonable efforts
consistent with past practice and policies to preserve intact its present
business organizations, use its best efforts to keep available the services of
its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with
present and potential customers, software developers, system integrators,
service providers and others having business dealings with them to the end that
its goodwill and ongoing business shall be unimpaired at the Effective Time.
5.2 Dividends; Changes in Stock. Neither RMT nor its subsidiary shall,
nor shall either of them propose to, directly or indirectly, (a) make, declare
or pay any dividends or other distribution on or in respect of any of its
capital stock, (b) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or
issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu
of or in substitution for shares of capital stock of RMT or its subsidiary, or
(c) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or
rights to acquire any shares of its capital stock.
5.3 Issuance of Securities. Neither RMT nor its subsidiary shall issue,
deliver or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery or sale of, or
purchase or propose the purchase of, any shares of its capital stock of any
class or securities convertible into, or rights, warrants or options to acquire,
any such shares or other convertible securities, or enter into any agreement,
understanding or arrangement with respect to the sale or voting of its capital
stock.
5.4 Governing Documents. RMT shall not amend its Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws. RMT's subsidiary shall not amend its charter documents.
5.5 No Other Bids or Contacts. Neither the Signing Holders nor RMT nor
any of any of RMT's directors, officers, employees, affiliates or agents
(including investment bankers, attorneys and accountants) will, directly or
indirectly, take any of the following actions with any person, entity or group
other than FIC and Acquisition Corporation without the prior written consent of
FIC: (i) solicit, initiate, facilitate or encourage, or furnish information with
respect to RMT or access to RMT's books, records, personnel or properties in
connection with, any inquiry, proposal or offer with respect to any merger,
consolidation or other business combination involving RMT or any of its
subsidiaries, liquidation or dissolution of RMT, sale or other disposition of
any securities of RMT or of all or a substantial portion of the assets of RMT
(each, an "Acquisition Transaction"); (ii) negotiate, discuss, explore or
otherwise communicate or cooperate in any way with any person, entity or group
other than FIC and Acquisition Corporation with respect to any Acquisition
Transaction; or (iii) enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding
with
-25-
<PAGE>
respect to an Acquisition Transaction or requiring RMT to abandon, terminate or
refrain from consummating a transaction with FIC or FIC's affiliates. RMT shall
(a) promptly advise FIC orally and in writing of any such offer, inquiries or
proposals of or contacts with respect to any possible Acquisition Transaction,
and (b) not accept (nor shall RMT's Board of Directors or any committee thereof
recommend) any such proposal or offer without giving FIC five days' prior
written notice of the intention of RMT (or such Board or committee) to take such
action.
5.6 No Acquisitions. Neither RMT nor its subsidiary shall (a) acquire
or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a
substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or
any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or
division thereof or (a) otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets which
are material, individually or in the aggregate, to RMT except in the ordinary
course of business consistent with prior practice.
5.7 No Dispositions. Neither RMT nor its subsidiary shall sell, lease,
encumber, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or properties, except
in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice and in any
event not in excess of $10,000 in the aggregate.
5.8 Indebtedness. Neither RMT nor its subsidiary shall assume or incur
any indebtedness or guarantee any indebtedness, enter into, extend or renew any
credit agreement, line of credit or similar arrangement, issue or sell any debt
securities or warrants or rights to purchase debt securities, or enter into,
extend or renew any lease or any agreement to maintain the financial condition
of another person or entity, other than operating leases of personal property
entered into in the ordinary course of RMT's business consistent with past
practice and which provide for annual payments by RMT of less than $5,000 in any
one case and less than $25,000 in the aggregate with respect to all such
operating leases.
5.9 Benefit Plans, Etc. Neither RMT nor its subsidiary shall adopt or
amend in any material respect any Employee Plan, Benefit Arrangement or any
other agreement with any employee or employees, shall not hire any employees
other than as set forth on Schedule 5.9, shall not increase in any manner the
compensation or benefits for its employees, grant any stock option, stock
appreciation right or other equity-related compensation right, or pay or accrue
any benefit not required by existing policies, plans and agreements that are
described on Schedule 5.9. Neither RMT nor its subsidiary shall take any action
with respect to (a) the grant of any severance pay, termination pay or any
payment or right triggered upon a change in control of RMT or (b) any increase
of benefits payable under its severance pay, termination pay or change in
control arrangements in effect as of the date hereof.
5.10 Business Relations. Without making any commitment on behalf of or
which would be binding upon FIC, each of RMT and its subsidiary will use its
best efforts to preserve its business organization, to keep available to FIC the
services of present employees, agents and representatives (except those
employees terminated for cause or consistent with sound business practices) and
to preserve for FIC the goodwill and relationships of software developers,
systems integrators, service providers, consultants, suppliers and others with
whom business relationships exist.
5.11 Other Actions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, neither RMT nor its
subsidiary shall, and the Signing Holders shall use their best efforts to cause
RMT and its subsidiary not to:
-26-
<PAGE>
(a) Enter into any material commitment or transaction not in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(b) Transfer to any person or entity any material rights to the
Proprietary Rights, other than pursuant to licenses in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice;
(c) Enter into any material agreements (or material amendments thereto)
pursuant to which any third party is granted marketing, distribution or similar
rights of any type or scope with respect to any products or services of RMT
other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(d) Amend or otherwise modify, except in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice, or violate the material terms of, any of
the agreements set forth or described in the Schedules to this Agreement;
(e) Commence any material litigation;
(f) Revalue any of its assets, including without limitation writing
down the value of inventory or writing off notes or accounts receivable, other
than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(g) Pay, discharge or satisfy, in an amount in excess of $25,000 (in
any one case) or $50,000 (in the aggregate), any claim, liability or obligation
(absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than
the payment, discharge or satisfaction in the ordinary course of business of
liabilities reflected or reserved against in the RMT Financial Statements or
that arose in the ordinary course of business subsequent to December 31, 1996 or
unless payment of such claim, liability or obligation is due in accordance with
its terms or expenses consistent with the provisions of this Agreement incurred
in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby not in excess of
$50,000;
(h) Make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, adopt or
change any accounting method in respect of Taxes, enter into any closing
agreement, settle any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, or consent to any
extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or
assessment in respect of Taxes; or
(i) Take, or agree to take, any of the actions described in this
Section or any other action that would prevent RMT from performing or cause RMT
not to perform its covenants hereunder, or that would or reasonably would be
expected to result in any of its, his or her representations and warranties set
forth in this Agreement being or becoming untrue in any material respect or in
any of the conditions set forth in Article 7 not being satisfied.
5.12 Advice of Changes; Government Filings. RMT shall confer on a
regular and frequent basis with FIC, report on operational matters and promptly
advise FIC orally and in writing of any change or event having, or, insofar as
can reasonably be foreseen, could have, a material adverse effect on RMT or
which would cause or constitute a material breach of any of the representations,
warranties or covenants of RMT contained herein. RMT shall promptly provide FIC
(or its counsel) with copies of any filings made by RMT, RMT's subsidiary or any
Signing Holder with any Governmental Entity in connection with this Agreement or
the transactions contemplated hereby.
-27-
<PAGE>
5.13 Accounting Methods. RMT shall not change its methods of accounting
in effect at the RMT Balance Sheet Date, except as required by changes in GAAP
as concurred in by RMT's independent auditors. RMT shall notify FIC immediately
of any such change and shall provide all details thereof.
5.14 Intellectual Property Matters. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing agreements, each of RMT and its subsidiary shall use its best
efforts to preserve its Proprietary Rights free and clear of any liens, claims
or encumbrances and to assert, contest and prosecute any infringement of any
issued patent, trademark, service mark, tradename or copyright that is part of
the Proprietary Rights or any misappropriation or disclosure of any trade
secret, know-how or confidential information that is part of the Proprietary
Rights.
ARTICLE 6
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
6.1 Access to Information. RMT shall, and shall cause its subsidiary
to, afford to FIC and shall cause its independent accountants to afford to FIC,
and its accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access during
normal business hours during the period prior to the Effective Time to RMT's and
its subsidiary's properties, books, contracts, commitments and records, and to
the audit work papers and other records of RMT's accountants. During such
period, RMT shall use reasonable efforts to furnish promptly to FIC all other
information concerning the business, properties and personnel of RMT and its
subsidiary as FIC may reasonably request.
6.2 Legal Conditions to the Merger and Related Transactions. Each party
will take all reasonable actions necessary to comply promptly with all legal
requirements which may be imposed on such party with respect to the Merger and
will promptly cooperate with and furnish information to the other party in
connection with any such requirements imposed upon such other party in
connection with the Merger. Each party will take all reasonable actions to
obtain (and to cooperate with the other party in obtaining) any consent,
authorization, order or approval of, or any exemption by, any Governmental
Entity, or other third party required to be obtained or made by such party (or
by the other party) in connection with the Merger or the taking of any action
contemplated thereby or by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the generality of the
foregoing, (i) FIC shall cause Acquisition Corporation to take all necessary
corporate action required by this Agreement, and (ii) RMT shall obtain its
shareholders' written consent in favor of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby as soon as practicable, and the Board of Directors of RMT
shall recommend approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby to the shareholders of RMT.
6.3 Communications; Confidentiality. Each of the parties hereto hereby
agrees to and reaffirms the terms and provisions of the Mutual Nondisclosure
Agreement between FIC and RMT dated as of April 21, 1997, except to the extent
expressly modified hereby. Between the date hereof and the Effective Time,
neither RMT, on the one hand, nor FIC, on the other hand, will furnish any
communication to its shareholders (other than communications required pursuant
to Section 6.2) or to the public generally if the subject matter thereof relates
to the other party or to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without
the prior approval of the other party as to the content thereof, which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld, and subject to each party's compliance with
applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, FIC may make a public
-28-
<PAGE>
announcement concerning the existence of this Agreement following the execution
thereof, which announcement shall be mutually agreed upon in advance by FIC and
RMT.
6.4 Update to Disclosures. Without limiting FIC's right to rely on the
representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement, RMT shall
provide FIC with updates to the disclosures provided or made available to FIC as
to material facts which arise between the date of this Agreement and the Closing
Date and which, if they had occurred and been known prior to the date of this
Agreement, would have been required to have been disclosed in order to make the
representations and warranties contained in Article 3 true and correct as of the
date of this Agreement.
6.5 Certain Notifications. At all times from the date hereof and prior
to the Effective Time, each party shall promptly notify the other parties in
writing of the occurrence of any event known to such party which will or is
likely to result in the failure to satisfy any of the conditions specified in
Article 7 hereof.
6.6 Treatment of Plans, Agreements and Options. RMT shall obtain prior
to the Closing all necessary consents or releases from holders of options to
purchase RMT Common and take all such other lawful action as may be necessary to
give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to such
options. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, RMT shall use its
best efforts to obtain prior to the Closing a written agreement (in form
satisfactory to FIC) from each of the Principal Optionholders to be bound by the
Escrow Agreement and of all of the arrangements relating thereto (including
without limitation the appointment of the Holders' Representatives to act for
and on behalf of such persons with respect to claims by FIC Indemnitees and
other matters relating to the Escrow Fund) and consenting to any amendment of
such holders' Vested Options which may be necessary to give full effect to the
provisions of the Escrow Agreement with respect to such options. The Principal
Optionholders delivering the foregoing written agreements and/or consents in
form satisfactory to FIC prior to the Closing are referred to as the "Subject
Optionholders." The "Subject Options" means, collectively, those options to
purchase FIC Common held by the Subject Optionholders which constituted Vested
Options immediately prior to the Closing, and which collectively have a Merger
Value (as defined below) equal to ten percent (10%) of the Merger Value of all
options to purchase FIC Common which constituted Vested Options immediately
prior to the Closing (including those held by persons other than the Subject
Optionholders) as of the Effective Time. The Subject Options owned by each
individual Subject Optionholder shall be determined on a pro rata basis
according to the Merger Value of each such holder's Subject Options in
comparison to the collective Merger Value of all Subject Options, as provided in
the Escrow Agreement. The "Merger Value" of an option to purchase FIC Common
refers to the difference between the per-share exercise price of such option and
the Closing Stock Price, multiplied by the number of shares of FIC Common
issuable upon exercise of such option.
6.7 [Reserved].
6.8 [Reserved].
6.9 Agreements by Affiliated Stockholders. At least thirty (30) days
prior to the Closing Date, RMT shall deliver to FIC a list of names and
addresses of those persons who were, in RMT's reasonable judgment, at the record
date for its shareholders' meeting or written consent to approve the Merger,
"affiliates" of RMT within the meaning of Rule 145 of the rules and regulations
promulgated under the Securities Act ("Rule 145") (each such person, an
"Affiliate").
-29-
<PAGE>
RMT shall provide FIC such information and documents as RMT shall reasonably
request for purposes of reviewing such list. RMT shall use all reasonable
efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered to FIC, prior to the Closing Date,
from each of the Affiliates of RMT identified in the foregoing list, a written
Affiliate Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D. FIC shall be
entitled to place legends as specified in such Affiliate Agreements on the
certificates evidencing any FIC Common to be received by such Affiliates
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and to issue appropriate stop transfer
instructions to the transfer agent for the FIC Common, consistent with the terms
of such agreements.
6.10 Options.
(a) Assumption. Consistent with the terms of the documents governing
each Option, the Merger will not terminate or accelerate any Option or any right
of exercise, vesting or repurchase relating thereto with respect to FIC Common
acquired upon exercise of such Option assumed by FIC. Holders of Options will
not be entitled to acquire shares of the Surviving Corporation after the Merger.
Subject to the provisions of this Section, as of the Effective Time, FIC will
assume each Option and all obligations of RMT under the RMT option plans
relating to Options (the "Option Plans"). Each Option so assumed by FIC under
this Agreement will continue to have, and be subject to, substantially the same
terms and conditions set forth in the Option Plans and in the other documents
governing such Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, except that (i)
such Option will be exercisable for that number of whole shares of FIC Common
equal to the product of the number of shares of RMT Common that were purchasable
under such Option immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the
Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares of FIC
Common, and (ii) the per share exercise price for the shares of FIC Common
issuable upon exercise of such Option will be equal to the quotient determined
by dividing the exercise price per share of RMT Common at which such Option was
exercisable immediately prior to the Effective Time by the Exchange Ratio, and
rounding the resulting exercise price up to the nearest whole cent. In addition,
by virtue of the Merger, each Subject Option held by the Subject Optionholders
shall be amended to the extent set forth in the Escrow Agreement with respect to
the depositing into escrow of Escrow Shares issuable upon the exercise of such
option and the forfeiture of all or a portion of such option in accordance with
the Escrow Agreement upon satisfaction of indemnification claims under the
Escrow Agreement. FIC shall establish a Successor Option Plan for the purpose of
the administration of the Options assumed by FIC under this Section. The right
to receive an assumed Option may not be assigned or transferred in any manner
except as permitted by the Successor Option Plan, by operation of law, by will
or by the laws of descent. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section
shall be void.
(b) Qualification as ISOs. It is the intention of the parties that each
assumed Option qualify as an ISO to the extent that such Option constituted an
ISO immediately prior to the Effective Time. No assumed Option will entitle the
holder thereof to any additional benefits within the meaning of section
424(a)(2) of the Code that were not available prior to such assumption.
(c) Registration. FIC shall file a Registration Statement on Form S-8
as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, which registration
statement shall cover the Successor Option Plan and the shares of FIC Common
issuable upon the exercise of the assumed Options that can be registered on a
Form S-8, and FIC will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such FIC
shares to be registered under the Securities Act and to maintain such
registration in effect until the exercise or termination of all such assumed
options.
-30-
<PAGE>
(d) Option Documents. As soon as practicable after the Effective Time,
FIC shall issue to each holder of an assumed Option a document evidencing the
conversion of such option as provided above and any amendment thereto which is
contemplated by this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement.
6.11 Senior Management Participation. It is currently contemplated that
the current Chairman and President of RMT will participate in established senior
management councils of FIC, such as the Corporate Strategy Council and the
Operations Committee, on such terms as may be determined by the FIC Board of
Directors or senior management of FIC.
6.12 Employees. Consistent with FIC's employee benefit plans, all RMT
employees who become employees of FIC or a subsidiary of FIC as of the Effective
Time: (a) shall be entitled to participate in FIC's Employee Stock Ownership
Plan (ESOP) and pension plan; (b) shall receive the same or reasonably
comparable benefits as such RMT employees currently receive, including
participation in RMT's 1997 Incentive Plan through December 31, 1997 and
including RMT's current paid time off (PTO) policy and 401(k) plan (in each
case, as and to the extent disclosed in writing to FIC prior to the date
hereof); and (c) to the extent not prohibited by law, shall receive service
credit (other than for benefit accrual under a defined benefit pension plan)
that includes their employment by RMT prior to the Effective Time. Any such
employment of such former RMT employees shall not affect the "at will"
employment status of any such employee or limit any right of FIC or its
applicable subsidiary to terminate any employee with or without cause following
the Effective Time.
6.13 Employee Option Grants; Retention Bonuses. FIC will, after the
Effective Time, (a) grant certain employees of RMT who are employed by FIC or a
subsidiary of FIC immediately after the Effective Time, stock options to
purchase approximately 100,000 shares of FIC Common, vesting 25% on each
anniversary of the grant date; and (b) implement a bonus program for certain
such employees, providing for an aggregate of $1.0 million in bonuses vesting
approximately twenty-five percent (25%) after twelve (12) months, thirty-five
percent (35%) after twenty-four (24) months, and forty percent (40%) after
thirty-six (36) months, in each case as previously disclosed in writing to RMT.
Such obligations of FIC will be subject to any limitations necessary or
advisable in order for the Merger to qualify for pooling-of-interest accounting
treatment and as a tax-free reorganization, and to compliance with applicable
law.
6.14 Good Faith. Each party shall act in good faith in an attempt to
cause to be satisfied all the conditions precedent to its obligations and those
of the other parties to this Agreement over which it has control or influence.
Each party will act in good faith and take all reasonable action within its
capability necessary to render accurate as of the Effective Time its
representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.
6.15 Treatment of Merger as Qualifying Reorganization. RMT and FIC
shall (a) treat the Merger as a qualified reorganization under section 368 of
the Code, (b) report the Merger and all related transactions consistently
therewith, (c) take such actions as may be reasonably required to cause the
Merger to be treated as a qualifying reorganization, and (d) take no action
which could disqualify the Merger from reorganization status under section 368
of the Code.
6.16 State Statutes. If any state takeover law shall become applicable
to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, FIC and its Board of
Directors or RMT and its Board of Directors, as the case may be, shall use their
reasonable best efforts to obtain such approvals and
-31-
<PAGE>
take such actions as are necessary so that the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement may be consummated as promptly as practicable on the terms
contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
7.1 Conditions to Obligations of FIC, Acquisition Corporation and RMT.
The obligations of FIC, Acquisition Corporation and RMT (but no other party to
this Agreement) to effect the Merger shall be subject to the satisfaction on or
prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions unless waived by all of
FIC, Acquisition Corporation and RMT:
(a) Government Approvals. All authorizations, consents, orders or
approvals of, or declarations or filings with, any Governmental Entity deemed
necessary or appropriate by FIC or RMT for the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement including, but not limited to, the California
Secretary of State and applicable federal or state securities law regulatory
bodies, shall have been filed, occurred or been obtained, in each case subject
to no term, condition or restriction unacceptable to FIC or RMT. FIC and RMT
agree to cooperate with each other to the fullest extent practicable in
satisfying all applicable federal and state filing requirements, and in
obtaining all applicable federal and state regulatory approvals.
(b) Third-Party Approvals. Any and all consents or approvals required
from third parties relating to contracts, agreements, licenses, leases and other
instruments, material to the respective businesses of FIC (unless waived by RMT)
and RMT (unless waived by FIC) shall have been obtained.
(c) FTC or Antitrust Division Actions. No action shall have been
instituted or authorized to be instituted by the FTC or the Antitrust Division
challenging or seeking to enjoin the consummation of the Merger, which action
shall not have been withdrawn or terminated.
(d) Legal Action. No temporary restraining order, preliminary
injunction or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of
the Merger shall have been issued by any federal or state court and remain in
effect, and no litigation seeking the issuance of such an order or injunction,
shall be pending which, in the good faith judgment of RMT or FIC, has a
reasonable probability of resulting in such order, injunction or damages. In the
event any such order or injunction shall have been issued, each party agrees to
use its reasonable efforts to have any such injunction lifted.
(e) Statutes. There shall not be in effect any statute, rule or
regulation which would (i) make the consummation of the Merger illegal, (ii)
prohibit FIC's or Surviving Corporation's ownership or operation of all or a
material portion of the business or assets of RMT, or compel FIC or Surviving
Corporation to dispose of or hold separate all or a material portion of the
business or assets of RMT, as a result of the Merger, or (iii) render FIC, RMT
or Acquisition Corporation unable to consummate the Merger, except for any
waiting period provisions.
(f) RMT Shareholder Approval. The shareholders of RMT shall have duly
approved this Agreement, the Agreement of Merger and the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.
(g) Dissenting Shares. No more than five percent (5%) of the shares of
RMT Common Stock shall be Dissenting Shares.
-32-
<PAGE>
(h) Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit K shall have been executed and delivered by
FIC and the other parties thereto.
(i) Tax-Free Reorganization. The Merger shall be a tax-free
reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a) of the Code.
(j) Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall have executed and
delivered the Escrow Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L.
7.2 Conditions to Obligations of FIC and Acquisition Corporation. The
obligations of FIC and Acquisition Corporation to effect the Merger are subject
to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of the following additional
conditions, unless waived by FIC:
(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties
of RMT and the Signing Holders set forth in this Agreement shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as if made
at and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise contemplated by this
Agreement, and FIC shall have received a certificate or certificates signed by
the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of RMT, and by the
Signing Holders, respectively, to such effect.
(b) Performance of Obligations of RMT. RMT shall have performed in all
material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this
Agreement prior to the Closing Date, and FIC shall have received a certificate
signed by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of RMT to such
effect. The Signing Holders shall have performed in all material respects all
obligations required to be performed by them under this Agreement prior to the
Closing Date and shall have delivered certificates to such effect to FIC.
(c) Agreements Regarding Equity Securities. Neither RMT nor its
subsidiaries shall be bound by any options, warrants, rights or agreements which
would entitle any person, other than FIC, to own any capital stock of RMT or any
subsidiary of RMT or to receive any payment in respect thereof.
(d) Opinion of RMT's Counsel. FIC shall have received an opinion dated
the Closing Date of Whitehead & Porter LLP, counsel to RMT, in the form of
Exhibit I.
(e) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of this Agreement there
shall have been no changes in the condition (financial or otherwise), business,
prospects, employees, operations, obligations or liabilities of RMT or its
subsidiaries which, in the aggregate, have had or may be reasonably expected to
have a materially adverse effect on the financial condition, business or
operations of RMT.
(f) Change in Laws or Regulations. Since the date of this Agreement, no
statute shall have been enacted and no rule or regulation shall have been
adopted by the State of California or any federal agency or authority which has
had or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the
condition (financial or otherwise), business, net worth, assets, prospects,
properties, employees, operations, obligations or liabilities of RMT or its
subsidiaries.
-33-
<PAGE>
(g) Employment Agreements. FIC and David LaCross, Jefferson Braswell
and Jeffrey Dandridge shall have entered into employment agreements
substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit E, Exhibit F and Exhibit
G, respectively.
(h) Non-Compete Agreements. David LaCross, Jefferson Braswell and
Jeffrey Dandridge shall have entered into non-compete agreements with FIC
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.
(i) Affiliate Agreements. The Affiliate Agreements described herein
shall have been executed and delivered to FIC.
(j) Resignations. Each individual who serves as a member of the Board
of Directors or as an officer of RMT shall have resigned from the Board of
Directors or from such office effective on or prior to the Effective Time.
(k) Satisfactory Completion of Review. FIC shall have completed its
review of the business, books, records, properties and assets of RMT and its
subsidiaries and such review shall have been satisfactory to FIC in its sole
discretion.
(l) Pooling of Interests Accounting Treatment. FIC shall have received
the opinion of KPMG Peat Marwick, independent accountants, in form and substance
satisfactory to FIC and to the effect that the Merger shall qualify for the
pooling-of-interests method of accounting in accordance with GAAP and all
applicable rules, regulations and policies of the SEC. In addition, there shall
have been no determination by any court, tribunal, regulatory agency or other
governmental entity, that the Merger fails or will fail to qualify for
pooling-of-interests accounting treatment.
(m) Good Standing Certificate. FIC shall have received certificates of
good standing in the State of California, dated as of a recent date, with
respect to RMT.
(n) Fairness Opinion. FIC shall have received from Alliant Partners a
written opinion dated not earlier than two (2) days before the Closing Date,
stating that the consideration to be paid by FIC in the Merger is fair to FIC
from a financial point of view, and such opinion shall not have been withdrawn
or modified.
(o) Escrow Agreement. RMT and the shareholders and Subject
Optionholders of RMT, and the Holders' Representatives, shall have executed and
delivered the Escrow Agreement in the form of Exhibit L hereto.
(p) Software Alliance Note and Lien. RMT shall have made arrangements
satisfactory to FIC to repay, on or prior to the Closing, all of its
indebtedness outstanding to Software Alliance LLC and shall have obtained a
written agreement of Software Alliance LLC to release any lien, charge, pledge,
security interest or encumbrance on any assets of RMT or its subsidiary in favor
of Software Alliance LLC upon such repayment, and written evidence of the
foregoing, in form and substance satisfactory to FIC, shall have been delivered
to FIC.
7.3 Conditions to Obligations of RMT. The obligations of RMT to effect
the Merger are subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of
the following additional conditions unless waived by RMT:
-34-
<PAGE>
(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties
of FIC and Acquisition Corporation set forth in this Agreement shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as if made
at and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise contemplated by this
Agreement, and RMT and the Signing Holders shall have received a certificate or
certificates signed by the chief executive officer or an executive vice
president and by the chief financial officer of FIC, and by the chief executive
officer, president or vice president and by the chief financial officer of
Acquisition Corporation to such effect.
(b) Performance of Obligations of FIC and Acquisition Corporation. FIC
and Acquisition Corporation shall have performed in all material respects all
obligations required to be performed by them under this Agreement prior to the
Closing Date, and RMT and the Signing Holders shall have received a certificate
or certificates signed by the chief executive officer or executive vice
president and by the the chief financial officer of FIC, and by the chief
executive officer, president or vice president and by the chief financial
officer of Acquisition Corporation, to such effect.
(c) Opinion of FIC's Counsel. RMT shall have received an opinion dated
the Closing Date of Peter L. McCorkell, General Counsel of FIC, in the form of
Exhibit J.
(d) No FIC Charter Amendment or Change in Control. Since the date of
this Agreement, FIC shall not have amended its Certificate of Incorporation, and
no change in control of FIC resulting in the changed beneficial ownership of
more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding FIC Common shall have occurred
and become effective.
(e) Escrow Agreement. FIC shall have executed and delivered the Escrow
Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L.
ARTICLE 8
CLOSING
8.1 Closing Date. The Closing under this Agreement (the "Closing")
shall be held not more than two (2) business days following the satisfaction of
all conditions precedent to the Merger specified in this Agreement (other than
the delivery of the documents and other items required by this Agreement to be
delivered at the Closing), unless duly waived by the party entitled to
satisfaction thereof; provided, however, that if the Closing would otherwise be
held on June 25 through June 30, 1997, inclusive, FIC may in its discretion
elect by written notice to the other parties hereto to hold the Closing on July
1, 1997. In any event, if the Closing has not occurred on or before July 31,
1997, this Agreement may be terminated as provided in Section 11.1(c). Such date
on which the Closing is to be held is herein referred to as the "Closing Date."
The Closing shall be held at the offices of Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP, 235
Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California, at 10:00 a.m. on such date, or at
such other time and place as FIC, Acquisition Corporation and RMT may agree upon
in writing.
8.2 Filing Date. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, on the
Closing Date fully executed and acknowledged copies of the Agreement of Merger,
along with required related certificates of RMT and Acquisition Corporation,
meeting the requirements of the California General Corporation Law shall be
filed with the California Secretary of State, all in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement (the date on which the later of these filings
occurs is referred to as the "Filing Date").
-35-
<PAGE>
8.3 Best Efforts. All the parties hereto shall use their respective
best efforts to cause the Closing Date and Filing Date to be not later than July
31, 1997.
ARTICLE 9
INDEMNIFICATION AND ESCROW
9.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All of RMT's and the
Signing Holders' representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any
instrument or document delivered pursuant to this Agreement (a) shall survive
the Merger and continue until 5:00 p.m., California time, on the date which is
four (4) years after the Closing Date, except the representations and warranties
contained in Sections 3.2 (Capital Structure), 3.7 (Properties) and 3.11
(Compliance with Law), which shall survive and continue without limitation, and
(b) shall not be affected by any investigation conducted for or on behalf of FIC
with respect thereto or any knowledge acquired by FIC or its officers,
directors, employees, stockholders or agents as to the accuracy or inaccuracy of
any such representation or warranty. The waiver of any condition based on the
accuracy of any representation or warranty, or the performance or compliance of
any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification set
forth in this Article 9 or the right to any other remedy.
9.2 Indemnification by RMT and the Signing Holders.
(a) RMT and the Signing Holders, in each case subject to the
limitations set forth herein, severally (but not including RMT after the
Closing), agree to defend and indemnify Acquisition Corporation and FIC (and,
after the Closing, RMT), and their respective affiliates, directors, officers
and shareholders, and their respective successors and assigns (collectively,
"FIC Indemnitees"), against and hold each of them harmless from any and all
losses, liabilities, taxes, claims, suits, proceedings, demands, judgments,
damages, expenses and costs, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel
fees, costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense or settlement of
any claims covered by this indemnity (net of any insurance recovery) (in this
Section 9.2 and in Section 9.3, collectively, the "Indemnifiable Damages") which
any such FIC Indemnitee may suffer or incur by reason of (i) the inaccuracy or
breach of any of the representations, warranties and covenants of RMT or the
Signing Holders contained in this Agreement or any document, certificate or
agreement delivered pursuant hereto, and (ii) any claim by any person or entity
relating to or arising out of transactions, events, acts or omissions of or by
RMT or any subsidiary of RMT prior to the Effective Time that is not adequately
accrued or otherwise reflected on the RMT Balance Sheet and the nature and
amount of which is not expressly stated in the Schedules delivered by RMT to FIC
and Acquisition Corporation on or prior to the date hereof, other than
liabilities incurred after the date of the RMT Balance Sheet in the ordinary
course of RMT's business and which are usual and normal in amount (including
without limitation and without giving effect to the foregoing exception in this
clause (ii) any claim relating to Taxes of RMT or any of its subsidiaries for
periods prior to the Closing or relating to the matters described in Schedule
3.9). FIC, RMT and the Signing Holders each acknowledge that such Indemnifiable
Damages would relate to unresolved contingencies existing at the Effective Time,
which if resolved at the Effective Time would have led to a reduction in the
aggregate Merger consideration. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing,
the full amount of the Escrow Fund shall be available as partial security for
the satisfaction of all Indemnifiable Damages which any FIC Indemnitee may
suffer or incur. RMT or the Signing Holders, as the case may be, are hereinafter
-36-
<PAGE>
referred to as the "RMT Indemnitors." Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event
will the aggregate liability of the RMT Indemnitors under this Section 9.2 (but
explicitly excluding liability by reason of the inaccuracy or breach of the
representations contained in Section 3.2 (Capital Structure) of this Agreement
and liability for breaches of covenants that are willful or inaccuracies that
constitute actual fraud, which shall not be subject to limitation) exceed four
million six hundred thousand dollars ($4,600,000), and then only for the amount
by which Indemnifiable Damages recovered or recoverable hereunder cumulatively
exceeds fifty thousand dollars ($50,000); provided, however, that for purposes
of determining whether the foregoing $50,000 threshold has been exceeded, any
materiality limitations expressly stated in the representations, warranties and
covenants of RMT and the Signing Holders herein shall not be taken into account.
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to
the measurement of Indemnifiable Damages, Acquisition Corporation and FIC and,
after the Closing Date, Acquisition Corporation, FIC, Surviving Corporation and
the affiliates of any of them shall have the right to be put in the same
financial position as they would have been in had each of the representations,
warranties and covenants of RMT and the Signing Holders been true and accurate
or the same said parties had not breached any such covenants or had any of the
events, claims or liabilities referred to in clause (a) of this Section 9.2 not
occurred or been made or incurred. In determining whether RMT or a Signing
Holder has breached a covenant, representation or warranty, the knowledge of FIC
or Acquisition Corporation prior to the Closing of any inaccuracy in such
representation, covenant or warranty shall not be considered and it shall not be
a defense to any claim for indemnification hereunder that any FIC Indemnitee
knew or should have known prior to the Closing of the facts giving rise to such
claim for indemnification. No FIC Indemnitee shall have any express or implied
obligation hereunder to inform RMT as to any inaccuracy in any representation,
covenant or warranty of RMT or the Signing Holders, which is discovered by any
FIC Indemnitee or any of their officers, directors, employees or agents prior to
the Closing.
(c) The RMT Indemnitors waive any right to require FIC or any other FIC
Indemnitee to (i) proceed against any person or entity including any other
Signing Holder, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any collateral or security or
any part thereof, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in its power, and waives any
defense arising by reason of any inability of any other obligor to pay or any
defense based on bankruptcy or insolvency or other similar limitations on
creditors' remedies with respect to any other person. Until any claims which
have been asserted have been settled and indefeasibly paid in full, each RMT
Indemnitor shall have no right of subrogation and each RMT Indemnitor waives any
right to enforce any remedy which any FIC Indemnitee now has or may hereafter
have against any other person and waives any benefit or any right to participate
in any collateral or security whatsoever now hereafter held by the FIC
Indemnitees.
9.3 Escrow Fund.
(a) As partial security for the indemnity provided for in Section 9.2
of this Agreement, the Escrow Shares (defined in Section 0(c) hereof) shall be
registered in the names of the Holders but shall be deposited (together with
assignments in blank executed by the Holders) with First Trust of California,
N.A. (or other institution selected by FIC with the reasonable consent of the
Holders' Representatives) as escrow agent (the "Escrow Agent"), such deposit to
constitute an escrow fund (the "Escrow Fund") to be governed by the terms set
forth herein and in an Escrow Agreement among FIC, the Escrow Agent and the
Holders (the "Escrow Agreement") substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit L. Subject to the terms of Section 9.3(b) of this Agreement, upon
compliance with the terms hereof and the terms of the Escrow Agreement FIC and
the other FIC Indemnitees shall be entitled to obtain indemnification from the
Escrow Fund for all Indemnifiable
-37-
<PAGE>
Damages covered by the indemnity provided for in Section 9.2 of this Agreement.
From and after the Closing, upon the valid exercise of Subject Options held by
the Subject Optionholders as specified in the Escrow Agreement, FIC shall
deliver to the Escrow Agent a certificate or certificates issued in the name of
such optionholder (or the Escrow Agent under the circumstances specified in the
Escrow Agreement) representing additional Escrow Shares, to the extent set forth
in the Escrow Agreement. The adoption and approval of this Agreement by RMT's
shareholders shall constitute approval of the Escrow Agreement and of all of the
arrangements relating thereto, including without limitation the placement of the
Escrow Shares in escrow and the appointment of the Holders' Representatives to
act for and on behalf of Holders to give and receive notices and communications,
to authorize delivery of any shares of FIC Common from the Escrow Fund in
satisfaction of claims by FIC Indemnitees, to object to such deliveries, to
agree to, negotiate and enter into settlements and compromises of, and demand
arbitration and comply with orders of courts and awards of arbitrators with
respect to such claims, and to take all actions necessary or appropriate in the
judgment of such representatives for the accomplishment of the foregoing.
(b) At any time until the earlier of (i) 11:59 p.m., Pacific time, on
the first anniversary of the Closing Date or (ii) the termination of the Escrow
Agreement as provided therein, if FIC or any other FIC Indemnitee makes a claim
for Indemnifiable Damages and is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section
9.2 hereof, the Escrow Agent shall, upon compliance with the procedures set
forth in the Escrow Agreement, release to FIC or such other FIC Indemnitee, as
applicable, such amount from the Escrow Fund which is equal in value to such
Indemnifiable Damages. Escrow Shares so released shall be valued as set forth in
Section 2(c) of the Escrow Agreement. Some or all of the amount to be so
released may, under the circumstances and on the terms and conditions specified
in the Escrow Agreement, be satisfied by the forfeiture of Subject Options in
lieu of the release of Escrow Shares. Upon a distribution by the Escrow Agent to
FIC or any other FIC Indemnitee pursuant to this Section, the Escrow Fund will
be correspondingly reduced.
9.4 Indemnification Procedure. A party seeking indemnification (the
"Indemnitee") shall use its best efforts to minimize any liabilities, damages,
deficiencies, claims, judgments, assessments, costs and expenses in respect of
which indemnity may be sought under this Agreement. The Indemnitee shall give
prompt written notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought (the
"Indemnitor") of the assertion of a claim for indemnification, but in no event
longer than (a) thirty (30) days after service of process in the event
litigation is commenced against the Indemnitee by a third party, or (b) sixty
(60) days after the assertion of such claim. No such notice of assertion of a
claim shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 9.4 unless it describes in
reasonable detail and in good faith the facts and circumstances upon which the
asserted claim for indemnification is based. If any action or proceeding shall
be brought in connection with any liability or claim to be indemnified
hereunder, the Indemnitee shall provide the Indemnitor twenty (20) calendar days
to decide whether to defend such liability or claim. During such period, the
Indemnitee shall take all necessary steps to protect the interests of itself and
the Indemnitor, including the filing of any necessary responsive pleadings, the
seeking of emergency relief or other action necessary to maintain the status
quo, subject to reimbursement from the Indemnitor of its expenses in doing so.
The Indemnitor shall (with, if necessary, reservation of rights) defend such
action or proceeding at its expense, using counsel selected by the insurance
company insuring against any such claim and undertaking to defend such claim, or
by other counsel selected by it and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Indemnitor shall keep the
Indemnitee fully apprised at all times of the status of the defense and shall
consult with the Indemnitee prior to the settlement of any indemnified matter.
The Indemnitee agrees to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Indemnitor
in connection with its defense of indemnifiable claims. In the event the
Indemnitee has a claim or claims against any third party
-38-
<PAGE>
growing out of or connected with the indemnified matter, then upon receipt of
indemnification, the Indemnitee shall fully assign to the Indemnitor the entire
claim or claims to the extent of the indemnification actually paid by the
Indemnitor and the Indemnitor shall thereupon be subrogated with respect to such
claim or claims of the Indemnitee.
ARTICLE 10
PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
Except as provided in Section 2.3 or as set forth below, FIC, RMT and
the Signing Holders shall each pay its own fees and expenses incurred incident
to the preparation and carrying out of the transactions herein contemplated
(including legal, accounting and travel). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) FIC
and RMT shall share equally all government filing fees paid to any state
securities commission and the California Secretary of State (collectively, the
"Filing Fees"), and each party shall promptly advance on request or reimburse
such party's portion of the Filing Fees; and (ii) FIC shall pay the fees imposed
by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.
ARTICLE 11
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
11.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
the Effective Time, whether before or after approval of matters presented in
connection with the Merger by the Signing Holders:
(a) by mutual written consent of the parties hereto; or
(b) by either FIC, on the one hand, or RMT, on the other hand, if there
has been a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or
agreement contained in this Agreement on the part of any other party set forth
in this Agreement and, if such breach is curable, such breach has not been
promptly cured after written notice of such breach; or
(c) by FIC or RMT if, without fault of the terminating party, the
Effective Time shall not have occurred on or before July 31, 1997; or
(d) by FIC or RMT if (i) there shall be a final nonappealable order of
a federal or state court in effect preventing consummation of the Merger or (ii)
there shall be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order
enacted, promulgated or issued or deemed applicable to the Merger by any
Governmental Entity which would make consummation of the Merger illegal; or
(e) by FIC or RMT if there shall be any action taken, or any statute,
rule, regulation or order enacted, promulgated or issued or deemed applicable to
the Merger by any Governmental Entity, which would (i) prohibit FIC's or RMT's
ownership or operation of all or a material portion of the business or assets of
RMT or FIC, or compel FIC or RMT to dispose of or hold separate all or a
material portion of the business or assets of RMT or FIC, as a result of the
Merger or (ii) render FIC or RMT unable to consummate the Merger; or
-39-
<PAGE>
(f) By FIC, on or prior to the Closing Date in the event that RMT or
any Signing Holder supplements or amends the Schedules to this Agreement
pursuant to the terms hereof and such supplements and amendments contain
disclosures which collectively would or would reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on the condition, business, net worth, assets,
prospects, properties or operations of RMT; or
(g) by FIC if any condition to FIC's obligation to complete the Merger
has not been satisfied or waived by FIC; or
(h) by RMT if any condition to RMT's obligations to complete the Merger
has not been satisfied or waived by RMT.
11.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this
Agreement by RMT or FIC as provided in Section 11.1, this Agreement and the
Agreement of Merger shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability
or obligation on the part of the parties hereto or their respective officers or
directors except as set forth in Section 6.3 and Article 10 and except to the
extent that such termination results from the (a) willful breach by a party
hereto of any of its representations or warranties, or (b) a breach by a party
hereto of its covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement. The
obligations of the parties under the Mutual Nondisclosure Agreement shall
survive any termination of this Agreement.
11.3 Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended except by an
instrument in writing signed on behalf of all the parties hereto. After approval
of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by the shareholders
of RMT, no amendment hereto shall be made which by law requires the further
approval of shareholders without obtaining such further approval.
11.4 Extension; Waiver. At any time prior to the Effective Time, FIC or
RMT, by such corporate action as shall be appropriate, may, to the extent
legally allowed, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the
obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (ii) waive any
inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to FIC, RMT or the
Signing Holders contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto
and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the
benefit thereof contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to
any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument
in writing signed on behalf of such party.
ARTICLE 12
GENERAL
12.1 Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be
given hereunder by any party to the other shall be in writing and delivered
personally or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid by telecopy, or by courier
service, as follows:
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated
120 North Redwood Drive
San Rafael, CA 94903
Attention: Peter L. McCorkell, Esq.
Fax: (415) 479-6320
-40-
<PAGE>
with a copy to:
Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
2700 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attention: Jorge Del Calvo, Esq.
Fax: (415) 233-4545
and to:
Risk Management Technologies
2150 Shattuck Avenue
Berkeley, CA 94704
Attention: Mr. David LaCross
Fax: (510) 841-3750
with a copy to:
Whitehead & Porter LLP
220 Montgomery Street, Suite 1850
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attention: David Whitehead, Esq.
Fax: (415) 788-6521
or to such other persons as may be designated in writing by the parties, by a
notice given as aforesaid.
12.2 Headings. The descriptive headings of the several sections of this
Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to
affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
12.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and
when so executed each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and said
counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
12.4 Binding Effect; Parties in Interest.
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the
benefit of each party hereto and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied,
is intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies of any nature
whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto only upon
execution by each of FIC, Acquisition Corporation, RMT and the Signing Holders;
provided, however, that Section 5.5, Section 6.3 and Section 6.14 shall be
immediately binding upon each of FIC, Acquisition Corporation and RMT upon the
execution of this Agreement by such parties.
12.5 Entire Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement along with each of
the exhibits and schedules hereto and the Mutual Nondisclosure Agreement dated
April 21, 1997 between RMT and FIC (a) constitute the entire agreement among the
parties with respect to the subject matter
-41-
<PAGE>
hereof and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, representations
and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties or any of them with
respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) may not be assigned by operation of
law or otherwise.
12.6 Schedules and Exhibits. All Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto
are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all
purposes as if fully set forth herein. The disclosures in any Schedule must
relate only to the representations and warranties in the Section of this
Agreement to which they expressly relate and not to any other representation or
warranty in this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the
statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the Schedules hereto
(other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Schedules with
respect to a specifically identified representation or warranty), the statements
in the body of this Agreement will control.
12.7 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to
contracts entered into solely between residents of, and to be performed entirely
in, such state.
12.8 Severability. If for any reason whatsoever, any one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be held or deemed to be inoperative,
unenforceable or invalid as applied to any particular case or in all cases, such
circumstances shall not have the effect of rendering such provision invalid in
any other case or of rendering any of the other provisions of this Agreement
inoperative, unenforceable or invalid.
12.9 Remedies Cumulative. The rights and remedies of the parties to
this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative. Neither the failure nor any
delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this
Agreement or the documents referred to herein will operate as a waiver of such
right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right,
power or privilege will preclude any other or further exercise of any other
right, power or privilege. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
each party's right of termination under Section 11.1 is in addition to any other
rights it may have under this Agreement or otherwise, and the exercise of a
right of termination will not be an election of remedies.
-42-
<PAGE>
12.10 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge
that, in the event of a breach of any provision of this Agreement, the aggrieved
party may be without an adequate remedy at law. The parties therefore agree that
in the event of a breach of any provision of this Agreement the aggrieved party
may elect to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent
jurisdiction to obtain specific performance or to enjoin the continuing breach
of such provision, as well as to obtain damages for breach of this Agreement and
to obtain reasonable attorneys' fees. By seeking or obtaining any such relief,
the aggrieved party will not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other
relief to which it may be entitled.
12.11 Best Efforts; Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, each party shall use its best efforts to take, or
cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things
necessary, proper or advisable consistent with applicable laws and regulations
to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as promptly as
possible. The parties hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and
performed all such further actions and things and shall execute and deliver all
such other agreements, certificates, instruments or documents as any other party
hereby may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and purposes of
this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FIC, Acquisition Corporation and RMT have caused
this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized, and the Signing Holders have signed this Agreement, all as of the
date first above written.
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED, a Delaware
corporation
By
-------------------------------------------------
Title
-------------------------------------------------
FIC ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a California corporation
By
-------------------------------------------------
Title
-------------------------------------------------
-43-
<PAGE>
RISK MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGIES, a California corporation
By
-------------------------------------------------
Title
-------------------------------------------------
SIGNING HOLDERS:
-------------------------------------------------
David LaCross and
Kathleen O. LaCross,
Trustees U/D/T dated
4/2/97
-------------------------------------------------
Jefferson Braswell
SOFTWARE ALLIANCE LLC, a California limited liability
company
By
-------------------------------------------------
Print Name:
Title:
-------------------------------------------------
Robert Ferguson
-------------------------------------------------
Leland Prussia
-------------------------------------------------
James T. Fan
-44-
<PAGE>
-------------------------------------------------
Jeffrey Dandridge
-45-
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of July
21, 1997 by and between FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED, a Delaware
corporation ("FICO") located at 120 North Redwood Drive, San Rafael, California
94903, and David LaCross, residing at 59 Singingwood Lane, Orinda, California
94563 ("Employee").
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, Employee is currently employed by Risk Management Technologies
("RMT"), as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as
of June 10, 1997, among FICO, RMT and others (the "Merger Agreement"), FICO is
acquiring all of the outstanding shares of RMT by way of the merger of RMT with
a wholly owned subsidiary of FICO (the "Merger"), with RMT as the surviving
entity (such surviving entity being hereinafter referred to as the "Company");
and
WHEREAS, FICO intends to maintain and operate the business of the
Company after the Merger; and
WHEREAS, FICO desires to have the benefits of Employee's knowledge and
experience as a full-time employee of the Company without distraction by
employment-related uncertainties and considers such employment a vital element
to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its
stockholders, and Employee desires to be employed full-time with the Company;
and
WHEREAS, FICO and Employee desire to enter into an agreement reflecting
the terms under which Employee will be employed by the Company after the Merger;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in
the Merger Agreement and this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the
Closing of the Merger as defined in the Merger Agreement (the "Closing").
2. Term. FICO hereby agrees to cause the Company to employ Employee and
Employee hereby agrees to be employed by the Company on a full-time basis for a
three-year period commencing on the Closing and ending on the third anniversary
thereof (the "Term"), unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 8 hereof;
provided, however, that Employee's employment is contingent on his ability to
prove his identity and authorization to work in the United States for the
Company and his compliance with the Immigration and Naturalization Service's
employment verification requirements.
3. Duties. Employee shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of the
Company and hold such positions with any of the Company's future subsidiaries as
Employee and the Company shall agree. Employee shall report directly to the
Chairman of the Board of Directors (the "Chairman") of the Company, who shall
initially be the Chief Executive Officer of FICO appointed as Chairman by the
Company's Board of Directors (the "Board"). Subject to the control of the
Chairman or of another officer designated by the Chairman, Employee will be
responsible for cooperating with the Company and FICO in identifying areas of
potential synergy between FICO's businesses and the Company's business and for
developing and implementing plans and actions to realize the benefits of such
synergies for the Company, including cross-selling opportunities, the
development of integrated products and services and the consolidation of certain
functional areas. Employee also
<PAGE>
agrees to participate, on such terms and to such extent as may be determined
from time to time by FICO's senior management, in established senior management
councils of FICO. Employee will also have such other powers and duties as may be
prescribed by the Chairman, the Board, the Company's bylaws, or by an officer of
FICO or its subsidiaries designated by the Board or the Chairman. Employee's
duties may change from time to time on reasonable notice, based on the needs of
the Company and his skills, as determined by the Company.
Employee is required to exercise his specialized expertise, independent
judgment and discretion to provide high-quality services, and to devote his full
business time, energies, efforts and abilities exclusively to his employment,
and shall use his best efforts and abilities to promote the Company's interests.
Employee shall follow office policies and procedures adopted from time to time
by the Company, which the Company may change at any time, and shall follow such
directions as may be given from time to time by his superiors. During the Term,
Employee may not engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that
competes with or is adverse to the Company's business, whether alone or as a
partner, officer, director, employee, consultant or investor in such business
activity.
4. Compensation. FICO shall cause the Company to compensate Employee
for the services rendered under this Agreement as follows:
(a) A base salary at the annual rate of $196,310, less regular payroll
deductions, which covers all hours worked (the "Base Salary"). The Base Salary
will be payable in accordance with the then-customary payroll practices of FICO
for the payment of its subsidiaries' officers.
(b) Reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred on
behalf of the Company while on business, upon submission of appropriate
documentation in accordance with the Company's general policies, as they may be
amended from time to time during the Term.
(c) A bonus upon each of the first three anniversaries of this
Agreement, provided in each case that Employee remains employed by the Company
hereunder at the close of business on such anniversary and is not at such time
in breach of any provision of this Agreement (including the Proprietary
Information Agreement incorporated herein) or of his Agreement Not to Compete of
even date herewith:
First Anniversary: $40,000
Second Anniversary: $56,000
Third Anniversary: $64,000
(d) All payments made by the Company hereunder to Employee will be
subject to tax withholding pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.
5. Employee Benefits. Employee (a) shall be entitled to participate in
FIC's Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) and pension plan in accordance with
their terms; (b) shall continue to participate in RMT's 1997 Incentive Plan
through December 31, 1997 and in RMT's current paid time off (PTO) policy (in
each case, as and to the extent disclosed in writing to FIC prior to the date
hereof); (c) to the extent not prohibited by law, shall receive service credit
(other than for benefit accrual under a defined benefit pension plan) that
includes his employment by RMT prior to the Effective Time; and (d) shall be
entitled to participate, in accordance with their terms, in all plans of
medical, disability and similar benefits which generally are made available to
senior executives of subsidiaries of FICO. A list and description of the
foregoing benefits has been provided to Employee. These benefits may change from
time to time.
6. Stock Options. Employee shall be granted an option to purchase
sixteen thousand (16,000) shares of FICO common stock as of the Effective Time
of the Merger (as defined in the Merger Agreement), at an exercise price equal
to the closing sale price of the FICO common stock
-2-
<PAGE>
on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Tape on the date of grant,
pursuant to the Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated 1992 Long-term Incentive
Plan and the Stock Option Agreement to be entered into as of the Effective Time
between FICO and Employee. Such agreement shall provide that 25% of such options
shall be subject to vesting on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant
date, conditioned upon Employee's continued employment by the Company.
7. Waiver of Certain Rights. Employee agrees to irrevocably relinquish
and waive any rights he has pursuant to any employment or other service
arrangements and agreements he has with RMT, and all such arrangements and
agreements shall be deemed terminated as of the Closing.
8. Termination.
(a) Employee may terminate this Agreement for any reason upon thirty
(30) days' prior written notice to the Company. This Agreement will terminate
automatically upon the death of Employee. The Company may terminate this
Agreement, with or without "Cause" (as defined below), upon thirty (30) days'
prior written notice to Employee; provided, however, that, immediately upon
receipt of such notice, Employee shall cease to hold himself out to any third
party as an officer of the Company, shall refrain from acting as an officer of
the Company (including but not limited to refraining from executing contracts
and instruments in the name or on behalf of the Company) and shall refrain from
taking any action which may lead any third party to believe that he is
authorized to act on behalf of the Company.
(b) In the event that this Agreement is terminated by the Company
without "Cause" or by Employee for "Good Reason," then, if (and only if)
Employee has not breached any term of this Agreement or of the Agreement Not to
Compete of even date herewith and Employee has executed and delivered to the
Company a full and unconditional release of all past, present and potential
claims and causes of action against the Company, FICO and their respective
officers, directors, employees and affiliates, in form satisfactory to the
Company, Employee shall be entitled to the following payments:
(i) the lesser of (x) the balance of the Base Salary to which
Employee is entitled during the period from the date of termination
through the end of the Term or (y) twelve (12) months of Base Salary,
in each case in accordance with the payroll practices described in
Section 4(a) (the "Base Salary Severance");
(ii) a prorated bonus, consisting of any bonus specified in
Section 4(c) that would have been payable upon the next anniversary of
this Agreement had Employee remained employed on such anniversary,
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of
days during the year ending on such anniversary for which Employee was
employed hereunder and the denominator of which shall be 365 (the "Pro
Rata Bonus"), it being understood that no bonus with respect to any
succeeding anniversary or anniversaries would thereafter be payable;
and
(iii) any accrued but unused vacation through the date of
termination.
(c) In the event of any termination of this Agreement by the Employee
except for "Good Reason," any termination hereof by the Company for "Cause," or
any termination hereof due to the death of Employee, Employee shall not be
entitled to the Base Salary Severance or the Pro Rata Bonus.
(d) "Good Reason" for purposes of this Agreement shall mean, unless
otherwise consented to by Employee, any one or more of (i) a material breach of
this Agreement by the Company or FICO which is not cured promptly after written
notice, (ii) relocation of Employee
-3-
<PAGE>
required by the Company, outside of the San Francisco Bay Area, or (iii) a
significant and unilateral reduction by the Company in Employee's duties with
the Company, as described in Section 3, after the Closing. "Cause" for purposes
of this Agreement shall mean any one or more of (i) Employee's failure to
perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder as contemplated by Section 3,
including without limitation failure to follow the directions of the Board, the
Chairman or other officer designated by the Chairman as contemplated by Section
3; (ii) a breach by Employee of any other covenant or condition in this
Agreement (including the Proprietary Information Agreement incorporated herein
by reference) or of a covenant or condition in the Agreement Not to Compete of
even date herewith; (iii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (1)
fraud, dishonesty, negligence or willful or negligent misconduct, (2) Employee's
conviction of or plea of guilty or no contest to any misdemeanor involving
dishonesty or moral turpitude or which is punishable by imprisonment, or any
felony, or (3) any other act or omission by Employee which, in light of his
position with the Company, has or is reasonably likely to have the effect of
subjecting the Company or any of its affiliates to ridicule, embarrassment or
other negative reaction among members of the public or among current or
potential customers or business partners.
(e) Regardless of the reason for the termination of this Agreement,
Employee shall continue to be subject to and bound by the provisions of Sections
9 through 17, inclusive, after any termination of this Agreement.
9. Proprietary Information. Employee is required to abide by, and
agrees to sign and abide by, the Customer Information Confidentiality Agreement
and Non-Disclosure Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, which are
incorporated into this Agreement by reference (collectively, such agreements are
referred to as the "Proprietary Information Agreement").
10. Dispute Resolution Procedure. The parties agree that any dispute
arising out of or related to this Agreement and the employment relationship
between them, including the termination of that relationship and any allegations
of unfair or discriminatory treatment arising under state or federal law or
otherwise, shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration pursuant to the
following procedures, except where the law specifically forbids the use of
arbitration as a final and binding remedy.
(a) The party claiming to be aggrieved shall furnish to the other party
a written statement of the grievance identifying any witnesses or documents that
support the grievance and the relief requested or proposed, not less than thirty
(30) days after the transaction, occurrence or event giving rise to such
dispute.
(b) If the other party does not agree to furnish the relief requested
or proposed, or otherwise does not satisfy the demand of the party claiming to
be aggrieved, the parties shall submit the dispute to nonbinding mediation
before a mediator to be jointly selected by the parties. The Company will pay
the cost of the mediation.
(c) If the mediation does not produce a resolution of the dispute, the
parties agree that the dispute shall be resolved by final and binding
arbitration. The parties shall attempt to agree to the identity of an
arbitrator, and, if they are unable to do so, the Company shall provide Employee
with a list of no fewer than five (5) names of arbitrators, each of whom have
been appointed in at least ten (10) cases, excluding cases in which the Company
or FICO shall have been involved, and Employee shall select one arbitrator from
that list.
The arbitrator shall have the authority to determine whether the
conduct complained of in paragraph (a) of this section violates the rights of
the complaining party and, if so, to grant any relief authorized by law;
provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of the
Company and FICO to seek and obtain injunctive or other relief with respect to
any violation or threatened violation of the Proprietary Information Agreement.
The arbitrator shall not have the
-4-
<PAGE>
authority to modify, change or refuse to enforce the terms of any employment
agreement between the parties. In addition, the arbitrator shall not have
theauthority to require FICO or the Company to change any lawful policy or
benefit plan.
The hearing shall be transcribed. The non-prevailing party will pay the
costs of the arbitration. Each party shall be responsible for paying its own
attorneys' fees.
(d) Arbitration shall be the exclusive, final remedy for any dispute
between the parties, and the parties agree that no dispute shall be submitted to
arbitration where the party claiming to be aggrieved has not complied with the
preliminary steps provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.
(e) Nothing herein shall limit any remedy available under the
Proprietary Information Agreement with respect to violations or threatened
violations thereof, including the pursuit of injunctive relief in court.
11. Representation and Warranty of Employee. Employee represents and
warrants to FICO and the Company that the performance of his duties hereunder
will not violate any agreement with or any trade secret of any other person or
entity.
12. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communication
called for or contemplated hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly given when delivered personally or when mailed by United States
certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties or their
successors in interest at the following addresses or such other addresses as the
parties may designate by notice in the manner aforesaid:
If to the Company or FICO: Risk Management Technologies
2150 Shattuck Avenue
Berkeley, CA 94704
Attn: Chairman of the Board
With a copy to: Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated
120 North Redwood Drive
San Rafael, CA 94903
Attn: General Counsel
If to Employee: 59 Singingwood Lane
Orinda, CA 94563
13. Governing Law. This Agreement and the resolution of any disputes
hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of California.
14. Entire Agreement. The terms of this Agreement (and of the Agreement
Not to Compete for the purposes expressed herein) are intended by the parties to
be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the subject matter
hereof and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous
agreements, representations or promises of any kind, whether written, oral,
express or implied, between RMT or FICO and Employee with respect to the subject
matters herein, including any former employment agreements. This Agreement is
intended as the complete and exclusive agreement between the parties with
respect to Employee's employment by the Company, and no extrinsic evidence
whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal
proceeding involving this Agreement.
15. Validity. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application
thereof to any person, place or circumstance, shall be held to be invalid,
unenforceable or void, the remainder of
-5-
<PAGE>
this Agreement and such provision as applied to other persons, places and
circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.
16. Beneficiaries; Assignment. The Company is expressly made a
beneficiary of the obligations of Employee hereunder. This Agreement is personal
to and may not be assigned by Employee.
17. Amendment. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by
an instrument in writing signed by Employee and an officer of FICO.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Agreement as of the date first above written.
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
By____________________________
Title: _______________________
EMPLOYEE
______________________________
-6-
RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
(As amended effective February 9, 1996)
The undersigned, WILLIAM R. FAIR and EDWARD M. LEWIS, do hereby
certify:
First: They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary,
respectively, of FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation
(the "Corporation").
Second: The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation
was filed with the Secretary of State on May 15, 1987.
Third: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is amended
and restated to read in full as follows:
1. The name of the corporation is FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY,
INCORPORATED.
2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is
1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The
name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted
is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
4. (a) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
corporation shall have authority to issue is thirty-six million (36,000,000), of
which one million (1,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock of the par value
of $.01 per share, and thirty-five million (35,000,000) shares shall be Common
Stock of the par value of $.01 per share. The number of authorized shares of
Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the
number of shares thereof then outstanding) if the increase or decrease is
approved by the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock, without the
vote of the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof,
unless any such Preferred Stock holders are entitled to vote thereon pursuant to
the provisions established by the Board of Directors in the resolution or
resolutions providing for the issue of such Preferred Stock, and if such holders
of such Preferred Stock are so entitled to vote thereon, then, except as may
otherwise be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, the only
stockholder approval required shall be that of a majority of the
<PAGE>
combined voting power of the Common and Preferred Stock so entitled to vote.
(b) The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the
issue, in one or more series, of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock and,
in the resolution or resolutions providing for such issue, to establish for each
such series the number of its shares, which may thereafter (unless forbidden in
the resolution or resolutions providing for such issue) be increased or
decreased (but not below the number of shares of the series then outstanding)
pursuant to a subsequent resolution of the Board of Directors, the voting
powers, full or limited, of the shares of such series, or that such shares shall
have no voting powers, and the designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of such series,
and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. In furtherance of
the foregoing authority and not in limitation of it, the Board of Directors is
expressly authorized, in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue
of a series of Preferred Stock, to make the shares of such series, without the
consent of the holders of such shares, convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of another class or classes of stock of the corporation or any series
thereof, or redeemable for cash, property or rights, including securities, all
on such conditions and on such terms as may be stated in such resolution or
resolutions, and to make any of the voting powers, designations, preferences,
rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of the
series dependent upon facts ascertainable outside this Certificate of
Incorporation.
(c) Holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such
dividends or distributions as are lawfully declared on the Common Stock; to have
notice of any authorized meeting of stockholders; to one vote for each share of
Common Stock on all matters that are properly submitted to a vote of such
stockholders; and, upon dissolutions of the corporation, to share ratably in the
assets thereof that may be available for distribution after satisfaction of
creditors and of the preferences, if any, of any shares of Preferred Stock.
5. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
statutes, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or
repeal the by-laws of the corporation.
6. (a) A director of the corporation shall not be liable to the
corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
(b) Each director or officer of the corporation who was or is made a
party or is threatened to be made a party to or is in any way involved in any
2
<PAGE>
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil
criminal, administrative or investigative (including without limitation any
action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation to
procure a judgment in its favor) (hereinafter a "proceeding"), including any
appeal therefrom, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he
or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the
corporation or of a subsidiary of the corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity or
enterprise, or was a director or officer for a foreign or domestic corporation
which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another entity or
enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or by reason of
anything done or not done in such capacity, shall be indemnified and held
harmless by the corporation, and the corporation shall advance all expenses
incurred by any such person in connection with any such proceeding prior to its
final determination, to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General
Corporation Law. In any proceeding against the corporation to enforce these
rights, such person shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and the
corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption. The
rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article
shall be presumed to have been relied upon by directors and officers of the
corporation in serving or continuing to serve the corporation and shall be
enforceable as contract rights. Said rights shall not be exclusive of any other
rights to which those seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled. The
corporation may, upon written demand presented by a director or officer of the
corporation or of a subsidiary of the corporation, or by a person serving at the
request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity or
enterprise, enter into contracts to provide such persons with specific rights to
indemnification, which contracts may confer rights and protections to the
maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The
corporation may create trust funds, grant security interests, obtain letters of
credit, or use other means to ensure payment of such amounts as may be necessary
to perform the obligations provided for in this Article 6 or in any such
contract.
(c) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this
Article 6, including without limitation any contractual rights arising under or
authorized by it, by the stockholders of the corporation shall not adversely
affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the corporation
existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
(d) In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of
the stock of this corporation required by law or by this Certificate of
Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the
voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the stock of the
corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting
together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article."
3
<PAGE>
Fourth: The foregoing amendment and restatement of Certificate of
Incorporation has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
Fifth: The foregoing amendment and restatement of Certificate of
Incorporation was approved by written consent of the holder of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, in accordance with Sections 228, 242,
and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Sixth: At all elections of the directors of the corporation, each
stockholder shall be entitled to one vote per share entitled to vote multiplied
by the number of directors to be elected, and the stockholder may cast all of
such votes for a single candidate or may distribute them among the number of
directors to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as the stockholder may
see fit; provided, however, that no stockholder shall be entitled so to cumulate
votes unless such candidate or candidates' names have been placed in nomination
prior to the voting and the stockholder has given notice at the meeting prior to
the voting of the stockholders intention to cumulate votes. If any one
stockholder has given such notice, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for
candidates in nomination.
4
B Y - L A W S
OF
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
(as amended effective August 13, 1996)
ARTICLE I
Offices
Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office shall be in the
City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
Section 1.2. Additional Offices. The Corporation may also have offices
at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board
of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation
may require.
ARTICLE II
Stockholders
Section 2.1. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders shall
be held for the election of directors on the last Tuesday of December of each
year, at 10:00 A.M. or, should such day fall upon a legal holiday, at the same
time on the next business day thereafter that is not a legal holiday, or at such
other date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to
time. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place either
within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of
Directors from time to time; in the absence of any such designation, the annual
meeting shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Corporation. At
such meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors and transact such other
business as may be properly brought before the meeting.
To be properly brought before the annual meeting, business must be
either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given
by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly brought
before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c)
otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of record. In
addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly
brought before the annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have
given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of
the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered by a
nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class United States
mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at the principal
executive offices of the Corporation, addressed to the attention of the
Secretary of
-1-
<PAGE>
the Corporation, not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the
scheduled date of the meeting (regardless of any postponements, deferrals or
adjournments of that meeting to a later date); provided, however, that in the
event that less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of
the scheduled meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the earlier of (a)
the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such notice of
the date of the scheduled annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure
was made, whichever first occurs, and (b) two days prior to the date of the
scheduled meeting. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to
each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a
brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual
meeting, (ii) the name and record address of the stockholder proposing such
business, (iii) the class, series and number of shares of the Corporation that
are owned beneficially by the stockholder, and (iv) any material interest of the
stockholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything in these by-laws to the
contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.1; provided, however,
that nothing in this Section 2.1 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any
stockholder of any business properly brought before the annual meeting.
The Chairman of the Board of Directors (or such other person presiding
at the meeting in accordance with Section 2.6 of these by-laws) shall, if the
facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not
properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 2.1, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting
and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be
transacted.
Section 2.2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be
called at any time only by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice Chairman
of the Board, if any, the President or the Board of Directors, to be held at
such date, time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may
be stated in the notice of the meeting. Business transacted at any special
meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of
the meeting.
Section 2.3. Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or
permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall
be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the
case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called. Unless otherwise provided by law, the written notice of any meeting
shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the
meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
Section 2.4. Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or
special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other
place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time
and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which
might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for
more than thirty
-2-
<PAGE>
days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of
record entitled to vote at the meeting.
Section 2.5. Quorum. At each meeting of stockholders, except where
otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws,
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of stock
entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy,
shall constitute a quorum. For purposes of the foregoing, two or more classes or
series of stock shall be considered a single class if the holders thereof are
entitled to vote together as a single class at the meeting. In the absence of a
quorum the stockholders so present may, by majority vote, adjourn the meeting
from time to time in the manner provided by Section 2.4 of these by-laws until a
quorum shall attend. Shares of its own capital stock belonging on the record
date for the meeting to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority
of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other
corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither
be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that
the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation to vote stock,
including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.
Section 2.6. Organization. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided
over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman of
the Board by the President, or in the absence of the President by a Vice
President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated
by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairman
chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, or
in the absence of the Secretary by an Assistant Secretary, or in their absence
the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the
meeting.
Section 2.7. Voting; Proxies. Unless otherwise provided in the
certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting
of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by
such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each
stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent
or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize
another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such
proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the
proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable
if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled
with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A
stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the
meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the
proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of
the Corporation. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written
ballot and need not be conducted by inspectors unless the holders of a majority
of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote thereon
present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall so determine. At all
meetings of stockholders for the election of directors a plurality of the votes
cast shall be sufficient to elect. With respect to other matters, unless
otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of
-3-
<PAGE>
incorporation or these by-laws, the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the shares of all classes of stock present in person or represented
by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the
act of the stockholders, provided that (except as otherwise required by law or
by the certificate of incorporation) the Board of Directors may require a larger
vote upon any such matter. Where a separate vote by class is required, the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of each class
present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of
such class, except as otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws.
Section 2.8. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to
express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to
receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any
rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion
or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of
Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty
nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days
prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed: (1) the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on
the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (2) the record date
for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall
be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and (3) the record
date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of
business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto. A
determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided,
however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 2.9. List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote. The Secretary shall
prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a
complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
Section 2.10. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of meeting. Unless
otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by
law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the
Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting
of such stockholders, may be
-4-
<PAGE>
taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent
in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of
the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent
shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE III
Board of Directors
Section 3.1. Powers; Number; Qualifications. The business and affairs
of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of
Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the certificate of
incorporation. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of
Directors shall be nine (9). Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 3.2. Election; Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies;
Nominations. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of
stockholders next succeeding his or her election and until his or her successor
is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any
director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or
to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall
take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified
therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it
effective. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or
without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote
at an election of directors. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws, vacancies and newly created directorships
resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or from any
other cause may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office,
although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.
Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following
procedures shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons
for election to the Board of Directors at the annual meeting, by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors, may be made by any Nominating Committee or
person appointed by the Board of Directors; nominations may also be made by any
stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of
directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in
this Section 3.2. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction
of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to
the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be
delivered by a nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class
United States mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation addressed to the attention of the
Secretary of the Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior
to the scheduled date of the meeting
-5-
<PAGE>
(regardless of any postponements, deferrals or adjournments of that meeting to a
later date); provided, however, that, in the case of an annual meeting and in
the event that less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date
of the scheduled meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the earlier of (a)
the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such notice of
the date of the scheduled meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made,
whichever first occurs, or (b) two days prior to the date of the scheduled
meeting. Such stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth (a) as to
each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection
as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the
person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the
class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are
owned beneficially by the person, (iv) a statement as to the person's
citizenship, and (v) any other information relating to the person that is
required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors
pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder
giving the notice, (i) the name and record address of the stockholder and (ii)
the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that
are owned beneficially by the stockholder. The Corporation may require any
proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required
by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to
serve as director of the Corporation. No person shall be eligible for election
as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the
procedures set forth herein.
In connection with any annual meeting, the Chairman of the Board of
Directors (or such other person presiding at such meeting in accordance with
Section 2.6 of these by-laws) shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare
to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing
procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and
the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
Section 3.3. Regular meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and
at such times as the Board may from time to time determine, and if so determined
notice thereof need not be given.
Section 3.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be held at any time or place within or without the State of
Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, by the Vice
Chairman of the Board, if any, by the President or by any two directors.
Reasonable notice thereof shall be given by the person or persons calling the
meeting.
Section 3.5. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone
Permitted. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or
these by-laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by
the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as
the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of
-6-
<PAGE>
which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and
participation in a meeting pursuant to this by-law shall constitute presence in
person at such meeting.
Section 3.6. Quorum; Vote Required for Action. At all meetings of the
Board of Directors one third of the entire Board, but not less than two shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of
the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act
of the Board unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws shall
require a vote of a greater number. In case at any meeting of the Board a quorum
shall not be present, the members of the Board present may adjourn the meeting
from time to time until a quorum shall attend.
Section 3.7. Organization. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be
presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the
Chairman of the Board by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the
absence of the Vice Chairman of the Board by the President, or in their absence
by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary, or in the absence of the
Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in
the absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary the chairman of the
meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 3.8. Action by Directors Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise
restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action
required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or
of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the
Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and
the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board
or committee.
Section 3.9. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall
have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.
-7-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV
Committees
Section 4.1. Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may, by
resolution approved by at least a majority of the authorized number of
Directors, establish and appoint one or more members of the Board of Directors
to constitute an Executive Committee (the "Executive Committee"), with such
powers as may be expressly delegated to it by resolution of the Board of
Directors. The Executive Committee shall act only in the intervals between
meetings of the Board of Directors and shall be subject at all times to the
control of the Board of Directors.
Section 4.2. Committees. In addition to the Executive Committee, the
Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board,
designate one or more other committees, each committee to consist of one or more
of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more
directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or
disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such
member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified
member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the
Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in
the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize
the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it;
but no such committee shall have power or authority in reference to amending the
certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent
authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares
of stock adopted by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the
General Corporation Law of Delaware fix any of the preferences or rights of such
shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of
assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares
for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any
other class or classes of stock of the corporation), adopting an agreement of
merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or
exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets,
recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a
revocation of dissolution, removing or indemnifying directors or amending these
by-laws; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee
shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the
issuance of stock or adopt a certificate of ownership and merger.
-8-
<PAGE>
Section 4.3. Committee Rules. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise
provides, the committee designated by the Board may adopt, amend and repeal
rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of a provision by the
Board or a provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, a majority
of the entire authorized number of members of such committee shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business, the vote of a majority of the members
present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then present shall
be the act of such committee, and in other respects each committee shall conduct
its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to
Article III of these by-laws.
ARTICLE V
Officers
Section 5.1. Officers; Election. As soon as practicable after the
annual meeting of stockholders in each year, the Board of Directors shall elect
a President and a Secretary, and it may, if it so determines, elect from among
its members a Chairman of the Board. The Board may also elect one or more Vice
Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant
Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other
officers as the Board may deem desirable or appropriate and may give any of them
such further designations or alternate titles as it considers desirable. Any
number of offices may be held by the same person; provided, however, that the
offices of President and Secretary shall not be held by the same person.
Section 5.2. Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Except as
otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing any
officer, each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board
after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election,
and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her
earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written
notice to the Board or to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation.
Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless
otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary
to make it effective. The Board may remove any officer with or without cause at
any time. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights
of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an officer
shall not of itself create contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any
office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be
filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board at any regular or
special meeting.
-9-
<PAGE>
Section 5.3. Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall
have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be
stated in these by-laws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is
not inconsistent with these by-laws and, to the extent not so stated, as
generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the
Board. The Board may require any officer, agent or employee to give security for
the faithful performance of his or her duties.
Section 5.4. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if there
shall be such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may
be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by
the By-laws.
Section 5.5. President. The President shall be the chief executive
officer of the Corporation. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may
be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be
such an officer, and subject to the provisions of these by-laws and to the
direction of the Board of Directors, the President shall have supervision over
and may exercise general executive powers of the business and affairs of the
Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly
incident to the office of chief executive or which are delegated to him by the
Board of Directors. He shall have power to sign all stock certificates,
contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and
shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers,
employees and agents of the Corporation. The President shall be ex officio, a
member of all the standing committees, including the Executive Committee. In the
absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all
meetings of the Board of Directors.
Section 5.6. Vice President. In the absence of the President or in his
inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more
than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the
directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their
election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall
have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 5.7. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the
Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the
proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in
a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the
standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice
of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of
Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board
of Directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have
custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and he, or an Assistant
Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it
and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of
such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors
-10-
<PAGE>
may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the
Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.
Section 5.8. Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary, or if there
be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board
of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their
election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his
inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the
Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 5.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the
corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall
deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of
the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of
Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by
the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall
render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or
when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.
Section 5.10. Assistant Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there
shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the
Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of
their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his
inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the
Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
ARTICLE VI
Stock
Section 6.1. Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the
Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any,
or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant
Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation,
certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If such
certificate is manually signed by one officer or manually countersigned by a
transfer agent or by a registrar, any other signature on the certificate may be
a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such
person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
-11-
<PAGE>
Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any partly
paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of
uncertificated partly paid shares, shall be set forth the total amount of the
consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.
If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or
more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such
preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face
or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such
class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section
202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing
requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate
which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a
statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder
who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences
and/or rights.
Section 6.2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of
New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the
place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost,
stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representative, to give
the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be
made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such
certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
Section 6.3. Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or
the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed
or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from
the registered owner of uncertified shares such uncertified shares shall be
canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated
shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be
recorded upon the books of the Corporation.
Section 6.4. Fixing Record Date. In order that the Corporation may
determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate
action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any
dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or
for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in
advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten
days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any
other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or
to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
-12-
<PAGE>
adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may
fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 6.5. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled
to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the
owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold
liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner
of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to
or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or
not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided
by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
Miscellaneous
Section 7.1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
determined by the Board of Directors.
Section 7.2. Seal. The Corporation may have a corporate seal which
shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such
form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The
corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed
or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.
Section 7.3. Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors
and Committees. Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any
provision of the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a written waiver
thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the
time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except
when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders,
directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any
written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation
or these by-laws.
Section 7.4. Interested Directors; Quorum. No contract or transaction
between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between
the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other
organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or
officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for
this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or
participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which
authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their
votes are counted for such purpose, if: (1) the material facts as to his or her
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or
are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good
faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative
-13-
<PAGE>
votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the
disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to
his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are
disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the
contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the
stockholders; or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation
as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee
thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in
determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee
which authorizes the contract or transaction.
Section 7.5. Amendment of By-Laws. These by-laws may be amended or
repealed, and new by-laws adopted, by the Board of Directors, but the
stockholders entitled to vote may adopt additional by-laws and may amend or
repeal any by-law whether or not adopted by them.
-14-
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), made as of the
23rd day of June, 1997 by and among FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the persons listed on the signature
pages hereto,
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company, the Holders (as hereinafter defined) and Risk
Management Technologies, a California corporation ("RMT"), are parties to that
certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated the date hereof (the "Merger
Agreement"), pursuant to which, among other things, the Company has agreed to
issue to the shareholders of RMT shares of common stock, $.01 par value, of the
Company ("Common Stock") pursuant to a merger of a wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company and RMT in which RMT will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company, and
WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions referred to above, the
Company and the Holders desire to provide for the rights of the Holders with
respect to the registration of shares of the Company's Common Stock (the
"Shares") constituting forty-five percent 45% of the Merger Shares (as such term
is defined in the Merger Agreement), according to the terms of this Agreement:
NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
1. Definitions.
1.1 The term "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission
or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.
1.2 The term "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and
regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
1.3 The term "Holder" means each of the persons listed on the signature
pages hereto and any person to whom the registration rights conferred by this
Agreement have been transferred in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.
1.4 The terms "register," "registered" and "registration" refer to a
registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or
similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or
ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.
<PAGE>
1.5 The term "Registrable Securities" means (i) the Shares, and (ii)
any shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with
respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the Shares; provided,
however, that any shares previously sold to the public pursuant to a registered
public offering or pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 under the Securities Act,
and any shares otherwise sold or transferred in a transaction in which the
transferor's rights under this Agreement are not assigned in accordance with
this Agreement, shall cease to be Registrable Securities.
1.6 The term "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations
thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
2. Registration.
2.1 After the Company has publicly released a report including the
combined financial results of the Company and RMT for a period of at least 30
days of combined operations of the Company and RMT within the meaning of
Accounting Series Release No. 135, as amended, of the Commission (the date of
such release being referred to as the "Release Date"), and upon prior written
notice to the Holders, the Company shall file a registration statement covering
such of the Holders' Registrable Securities as are the subject of the Notices
defined below, for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule
415 under the Securities Act; provided, that the Company shall have no
obligation to file or effect any such registration unless the Holder or Holders
submitting Notices (as defined below) propose to sell less than five thousand
(5,000) Shares pursuant to such registration; and provided, further, that the
Company shall have no obligation to register any Registrable Securities as to
which it has not received, a reasonable time prior to the filing of the
foregoing registration statement, a written notice (each, a "Notice") stating
the name and address of the Holder of such Registrable Securities, the number of
shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of pursuant to such registration
(in each case not to exceed 45% of such Holder's Shares) and the intended
methods of distribution. The Company's obligations under this Section 2 are
subject to the further conditions and limitations set forth below.
2.2 The registration provided for in this Section 2 shall not be
underwritten.
2.3 So long as the Company has complied with its obligations hereunder,
any registration proceeding commenced pursuant to this Agreement which is
subsequently withdrawn by the Holders shall be counted as the single
registration required of the Company for purposes of Section 2.1 hereof.
-2-
<PAGE>
3. Obligations of the Company.
When obligated under Section 2.1 of this Agreement to effect the
registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously
as reasonably possible:
3.1 Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with
respect to such Registrable Securities and use reasonable efforts to cause such
registration statement to become effective on or before December 1, 1997 and to
keep such registration statement continuously effective under the Securities Act
until the earlier of the expiration of sixty (60) days after the date of
declaration of effectiveness of such registration statement by the Commission
(the "Expiration Date") or the date on which this Agreement has terminated with
respect to all Holders of Registrable Securities. The Company's obligations
hereunder to file a registration statement and to keep a registration statement
continuously effective under the Securities Act shall be suspended if (i) the
fulfillment of such obligations would require the Company to make a disclosure
that would, in the sole discretion and judgment of the Company's Board of
Directors, be detrimental to the Company or premature, (ii) the Company has
filed, or proposes to file within ninety (90) days after the Release Date, a
registration statement with respect to any of its securities to be distributed
in an underwritten public offering and it is advised by its lead or managing
underwriter that an offering by a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities
would materially adversely affect the distribution of such securities, or (iii)
the fulfillment of such obligations would require the Company to prepare
financial statements not required to be prepared for the Company to comply with
its obligations under the Exchange Act. Such obligations shall be reinstated (x)
in the case of clause (i) above, upon the making of such disclosure by the
Company (or, if earlier, when such disclosure would either no longer be
necessary for the fulfillment of such obligations or no longer be detrimental or
premature), (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, upon the conclusion of any
period during which the Company would not, pursuant to the terms of its
underwriting arrangements, be permitted to sell Registrable Securities for its
own account and (z) in the case of clause (iii) above, as soon as it would no
longer be necessary to prepare such financial statements to comply with the
Securities Act. The Expiration Date shall be tolled for the duration of any
suspension pursuant to this Section 3.1 and for the duration of any period
described in clauses (i)-(iv) of Section 4.2 below. In the event that the
Company's obligations are suspended as provided above, the Company shall notify
in writing each Holder participating in such registration, which notice shall
state that its obligations hereunder have been suspended in accordance with this
Section 3.1.
-3-
<PAGE>
3.2 Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection
with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all
securities covered by such registration statement.
3.3 Furnish to the Holders covered by such registration statement such
numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in
conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents
as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of such
Registrable Securities.
3.4 Use all reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities
covered by such registration statement under the securities or Blue Sky laws of
such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders thereof,
provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a
condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to
service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.
3.5 Use all reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities
registered pursuant to such registration to be listed on the principal
securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed.
4. Obligations of the Holders.
4.1 It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company
to take any action pursuant to this Agreement that the Holders requesting
inclusion of securities in the Company's registration statement shall furnish to
the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities
held by them and to be disposed of by them, and the intended method of
disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration
of the Registrable Securities.
4.2 Upon the receipt by a Holder of any notice from the Company of (i)
the existence of any fact or the happening of any event as a result of which the
prospectus included in a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2, as
such registration statement is then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the
circumstances then existing, (ii) the existence of any facts or events resulting
in the suspension of the Company's obligations to file and keep effective a
registration statement as provided in Section 3.1 above, (iii) the issuance by
the Commission of any stop order or injunction suspending or enjoining the use
or the effectiveness of such registration statement or the initiation of any
-4-
<PAGE>
proceedings for that purpose, or the taking of any similar action by the
securities regulators of any state or other jurisdiction, or (iv) the request by
the Commission or any other federal or state governmental agency for amendments
or supplements to such registration statement or related prospectus or for
additional information related thereto, such Holder shall immediately
discontinue disposition of such Holder's Registrable Securities covered by such
registration or prospectus (other than in transactions exempt from the
registration requirements under the Securities Act) until such Holder's receipt
of the supplemented or amended prospectus or until such Holder is advised in
writing by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed
or, in the case of a notice pursuant to clause (ii) above, until the Company's
obligations referred to therein are no longer suspended.
4.3 Each Holder shall notify the Company in writing within five (5)
calendar days of the disposition of a Holder's Registrable Securities covered by
a registration statement as provided in Section 3.1 above.
5. Expenses.
The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred by the Company in
connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable
Securities with respect to any registration pursuant to Section 2 hereof,
including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees,
printers' and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto, fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Company, Blue Sky fees and expenses, including
fees and disbursements of counsel related to all Blue Sky matters, but excluding
(i) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling Holders, (ii) stock
transfer taxes that may be payable by the selling Holders, and (iii) all
brokerage or similar commissions relating to Registrable Securities, all of
which shall be borne by the Holders whose Registrable Securities are covered by
such registration statement.
6. Indemnification.
In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration
statement under this Agreement:
6.1 To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold
harmless each Holder of such Registrable Securities and each person, if any, who
controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange
Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to
which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or
other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
of the following
-5-
<PAGE>
statements, omissions or violations (collectively, a "Violation"): (i) any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final
prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or
(iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act,
the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the
Company will reimburse each such Holder or controlling person for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however,
that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6.1 shall not apply to
amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action
if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such
case for any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability or action to the
extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which arises out of or
is based upon information furnished in writing expressly for use in connection
with such registration by any such Holder or controlling person; provided,
further, that the Company will not be liable to any Holder or controlling person
with respect to any loss, claim, damage, expense or liability arising out of or
based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact in any preliminary prospectus which is
corrected in an amended, supplemented or final prospectus provided to such
Holder if the purchaser asserting such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability
purchased from such Holder and was not sent or given a copy of such amended,
supplemented or final prospectus at or prior to the sale of Registrable
Securities to such purchaser.
6.2 To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who
have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any other Holder selling
securities in such registration statement or any of its directors or officers or
any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director,
officer or controlling person, or other such Holder or director, officer or
controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange
Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any
Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such
Violation arises out of or is based upon information furnished in writing by
such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each
-6-
<PAGE>
such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or
controlling person, other Holder, officer, director, or controlling person in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained
in this Section 6.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without
the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
6.3 Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6
of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action),
such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
any indemnifying party under this Section 6, deliver to the indemnifying party a
written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have
the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so
desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume
the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided,
however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own
counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if
representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the
indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing
interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such
counsel in such proceeding. It is understood, however, that an indemnifying
party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings, be
liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm for
all indemnified parties. The failure to deliver written notice to the
indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such
action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such
indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section
6, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will
not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party
otherwise than under this Section 6.
6.4 The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 6
shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant
to a registration statement under this Agreement, and otherwise.
7. Termination of Registration Rights.
The Company's obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate as
to any Holder of Registrable Securities on the earlier of (i) the date when such
Holder is eligible to sell all of such Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant
to Rule 144 or
-7-
<PAGE>
Rule 145 under the Securities Act during any 90-day period or (ii) the first
anniversary of the date hereof.
8. Representations and Warranties of the Company.
The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holders that the
Company is current in making all filings with the Commission required by law,
and in the last 12 months, on a timely basis, has made all such filings, and as
of the date hereof is eligible to register the resale of the Shares by the
Holders on Form S-3 under the Securities Act.
9. Miscellaneous.
9.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and all of the provisions
hereof shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective
successors and assigns of the parties hereto, but neither this Agreement nor any
of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, transferred
or delegated by any Holder to any person other than (i) executors,
administrators, legatees or heirs of such Holder upon the death of such Holder
and (ii) to a charitable remainder trust described in Section 664 of the
Internal Revenue Code all of the income beneficiaries of which are such Holder
or members of such Holder's immediate family or to a trust for the benefit of
one or more members of such Holder's immediate family; provided in either such
case that the Company is given written notice at the time of or within a
reasonable time after said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address
of the permitted transferee or assignee and identifying the Registrable
Securities to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned
and, provided further, that the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in
writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement; and provided,
further, that no rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned,
transferred or delegated except to a transferee or assignee of at least 5,000
shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to
subsequent adjustments for stock splits, reverse stock splits and the like).
Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any
party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors or permitted
assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of
this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
9.2 Legends.
(a) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless
otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise
imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to
any legend required under applicable state securities laws):
-8-
<PAGE>
"THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED,
ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER
SUCH ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR
OTHER EVIDENCE, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH
REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED."
(b) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended
certificates at the request of any holder thereof if the holder shall have
obtained an opinion of counsel at such Holder's expense (which counsel may be
counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that
the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without
registration, qualification or legend.
(c) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state
securities laws and the related stop-transfer instructions with respect to such
securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the
appropriate Blue Sky authority authorizing such removal.
9.3 Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice, request, demand or
other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery to the
party to be notified, or when sent by telecopier (with receipt confirmed), or
overnight courier service, or upon deposit with the United States Post Office,
by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed as follows (or at
such other address as a party may designate by notice to the other):
If to the Company:
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated
120 North Redwood Drive
San Rafael, CA 94903
Telecopier: (415) 479-6320
Attention: Peter L. McCorkell
with a copy to:
Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
2700 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Telecopier: (415) 233-4545
Attention: Jorge A. del Calvo, Esq.
If to the Holders:
to their respective addresses shown on the signature pages hereto
-9-
<PAGE>
with a copy to:
Whitehead & Porter LLP
220 Montgomery Street, Suite 1850
San Francisco, CA 94104
Telecopier: (415) 788-6521
Attention: David Whitehead, Esq.
9.4 Waivers. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived
(either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively) only with the written consent of the party against whom such
waiver is sought to be enforced. No waiver by any party of any default with
respect to any provision, condition or requirement hereof shall be deemed to be
a continuing waiver in the future thereof or a waiver of any other provision,
condition or requirement hereof; nor shall any delay or omission of any party to
exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right
accruing to it thereafter.
9.5 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held
to be unenforceable, invalid or void by a court of competent jurisdiction, such
provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this
Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall
be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
9.6 Entire Agreement; Amendments.
(a) This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties
with respect to the matters covered herein and supersedes all prior agreements
and understandings, written or oral, between the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof.
(b) Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any
term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular
instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written
consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable
Securities then outstanding. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with
this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities
then outstanding, each future Holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the
Company.
9.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
under the laws of the State of California (irrespective of its choice of law
principles).
9.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
-10-
<PAGE>
9.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this
Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting this Agreement. Any reference in this Agreement to a
statutory provision or rule or regulation promulgated thereunder shall be deemed
to include any similar successor statutory provision or rule or regulation
promulgated thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY,
INCORPORATED
By
-----------------------------------------
Name
---------------------------------------
Title
--------------------------------------
HOLDERS:
David LaCross and Kathleen O. LaCross
Trustees U/D/T dated April 2, 1997
Address: 59 Singingwood Lane
Orinda, CA 94563
--------------------------------------------
By: David LaCross, Co-Trustee
--------------------------------------------
By: Kathleen O. LaCross, Co-Trustee
--------------------------------------------
Name of Holder: Jefferson Braswell
Address: 2800 Regent St.
Berkeley, CA 94705
--------------------------------------------
Name of Holder: Software Alliance LLC
Address: P.O. Box 7370
-11-
<PAGE>
Incline Village, NY 89452
--------------------------------------------
Name of Holder: Robert Ferguson
Address: 1040 Greenwich St.
San Francisco, CA 94133
--------------------------------------------
Name of Holder: James T. Fan
Address: 5112 Amberwood Court
Fremont, CA 94555
--------------------------------------------
Name of Holder: Leland Prussia
Address: 16 Redondo Court
Alameda, CA 94501
-12
Amendment 1
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
1992 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
(As amended and restated effective November 21, 1995)
Effective as of December 23, 1996, the Fair, Isaac and Company,
Incorporated 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan (As amended and restated effective
November 21, 1995) is hereby amended as follows:
Section 15 is amended by designating the existing two paragraphs as
subsection (i) and adding the following new subsection at the end thereof:
"(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (i) above, an NSO or portion thereof
may be transferred by the Optionee by gift to (a) the Optionee's
immediate family, (b) a partnership consisting solely of the Optionee
and/or immediate family, or (c) to a trust established for the benefit
of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the immediate family of
the Optionee (including a charitable remainder trust whose income
beneficiaries consist solely of such persons), provided that such
transfer will not be effective until notice of such transfer is
delivered to the Corporation. For purposes of this paragraph (ii)
"immediate family" means spouse, children and grandchildren. An Option
or portion thereof may also be transferred pursuant to a domestic
relations order of a court of competent jurisdiction."
To record the adoption of this amendment to the Fair, Isaac and
Company, Incorporated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors by an
Executive Committee of the Board on December 23, 1996, the Corporation has
caused its authorized officers to affix the corporate name hereto.
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated
By /s/ PETER L. MCCORKELL
-----------------------------------------
Peter L. McCorkell
Senior Vice President & Secretary
Amendment 2
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
1992 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
(As amended and restated effective November 21, 1995)
Effective as of November 25, 1997, the Fair, Isaac and Company,
Incorporated 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan (As amended and restated effective
November 21, 1995) is hereby amended as follows:
1. Section 3.1 of the Plan is amended by deleting the last sentence of
that section, and adding the following at the end thereof:
"Effective October 1, 1997, and on each October 1 thereafter for
the remaining term of the Plan, the aggregate number of Shares
which may be issued under the Plan to individuals shall be
increased by a number of Common Shares equal to 4 percent of the
total number of Common Shares outstanding at the end of the most
recently concluded fiscal year. Any Common Shares that have been
reserved but not issued as Restricted Shares, Stock Units or
Options during any fiscal year shall remain available for grant
during any subsequent fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no more than 1,500,000 Common Shares shall be available for the
grant of ISOs for the remaining term of the Plan. The aggregate
number of Common Shares which may be issued under the Plan shall
at all times be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 10."
2. Section 16.1 of the Plan is amended by substituting the following for
the last sentence thereof:
"The Plan shall remain in effect until it is terminated under
Section 16.2, except that no ISOs shall be granted after November
24, 2007."
To record the adoption of this amendment to the Fair, Isaac and
Company, Incorporated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors by an
Executive Committee of the Board on November 25, 1997, the Corporation has
caused its authorized officers to affix the corporate name hereto.
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated
By /s/ PETER L. McCORKELL
----------------------------------------------
Peter L. McCorkell
Senior Vice President & Secretary
Amendment 3
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
Effective as of December 23, 1996, the Fair, Isaac and Company,
Incorporated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors is hereby amended as
follows:
Section 7(e) is amended by designating the existing two paragraphs as
subsection (i) and adding the following new subsection at the end thereof:
"(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (i) above, an Option or portion thereof
may be transferred by the Optionee by gift to (a) the Optionee's
immediate family, (b) a partnership consisting solely of the Optionee
and/or immediate family, or (c) to a trust established for the benefit
of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the immediate family of
the Optionee (including a charitable remainder trust whose income
beneficiaries consist solely of such persons), provided that such
transfer will not be effective until notice of such transfer is
delivered to the Corporation. For purposes of this paragraph (ii)
"immediate family" means spouse, children and grandchildren. An Option
or portion thereof may also be transferred pursuant to a domestic
relations order of a court of competent jurisdiction."
To record the adoption of this amendment to the Fair, Isaac and
Company, Incorporated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors by an
Executive Committee of the Board on December 23, 1996, the Corporation has
caused its authorized officers to affix the corporate name hereto.
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated
By /s/ PETER L. McCORKELL
-----------------------------------------
Peter L. McCorkell
Senior Vice President & Secretary
FIRST ADDENDUM TO LEASE
BY AND BETWEEN
REGENCY CENTER
("THE LANDLORD")
AND
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
("THE TENANT")
This First Addendum to Lease, dated August 13, 1997 ("First Addendum"), is
hereby attached to and incorporated into and made a part of that Lease dated
November 14, 1996, by and between Regency Center ("Landlord") and Fair, Isaac
and Company, Incorporated ("Tenant").
The following Lease provisions are hereby amended as follows:
17. SERVICES AND UTILITIES
Paragraph C shall be amended as follows:
C. Landlord shall provide Tenant a monthly allowance of $.11 per
usable square foot in the Premises (that is, $4,191.55;
$3,984.31 and $4,107.62 for the first, second and third floors
of the Building, respectively) for Tenant's electrical
services. This allowance is included in the Base Rent as
defined in Article 5 of the Lease. Landlord and Tenant
recognize that Tenant's electrical service shall cost in
excess of Eleven Cents ($.11) per square foot per month due to
Tenant's heavy electrical and air conditioning requirements,
and Tenant shall pay any such excess costs for electrical
service.
Tenant shall be charged for all PG&E charges to the building
over and above the monthly allowance provided above.
For the first year of Tenant's occupancy, Landlord shall
charge Tenant $.11 per usable square foot per month based on
the Third Floor usable square footage for over-standard
electrical usage as a projected expense. This amount
($4,107.62) shall be paid along with the monthly rent. At the
end of the first year of occupancy, Landlord shall prepare a
PG&E invoice analysis showing the actual cost of over-standard
usage by Tenant. Landlord shall credit Tenant for any amounts
paid in excess of the actual
<PAGE>
cost of over-standard usage. Tenant shall pay landlord for any
costs in excess of the total projected sum paid by Tenant over
the first year of occupancy. The amount paid by Tenant for
over-standard electrical usage for each subsequent year of
occupancy shall be based on the previous year's charges and a
similar accounting between Landlord and Tenant will occur
annually.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Addendum to Lease as of
the date first written above.
Regency Center, a California general partnership
By: /s/ Joseph Pell
----------------------------------------------
Joseph Pell, General Partner
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated
By: /s/ Michael C. Gordon
----------------------------------------------
Its: Vice President
OPTION AGREEMENT
by and between
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
("Optionor")
and
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
("Optionee")
Dated as of November 26, 1997
EXHIBIT 10.33
<PAGE>
OPTION AGREEMENT
This Option Agreement (this "Option Agreement") is made as of the 26th
day of November, 1997, by and between Village Builders, L.P., a California
limited partnership ("Optionor"), and Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Optionee").
RECITALS
A. Optionor as buyer, and Pacific Gas & Electric Company ("PG&E") as
seller, have entered into an Asset Sale Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1996, as
amended (collectively, the "Asset Sale Agreement") regarding the purchase of
those certain parcels of real property commonly known as 750 and 751 Lindaro
Street, San Rafael, California, more particularly described on Exhibit D hereto
and depicted on the Site Plan (as defined below) (the "PG&E Property").
B. The City of San Rafael or its Redevelopment Agency (the "Agency") is
the owner of those certain parcels of real property described on Exhibit C
hereto (the "City Property"). The Agency has begun the process necessary to
dispose of the City Property, and it is Optionor's intention to obtain an option
to purchase the City Property from the Agency, if possible.
C. Optionor and Optionee are entering into the Lease (as defined
below), whereby Optionor will lease to Optionee, and Optionee will lease from
Optionor, upon and subject to the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of
such Lease, office buildings to be constructed on the Phase I Land (as defined
below).
D. Optionor and Optionee are also entering into the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement (as defined below), whereby Optionor will construct
certain Site and Shell Improvements and Tenant Improvements (as those terms are
defined below) on the PG&E Property for the use of Optionee.
E. Optionee desires to obtain from Optionor certain options, one of
which is to purchase all of the PG&E Property, and the others of which are to
purchase only the Phase I Land (and with respect to each option, Optionee also
shall purchase all improvements located on the PG&E Property or the Phase I
Land, as applicable, as of the date of Optionee's purchase), and Optionor
desires to grant such options to Optionee, all on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein.
F. In consideration whereof, Optionor and Optionee have reached an
understanding regarding the granting of such options and other rights and
concerning other matters relating thereto.
Now, therefore, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Optionor and Optionee mutually
agree as follows:
-2-
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS.
Certain terms used in this Option Agreement and the Exhibits
hereto shall have the meaning set forth below for each such term. Certain other
terms shall have the meaning set forth elsewhere in this Option Agreement and
the Exhibits hereto. Unless otherwise defined in this Option Agreement or in the
Exhibits hereto, defined terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the
Lease or the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.1. "Access Agreement" shall mean an agreement between
Optionor and PG&E permitting PG&E to have access to the Project in connection
with the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and relocation of the
Containment Facilities.
1.2. "Base Building Improvements" shall have the meaning
ascribed to that term in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.3. "Break-Up Fee Maximum Amount" shall mean an amount equal
to the aggregate amount of all application fees, commitment fees, appraisal or
property or plan review fees, financing-related legal fees of lender, reasonable
fees and expense reimbursements paid to a mortgage broker, prepayment fees or
penalties, yield maintenance fees, hedge fees and costs, break-up fees,
deposits, closing costs and loan fees and other costs and charges which either
(i) were incurred by Optionor in connection with the Take-Out Financing on or
before the Closing Date (whether or not then paid), but which are ultimately to
be paid by Optionor, or (ii) in the event that Take-Out Financing has not been
obtained by Optionor at or before the Closing Date, the actual amount thereof
incurred and ultimately paid or to be paid by Optionor in connection with the
termination of any agreements for the provision of funds for equity capital and
Take-Out Financing for the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event
shall Optionee be responsible for any such amount described in this Section 1.3
which, in the aggregate, exceed Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000), and which are
paid or incurred before December 1, 1997.
1.4. "Buildings" shall mean the buildings to be constructed by
Optionor on the Phase I Land pursuant to the Leasehold Improvements Agreement;
"Building" shall mean one such building, without inherent specificity as to
which of them.
1.5. "City" shall mean the City of San Rafael or the San
Rafael Redevelopment Agency, without inherent specificity as to which of them.
1.6. "Closing Date" shall mean and refer to the date specified
in Section 9.2 below, unless such date is changed in accordance with the other
provisions of this Option Agreement.
1.7. "Construction Financing" shall have the meaning ascribed
to that term in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.8. "Contingent Purchase Price" shall mean the amount of One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00).
1.9. "Declaration" shall have the meaning ascribed to that
term in the Lease.
1.10. "Development Agreement" shall mean and refer to a
development agreement between Optionor and the City, which provides vested
rights for the development of the Project and Phase II with not less than three
hundred fifty thousand (350,000) square feet of gross
<PAGE>
building area and parking facilities at a rate of not less than three (3) spaces
per one thousand (1,000) square feet of such gross building area.
1.11. "Development Management Fee" shall mean and refer to the
development management fee which is included within Phase I Project Cost in
accordance with the provisions of the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.12. "Escrow" shall mean and refer to the escrow depository
and disbursement services to be provided by the Title Company in closing the
purchase and sale transaction described in this Option Agreement.
1.13. "First Option" shall mean and refer to the option to
purchase the PG&E Option Property granted by Optionor to Optionee pursuant to
Section 0.
1.14. "First Option Permitted Exceptions" shall mean and refer
to those liens, encumbrances, defects or other matters pertaining to title which
are referred to in Section 2.10.
1.15. "First Option Purchase Price" shall mean the purchase
price for the PG&E Option Property if the First Option is duly exercised by
Optionor, as such purchase price is determined in accordance with the provisions
of Section 2.5, but excluding therefrom the Contingent Purchase Price.
1.16. "First Option Term Expiration Date" shall mean and refer
to the date so described in Section 2.2 below.
1.17. "Hazardous Materials" shall mean and refer to any
substance or material now or hereafter defined or regulated by any Environmental
Law as "hazardous substance," "hazardous waste," hazardous material," "extremely
hazardous waste," "designated waste," "restricted hazardous waste," "toxic
substance," or similar term. As used herein, the term "Hazardous Materials" also
means and includes any substance or material: (1) which is explosive, corrosive,
infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic, or otherwise hazardous and is
regulated by any appropriate governmental authority as a hazardous material; or
(2) which is or contains oil, gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum
hydrocarbons; or (3) which is or contains polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos,
urea formaldehyde foam insulation, radioactive materials; or (4) which is radon
gas. The term "Hazardous Substances" may include without limitation raw
materials, building components, wastes, and the products of any manufacturing or
other activities on the Project.
1.18. "Laws" shall mean all present and future Laws, statutes,
ordinances, resolutions, regulations, codes, proclamations, orders or decrees of
any municipal, county, state or federal government or other governmental or
regulatory authority or special district with jurisdiction over the Project, or
any portion thereof, whether currently in effect or adopted in the future and
whether or not in the contemplation of the parties hereto.
1.19. "Lease" shall mean that certain "Lease Agreement (Phase
I)" by and between Optionor, as landlord, Optionee, as tenant, of even date
herewith, which lease pertains to the Buildings to be constructed on the Phase I
Land.
1.20. "Leasehold Improvements Agreement" shall mean that
certain "Leasehold Improvements Agreement" between Optionor and Optionee of even
date herewith.
1.21. "Option" shall mean and refer to the First Option, the
Second Option and the Third Option, without inherent specificity as to which of
them. "Options" shall collectively mean and refer to the First Option, the
Second Option and the Third Option.
<PAGE>
1.22. "Optionee" shall mean and refer to Fair, Isaac and
Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns.
1.23. "Optionor" shall mean and refer to Village Builders,
L.P., a California limited partnership, and its successors and assigns.
1.24. "Parking Easement Agreement" shall have the meaning
ascribed to that term in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.25. "Permitted Exceptions" shall mean and refer: (i) if
Optionee is purchasing the PG&E Property pursuant to a valid exercise of the
First Option, to the First Option Permitted Exceptions; (ii) if Optionee is
purchasing the Phase I Land pursuant to a valid exercise of the Second Option,
to the Second Option Permitted Exceptions; or, (iii) if Optionee is purchasing
the Phase I Land pursuant to a valid exercise of the Third Option, to the Third
Option Permitted Exceptions.
1.26. "PG&E Option Property" shall mean and refer to all of
the following: (i) the PG&E Property; and (ii) the rights, if any, of Optionor
in all plans, drawings, maps, reports, studies, designs, computer data and
similar documents for the development of the PG&E Property. All rights of
Optionor in all such materials for the development of the PG&E Property are
subject to any rights and interests in such materials held by the persons or
firms which produced them; provided, however, Optionor shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain from all such persons and firms their agreement
that the rights of Optionor; if any, may be assigned to Optionee as part of
Optionee's purchase of the PG&E Option Property.
1.27. "PG&E Property" shall mean that certain real property
owned by PG&E as of the date of this Option Agreement and more particularly
described in Exhibit D. The parties acknowledge and agree that the legal
description of the PG&E Property attached hereto as Exhibit D is intended to
describe the real property depicted as the "West Parcel" and "Central Parcel" on
that certain Site Plan of the Fair Isaac Office Park, prepared by Backen,
Arrigoni & Ross, Inc., last revised on November 10, 1997 (sheet no. A1.01) (the
"Site Plan"). The parties further acknowledge and agree that the legal
description of the PG&E Property may need to be revised on or before the Closing
Date in order to consummate the transactions contemplated herein and cause the
Title Company to insure the same, and neither party shall unreasonably withhold
or delay its consent thereto. Furthermore, neither party shall withhold such
consent if it obtains a title policy endorsement or other reasonably
satisfactory evidence that the revised legal description describes the land
which is depicted on the Site Plan described above.
1.28. "Phase I Land" shall mean that portion of the PG&E
Property described in Exhibit A. The parties acknowledge and agree that the
legal description of the Phase I Land attached hereto as Exhibit A is intended
to describe the real property depicted as the "Phase I Land" on the Site Plan.
The parties further acknowledge and agree that the legal description of the
Phase I Land may need to be revised on or before the Closing Date in order to
consummate the transactions contemplated herein and cause the Title Company to
insure the same, and neither party shall unreasonably withhold or delay its
consent thereto. Furthermore, neither party shall withhold such consent if it
obtains a title policy endorsement or other reasonably satisfactory evidence
that the revised legal description describes the land which is depicted on the
Site Plan described above.
1.29. "Phase I Option Property" shall mean and refer to all of
the following: (i) the Phase I Land; and (ii) the rights, if any, of Optionor in
all plans, drawings, maps, reports, studies, designs, computer data and similar
documents for the development of the Phase I Land. All rights of Optionor in all
such materials for the development of the Phase I Land are subject to
<PAGE>
any rights and interests in such materials held by the persons or firms which
produced them; provided, however, Optionor shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to obtain from all such persons and firms their agreement that the
rights of Optionor, if any, may be assigned to Optionee as part of Optionee's
purchase of the Phase I Option Property.
1.30. "Phase I Project Cost" shall have the meaning ascribed
to that term in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.31. "Phase II" shall mean the Phase II Land and the
improvements which may hereafter be constructed on the Phase II Land.
1.32. "Phase II Current Costs" shall have the meaning ascribed
to that term in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.33. "Phase II Land" shall mean those certain parcels of real
property described in Exhibit B. The parties acknowledge and agree that the
legal description of the Phase II Land attached hereto as Exhibit B is intended
to describe the real property depicted as the "Phase II Land" on the Site Plan.
The parties further acknowledge and agree that the legal description of the
Phase II Land may need to be revised on or before the Closing Date in order to
consummate the transactions contemplated herein and cause the Title Company to
insure the same, and neither party shall unreasonably withhold or delay its
consent thereto. Furthermore, neither party shall withhold such consent if it
obtains a title policy endorsement or other reasonably satisfactory evidence
that the revised legal description describes the land which is depicted on the
Site Plan described above.
1.34. "Phase II Purchase Agreement" shall mean that certain
"Purchase Agreement" between Village Builders, L.P., and Fair Isaac and Company,
Inc. of even date herewith by which Optionor agrees to sell, and Optionee agrees
to purchase, Phase II (unless Optionee acquires the PG&E Option Property
pursuant to the First Option).
1.35. "Project" shall mean the Phase I Land and the Buildings
and all other improvements to be constructed thereon pursuant to the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement or which are hereafter constructed thereon by Optionor or
Optionee in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement or the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.36. "Purchase Price" shall mean and refer: (i) if Optionee
is purchasing the PG&E Property pursuant to a valid exercise of the First
Option, the First Option Purchase Price; (ii) if Optionee is purchasing the
Phase I Land pursuant to a valid exercise of the Second Option, the Second
Option Purchase Price; or, (iii) if Optionee is purchasing the Phase I Land
pursuant to a valid exercise of the Third Option, the Third Option Purchase
Price.
1.37. "Second Option" shall mean and refer to the option to
purchase the Phase I Option Property granted by Optionor to Optionee pursuant to
Section 3.
1.38. "Second Option Permitted Exceptions" shall mean and
refer to those liens, encumbrances, defects or other matters pertaining to title
which are referred to in Section 3.11.
1.39. "Second Option Purchase Price" shall mean the purchase
price for the Phase I Option Property if the Second Option is duly exercised by
Optionor, as such purchase price is determined in accordance with the provisions
of Section 3.5.
1.40. "Second Option Term Expiration Date" shall mean and
refer to the date so described in Section 3.2 below.
<PAGE>
1.41. "Site and Shell Improvements" shall have the meaning
ascribed to that term in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.42. "Substantial Completion", as it pertains to any Building
on the Phase I Land, shall be as defined in the Leasehold Improvements
Agreement.
1.43. "Synthetic Lease Lessor" shall mean (i) those entities
identified by Optionee in its October 23, 1997 letter to Optionor, and (ii) any
other entity to which Optionee conveys the PG&E Option Property (or any portion
thereof, with the obligation to lease the PG&E Option Property (or such portion
thereof) back in a Synthetic Lease Transaction, so long as such other entity
(and any entity which directly or indirectly controls such other entity) does
not conduct as its primary business the acquisition, development or ownership of
real property assets.
1.44. "Synthetic Lease Transaction" shall mean a transaction
whereby Optionee conveys or causes the conveyance of the PG&E Option Property
(or any portion thereof) to a Synthetic Lease Lessor from which Optionee (or its
affiliate) leases back the PG&E Option Property (or such portion thereof) from
such Synthetic Lease Lessor pursuant to a lease which would be categorized under
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles as an operating lease and which has the
following characteristics: (i) the initial term of such lease is less than ten
(10) years; and, (ii) at the expiration of the term of such lease, subject to
any rights of the tenant to extend the term of the lease, the tenant would be
required, at its sole election made not more than two (2) years prior to the
expiration of the term of the lease, either to repurchase the property so leased
and the improvements thereon for the Synthetic Lease Lessor's then outstanding
loan balance or, acting as the Synthetic Lease Lessor's agent, to sell the
property which is the subject of the lease to a third party and to guarantee to
the Synthetic Lease Lessor any deficiency between the proceeds of such sale and
the Synthetic Lease Lessor's then outstanding loan balance, up to a stipulated
amount of deficiency.
1.45. "Take-Out Financing" shall have the meaning ascribed to
that term in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.46. "Taking" shall mean the exercise by a governmental
authority of the power of eminent domain or the conveyance of the Project or
Phase II or any portion thereof to, or at the direction of, a governmental
authority which has the power of eminent domain and which has threatened to
exercise such power if such a conveyance were not made.
1.47. "Tenant Improvements" shall have the meaning ascribed to
that term in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.48. "Third Option" shall mean and refer to the option to
purchase the Phase I Option Property granted by Optionor to Optionee pursuant to
Section 4.
1.49. "Third Option Permitted Exceptions" shall mean and refer
to those liens, encumbrances, defects or other matters pertaining to title which
are referred to in Section 4.10.
1.50. "Third Option Purchase Price" shall mean the purchase
price for the Phase I Option Property if the Third Option is duly exercised by
Optionor, as such purchase price is determined in accordance with the provisions
of Section 4.5.
1.51. "Third Option Term Expiration Date" shall mean and refer
to the date so described in Section 4.2 below.
<PAGE>
1.52. "Title Company" shall mean and refer to First American
Title Company of Marin, San Rafael, California.
2. FIRST OPTION.
2.1. Grant of First Option. Optionor hereby grants to Optionee
an option and right (the "First Option") to purchase the PG&E Option Property at
the price and on both the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2 and
the terms and conditions set forth in the remainder of this Option Agreement
(other than in Sections 3 and 4, the provisions of which shall not be applicable
to the First Option herein granted).
2.2. Term of First Option. The First Option and the term
thereof shall commence on the date hereof, and shall terminate on the date (the
"First Option Term Expiration Date") which is the later to occur of: (i) the
fifth (5th) day following both the execution of the Development Agreement by the
City and the approval by the California Public Utilities Commission of PG&E's
Application to Sell Two Parcels of Vacant Land (Application No. 97 10 003),
filed on October 1, 1997 as such application may hereafter be amended or
superseded by PG&E (the "Application"); or, (ii) February 2, 1998. The foregoing
notwithstanding, in the event that, for any reason, a Development Agreement is
not executed by the City on or before May 1, 1998, then the First Term Option
Expiration Date shall be May 15, 1998. Optionee also shall have the right to
exercise the First Option in such other circumstances as are specifically
provided in this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements
Agreement or the Phase II Purchase Agreement. Each of Optionor or Optionee
agrees that it shall not request any delay in the execution of the Development
Agreement or the approval of the Application.
2.3. Method of Exercise of First Option. The First Option may
be exercised at any time between the date hereof and 5:00 p.m. on the First
Option Term Expiration Date. In order to exercise the First Option, Optionee
shall, before 5:00 p.m. on the First Option Term Expiration Date, deliver to
Optionor an unconditional and irrevocable written notice of such exercise.
Within five (5) days after that exercise, Optionor and Optionee shall execute
standard form escrow instructions which are provided by the Title Company and
which are in all respects consistent with the terms of this Option Agreement, at
which time Optionee shall then deposit with Escrow the sum of One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in cash or immediately available funds as a
non-refundable deposit against the First Option Purchase Price, which deposit
shall be applicable to the First Option Purchase Price for the PG&E Option
Property. The First Option may be exercised, if at all, by Optionee only as to
the entirety of the PG&E Option Property. The First Option shall expire and be
of no force or effect at 5:00 p.m. on the First Option Term Expiration Date,
unless by that time Optionee has delivered to Optionor the notice referred to in
this Section 2.3.
2.4. Effect of Exercise of First Option. Subject to the
provisions of Sections 2.9 and 2.13, upon exercise of the First Option: (i)
Optionor shall take all steps required under the Asset Sale Agreement to enable
Optionor to perform its obligations to Optionee as and when required by this
Agreement, and (ii) the parties shall be deemed to have entered into an
agreement to purchase and sell the PG&E Option Property on both the terms and
conditions set forth in this Section 2 and the terms and conditions set forth in
the remainder of this Option Agreement (other than in Sections 3 and 4, the
provisions of which shall not be applicable to the First Option herein granted).
In addition, upon exercise of the First Option, the parties respective
obligations under the Phase II Purchase Agreement shall be suspended until the
earlier to occur of: (a) the date on which Optionee acquires the PG&E Option
Property pursuant to the First Option (in which event the Phase II Purchase
Agreement shall automatically terminate on such date and neither party shall
have any further obligations thereunder); or (b) the date on which Optionee
fails, for any reason, to
<PAGE>
acquire the PG&E Option Property pursuant to the First Option.
2.5. Amount of First Option Purchase Price. In the event
Optionee exercises the First Option, the First Option Purchase Price for the
PG&E Option Property shall be the aggregate of: (i) the Net Stipulated Value of
the PG&E Property (as defined in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement); (ii) all
Aggregate Development Costs (as defined in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement)
(except to the extent that such Aggregate Development Costs have been or will be
paid by Optionee on or before the Closing Date) other than the Net Stipulated
Value of the PG&E Property and other than the Agreed Take-Out Financing Closing
Costs (as defined in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement) incurred or to be
incurred on or before the Closing Date (whether or not then paid) and ultimately
paid or to be paid by Optionor; (iii) any amount by which the First Option
Purchase Price is increased in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.6.B;
(iv) all break-up fees and other fees, costs and charges, of the kinds and to
the extent described in Section 1.3, which are incurred and ultimately paid or
to be paid by Optionor in connection with the arrangements for and termination
of any agreements for the provision of funds for equity capital, Construction
Financing and Take-Out Financing for the Project, to the extent that such
agreements are terminated in connection with the exercise of the First Option by
Optionee or in connection with the termination of the Lease (if the Lease is
terminated in connection with Optionee's purchase of the PG&E Option Property);
provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such fees, costs and charges
will not exceed the Break-Up Fee Maximum Amount; and (v) the amount of the
Development Management Fee for the period commencing on January 1, 1998 and
ending on the Closing Date (which Development Management Fee for the month
during which the Closing Date occurs shall be prorated based on a thirty (30)
day month) to the extent such Development Management Fee is actually incurred
(whether or not then paid) prior to the Closing Date and which is ultimately to
be paid by Optionor. The $30,000 limitation in the last sentence of Section 1.3
is intended to apply only to amounts actually paid or incurred prior to December
1, 1997. In addition, if the provisions of Section 23 apply, then Optionee also
shall pay to Optionor the Contingent Purchase Price in accordance with Section
23.
2.6. Agreement of the Parties as to First Option Purchase
Price.
A. Commencing on the date that Optionee exercises the
First Option, and continuing thereafter for a period of fifteen (15) days,
Optionee and Optionor shall meet and confer as soon and as frequently as is
reasonably possible to endeavor in good faith to agree upon the amount of the
First Option Purchase Price. If the parties reach agreement, the First Option
Purchase Price shall be the amount to which the parties have agreed.
B. If the parties are not able to so agree, then, by
5:00 p.m. on the last day of the fifteen (15) day period described in Section
2.6.A, each party shall deliver to the other party in writing its final
determination of the First Option Purchase Price. If the difference between the
parties' determinations of the First Option Purchase Price exceeds One Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), then the First Option Purchase Price shall be
established through arbitration conducted in accordance with the provisions of
Section 6 hereof, and the Closing Date shall be postponed without further act of
the parties until the fifteenth (15th) day following the final issuance of an
award by the arbitrator. In the event that the Closing Date is so postponed, the
First Option Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount equal to the amount
of interest which would have accrued on that portion of the First Option
Purchase Price which (i) is net of any payments Optionor would have to pay PG&E
upon its purchase of the PG&E Option Property under the terms of the Asset Sale
Agreement, and (ii) was not the subject of dispute between Optionor and
Optionee, at a rate equal to the "prime," "index" or "reference" rate of Bank of
America NT&SA plus one hundred (100) basis points, during the period from the
date upon which the Closing Date would have occurred but for the postponement
under this Section 2.6.B. However, if the difference between the parties'
determinations of the First Option Purchase Price is One Hundred Thousand
<PAGE>
dollars ($100,000.00) or less, then the Closing Date shall not be postponed, and
on or before the Closing Date, Optionee shall deposit in Escrow in immediately
available funds an amount which, when added to the deposit described in Section
2.3, shall equal the greater of the parties' determinations of the First Option
Purchase Price. On the Closing Date, Escrow shall close with an amount equal to
the lesser of the parties' determinations of the First Option Purchase Price
disbursed in accordance with this Option Agreement. The difference between the
parties' determinations of the First Option Purchase Price shall be held in
Escrow after the Closing Date in an interest-bearing account pursuant to joint
escrow instructions executed by Optionor, Optionee and the Title Company on or
before the Closing Date until the actual First Option Purchase Price is
established through arbitration in accordance with Section 6 hereof. The amount
held in Escrow after the Closing Date and all accrued interest thereon shall be
disbursed in accordance with the arbitrator's final award (and the parties shall
pay to each other any other amount specified in such final award).
2.7. Payment of First Option Purchase Price. Except as
otherwise provided in Section 2.6.B, the First Option Purchase Price shall be
paid by Optionee to Optionor in cash or immediately available funds at the
closing of the Escrow.
2.8. Closing of the Escrow Following Exercise of First Option.
Following an effective exercise by Optionee of the First Option, and subject to
the conditions in Section 9.6.A, the closing of the Escrow shall occur on a date
selected by Optionor by ten (10) days prior written notice to Optionee, which
date shall be not less than thirty (30) nor more than fifty (50) days following
the receipt by Optionor of the notice of exercise of the First Option by
Optionee, unless the Closing Date is postponed in accordance with the provisions
of Sections 2.6.B, 2.9 or 19..D. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Optionee
requests an earlier Closing Date, then Optionor shall promptly make such request
of PG&E under the Asset Sale Agreement, and the parties shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to close the Escrow on the date requested by Optionee.
Optionor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause PG&E to perform its
obligations under the Asset Sale Agreement on or before the Closing Date.
2.9. Delays in Closing of the Escrow. In the event that
Optionor is delayed in closing the Escrow for the acquisition of the PG&E
Property from PG&E (or, if Optionor has made the election described in Section
2.13, there is a delay in the readiness of PG&E to close the conveyance of the
PG&E Property to Optionee), and such delay is caused in whole or in part by any
factor other than a default by Optionor in the performance of its obligations
under the agreements between Optionor and PG&E pertaining to the purchase of the
PG&E Property by Optionor, then the Closing Date shall be postponed without
further act of the parties to the date which is five (5) business days following
the closing of escrow for the acquisition of the PG&E Property from PG&E (or, if
applicable, the readiness of PG&E to close the conveyance of the PG&E Property
to Optionee). If the Closing Date has not occurred by June 1, 1998 for the
reasons stated in this Section 2.9, then Optionee shall have until the earlier
of the acquisition of PG&E Property by Optionee or July 1, 1998 to give notice
to Optionor terminating this Option Agreement and the Escrow, without prejudice
to any rights Optionee may then have, and without terminating the Lease, the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement or the Phase II Purchase Agreement. If the
Closing Date has not occurred by July 1, 1999, then this Agreement and the
Escrow shall automatically terminate, without prejudice to the rights either
party may then have.
2.10. Condition of First Option Title.
A. In the event Optionee exercises the First Option,
Optionor shall convey title to the PG&E Property subject only to: (i) those
matters listed as exception nos. 4, 6, 8, 9, 13, 14 and 15 of the Exceptions
from Coverage set forth in Schedule B - Section 2 of that certain pro forma
owner's policy of title insurance, prepared by the Title Company, dated as of
August 8,
<PAGE>
1997 (Commitment No. 8-188141SB Fourth Amended Supplemental) (the "Pro Forma
Policy"), and any matter which is or would be disclosed by an accurate survey of
the PG&E Property; (ii) any matters arising from the acts or omissions of
Optionee; (iii) any lien, encumbrance or other matter consented to in writing by
Optionee; (iv) the lien of current, non-delinquent real property taxes and
assessments; (v) the Lease; (vi) the Leasehold Improvements Agreement; (vii) the
Development Agreement; (viii) the Parking Easement Agreement; (ix) the Access
Agreement; (x) the easements reserved in the PG&E Deed (as defined in the Phase
II Purchase Agreement) to be recorded on or before the Closing Date; (xi) the
covenants and restrictions set forth in the Encroachment Agreement (as defined
in the Phase II Purchase Agreement) to be recorded on or before the Closing
Date; (xii) the terms of the Environmental Agreement (as defined in the Phase II
Purchase Agreement) to be recorded on or before the Closing Date; and, (xiii)
the Declaration. Such matters are hereinafter referred to as the "First Option
Permitted Exceptions". In the event that Optionor requests that Optionee consent
to the creation of any lien, encumbrance, reservation or dedication affecting
the title to the PG&E Property, Optionee shall not unreasonably delay or
withhold its consent, and shall only withhold its consent if the lien,
encumbrance, reservation or dedication: (i) would interfere with the use of the
PG&E Property for the purposes set forth in the Lease; or, (ii) if pertaining to
a lien securing the payment of money, will not be paid and removed on or before
close of Escrow and such payment would not constitute or have constituted a part
of Aggregate Development Cost.
B. In the event that Optionor is unable to deliver title
to the PG&E Property to Optionee in the condition required by this Option
Agreement, Optionor shall so notify Optionee in writing, and Optionee shall
thereafter notify Optionor, within five (5) business days of the receipt by
Optionee of such notice from Optionor, whether or not Optionee objects to the
lien, encumbrance, defect or other matter which is not consistent with the
provisions of this Option Agreement regarding the condition of title to the PG&E
Property. If Optionee so objects by written notice to Optionor given within such
period, then Optionor shall have a period of ten (10) business days from the
receipt by Optionor of such notice of objection from Optionee in which to remove
the lien, encumbrance, defect or other matter to which Optionee has objected.
Optionee shall not object, however, unless the lien, encumbrance, defect or
other matter would interfere with the use of the PG&E Property for the purposes
set forth in the Lease or pertains to a lien securing the payment of money which
will not be paid and removed on or before close of Escrow. If Optionor is unable
to remove such lien, encumbrance, defect or other matter within such period,
Optionee may (as its sole and exclusive remedy, unless the matter objected to
was caused or created by the bad faith acts or omissions of Optionor) terminate
this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements Agreement and the
Phase II Purchase Agreement (but not less than all of them) by written notice to
Optionor given within ten (10) days of expiration of the ten (10) business day
period during which Optionor could have caused the lien, encumbrance, defect or
other matter to be removed from title. In the event that Optionee does not so
terminate this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements Agreement
and the Phase II Purchase Agreement, then Optionee shall conclusively be deemed
to have waived its objection to the lien, encumbrance, defect or other matter,
which shall then become a part of the Permitted Exceptions.
<PAGE>
2.11. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR BREACH BY OPTIONEE FOLLOWING
EXERCISE OF FIRST OPTION. OPTIONOR AND OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREE THAT THE DAMAGES
WHICH WOULD BE SUFFERED BY OPTIONOR IN THE EVENT OF A DEFAULT BY OPTIONEE
HEREUNDER IN PURCHASING THE PG&E PROPERTY FOLLOWING ANY EXERCISE BY OPTIONEE OF
THE FIRST OPTION (EXCLUDING ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS OF FINANCING AND CONSTRUCTION
(THE "ADDITIONAL COSTS"), AS REFERRED TO IN SECTION 2.12), WOULD BE EXTREMELY
DIFFICULT AND IMPRACTICABLE TO ASCERTAIN, AND THAT THE SUM OF ONE MILLION
DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) (THE "FIRST OPTION LIQUIDATED DAMAGES") REPRESENTS THE
REASONABLE ESTIMATE BY THE PARTIES OF THE AMOUNT OF THE DAMAGES (EXCLUDING THE
ADDITIONAL COSTS) THAT OPTIONOR WOULD SUFFER BY REASON OF OPTIONEE'S DEFAULT.
OPTIONEE AND OPTIONOR UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT OPTIONOR WILL HAVE CHANGED ITS
POSITION IN RELIANCE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE FIRST OPTION BY OPTIONEE, THAT
OPTIONOR WILL INCUR SUBSTANTIAL LOSSES AS A RESULT OF SUCH DEFAULT, AND THAT THE
FIRST OPTION LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ARE A REASONABLE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE AMOUNT UNDER
THE EXISTING CIRCUMSTANCES. ACCORDINGLY, IN THE EVENT ESCROW DOES NOT CLOSE
BECAUSE OF A DEFAULT BY OPTIONEE HEREUNDER FOLLOWING THE EXERCISE BY OPTIONEE OF
THE FIRST OPTION, OPTIONOR SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RETAIN THE FIRST OPTION
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, AND NOT AS A PENALTY OR FORFEITURE,
AND UPON RECEIPT OF SUCH AMOUNT BY OPTIONOR, THE SAME SHALL BE OPTIONOR'S SOLE
AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR OPTIONEE'S DEFAULT AT LAW OR IN EQUITY AND OPTIONEE AND
OPTIONOR SHALL BE RELIEVED OF ANY FURTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITY HEREUNDER,
EXCEPT THAT OPTIONEE SHALL REMAIN OBLIGATED TO PAY THE ADDITIONAL COSTS REQUIRED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12, IT BEING AGREED THAT THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PAYABLE
PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 2.11 ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO SUCH ADDITIONAL COSTS AND
THAT THE COVENANTS OF OPTIONEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 SHALL SURVIVE THE
TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. OPTIONEE AND OPTIONOR INTEND AND AGREE THAT THE
TERMS OF THIS SECTION 2.11 COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE
SECTIONS 1671 AND 1677. OPTIONEE AND OPTIONOR SHALL SIGN BELOW THIS SECTION 2.11
INDICATING THEIR AGREEMENT TO THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE CLAUSE HEREIN CONTAINED.
OPTIONOR:
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By VPI, Inc., a California corporation,
its General Partner
By
-------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
OPTIONEE:
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
<PAGE>
By
-------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
2.12. Additional Costs. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees
that an exercise of the First Option and a subsequent default by Tenant
hereunder may result in a delay in the construction of the Site and Shell
Improvements. In the event of a default by Optionee hereunder in purchasing the
PG&E Option Property following any exercise by Optionee of the First Option,
then: (i) Optionor may elect, by written notice to Optionee, to redesignate the
Designated Treasury Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement; and, (ii) any increased costs of whatever
nature incurred by Optionor in connection with such default or in connection
with any delay in the construction of the Site and Shell Improvements or the
Tenant Improvements occurring in connection with, or resulting from, the
exercise of the First Option or such default (including, without limitation, all
costs actually incurred by Optionor in connection with providing equity or debt
capital for the Project and the improvements to be constructed on the Phase II
Land at the same time as the construction of the Project) shall be paid in the
same manner as Phase II Current Costs. In no event shall Optionor have the right
to terminate the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements Agreement or the Phase II
Purchase Agreement following a default by Optionee hereunder in purchasing the
PG&E Option Property following the exercise by Optionee of the First Option. The
rights of Optionor set forth in this Section 2.12 are intended by Optionor and
Optionee to supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease, the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement, the Phase II Purchase Agreement or any other agreement
between Optionor and Optionee.
2.13. Assignment of Asset Sale Agreement. If Optionee
exercises the First Option, and provided that Optionor has obtained PG&E's
written consent, Optionor may elect, in its sole discretion, by delivering to
Optionee written notice (together with a copy of PG&E's written consent) at any
time before the Closing Date, in lieu of the conveyance of title to the PG&E
Property to Optionee at the closing of the Escrow, to assign to Optionee all
right, title and interest which Optionor then has under the existing agreements
between Optionor and PG&E for the acquisition of the PG&E Property by Optionor.
If Optionor so elects, Optionor and Optionee shall execute and deliver an
Assignment of Asset Sale Agreement, in the form attached as Exhibit E, at the
closing of the Escrow and Optionee shall close the acquisition transaction with
PG&E on the Closing Date.
2.14. Right to Redesignate Designated Treasury Rate. In the
event of a default by Optionee hereunder in purchasing the PG&E Option Property
following any exercise by Optionee of the First Option, Optionor may elect to
redesignate the Designated Treasury Rate in accordance with Section 19.2.(C) of
the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
3. SECOND OPTION.
3.1. Grant of Second Option. Optionor hereby grants to
Optionee an option and right (the "Second Option") to purchase the Phase I
Option Property at the price and on both the terms and conditions set forth in
this Section 3 and the terms and conditions set forth in the remainder of this
Option Agreement (other than in Sections 2 and 4, the provisions of which shall
not be applicable to the Second Option herein granted). Subject to the
provisions of Section 21, Optionor shall, however, be obligated to construct the
improvements required to be constructed by
<PAGE>
Optionor pursuant to the Leasehold Improvements Agreement prior to the closing
of the Escrow, as more fully provided in Section 3.8, and such improvements
shall be deemed to be a part of the Phase I Option Property upon the completion
of such construction.
3.2. Term of Second Option. The Second Option and the term
thereof shall commence on the date hereof, and shall terminate on the date (the
"Second Option Term Expiration Date") which is the later to occur of: (i) the
fifth (5th) day following the execution of the Development Agreement by the City
of San Rafael; or, (ii) February 2, 1998. The foregoing notwithstanding, in the
event that, for any reason, a Development Agreement is not executed by the City
of San Rafael on or before May 1, 1998, then the Second Term Option Expiration
Date shall be May 15, 1998. Optionee shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to exercise the Second Option at or before 5:00 p.m. on the Second
Option Term Expiration Date.
3.3. Method of Exercise of Second Option. In order to exercise
the Second Option, Optionee shall, before 5:00 p.m. on the Second Option Term
Expiration Date, deliver to Optionor an unconditional and irrevocable written
notice of such exercise. Within five (5) days after that exercise, Optionor and
Optionee shall execute standard form escrow instructions which are provided by
the Title Company and which are in all respects consistent with the terms of
this Option Agreement, at which time Optionee shall then deposit the sum of Two
Million Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,700,000.00) in cash or immediately
available funds as a non-refundable deposit against the Second Option Purchase
Price, which deposit shall be applicable to the Second Option Purchase Price for
the Phase I Option Property. Such deposit shall be made to the Escrow, or, if
required by the lender of the Construction Financing, to an interest-bearing
account with such lender to be held as a non-refundable deposit hereunder, which
may secure, in whole or in part, the obligations of Optionee under the buy-sell
agreement referred to in Section 3.9 as well as the obligations of Optionee
pursuant to this Option Agreement. The Second Option may be exercised, if at
all, by Optionee only as to the entirety of the Phase I Option Property. The
Second Option shall expire and be of no force or effect at 5:00 p.m. on the
Second Option Term Expiration Date, unless by that time Optionee has delivered
to Optionor the notice referred to in this Section 3.3.
3.4. Effect of Exercise of Second Option. Upon exercise of the
Second Option, the parties shall be deemed to have entered into an agreement to
purchase and sell the Phase I Option Property on both the terms and conditions
set forth in this Section 3 and the terms and conditions set forth in the
remainder of this Option Agreement (other than in Sections 2 and 4, the
provisions of which shall not be applicable to the Second Option herein
granted). The exercise of the Second Option shall not, however, affect the
continuance in force of the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements Agreement and the
Phase II Purchase Agreement.
3.5. Amount of Second Option Purchase Price. In the event
Optionee exercises the Second Option, the Second Option Purchase Price for the
Phase I Option Property shall be the aggregate of: (i) one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the difference of (A) the Net Stipulated Value of the PG&E Property,
less (B) the portion of such Net Stipulated Value of the PG&E Property paid as
part of the purchase price paid by Optionee for the Phase II Land (such
difference of the amount described in clause (A) less the amount described in
clause (B) is hereinafter referred to as the "Phase I Land Cost"); (ii) one
hundred ten percent (110%) of all Phase I Project Cost other than the Phase I
Land Cost, incurred or to be incurred on or before the Closing Date (whether or
not then paid) and paid or to be ultimately paid by Optionor; (iii) ten percent
(10%) of any cost which would have been a Phase I Project Cost but was paid by
Optionee; (iv) any amount by which the Second Option Purchase Price is increased
in accordance with the provisions of Section.3.6; (v) all break-up fees and
other fees, costs and charges of all kinds and to the extent described in
Section 1.3, which are incurred and ultimately paid or to be paid by Optionor in
connection with the arrangements for and termination of any agreements for the
provision of funds
<PAGE>
for equity capital, Construction Financing and Take-Out Financing for the
Project, to the extent that such agreements are terminated in connection with
the exercise of the Second Option by Optionee or in connection with the
termination of the Lease (if the Lease is terminated in connection with
Optionee's purchase of the Phase I Option Property); provided, however, that the
aggregate amount of such fees, costs and charges will not exceed the Break-Up
Fee Maximum Amount; and (vi) the amount of the Development Management Fee for
the period commencing on January 1, 1998 and ending on the earlier to occur of
(A) the Substantial Completion of the improvements to be constructed pursuant to
the Leasehold Improvements Agreement or (B) the Closing Date. In the event that
Optionor elects to have the closing of the Escrow occur more than sixty (60)
days following the Last Rent Commencement Date, then the Agreed Spread for
Take-Out Financing (as defined in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement) shall be
reduced to four hundred fifty (450) basis points, unless there is a default by
Optionee under this Option Agreement or the Lease, in which event the Agreed
Spread for Take-Out Financing shall retroactively be as provided in the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and any resulting arrearage in Monthly Base
Rent shall immediately be paid by Optionee to Optionor.
3.6. Agreement of the Parties as to Second Option Purchase
Price. Following the Last Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter for a
period of fifteen (15) days, Optionee and Optionor shall meet and endeavor to
agree upon the Second Option Purchase Price. If the parties reach agreement, the
Second Option Purchase Price shall be the amount to which the parties have
agreed. If the parties are not able to so agree, then the Second Option Purchase
Price shall be established through arbitration conducted in accordance with the
provisions of Section 6 hereof, and the Closing Date shall be postponed without
further act of the parties until the tenth (10th) day following the final
issuance of an award by the arbitrators. In the event that the Closing Date is
so postponed, the Second Option Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount
equal to the amount of interest which would have accrued on that portion of the
Second Option Purchase Price which (i) is net of any payment Optionor would have
to pay PG&E upon its purchase of the Phase I Option Property under the terms of
the Asset Sale Agreement, and (ii) was not the subject of a good faith dispute
between Optionor and Optionee, at a rate equal to the "prime", "index" or
"reference" rate of Bank of America NT&SA plus one hundred (100) basis points,
during the period from the date upon which the Closing Date would have occurred
but for the postponement under this Section 3.6.
3.7. Payment of Second Option Purchase Price. The Second
Option Purchase Price shall be paid by Optionee to Optionor in cash or
immediately available funds at the closing of the Escrow.
3.8. Construction of Improvements. In the event that Optionee
duly exercises the Second Option, the Lease and the Leasehold Improvements
Agreement shall continue in effect until the closing of the Escrow, and Optionor
shall cause the Site and Shell Improvements and the Tenant Improvements
described in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement to be constructed in
accordance with the terms of the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
3.9. Execution of Buy-Sell Agreement Following Exercise of
Second Option. Promptly after the receipt by Optionee of a written request from
Optionor, Optionee shall review and negotiate in good faith a buy-sell agreement
with the lender of the Construction Financing, whereby Optionee agrees to
purchase the loan representing the Construction Financing from the lender upon
the completion of the construction of the improvements which Optionor is
required to construct under the Leasehold Improvements Agreement for a price
equal to the aggregate of the outstanding principal balance and all accrued and
unpaid interest charges, fees and penalties due under such loan. Such buy-sell
agreement shall be in such form as may reasonably be acceptable to Optionee and
such lender of the Construction Financing, provided that such buy-sell agreement
shall not obligate such lender to complete such construction.
<PAGE>
3.10. Closing of the Escrow Following Exercise of Second
Option. Following an effective exercise by Optionee of the Second Option, the
closing of the Escrow shall occur on a date selected by Optionor by written
notice to Optionee given at least ninety (90) days before the Last Rent
Commencement Date, which date shall be not less than sixty (60) days nor more
than eighteen (18) months following the Last Rent Commencement Date, unless the
Closing Date is postponed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.10
or Sections 3.6 or 19..D. In the event that Optionee desires to delay the
Closing Date from the date specified by Optionor, Optionee may, within thirty
(30) days of its receipt of the notice from Optionor, give to Optionor written
notice of another date which is not more than sixty (60) days following the date
selected by Optionor, and the Closing Date shall thereupon be postponed to the
date specified in the notice from Optionee to Optionor, unless Optionor notifies
Optionee that the term of the Construction Financing would expire prior to the
date selected by Optionee, in which event the Closing Date shall be the fifth
(5th) day preceding the date upon which the Construction Financing would so
expire.
3.11. Condition of Second Option Title.
A. In the event Optionee exercises the Second Option,
Optionor shall convey title to the Phase I Land subject only to: (i) those
matters listed as exception nos. 4, 6, 8, 9, 13, 14 and 15 of the Exceptions
from Coverage set forth in Schedule B--Section 2 of the Pro Forma Policy (but
only to the extent that the same affect all or any portion of the Phase I Land)
and any matter which is or would be disclosed by an accurate survey of the Phase
I Land; (ii) any matters arising from the acts or omissions of Optionee; (iii)
any lien, encumbrance or other matter consented to in writing by Optionee; (iv)
the lien of current, non-delinquent real property taxes and assessments; (v) the
Lease; (vi) and the Leasehold Improvements Agreement; (vii) the Development
Agreement; (viii) the Parking Easement Agreement; (ix) the Access Agreement; (x)
the easements reserved in the PG&E Deed to be recorded on or before the Closing
Date; (xi) the covenants and restrictions set forth in the Encroachment
Agreement to be recorded on or before the Closing Date; (xii) the terms of the
Environmental Agreement to be recorded on or before the Closing Date; and,
(xiii) the Declaration. Such matters are hereinafter referred to as the "Second
Option Permitted Exceptions". In the event that Optionor requests that Optionee
consent to the creation of any lien, encumbrance, reservation or dedication
affecting the title to the Phase I Land, Optionee shall not unreasonably delay
or withhold its consent, and shall only withhold its consent if the lien,
encumbrance, reservation or dedication: (i) would interfere with the use of the
Phase I Land for the purposes set forth in the Lease; or, (ii) if pertaining to
a lien securing the payment of money will not be paid and removed on or before
close of Escrow, and such payment would not constitute or have constituted a
part of Aggregate Development Cost.
B. In the event that Optionor is unable to deliver
title to the Phase I Land to Optionee in the condition required by this Option
Agreement, Optionor shall so notify Optionee in writing and Optionee shall
notify Optionor, within five (5) business days of the receipt by Optionee of
such notice from Optionor, whether or not Optionee objects to the lien,
encumbrance, defect or other matter which is not consistent with the provisions
of this Option Agreement regarding the condition of title to the Phase I Land.
If Optionee so objects by written notice to Optionor given within such period,
then Optionor shall have a period of ten (10) business days from the receipt by
Optionor of such notice of objection from Optionee in which to remove the lien,
encumbrance, defect or other matter to which Optionee has objected. Optionee
shall not object, however, unless the lien, encumbrance, defect or other matter
would interfere with the use of the Phase I Land for the purposes set forth in
the Lease or pertains to a lien securing the payment of money which will not be
paid and removed on or before close of Escrow. If Optionor is unable to remove
such lien, encumbrance, defect or other matter within such period, Optionee may
(as its sole and exclusive remedy, unless the matter objected to was caused by
the bad faith acts or
<PAGE>
omissions of Optionor) terminate this Option Agreement (but not the Lease, the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement or the Phase II Purchase Agreement) by written
notice to Optionor given within ten (10) days of expiration of the ten (10)
business day period during which Optionor could have caused the lien,
encumbrance, defect or other matter to be removed from title. In the event that
Optionee does not so terminate this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement, then Optionee shall
conclusively be deemed to have waived its objection to the lien, encumbrance,
defect or other matter, which shall then become a part of the Permitted
Exceptions.
3.12. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR BREACH BY OPTIONEE FOLLOWING
EXERCISE OF SECOND OPTION. OPTIONOR AND OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREE THAT THE DAMAGES
WHICH WOULD BE SUFFERED BY OPTIONOR IN THE EVENT OF A DEFAULT BY OPTIONEE
HEREUNDER IN PURCHASING THE PHASE I LAND FOLLOWING ANY EXERCISE BY OPTIONEE OF
THE SECOND OPTION WOULD BE EXTREMELY DIFFICULT AND IMPRACTICABLE TO ASCERTAIN,
AND THAT THE SUM OF TWO MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($2,700,000.00)
REPRESENTS THE REASONABLE ESTIMATE BY THE PARTIES OF THE AMOUNT OF THE DAMAGES
THAT OPTIONOR WOULD SUFFER BY REASON OF OPTIONEE'S DEFAULT. OPTIONEE AND
OPTIONOR UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THE VALUE OF PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE BY
REASON OF GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, THE LOCAL REAL ESTATE MARKET, THE
AVAILABILITY OF MORTGAGE FINANCING, AND OTHER FACTORS BEYOND THE CONTROL OF
OPTIONOR AND OPTIONEE, AND THAT THE SUM OF TWO MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND
DOLLARS ($2,700,000.00) IS A REASONABLE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE AMOUNT UNDER THE
EXISTING CIRCUMSTANCES. ACCORDINGLY, IN THE EVENT ESCROW DOES NOT CLOSE BECAUSE
OF A DEFAULT BY OPTIONEE HEREUNDER FOLLOWING THE EXERCISE BY OPTIONEE OF THE
SECOND OPTION, OPTIONOR SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RETAIN THE SUM OF TWO MILLION SEVEN
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($2,700,000.00) AS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, AND NOT AS A
PENALTY OR FORFEITURE, AS OPTIONOR'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR OPTIONEE'S
DEFAULT AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, AND UPON RECEIPT OF SUCH AMOUNT BY OPTIONOR,
OPTIONEE AND OPTIONOR SHALL BE RELIEVED OF ANY FURTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITY
HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE AND OPTIONOR INTEND AND AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
3.12 COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 1671 AND
1677. OPTIONEE AND OPTIONOR SHALL SIGN BELOW THIS SECTION 3.12 INDICATING THEIR
AGREEMENT TO THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE CLAUSE HEREIN CONTAINED.
OPTIONOR:
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By VPI, Inc., a California corporation,
its General Partner
By
-------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
OPTIONEE:
<PAGE>
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By
-----------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
3.13. Right to Redesignate Designated Treasury Date. In the
event of a default by Optionee hereunder in purchasing the Phase I Option
Property following any exercise by Optionee of the Second Option, Optionor may
elect to redesignate the Designated Treasury Date in accordance with Section
19.2.(C) of the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
4. THIRD OPTION.
4.1. Grant of Third Option. Optionor hereby grants to Optionee
an option and right (the "Third Option") to purchase the Phase I Option Property
at the price and on both the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4
and the terms and conditions set forth in the remainder of this Option Agreement
(other than in Sections 2 and 3, the provisions of which shall not be applicable
to the Third Option herein granted). Subject to the provisions of Section 21,
Optionor shall, however, be obligated to construct the improvements required to
be constructed by Optionor pursuant to the Leasehold Improvements Agreement
prior to the closing of the Escrow, as more fully provided in Section4.8, and
such improvements shall be deemed to be a part of the Phase I Option Property
upon the completion of such construction.
4.2. Term of Third Option. The Third Option and the term
thereof shall commence on the date hereof, and shall terminate on the date (the
"Third Option Term Expiration Date") which is the sixtieth (60th) day following
the Last Rent Commencement Date. The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event
that the term of the Construction Financing would expire (or is reasonably
anticipated to expire) prior to the sixtieth (60th) day following the Last Rent
Commencement Date, then Optionor shall have the right to give a written notice
to Optionee stating such fact and further stating that Optionor elects to
advance the Third Option Term Expiration Date to a particular date which both is
not less than sixty (60) days following the receipt of such notice by Optionee
and is reasonably anticipated by Optionor to be not less than ten (10) days
following the Last Rent Commencement Date, and the Third Option Term Expiration
Date shall thereupon become the later of: (i) the date specified by Optionor in
such written notice to Optionee; or, (ii) the tenth (10th) day following the
Last Rent Commencement Date. Optionee shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to exercise the Third Option at or before 5:00 p.m. on the Third
Option Term Expiration Date.
4.3. Method of Exercise of Third Option. In order to exercise
the Third Option, Optionee shall, before 5:00 p.m. on the Third Option Term
Expiration Date, deliver to Optionor an unconditional and irrevocable written
notice of such exercise. Within five (5) days after that exercise, Optionor and
Optionee shall execute standard form escrow instructions which are provided by
the Title Company and which are in all respect consistent with the terms of this
Option Agreement, at which time Optionee shall then deposit with Escrow the sum
of Three Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,300,000.00) in cash or
immediately available funds as a non-refundable deposit against the Third Option
Purchase Price, which deposit shall be applicable to the Third Option Purchase
Price for the Phase I Option Property. The Third Option shall expire and be of
no force or effect at 5:00 p.m. on the Third Option Term Expiration Date, unless
by that time Optionee has delivered to Optionor the notice referred to in this
Section 4.3.
<PAGE>
The Third Option may be exercised, if at all, by Optionee only as to the
entirety of the Phase I Option Property.
4.4 Effect of Exercise of Third Option. Upon exercise of the
Third Option, the parties shall be deemed to have entered into an agreement to
purchase and sell the Phase I Option Property on both the terms and conditions
set forth in this Section 4 and the terms and conditions set forth in the
remainder of this Option Agreement (other than in Sections 2 and 3, the
provisions of which shall not be applicable to the Third Option herein granted).
The exercise of the Third Option shall not, however, affect the continuance in
force of the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements Agreement and the Phase II
Purchase Agreement.
4.5. Amount of Third Option Purchase Price. In the event
Optionee exercises the Third Option following the Substantial Completion of the
Project, the Third Option Purchase Price for the Phase I Option Property shall
be the aggregate of: (i) one hundred thirteen percent (113%) of the Phase I Land
Cost; (ii) one hundred thirteen percent (113%) of all Phase I Project Cost other
than the Phase I Land Cost incurred or to be incurred on or before the Closing
Date (whether or not then paid) and paid or to be ultimately paid by Optionor;
(iii) thirteen percent (13%) of any cost which would have been a Phase I Project
Cost but was paid by Optionee; (iv) any amount by which the Third Option
Purchase Price is increased in accordance with the provisions of Section4.6;
and, (v) all break-up fees and other fees, costs and charges, all as and to the
extent described in Section1.3, which are incurred and ultimately paid or to be
paid by Optionor in connection with the termination of any agreements for the
provision of funds for equity capital, Construction Financing and Take-Out
Financing for the Project, to the extent that such agreements are terminated in
connection with the exercise of the Third Option by Optionee or in connection
with the termination of the Lease (if the Lease is terminated in connection with
Optionee's purchase of the Phase I Option Property); provided, however, that the
aggregate amount of such fees, costs and charges will not exceed the Break-Up
Fee Maximum Amount; and (vi) the amount of the Development Management Fee for
the period commencing on January 1, 1998 and ending on the earlier to occur of
(A) the Substantial Completion of the improvements to be constructed pursuant to
the Leasehold Improvements Agreement or (B) the Closing Date.
4.6. Agreement of the Parties as to Third Option Purchase
Price. Promptly following either the exercise by optionee of the Third Option,
and continuing thereafter for a period of fifteen (15) days, Optionee and
Optionor shall meet and endeavor to agree upon the Third Option Purchase Price.
If the parties reach agreement, the Third Option Purchase Price shall be the
amount to which the parties have agreed. If the parties are not able to so
agree, then the Third Option Purchase Price shall be established through
arbitration conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof, and
the Closing Date shall be postponed without further act of the parties until the
tenth (10th) day following the final issuance of an award by the arbitrators. In
the event that the Closing Date is so postponed, the Third Option Purchase Price
shall be increased by an amount equal to the amount of interest which would have
accrued on that portion of the Third Option Purchase Price which (i) is net of
any payments Optionor would have to pay PG&E upon its purchase of the Phase I
Option Property under the terms of the Asset Sale Agreement, and (ii) was not
the subject of a good faith dispute between Optionor and Optionee, at a rate
equal to the "prime", "index" or "reference" rate of Bank of America NT&SA plus
one hundred (100) basis points, during the period from the date upon which the
Closing Date would have occurred but for the postponement under this Section
4.6.
4.7. Payment of Third Option Purchase Price. The Third Option
Purchase Price shall be paid by Optionee to Optionor in cash or immediately
available funds at the closing of the Escrow.
4.8. Construction of Improvements. In the event that Optionee
duly exercises
<PAGE>
the Third Option, the Lease and the Leasehold Improvements Agreement shall
continue in effect until the closing of the Escrow, and Optionor shall cause the
Site and Shell Improvements and the Tenant Improvements described in the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement to be constructed in accordance with the terms
of the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
4.9. Closing of the Escrow Following Exercise of Third Option.
Following an effective exercise by Optionee of the Third Option, the closing of
the Escrow shall occur on a date selected by Optionor by written notice to
Optionee given not more than thirty (30) days following such exercise, which
date shall be not less than sixty (60) days nor more than twenty-four (24)
months following the Last Rent Commencement Date, unless the Closing Date is
postponed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.9 or Sections 4.6
or 19..D. In the event that Optionee desires to delay the Closing Date from the
date specified by Optionor, Optionee may, within thirty (30) days of its receipt
of the notice from Optionor, give to Optionor written notice of another date
which is not more than sixty (60) days following the date selected by Optionor,
and the Closing Date shall thereupon be postponed to the date specified in the
notice from Optionee to Optionor, unless Optionor notifies Optionee that the
term of the Construction Financing would expire prior to the date selected by
Optionee, in which event the Closing Date shall be the fifth (5th) day preceding
the date upon which the Construction Financing would so expire.
4.10. Condition of Third Option Title
A. In the event Optionee exercises the Third Option,
Optionor shall convey title to the Phase I Land subject only to: (i) those
matters listed as exception nos. 4, 6, 8, 9, 13, 14 and 15 of the Exceptions
from Coverage set forth in Schedule B--Section 2 of the Pro Forma Policy (but
only to the extent that the same affect all or any portion of the Phase I Land)
and any matter which is or would be disclosed by an accurate survey of the Phase
I Land; (ii) any matters arising from the acts or omissions of Optionee; (iii)
any lien, encumbrance or other matter consented to in writing by Optionee; (iv)
to the lien of current, non-delinquent real property taxes and assessments; (v)
the Lease; (vi) the Leasehold Improvements Agreement; (vii) the Development
Agreement; (viii) Parking Easement Agreement; (ix) the Access Agreement; (x) the
easements reserved in the PG&E Deed to be recorded on or before the Closing
Date; (xi) the covenants and restrictions set forth in the Encroachment
Agreement to be recorded on or before the Closing Date; (xii) the terms of the
Environmental Agreement to be recorded on or before the Closing Date; and,
(xiii) the Declaration. Such matters are hereinafter referred to as the "Third
Option Permitted Exceptions". In the event that Optionor requests that Optionee
consent to the creation of any lien, encumbrance, reservation or dedication
affecting the title to the Phase I Land, Optionee shall not unreasonably delay
or withhold its consent, and shall only withhold its consent if the lien,
encumbrance, reservation or dedication: (i) would interfere with the use of the
Phase I Land for the purposes set forth in the Lease; or, (ii) if pertaining to
a lien securing the payment of money, will not be paid and removed on or before
close of Escrow and such payment would not constitute or have constituted a part
of Aggregate Development Cost.
B. In the event that Optionor is unable to deliver
title to the Phase I Land to Optionee in the condition required by this Option
Agreement, Optionor shall so notify Optionee in writing and Optionee shall
notify Optionor, within five (5) business days of the receipt by Optionee of
such notice from Optionor, whether or not Optionee objects to the lien,
encumbrance, defect or other matter which is not consistent with the provisions
of this Option Agreement regarding the condition of title to the Phase I Land.
If Optionee so objects by written notice to Optionor given within such period,
then Optionor shall have a period of ten (10) business days from the receipt by
Optionor of such notice of objection from Optionee in which to remove the lien,
encumbrance, defect or other matter to which Optionee has objected. Optionee
shall not object, however, unless the lien, encumbrance, defect or other matter
would interfere with the use of the Phase I Land for the purposes set forth in
the Lease or pertains to a lien securing the payment
<PAGE>
of money which will not be paid and removed on or before close of Escrow. If
Optionor is unable to remove such lien, encumbrance, defect or other matter
within such period, Optionee may (as its sole and exclusive remedy, unless the
matter objected to was caused or created by the bad faith acts or omissions of
Optionor) terminate this Option Agreement (but not the Lease, the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement or the Phase II Purchase Agreement) by written notice to
Optionor given within ten (10) days of expiration of the ten (10) business day
period during which Optionor could have caused the lien, encumbrance, defect or
other matter to be removed from title. In the event that Optionee does not so
terminate this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements Agreement
and the Phase II Purchase Agreement, then Optionee shall conclusively be deemed
to have waived its objection to the lien, encumbrance, defect or other matter,
which shall then become a part of the Permitted Exceptions.
<PAGE>
4.11. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR BREACH BY OPTIONEE FOLLOWING
EXERCISE OF THIRD OPTION. OPTIONOR AND OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREE THAT THE DAMAGES
WHICH WOULD BE SUFFERED BY OPTIONOR IN THE EVENT OF A DEFAULT BY OPTIONEE
HEREUNDER IN PURCHASING THE PHASE I LAND FOLLOWING ANY EXERCISE BY OPTIONEE OF
THE THIRD OPTION WOULD BE EXTREMELY DIFFICULT AND IMPRACTICABLE TO ASCERTAIN,
AND THAT THE SUM OF THREE MILLION THREE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($3,300,000.00)
REPRESENTS THE REASONABLE ESTIMATE BY THE PARTIES OF THE AMOUNT OF THE DAMAGES
THAT OPTIONOR WOULD SUFFER BY REASON OF OPTIONEE'S DEFAULT. OPTIONEE AND
OPTIONOR UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THE VALUE OF PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE BY
REASON OF GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, THE LOCAL REAL ESTATE MARKET, THE
AVAILABILITY OF MORTGAGE FINANCING, AND OTHER FACTORS BEYOND THE CONTROL OF
OPTIONOR AND OPTIONEE, AND THAT THE SUM OF THREE MILLION THREE HUNDRED THOUSAND
DOLLARS ($3,300,000.00) IS A REASONABLE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE AMOUNT UNDER THE
EXISTING CIRCUMSTANCES. ACCORDINGLY, IN THE EVENT ESCROW DOES NOT CLOSE BECAUSE
OF A DEFAULT BY OPTIONEE HEREUNDER FOLLOWING THE EXERCISE BY OPTIONEE OF THE
THIRD OPTION, OPTIONOR SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RETAIN THE SUM OF THREE MILLION
THREE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($3,300,000.00) AS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, AND NOT AS
A PENALTY OR FORFEITURE, AS OPTIONOR'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR OPTIONEE'S
DEFAULT AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, AND UPON RECEIPT OF SUCH AMOUNT BY OPTIONOR,
OPTIONEE AND OPTIONOR SHALL BE RELIEVED OF ANY FURTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITY
HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE AND OPTIONOR INTEND AND AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
4.11 COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 1671 AND
1677. OPTIONEE AND OPTIONOR SHALL SIGN BELOW THIS SECTION 4.11 INDICATING THEIR
AGREEMENT TO THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE CLAUSE HEREIN CONTAINED.
OPTIONOR:
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By VPI, Inc., a California corporation,
its General Partner
By
------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
OPTIONEE:
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By
----------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
<PAGE>
4.12. Right to Redesignate Designated Treasury Date. In the
event of a default by Optionee hereunder in purchasing the Phase I Option
Property following any exercise by Optionee of the Third Option, Optionor may
elect to redesignate the Designated Treasury Rate in accordance with Section
19.2.(C) of the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
4.13. Termination of Third Option. Optionor may terminate the
Third Option and all right of Optionee pursuant to the Third Option or any
exercise thereof by giving to Optionee a written notice of such termination and
the payment to Optionee of the sum of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars
($200,000.00).
5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION WITHOUT EXERCISE. In the event Optionee fails
to exercise any one (1) or more of the Options in exact accordance with its
terms, then the Options which Optionee did not so exercise shall automatically
expire and terminate without further act of the parties. In the event that
Optionee fails to exercise all of the Options in exact accordance with their
respective terms, then all of the Options shall automatically expire and
terminate without further act of the parties.
6. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES; DETERMINATION OF PURCHASE PRICE. ANY
CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE DETERMINATION OF THE
PURCHASE PRICE FOR THE PG&E OPTION PROPERTY OR THE PHASE I OPTION PROPERTY, AS
THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE SETTLED BY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES OF
THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION, AND JUDGMENT ON THE AWARD RENDERED BY THE
ARBITRATOR(S) MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION. THE PREVAILING
PARTY IN SUCH ARBITRATION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS.
NOTICE: BY INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW, YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE ANY
DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE "ARBITRATION OF
DISPUTES" PROVISION DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED BY
CALIFORNIA LAW AND YOU ARE GIVING UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT POSSESS TO
HAVE THE DISPUTE LITIGATED IN A COURT OR JURY TRIAL. BY SIGNING IN THE
SPACE BELOW YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS TO DISCOVERY AND
APPEAL, UNLESS THOSE RIGHTS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN THE
"ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES" PROVISION. IF YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO
ARBITRATION AFTER AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, YOU MAY BE COMPELLED TO
ARBITRATE UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL
PROCEDURE. YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY.
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
<PAGE>
///
///
///
///
///
WE HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING AND AGREE TO SUBMIT DISPUTES
ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE "ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES"
PROVISION TO NEUTRAL ARBITRATION.
OPTIONOR:
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By VPI, Inc., a California corporation,
its General Partner
By
------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
OPTIONEE:
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By
----------------------------------------
Its
-------------------------------------
7. ADJUSTMENT TO REFLECT FINAL PHASE I PROJECT COST
7.1. Determination of Revised Final Phase I Project Cost. In
the event that either the closing of Escrow occurs pursuant to an exercise of
the First Option by Optionee or the closing of the Escrow occurs in less than
eighteen (18) months pursuant to an exercise of the Second Option or Third
Option by Optionee, and in the event that any items of Aggregate Development
Cost or Phase I Project Cost could not have been reasonably ascertained with
precision at least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date, Optionor may notify
Optionee in writing of a revised final Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I
Project Cost within the following time periods: (i) if Optionee exercises the
First Option, within one hundred twenty (120) days of the Closing Date; or (ii)
if Optionee exercises the Second Option or the Third Option, within one (1) year
of the Closing Date. Such written notice shall be accompanied by a detailed
statement of such revised Aggregate Development Cost or final Phase I Project
Cost.
7.2. Possible Review of Revised Final Aggregate Development
Cost of Phase I Project Cost by Optionee. Within twenty (20) days of the receipt
by Optionee of the notice from
<PAGE>
Optionor given in accordance with Section 7.1 and setting forth a revised final
Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost, Optionee may notify Optionor
in writing (a "Difference Review Notice") that Optionee desires to review the
records of Optionor pertaining to those items (the "Difference Items") which
account for the difference between the revised final Aggregate Development Cost
or Phase I Project Cost and the Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project
Cost upon which the Purchase Price was determined. If Optionee gives such a
notice to Optionor within such period, Optionor shall permit Optionee to review
all of the records of Optionor relevant to the determination of such Difference
Items. Such review shall be performed at the offices of Optionor during regular
business hours, and Optionor shall permit Optionee to make copies, at its
expense, of such portions of such records as Optionee may elect. Optionee shall
undertake and complete such review within sixty (60) days of the receipt by
Optionor of the Difference Review Notice. In the event that Optionee concludes
that the determination by Optionor of the Difference Items is incorrect, it
shall so notify Optionor within seventy (70) days of the receipt by Optionor of
the Difference Review Notice from Optionee, which notice from Optionee shall:
(i) state with particularity the Difference Items as to which Optionee believes
that the determination of Optionor was incorrect; and, (ii) state the election
of Optionee to have the revised final Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I
Project Cost determined by arbitration in accordance with Section 6.
7.3. Payment to Adjust Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I
Project Cost. The revised final Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project
Cost stated by Optionor in its notice to Optionee given in accordance with
Section 7.2 shall be deemed to have been accepted and approved by Optionee
unless: (i) Optionor and Optionee agree in writing to a different Aggregate
Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost within seventy (70) days of the receipt
by Optionor of the Difference Review Notice from Optionee; or, (ii) Optionee
gives to Optionor within such seventy (70) day period a notice electing to have
the revised final Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost determined
by arbitration in accordance with Section 6. Within thirty (30) days of the date
upon which the revised final Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost
is established (whether by Optionor's statement of revised final Aggregate
Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost being deemed accepted and approved by
Optionee in accordance with this Section 7.3 or by a written agreement between
Optionor and Optionee establishing a different revised final Aggregate
Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost or by an arbitration resulting from an
election by Optionee made within seventy (70) days of the receipt by Optionor of
the Difference Review Notice from Optionee): _.(i) if the revised final
Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost is less than the Aggregate
Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost upon which the Purchase Price was
determined, Optionor shall pay to Optionee a sum equal to the difference between
the Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost upon which the Purchase
Price was determined and the revised final Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I
Project Cost; or, (ii) if the revised final Aggregate Development Cost or Phase
I Project Cost is greater than the Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project
Cost upon which the Purchase Price was determined, Optionee shall pay to
Optionor a sum equal to the difference between the revised final Aggregate
Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost and the Aggregate Development Cost or
Phase I Project Cost upon which the Purchase Price was determined.
8. TITLE AND DEED.
8.1. Condition of Title to Phase I Land. Optionee hereby
accepts the Permitted Exceptions and agrees to accept title to the PG&E Property
or the Phase I Land, as the case may be, subject to the applicable Permitted
Exceptions. Except as set forth in this Option Agreement, Optionor shall make no
representations or warranties with respect to the condition of title to the PG&E
Property or the Phase I Land, and Optionee agrees that it will rely solely on
its policy of title insurance issued by the Title Company pursuant to the
provisions of Section 8.3 below.
<PAGE>
8.2. Grant Deed. Optionor shall convey the PG&E Property or
the Phase I Land, as the case may be, to Optionee on the standard form grant
deed customarily used by the Title Company (the "Grant Deed") as of the closing
of the Escrow, but the warranties set forth or implied in such deed shall be
expressly limited by, and shall in the deed be expressly made subject to, the
applicable Permitted Exceptions.
8.3. Title Insurance. Optionor shall cause the Title Company,
as of the closing of the Escrow, to issue to Optionee an American Land Title
Association Owners Policy (10-17-92) (or such form of policy as is then most
closely equivalent), insuring that fee title to the PG&E Property or the Phase I
Land, as the case may be, is vested in Optionee, in an amount equal to the
applicable Purchase Price, subject only to the applicable Permitted Exceptions.
Optionee may also obtain the following endorsements: Subdivision Map Act
compliance (CLTA form 116.7); survey, with reference to the Site Plan (CLTA form
116.1); and such other endorsements as Optionee may reasonably require. If
requested by Optionee, Optionor shall cooperate with Optionee at no cost or
liability to Optionor in obtaining such facultative reinsurance arrangement,
with rights of direct access, as may be reasonably required in the
circumstances, together with the endorsements described above; provided,
however, that Optionor shall not be required to incur any expense or liability
or potential liability in connection with any such cooperation.
8.4. Use Restriction. The PG&E Property or the Phase I Land,
as the case may be, shall be used only for office, research and development,
restaurant and other commercial uses and shall not be used for residential
purposes or for any purpose prohibited by the Declaration. The foregoing
notwithstanding, for a period of ten (10) years from the Closing Date (the
"Retail Limitation Period"), no portion of the PG&E Property or the Phase I
Land, as the case may be, shall be used for a retail use in excess of that
contemplated in the Development Plan attached (or to have been attached) to the
Declaration as Exhibit H. For the purposes of this Section 8.4, the term
"retail" use shall be based upon any definitions, descriptions or
characterizations that may be set forth in the Zoning Ordinance of the City of
San Rafael, except that a "retail" use would in all events include retail
banking and like uses. Upon the expiration of the Retail Limitation Period,
there shall not be any prohibition on the use of all or any portion of the PG&E
Property or the Phase I Land, as the case may be, for retail purposes. The
foregoing notwithstanding, nothing in this Section 8.4 shall be deemed to
prohibit the direct sale of goods and services to end users by Fair, Isaac and
Company, Inc. or any corporate successor by merger to Fair, Isaac and Company,
Inc., to the extent that such sales do not involve customer purchases in person,
or be deemed to prohibit the operation of cafeteria or dining facilities for the
use of Optionee's employees and business guests. Upon the expiration of the
Retail Limitation Period, Optionor shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to
Optionee (or to such other person or entity as Optionee may request) a quitclaim
deed (and/or such other documents as may be reasonably required) expressly
terminating the use restrictions described in this Section 8.4 and the
memorandum of agreement described in Section 23.2 (including, without
limitation, Optionor's right to enforce the use restrictions as set forth in
that memorandum of agreement).
9. CLOSING OF THE ESCROW.
9.1. Retention of Title Company. In the event Optionee
exercises one of the Options, Optionee and Optionor shall each promptly retain
the Title Company to perform escrow services at its offices located in San
Rafael, California, in connection with the transactions to be completed pursuant
to, and in accordance with the provisions of, this Option Agreement.
9.2. Closing Date. In the event Optionee exercises the First
Option, the closing of the Escrow for the sale and purchase of the PG&E Option
Property shall occur on the date determined in accordance with Section 2.8. In
the event Optionee exercises the Second Option, the
<PAGE>
closing of the Escrow for the sale and purchase of the Phase I Option Property
shall occur on the date determined in accordance with Section 3.10. In the event
Optionee exercises the Third Option, the closing of the Escrow for the sale and
purchase of the Phase I Option Property shall occur on the date determined in
accordance with Section 4.9. The date so determined is referred to in this
Option Agreement as the "Closing Date".
9.3. Termination of the Lease and Leasehold Improvements
Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease and the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement, neither of those documents shall be terminated at or
prior to the closing of the Escrow, and Optionee shall execute, and shall cause
any assignee or sublessee of the interest of Optionee under the Lease to
execute, an agreement releasing Optionor from all obligations under the Lease
and Leasehold Improvements Agreement as of the closing of the Escrow, except for
obligations (i) which are to be performed by Optionor as Landlord on or before
the Closing Date, or (ii) as to which an event of default by Optionor then
exists under either of the Lease or the Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
9.4. Escrow Instruction. Prior to the closing of the Escrow
and as provided in Sections 2.3, 3.3 and 4.3, Optionee and Optionor shall
execute and deliver to the Title Company joint escrow instructions directing the
Title Company to close the Escrow in the manner and subject to the conditions
provided for herein.
9.5. Conditions to Closing for Benefit of Optionor. The
closing of the Escrow shall be conditioned for the benefit of Optionor upon the
performance by Optionee (or Optionor's written waiver of such performance) of
the following obligations (or, as to obligations the performance of which is not
to be completed prior to the closing of the Escrow, upon the non-occurrence of
any default by Optionee with respect to such obligations), which Optionee hereby
covenants and agrees it shall cause to be performed within the time limitations
set forth in this Option Agreement:
A. The performance by Optionee of each of its
obligations under the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Phase
II Purchase Agreement, all as more fully provided in Section 16 (and except as
otherwise provided in Section2.4);
B. The obligations of Optionee pursuant to Section
14.2, Section 18 and Section22.4 below;
C. The deposit by Optionee into the Escrow of an
unqualified assumption of the obligations of Optionor arising after the Closing
Date under the Lease and the Leasehold Improvements Agreement and any other
agreements to be assumed by Optionee hereunder, in a form reasonably
satisfactory to Optionor;
D. With respect to only the Second Option or the Third
Option, the purchase of the Phase II Land by Optionee in accordance with the
Phase II Purchase Agreement;
E. The execution and deposit by Optionee into the
Escrow of the certificate referred to in Section 14.2 below;
F. The deposit by Optionee into the Escrow of cash or
immediately available funds equal to the Purchase Price, such deposit to be made
by the transfer of such funds by Optionee, at or before 5:00 p.m. on the
business day immediately preceding the Closing Date into an account with a
recognized banking institution at an office located in either the County of
Marin or the City and County of San Francisco in the State of California under
arrangements which authorize the disbursement of funds from such account by the
Title Company at the closing of the
<PAGE>
Escrow in accordance with the escrow instructions referred to in Section 9.5.F
above and with the provisions of Section 10 below; and,
G. The deposit by Optionee into the Escrow of cash or
immediately available funds equal to all expenses of conveyance to be paid by
Optionee pursuant to Section 11 below, such deposit to be made at the same time
and in the same manner as the deposit of the Purchase Price referred to in
Section 9.5.F above.
9.6. Conditions to Closing for Benefit of Optionee. The
closing of the Escrow shall be conditioned for the benefit of Optionee upon the
performance by Optionor (or Optionee's written waiver of such performance) of
the following obligations (or, as to obligations the performance of which is not
to be completed prior to the closing of the Escrow, upon the non-occurrence of
any default by Optionor with respect to such obligations), which Optionor hereby
covenants and agrees it shall perform or cause to be performed within the time
limitations set forth in this Option Agreement:
A. Optionor obtaining from all applicable governmental
agencies the Development Agreement and the entitlements related thereto
necessary for the construction and use of the Project as provided under the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement and the Lease;
B. The performance by Optionor of each of its
obligations under the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Phase
II Purchase Agreement, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.4;
C. The deposit by Optionor into the Escrow of the duly
executed and acknowledged Grant Deed conveying the PG&E Property or the Phase I
Land, as the case may be, to Optionee;
D. The deposit by Optionor into the Escrow of an
assignment to Optionee of the landlord's interest under the Lease and the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and of all Optionor's rights and interest in
all documents described in Section 1.26 or in Section 1.29 as the case may be,
and any other agreements to be assumed by Optionee hereunder, all in a form
reasonably satisfactory to Optionee;
E. The deposit by Optionor into the Escrow of any funds
necessary to obtain the release of liens and encumbrances which it is
responsible for removing prior to the closing of the Escrow (but only to the
extent that the proceeds from the Purchase Price due to it would be insufficient
for such purpose);
F. The Title Company is unconditionally and irrevocably
committed to issue the American Land Title Association Owners Policy of title
insurance referred to in Section 8.3;
G. The obligations of Optionor pursuant to Section 22.6
below;
H. The obligations of Optionor to indemnify and hold
Optionee harmless set forth in Section 22.3 below; and
I. The representations and warranties made by Optionor
in this Option Agreement shall be true in all material respects on the Closing
Date.
9.7. Compliance with Subdivision Map Act. In addition to the
conditions set forth in Sections 9.5 and 9.6, it shall be a condition to the
Closing for the benefit of both Optionor
<PAGE>
and Optionee that the conveyance of the PG&E Option Property or the Phase I
Option Property, as the case may be, shall comply fully with the requirements of
the California Subdivision Map Act (California Government Code Section 66410 et
seq.) (the "Map Act"), or shall be exempt therefrom. Optionor and Optionee
hereby agree that they shall cooperate reasonably with one another in causing
the conveyance of the PG&E Option Property or the Phase I Option Property, as
the case may be, to comply with the requirements of the Map Act or to be exempt
therefrom. If reasonably necessary to cause the conveyance of the PG&E Option
Property or the Phase I Option Property, as the case may be, to comply fully
with the Map Act or to be exempt therefrom, Optionor shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to assign to Buyer all of the right, title and interest which
Optionor then has under the existing agreements between Optionor and PG&E for
the acquisition of the PG&E Option Property or the Phase I Option Property, as
the case may be, by Optionor, in a good faith effort to prevent any delay in the
Closing Date.
10. CLOSING PROCEDURES.
10.1. Order of Performance. At the closing of the Escrow, the
Title Company shall perform the following obligations in the following order:
A. It shall cause the Grant Deed to be recorded in the
Official Records of Marin County, California.
B. It shall pay, at the time of the recording of the
Grant Deed, and charge to the escrow account of Optionee, all closing costs to
be paid by Optionee pursuant to the provisions of Section 11 below.
C. It shall charge to the escrow account of Optionee
the amount of the Purchase Price, and shall credit such amount to the escrow
account of Optionor.
D. It shall pay and charge to the escrow account of
Optionor all sums necessary to discharge liens and encumbrances which Optionor
is responsible for removing at or prior to the closing of the Escrow.
E. It shall pay, and charge to the escrow account of
Optionor, all closing cost to be paid by Optionor pursuant to the provisions of
Section 11 below.
F. It shall pay to Optionor all sums remaining in the
escrow account of Optionor after the making of all payments therefrom and other
charges thereto as set forth in this Section 10.1.
G. It shall pay to Optionee any sums remaining in the
escrow account of Optionee after the making of all payments therefrom and other
charges thereto as set forth in this Section 10.1.
10.2. Notice of Deficiencies. The Title Company shall
immediately notify all parties in writing should it not receive any document,
instrument or funds to be deposited into the Escrow by the date and time when
such deposit is to be completed.
///
///
///
///
<PAGE>
11. EXPENSES OF CONVEYANCE.
The expenses of the Escrow and conveyance shall be paid in the
following manner:
11.1. Title Insurance. The full cost of securing all policies
and endorsements of title insurance, including the policy referred to in Section
8.3 above, shall be paid by Optionee.
11.2. Deed Preparation. The cost of preparing, executing and
acknowledging the Grant Deed shall be paid by Optionor.
11.3. Prepayment Charges and Costs. All prepayment penalties,
yield maintenance payments, reconveyance fees and other payments required to be
paid to any holder of the Construction Financing or Take-Out Financing
encumbering the PG&E Property or the Phase I Land, as the case may be, as of the
Closing Date shall be paid by Optionee.
11.4. Recording Costs. The cost of recording the Grant Deed
shall be paid by Optionee.
11.5. Escrow Fees. Any escrow fees charged by the Title
Company for escrow services, if any, in excess of the cost of any policy of
title insurance, shall be split equally between the parties.
11.6. Transfer Taxes. All transfer and excise taxes due in
connection with the sale or conveyance of the PG&E Property or the Phase I Land,
as the case may be, shall be paid by Optionor.
12. PRORATIONS. The following prorations shall be made between
Optionor and Optionee on a basis of a thirty (30) day month (except as set forth
below) as of the closing of the Escrow:
12.1. Real Estate Taxes and Personal Property Taxes. Current,
non-delinquent general or special real property taxes and assessments and
personal property taxes (on the basis of the fiscal year for such taxes) shall
be apportioned through Escrow (on the basis of a 365-day year) as of 12:01 a.m.
on the Closing Date. In making such apportionment, the fact of whether or not
any reimbursements for such taxes have been paid prior to the Closing Date by
Optionee under the Lease shall be taken into account. If the Closing Date shall
occur before the real property tax rate is fixed, the apportionment of taxes
shall be made on the basis of the tax rate for the preceding fiscal year applied
to the latest assessed valuation. After the real property taxes are finally
fixed, Optionor and Optionee shall make a recalculation of such apportionment
and Optionor or Optionee as the case may be shall make an appropriate payment to
the other based on such recalculation. Any supplemental assessment imposed with
respect to the PG&E Option Property or the Phase I Option Property, as the case
may be, shall be taken into account only with respect to the period as to which
such supplemental assessment is levied.
12.2. Rentals. All rentals accruing or paid under the Lease
that relate to the period which includes the Closing Date shall be apportioned
through Escrow as of the Closing Date.
12.3. Utilities. Charges for utilities shall be apportioned by
Optionee and Optionor outside of Escrow within four (4) weeks after the Closing
Date.
<PAGE>
12.4. Other Management Expenses. Any other amounts that relate
to the operation, management, and leasing of the PG&E Property or the Phase I
Land, as the case may be, that apply to a period including the Closing Date
shall be apportioned through Escrow as of the Closing Date, to the extent not
reimbursed by Optionee as a part of "Expenses" pursuant to the Lease.
13. POSSESSION. Optionor shall surrender and deliver to Optionee
any and all claims of rights to possession of the PG&E Option Property or the
Phase I Option Property, as the case may be, as of the closing of the Escrow.
14. CONDITION OF PROPERTY.
14.1. Representations by Optionor. Optionor shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the representations and warranties
made by PG&E in the Asset Sale Agreement for the benefit of Optionee to the
extent that Optionee is not entitled to enforce the same for its own account.
Optionor represents and warrants to Optionee that Optionor has no actual
knowledge (without any independent investigation), as of the date of this Option
Agreement, of any breach of such representations and warranties by PG&E.
Optionor agrees that Optionee would not purchase the PG&E Option Property or the
Phase I Option Property, as the case may be, without such representation or
warranty of Optionor or the representations and warranties of Optionor set forth
in other Sections of this Agreement, which are material and on which Optionee
shall rely. Except as set forth in the preceding sentences of this Section 14.1
and in Section 17, Optionee hereby represents, warrants and agrees that it has
not relied and will not rely upon any representation, warranty, agreement or
understanding, express or implied, made or given by Optionor or by its agents,
employees or representatives in determining whether to enter into this Option
Agreement or to purchase the PG&E Property or the Phase I Land or any portion
thereof and that it has relied and will rely solely upon the results of its own
inquiries and investigations or on information received from independent third
parties whom Optionee independently identifies and whom Optionee deems reliable.
14.2. Property Sold "AS IS". Except as otherwise provided in
Sections 14.1 and 17, and except for Optionor's covenants and obligations under
this Option Agreement (and, to the extent required to be performed prior to the
Closing Date, the obligations of Optionee under the Lease and the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement, excluding any obligation to correct latent defects the
repair of which was not commenced before the Closing Date), Optionee
acknowledges and agrees that it is purchasing the PG&E Property or the Phase I
Land, as the case may be, "AS IS, WITH ALL FAULTS", that Optionor shall not be
required to make any repairs or improvements thereon or for the benefit thereof,
and that Optionor shall have no liability to Optionee with respect to the
condition of the PG&E Property or the Phase I Land, as the case may be, or to
the condition, design or adequacy of any improvements located thereon or the
condition, design or adequacy of any improvements serving or protecting the PG&E
Property or the Phase I Land, as the case may be, although not located thereon,
whether such liability arises from the negligence of Optionor or otherwise. Each
of Optionor and Optionee shall affirm to the other, by the execution and
delivery of a certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, its
warranties, representations, agreements and acknowledgments set forth in
Sections 14.1, 17, 18, 22.3 and 22.4 at and as of the closing of the Escrow. Any
costs to repair latent defects incurred after the Closing Date shall be a part
of Phase I Project Cost.
15. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. In the event that Optionor fails to
perform its obligations to sell the PG&E Property or the Phase I Land, as the
case may be, following an effective exercise of one of the Options, the parties
acknowledge that specific performance would
<PAGE>
be an appropriate remedy and that the right to specific performance has not been
waived or otherwise relinquished by Optionee.
16. PERFORMANCE UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS. The rights of Optionee
under this Option Agreement are granted in consideration of the obligations of
Optionee under the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Phase II
Purchase Agreement, and the obligations of Optionor under this Option Agreement
are expressly conditioned upon the performance by Optionee of each of the
obligations of Optionee which are to be performed on or before the Closing Date
under the Lease (save and except for obligations which would ordinarily be
regarded by a landlord of similar premises as immaterial), the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement (except as otherwise
provided in Section 2.4) within the times for such performance provided in such
agreements (including the applicable grace period, if any, provided in such
agreements with respect to any particular obligation). The performance by
Optionee upon which the obligations of Optionor under this Option Agreement are
conditioned include, without limitation, the full performance of the obligations
of Optionee under Section 41 ("Limitation Upon Further Negotiations") of the
Lease, but only to the extent that such obligations under Section 41 of the
Lease were to have been performed prior to the exercise of an Option by
Optionee.
17. WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONOR. Optionor hereby
represents and warrants to Optionee the following matters as of the date hereof,
each of which shall also be true and complete as of the Closing Date as if made
on the Closing Date; and each of the same shall be deemed independently material
and shall survive the closing of the Escrow:
17.1. Capacity. Optionor is, and as of the closing of the
Escrow will be, duly authorized and empowered to enter into and perform its
obligations pursuant to this Option Agreement and all other agreements and
documents described or contemplated hereby, and the execution and performance of
this Option Agreement by Optionor does not and will not constitute a breach of
any agreement which is binding upon Optionor and which pertains to the PG&E
Property or the Phase I Land, as the case may be.
17.2. Organization and Qualification. Optionor is a limited
partnership duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of
California.
18. WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE. Optionee hereby
represents and warrants to Optionor the following matters as of the date hereof
and each of which shall also be true and complete as of the Closing Date as if
made on the Closing Date; and each of the same shall be deemed independently
material and shall survive the closing of the Escrow:
18.1. Capacity. Optionee is, and as of the closing of the
Escrow will be, duly authorized and empowered to enter into and perform its
obligations pursuant to this Option Agreement and all other agreements and
documents described or contemplated hereby, and the execution and performance of
this Option Agreement by Optionee does not and will not constitute a breach of
any agreement which is binding upon Optionee.
18.2. Organization and Qualification. Optionee is a
corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware,
and is duly qualified to do business in the State of California.
<PAGE>
19. DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.
A. Optionee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
cooperate with Optionor in obtaining the approval and execution of a Development
Agreement by the City.
B. In the event that Optionor is unable for any reason to
obtain the approval and execution by the City of the Development Agreement on or
before May 1, 1998 and if Optionor is not then in material breach of any of its
obligations under this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements
Agreement, the Phase II Purchase Agreement or the Asset Sale Agreement, then
Optionor may terminate this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement (but not less than
all of them) by written notice to Optionee given at any time between May 16,
1998 and June 1, 1998 and before the date upon which the City executes the
Development Agreement. Such termination shall be effective upon and as of the
sixth (6th) business day following the date upon which Optionee receives such
notice from Optionor, unless Optionee exercises the First Option prior to such
effective date of the termination. In the event that Optionee so exercises the
First Option, then Optionee shall purchase the PG&E Option Property (subject to
the provisions of Section 2.13) from Optionor in its then condition, "as is,
with all faults", and Optionor shall have no further obligation to obtain the
approval of the Development Agreement or any other approval from the City or any
other governmental agency.
C. In the event that Optionor has obtained the approval and
execution of the Development Agreement on or before May 1, 1998, or in the event
that execution of the Development Agreement has not occurred on or before such
date but neither Optionor nor Optionee has duly executed any right of
termination of this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements
Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement, and prior to the Closing Date an
action is filed challenging the validity of any approvals for the Project issued
by the City or any other governmental agency having jurisdiction over the
Project, Optionor may request that Optionee notify Optionor, within five (5)
days of the receipt by Optionee of such request from Optionor, whether Optionee
will agree to pay all costs incurred by Optionor in connection with the defense
of such action and/or in connection with any additional processing of
applications (including, without limitation, any further environmental review)
by the City or any other governmental entity required as a result of such
action. Optionee shall respond to the request of Optionor within five (5) days
of the receipt by Optionee of such request. In the event that Optionee fails to
respond to such request within such period of five (5) days, then Optionor may
give to Optionee a second request stating the failure of Optionee to respond to
the first request and further stating that if Optionee does not respond to the
second request within five (5) days of the receipt by Optionee of such second
request, Optionee will conclusively be deemed to have agreed to pay, in the same
manner as Phase II Current Costs, all such costs of defense and additional
processing. In the event that Optionee fails to respond to such request within
such period of five (5) days, Optionee will conclusively be deemed to have
agreed to pay all such costs of defense and additional processing. If Optionee
agrees (or is deemed to have agreed) to pay such costs, then the close of Escrow
shall be delayed until the fiftieth (50th) day after the later to occur of: (i)
the issuance of a final, non-appealable judgment or order in such action (or the
expiration of the period for the appeal of any such order or judgment has
expired without an appeal having been filed) denying and rejecting such
challenge; or, (ii) if such challenge is found in such action to be meritorious
and additional processing of applications (including, without limitation, any
further environmental required review) by the City or any other governmental
entity is required, all such additional processing has been completed, and the
City has executed, or affirmed the validity of, the Development Agreement.
<PAGE>
D. In the event that Optionor has obtained the approval and
execution of the Development Agreement on or before May 1, 1998, or in the event
that execution of the Development Agreement has not occurred on or before such
date but neither Optionor nor Optionee has duly executed any right of
termination of this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements
Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement, and prior to the Closing Date an
action is filed challenging the validity of any approvals for the Project issued
by the City or any other governmental agency having jurisdiction over the
Project, and Optionee has not agreed (or is not deemed to have agreed) to pay
the costs described in Section 20.C, then Optionor may, in its sole discretion,
give a written notice to Optionee delaying the closing of the Escrow until the
fiftieth (50th) day after the later to occur of: (i) the issuance of a final,
non-appealable judgment or order in such action (or the expiration of the period
for the appeal of any such order or judgment has expired without an appeal
having been filed) denying and rejecting such challenge; or, (ii) if such
challenge is found in such action to be meritorious and additional processing of
applications (including, without limitation, any further environmental required
review) by the City or any other governmental entity is required, all such
additional processing has been completed, and the City has executed, or affirmed
the validity of, the Development Agreement.
E. In the event that Optionor has obtained the approval and
execution of the Development Agreement on or before May 1, 1998, or in the event
that execution of the Development Agreement has not occurred on or before such
date but neither Optionor nor Optionee has duly executed any right of
termination of this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold Improvements
Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement, and an action is filed
challenging the validity of any approvals for the Project issued by the City or
any other governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Project, then
Optionor may terminate this Option Agreement, the Lease, the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement (but not less than
all of them) by written notice to Optionee given at any time after May 1, 1998
and before the later of the date upon a final, non-appealable judgment or order
has been entered in such action (or the period for the appeal of any order or
judgment has expired without an appeal having been filed) or the date the City
executes the Development Agreement. Such termination shall be effective upon and
as of the sixth (6th) business day following the date upon which Optionee
receives such notice from Optionor, unless Optionee exercises the First Option
prior to such effective date of the termination. In the event that Optionee so
exercises the First Option, then: (i) Optionee shall purchase the PG&E Property
(subject to the provisions of Section 2.13) from Optionor in its then condition,
"as is, with all faults"; (ii) Optionor shall have no further obligation to
obtain the approval of the Development Agreement or any other approval from the
City or any other governmental agency or to defend any pending or future action
in respect of any such approval; (iii) Optionee may elect, by written notice to
Optionor given at least forty (40) days prior to the Closing Date, either to
require that Optionor obtain from PG&E, and convey to Optionee at the closing of
the Escrow, title to the PG&E Property or to require that Optionor assign to
Optionee at the closing of the escrow, in lieu of the conveyance of title to the
PG&E Property to Optionee, all right, title and interest which Optionor then has
under the existing agreements between Optionor and PG&E for the acquisition of
the PG&E Property by Optionor. In the event that Optionee elects to have
Optionor assign to Optionee all right, title and interest which Optionor then
has under the existing agreements between Optionor and PG&E for the acquisition
of the PG&E Property by Optionor, Optionor shall attempt to obtain the approval
of PG&E to such an assignment. In the event that Optionor has not obtained such
approval on or before the Closing Date, then Optionor shall, in lieu of making
such an assignment at the closing of the Escrow, agree in writing with Optionee
that Optionor will use all commercially reasonable efforts, when requested to do
so by Optionee, to acquire and convey to Optionee title to the PG&E Property;
provided, however, that the costs of all such effort shall be paid in their
entirety by Optionee.
F. In the event that Optionor, at the closing of the Escrow
and in lieu of making at the closing of the Escrow an assignment of all right,
title and interest which Optionor then has
<PAGE>
under the existing agreements between Optionor and PG&E for the acquisition of
the PG&E Property by Optionor, agrees in writing with Optionee pursuant to
Section 19.E that Optionor will use all commercially reasonable efforts, when
requested to do so by Optionee, to acquire and convey to Optionee title to the
PG&E Property, but Optionee has not given such a request to Optionor on or
before the forty-fifth (45th) day preceding the day upon which the rights of
Optionor to purchase the PG&E Property pursuant to such agreement would expire,
then Optionor may, in its sole discretion, give to Optionee an written notice
terminating the obligation of Optionor to acquire and convey to Optionee title
to the PG&E Property, and Optionor may thereafter purchase the PG&E Property at
its own cost and for its own account, without any obligation to convey the PG&E
Property to Optionee or to reimburse to Optionee any expense incurred by
Optionee.
20. ASSUMPTION AND INDEMNITY WITH RESPECT TO OBLIGATIONS OF OPTIONOR.
20.1. Assignment and Assumption of Obligations.
A. Upon the exercise by Optionee of the First Option,
Optionor shall assign to Optionee, and Optionee shall assume all of the
obligations of Optionor under, all agreements with service providers, mortgage
brokers (but not lenders) or others pertaining to the design or construction of
improvements pursuant to the Leasehold Improvements Agreement (excluding any
such agreements which Optionee specifically requests not be so assigned), but
only if and to the extent that the costs incurred or to be incurred pursuant to
such agreements would be a part of Aggregate Development Cost. Optionor shall
also be entitled to cease its efforts at proceeding with the design and
construction of the Project. In the event of any default by Optionee of its
obligation to purchase the PG&E Option Property following an exercise of the
First Option, Optionee shall, upon the written request of Optionor, assign such
agreements back to Optionor (excluding any such agreements which Optionor
specifically requests not be so assigned back) and shall pay all amounts due
pursuant to such agreements in respect of services rendered or consideration
provided after the assignment to Optionee and prior to the assignment back to
Optionor.
B. Following the exercise by Optionee of the Second
Option, Optionor shall, at and as of the closing of the Escrow, assign to
Optionee, and Optionee shall then assume all of the obligations of Optionor
under, all agreements pertaining to the pertaining to the Phase I Option
Property. The agreements to be so assumed by Optionee shall include, without
limitation, any personal guaranty of any indebtedness or other obligations
pertaining to the Project.
C. Following the exercise by Optionee of the Third
Option, Optionor shall, at and as of the closing of the Escrow, assign to
Optionee, and Optionee shall then assume all of the obligations of Optionor
under, all agreements pertaining to the Phase I Option Property. The agreements
to be so assumed by Optionee shall include, without limitation, any personal
guaranty of any indebtedness or other obligations pertaining to the Project.
2.02. Indemnity by Optionee. Optionee hereby agrees to
indemnify, defend and hold Optionor harmless from any claim, loss, or liability
arising from or in connection with any failure by Optionee to perform any of the
obligations assumed by Optionee in accordance with Section 20.1. Such agreement
by Optionee to indemnify, defend and hold Optionor harmless shall apply, without
limitation, to any litigation pertaining to the entitlements for the development
of the Project or Phase II or the environmental review which was conducted in
connection with the applications filed by Optionor for such entitlements.
<PAGE>
20.3. Indemnity by Optionor. Optionor hereby agrees to
indemnify, defend and hold Optionee harmless from any claim, loss, or liability
arising from or in connection with any default by Optionor arising prior to such
assignment in the performance by Optionor of the obligations of Optionor
pursuant to the agreements assigned by Optionor to Optionee in accordance with
Section 20.1. The foregoing notwithstanding: (i) to the extent that the
performance of any such obligation by Optionor would have resulted in an expense
which would be or have been a part a Phase I Project Cost or Phase II Current
Costs, then the amount which would have been a part of Phase I Project Cost or
Phase II Current Costs shall nevertheless remain a part of such Phase I Project
Cost or Phase II Current Costs and shall not be an amount covered by this
indemnity; and, (ii) to the extent that any default by Optionor arose in
connection with any material breach by Optionee of its obligations under the
Lease or the Leasehold Improvements Agreement or the letter agreements referred
to in Section 3.5 of the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, Optionor shall not
have any obligation to indemnify, defend or hold Optionee harmless with respect
to such default. Such agreement by Optionor to indemnify, defend and hold
Optionee harmless shall apply, without limitation, to any litigation pertaining
to the entitlements for the development of the Project or Phase II or the
environmental review which was conducted in connection with the applications
filed by Optionor for such entitlements.
21. CERTAIN RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LENDERS.
21.1. Subordination to Rights of Lenders. Within ten (10) days
of a written request from Optionor to Optionee, Optionee shall execute such
other and further instruments as may be required to subordinate the rights of
Optionee pursuant to this Option Agreement to the interests of any lender under
any mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument securing the repayment of funds
for purposes of Construction Financing or Take-Out Financing; provided, however,
that such lender shall agree in writing that, in the event of a foreclosure of
the mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, whether by action, pursuant to
an exercise of the power of sale therein contained or otherwise, or delivery of
a deed to the PG&E Option Property or the Phase I Option Property, as the case
may be, or any part thereof or interest therein, in lieu of foreclosure of such
mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, or other proceeding brought to
enforce the rights of the lender thereunder or under any other related security
documents (collectively, a "Foreclosure Sale Event"), then the Options, to the
extent that, and for so as, any one (1) or more of them have not expired by
their respective terms unexercised, shall continue in full force and effect as
direct options between Optionee and the succeeding owner who acquires title to
all or any portion of the PG&E Option Property or the Phase I Option Property,
as the case may be, as a result of such Foreclosure Sale Event, or any interest
therein, upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Option
Agreement, and each succeeding owner will be bound by all of Optionor's
obligations under this Option Agreement, except that each succeeding owner shall
not:
A. be liable under this Option Agreement for damages
accruing by reason of any previous act or omission of any prior owner of the
PG&E Option Property or the Phase I Option Property, as the case may be,
(including, without limitation, the lender or any receiver appointed in any such
foreclosure action or proceeding, although each prior owner shall remain liable
in damages for its own such acts or omissions) with respect to the Options;
B. be subject to any offsets, defenses or claims
against the Purchase Price for the PG&E Option Property or the Phase I Option
Property, as the case may be, thereafter becoming due under this Option
Agreement which have accrued to Optionee against said prior owner with respect
to the Options;
C. be bound by any modification of this Option
Agreement or by any prepayment of the Purchase Price for the PG&E Option
Property or the Phase I Option Property, as
<PAGE>
the case may be (other than any deposit in Escrow), or by any waiver or
forbearance on the part of Optionee made subsequent to the date the lender made
the loan unless such modification, prepayment, waiver or forbearance was
approved in writing by the lender;
D. be required to construct, install or pay for the
construction or installation of any improvement, whether pursuant to the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement or otherwise; or,
E. be bound for return of any deposit made on account
of the Purchase Price for the PG&E Option Property or the Phase I Option
Property, as the case may be (other than any deposit held by such succeeding
owner or any deposit in Escrow but only if such succeeding owner has succeeded
to the rights of Optionor with respect to such Escrow), unless the same either
has been deposited in Escrow and such succeeding owner has succeeded to the
rights of Optionor with respect to such Escrow or specifically transferred to
such succeeding owner.
Optionee agrees that the succeeding owner's failure to perform the
obligations of Optionor or any other prior landlord from which such succeeding
owner is expressly and specifically excused pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 21.1.A through 21.1.E above, inclusive, shall not constitute a default
by the succeeding owner under the Lease or the Leasehold Improvements Agreement
and Optionee shall have no rights against such succeeding owner on account of
any such failure, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Option
Agreement. Nothing contained in this Option Agreement shall, however, limit or
otherwise adversely affect the rights or remedies of Optionee against Optionor.
21.2 Termination of Option upon Foreclosure. In the event a
lender records a notice of default or notice of sale or otherwise commences
proceeding to obtain a judicial declaration of foreclosure under any mortgage,
deed of trust or other instrument securing the repayment of funds for purposes
of Construction Financing or Take-Out Financing, such lender shall give Optionee
written notice offering to sell the loan of such lender to Optionee for an
amount equal to the then outstanding principal balance and all accrued and
unpaid interest, charges, fees and penalties due under the Construction
Financing (or, if the Construction Financing is not then outstanding, the
Take-Out Financing), which amount shall be specified in the notice from such
lender to Optionee. Optionee may accept such offer by written notice to such
lender given within thirty (30) days of the receipt by Optionee of such notice
from the lender. In the event that Optionee accepts such offer, then Optionee
shall purchase, and such lender shall assign to Optionee, all of such lender's
right, title and interest in the loan documents and instruments, and shall pay
the purchase price thereof to lender. The closing of the purchase transaction
shall occur on the fifteenth (15th) day following the acceptance of the offer by
Optionee. In the event that Optionee does not accept such offer within such
period of thirty (30) days, then such lender may, in its sole discretion and by
written notice to Optionee, terminate any rights of Optionee pursuant to this
Option Agreement or any contract resulting from any exercise of any of the
Options, all without compensation to Optionee. Upon such a termination, neither
Optionor nor such lender shall have any further obligations to Optionee under
this Option Agreement, and Optionee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to
such lender a quitclaim of the rights of Optionee under this Option Agreement.
22. ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
22.1. Waiver and Termination of Subsequent Options. In the
event that Optionee acquires the PG&E Option Property pursuant to the First
Option, such acquisition shall constitute a waiver of, and shall terminate, the
Second Option and the Third Option. In the event that Optionee exercises the
Second Option, such exercise shall constitute a waiver of, and shall terminate,
the Third Option.
<PAGE>
22.2. Payable as Phase II Current Costs. Where this Option
Agreement provides that an amount is payable in the same manner as Phase II
Current Costs, such amounts shall be payable irrespective of whether or not any
Phase II Current Costs are payable, either then or at any other time.
22.3. Brokerage Commissions of Optionor. Optionor hereby
warrants and represents to Optionee that Optionor has not employed any broker or
other party to whom a commission or finder's fee is due with respect to this
transaction. Optionor hereby agrees to and does hereby indemnify and hold
Optionee free and harmless from and against all claims, costs, liabilities or
causes of action by any broker, agent or finder, licensed or otherwise, claiming
through, under or by reason of the conduct of Optionor in connection with this
transaction.
22.4. Brokerage Commissions of Optionee. Optionee hereby
warrants and represents to Optionor that Optionee has not employed any broker or
other party to whom a commission or finder's fee is due with respect to this
transaction other than Sandy Greenblatt of H&L Commercial Real Estate, who shall
be compensated by Optionee pursuant to a separate agreement between such broker
and Optionee. Optionee hereby agrees to and does hereby indemnify and hold
Optionor free and harmless from and against all claims, costs, liabilities or
causes of action by any broker, agent or finder, licensed or otherwise, claiming
through, under or by reason of the conduct of Optionee in connection with this
transaction.
22.5. Options Personal to Optionee. The First Option, the
Second Option and the Third Option are all personal to Fair, Isaac and Company,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, and may not be assigned, transferred or sold,
either directly or indirectly, to any other entity or person. The foregoing
notwithstanding, Optionee may direct that Optionor convey the Option Property
directly to an entity which is wholly-owned by Optionee or which is required to
effectuate any off-balance sheet financing being undertaken by Optionee in
connection with the development of the PG&E Property; provided, however, that:
(i) such entity executes and delivers to Optionor an agreement, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Optionor, whereby such entity agrees to be
bound by all of the elections and actions of Optionee with respect to this
Option Agreement, the Lease or the Leasehold Improvements Agreement; (ii) such
entity executes and delivers to Optionor an agreement, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Optionor, whereby such entity assumes, for the
express benefit of Optionor, all of the obligations of Optionor under the Lease
and the Leasehold Improvements Agreement and all other obligations which
Optionee would have been required to assume had the PG&E Option Property or the
Phase I Option Property, as the case may be, been conveyed to Optionee; (iii)
Optionee shall not be released from any obligation or liability of Optionee
hereunder; and, (iv) Optionee shall indemnify, defend and hold Optionor harmless
from and any claim, cost, liability or cause of action arising from or in
connection with the fact that the PG&E Option Property or the Phase I Option
Property, as the case may be, is conveyed to such entity.
22.6. Foreign Investor Tax Reporting Requirements. Optionor
hereby warrants to Optionee that such Optionor is not a foreign person,
non-resident alien, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or
foreign estate, within the meaning of those terms set forth in Sections 1445 and
7701 of the Internal Revenue Code of the United States. Optionor shall also
warrant, represent and certify to Optionee at the closing of the Escrow that
Optionor is a foreign person, non-resident alien, foreign corporation, foreign
partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate, within the meaning of those terms
set forth in Sections 1445 and 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code of the United
States. Optionor shall also certify to Optionee whether or not Optionee is
required to withhold a portion of the sales price from Optionor pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 18805 and 26131 of the California Revenue and Taxation
Code, and shall complete and deliver to Optionee at the closing of the Escrow
Form 590 ("Withholding Exemption
<PAGE>
Certificate") of the California Franchise Tax Board to establish such exemption.
22.7. Relationship. Nothing contained in this Option Agreement
shall be deemed or construed by the parties or by any third person to create a
relationship of principal and agent or a partnership or a joint venture among
Optionee, Optionor or between any two or more of them and any third party.
22.8. Time. Time is of the essence of this Option Agreement
and of each provision hereof. The time in which any act required or permitted by
this Option Agreement is to be performed shall be determined by excluding the
day upon which the event occurs from whence the time commences. If the last day
upon which performance would otherwise be required or permitted is a Saturday,
Sunday or holiday, then the time for performance shall be extended to the next
day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or holiday. The term "holiday" shall mean
all and only mandatory federal holidays during which deliveries by the United
States Postal Service are suspended. All references herein to a particular time
of day shall be to pacific standard time or, if then in effect, pacific daylight
time.
22.9. Condemnation. In the event that the PG&E Property (or
any portion thereof, the taking of which would materially interfere with the
operation, use and enjoyment of the PG&E Property for purposes consistent with
the provisions of the Lease) is the subject of a written notice from a
governmental agency having the power of eminent domain that the governing body
or board of such agency has made a preliminary determination that the agency
plans to acquire, or has made a final determination that the agency will
acquire, the PG&E Property (or any portion thereof, the taking of which would
materially interfere with the operation, use and enjoyment of the PG&E Property
for purposes consistent with the provisions of the Lease) by an exercise of the
power of eminent domain, and Optionee elects to terminate the Lease and the
Leasehold Improvements Agreement in accordance with their respective terms due
to such taking, this Option Agreement shall terminate as to the portion of the
PG&E Property as to which the Lease and the Lease Improvements Agreement were so
terminated. In the event that this Option Agreement is terminated in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 22.9, the respective rights and obligations
of Optionee and of Optionor pursuant to this Option Agreement shall thereupon
terminate. In the event that this Option Agreement is not terminated in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 22.9, the closing of the Escrow
following an exercise of any of the Options shall not be averted or delayed by
reason of any exercise of the power of eminent domain with respect to a portion
of the PG&E Property, although the award paid or to be paid respect of such
taking shall be assigned (or, if received by Optionor, transferred) to Optionee
at the closing of the Escrow. Optionor shall, until the closing of the Escrow,
promptly notify Optionee of any condemnation or threat of condemnation from any
governmental entity with respect to the PG&E Property, or any portion thereof,
but only if Optionor has actual notice of such condemnation or threat thereof.
22.10. Risk of Loss. In the event that Optionee duly exercises
one of the Options and the Site and Shell Improvements or the Tenant
Improvements or both are damaged or destroyed prior to the closing of the Escrow
(whether or not such damage or destruction precedes or follows such exercise),
then, within fifteen (15) days of written notice of such damage or destruction
from Optionor to Optionee, Optionee shall elect either: (i) to proceed with the
closing of the Escrow and accept the Site and Shell Improvements or the Tenant
Improvements, with the Closing Date being extended to permit Optionor and
Optionee to perform any obligations which either of them may have under the
Lease or the Leasehold Improvements Agreement to repair or replace the portions
of the Site and Shell Improvements or the Tenant Improvements which were so
damaged or destroyed; or, (ii) to accept the Site and Shell Improvements or the
Tenant Improvements in their then condition, "as is, with all faults", together
with all insurance proceeds payable in respect of such damage or destruction, to
the extent that such proceeds are not claimed by the holder of any mortgage or
deed of trust encumbering the Phase I Land (in the event of which
<PAGE>
claim, the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of
such proceeds so claimed by such holder).
22.11. Escrow Cancellation Charges. If the Escrow should fail
to close by reason of a default by Optionor hereunder, Optionor shall pay all
title policy or escrow cancellation charges. If the Escrow should fail to close
by reason of a default by Optionee hereunder, Optionee shall pay all title
policy or escrow cancellation charges. If the Escrow should fail to close for
any reason other than one of the foregoing, Optionee shall pay one-half of any
title policy or escrow cancellation charges and Optionor shall pay one-half of
any title policy or escrow cancellation charges.
22.12. Supersedence. This Option Agreement constitutes the
understanding and agreement of the parties hereto pertaining to the Options and
all prior agreements, understandings or representations pertaining to those
matters are hereby superseded in their entirety.
22.13. Amendments. This Option Agreement is not subject to
modification or amendment except by a writing executed by Optionee and Optionor.
22.14. Severability. Nothing contained herein shall be
construed so as to require the commission of any act contrary to law, and
whenever there is any conflict between any provision herein and any present or
future statute, law, ordinance or regulation contrary to which the parties have
no legal right to contract, the latter shall prevail, but the provision of this
Option Agreement affected shall be limited only to the extent necessary to bring
it within the requirements of such statute, law, ordinance or regulation.
22.15. Choice of Law. This Option Agreement, and the
interpretation and enforcement thereof, shall be governed by the laws of the
State of California.
22.16. Waivers. No failure by Optionee or Optionor to insist
upon a strict performance by the others of any covenant, term or condition of
this Option Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a
breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or of such
covenant, term or condition. No waiver of any breach shall affect or alter this
Option Agreement, but each and every covenant, term and condition of this Option
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other
existing or subsequent breach.
22.17. Survival. All covenants, agreements and indemnities
made and all obligations to be performed under the provisions of this Option
Agreement, to the extent not performed at or before the closing of the Escrow
(including, without limitation, Optionor's obligation to execute, acknowledge
and deliver to Optionee quitclaim deeds and other documents as described in
Sections 8.4 and 23.2), shall survive the closing of the Escrow, and shall not
be deemed to merge with the Grant Deed upon delivery or acceptance thereof.
22.18. Notices. Any notice or other communication hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be given personally, or by prepaid registered mail
with return receipt requested or by commercial airfreight delivery service
guaranteeing next day delivery. Notices may also effectively be given by
transmittal over electronic transmitting devices such as telex or telecopy
machine if the party to whom the notice is being sent has such a device in its
office, provided that a standard machine-printed confirmation of the electronic
transmission is provided and also provided that a complete copy of any notice so
transmitted shall also be mailed in the same manner as required for a mailed
notice. Notices which are mailed or forwarded by commercial airfreight delivery
service shall be addressed as follows:
If to Optionee:
<PAGE>
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.
120 North Redwood Drive
San Rafael, CA 94903-1996
Attn: Peter McCorkell, Esq.
If to Optionor:
Village Builders, L.P.
562 Mission St., Suite 201
San Francisco, CA 94105-2906
Attn: Controller
If to the Title Company:
First American Title Company of Marin
650 Fifth Avenue
San Rafael, CA 94901
Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Option
Agreement shall be deemed given and received (i) when personally delivered, (ii)
upon transmission when sent by electronic transmitting device (provided that a
copy of such notice shall also be deposited with the United States Postal
Service, first-class postage prepaid and return receipt requested, within
twenty-four (24) hours after such transmission), (iii) the next day following
the deposit of such notice with a commercial airfreight delivery service under
circumstances where next day delivery is requested or is standard, or (iv)
forty-eight (48) hours after deposit with the United States Postal Service,
first-class postage prepaid and return receipt requested.
The address to which notices shall be sent may be changed by giving
notice of such change in accordance with the provisions of this Section 22.18.
22.19. Attorneys' Fees. If Optionor or Optionee brings any
arbitration or action for any relief against the other, declaratory or
otherwise, arising out of this Option Agreement, the losing party shall pay to
the prevailing party a reasonable sum for attorneys' fees, which shall be deemed
to have accrued on the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or
not the arbitration or action is prosecuted to judgment.
22.20. Further Assurances. Optionor and Optionee shall each
execute such other and further agreements as may reasonably be required to
effectuate the purposes of this Option Agreement, provided that no such further
agreement shall materially alter the rights and the obligations of the parties
pursuant to this Option Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Optionor
shall at all times after the close of Escrow cooperate with Optionee in its
dealings with the City, the Agency and all consultants and other third parties
with whom Optionor has worked in connection with the Project (excluding,
however, Mr. Martin Zemcik and Mr. E. Glenn Isaacson), without, however,
Optionor being required to incur any cost in connection with that cooperation.
22.21. Separate Counterparts. This Option Agreement may be
executed in one or more separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed,
shall be deemed to be an original. Such counterparts, together, shall constitute
the one and the same instrument.
22.22. Exhibits. All Exhibits which are referred to in this
Option Agreement and are attached hereto, are incorporated herein by reference
and made a part hereof.
<PAGE>
22.23. Captions, Number and Gender. The captions appearing at
the commencement of the Sections and subsections hereof are descriptive only and
for convenience in reference. Should there be any conflict between such caption
and the Section or subsection at the head of which it appears, the Section and
not such caption shall control and govern the construction of this Option
Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, singular nouns and pronouns
used in this Option Agreement are to be construed as including the plural
thereof. For convenience and brevity, masculine pronouns are used herein in
their generic sense as a reference to all persons, without regard to sex.
22.24. Memorandum of Option. Concurrently with Optionor's
acquisition of fee title to the PG&E Property or any portion thereof, Optionor
and Optionee shall execute, acknowledge and record a Memorandum of Option in the
form of attached Exhibit G.
23. CONTINGENT PURCHASE PRICE.
23.1. Payment of Contingent Purchase Price. If Optionee
exercises the First Option and acquires the PG&E Option Property pursuant
thereto and, at any time prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing
Date, Optionee offers to sell, transfer or convey any interest in the PG&E
Option Property or any part thereof to a purchaser or transferee which is not
either (a) a Synthetic Lease Lessor, or (b) directly or indirectly wholly-owned
by Optionee, then Optionee shall deliver to Optionor written notice of
Optionee's intention or offer to sell, transfer or convey any interest in the
PG&E Option Property or any part thereof. Concurrently with the consummation of
such sale, transfer or conveyance, Optionee shall pay to Optionor the Contingent
Purchase Price in cash or immediately available funds.
<PAGE>
23.2. Recordation of Memorandum of Agreement; Quitclaim Deed.
On the Closing Date of Optionee's acquisition of the PG&E Option Property
pursuant to an exercise of the First Option by Optionee, Optionor and Optionee
shall each execute, acknowledge and record a memorandum of agreement in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit H. Upon the earlier to occur of the date on which
Optionee pays to Optionor the Contingent Purchase Price, or the date which is
five (5) days after the receipt by Optionor of a written representation by
Optionee that Optionee has not, at any time prior to the third (3rd) anniversary
of such Closing Date, offered to sell, transfer or convey any interest in the
PG&E Option Property or any part thereof in breach of Section 23.1, then
Optionor shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Optionee (or to such other
person or entity as Optionee may request) a quitclaim deed (and/or such other
documents as may be reasonably required) expressly terminating the memorandum of
agreement described above only with respect to the obligation to pay the
Contingent Purchase Price and quitclaiming to Optionee (or to such other person
or entity as Optionee may request) all of Optionor's right, title and interest
in and to the Contingent Purchase Price. Optionor's delivery of such quitclaim
deed (and/or such other documents) shall be conditioned only on receipt of: (a)
the Contingent Purchase Price, if Optionee has offered to sell, transfer or
convey any interest in the PG&E Option Property in breach of Section 23.1; or
(b) Optionee's written representation as described above in this Section 23.2.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Option
Agreement as of the date first written above.
OPTIONOR:
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By VPI, Inc., a California corporation,
its General Partner
By
------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
OPTIONEE:
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By
---------------------------------------
Its
----------------------------------
<TABLE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
Page
<S> <C> <C>
RECITALS .........................................................................................................1
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS..............................................................................................2
1.1. "Access Agreement"............................................................................2
1.2. "Base Building Improvements"..................................................................2
1.3. "Break-Up Fee Maximum Amount".................................................................2
1.4. "Buildings"...................................................................................2
1.5. "City"........................................................................................2
1.6. "Closing Date"................................................................................2
1.7. "Construction Financing"......................................................................2
1.8. "Contingent Purchase Price"...................................................................2
1.9. "Declaration".................................................................................3
1.10. "Development Agreement".......................................................................3
1.11. "Development Management Fee"..................................................................3
1.12. "Escrow"......................................................................................3
1.13. "First Option"................................................................................3
1.14. "First Option Permitted Exceptions"...........................................................3
1.15. "First Option Purchase Price".................................................................3
1.16. "First Option Term Expiration Date"...........................................................3
1.17. "Hazardous Materials".........................................................................3
1.18. "Laws"........................................................................................3
1.19. "Lease".......................................................................................4
1.20. "Leasehold Improvements Agreement"............................................................4
1.21. "Option"......................................................................................4
1.22. "Optionee"....................................................................................4
1.23. "Optionor"....................................................................................4
1.24. "Parking Easement Agreement"..................................................................4
1.25. "Permitted Exceptions"........................................................................4
1.27. "PG&E Property"...............................................................................4
1.28. "Phase I Land"................................................................................5
1.29. "Phase I Option Property".....................................................................5
1.30. "Phase I Project Cost"........................................................................5
1.31. "Phase II"....................................................................................5
1.32. "Phase II Current Costs"......................................................................5
1.33. "Phase II Land"...............................................................................5
1.34. "Phase II Purchase Agreement".................................................................6
1.35. "Project".....................................................................................6
1.36. "Purchase Price"..............................................................................6
1.37. "Second Option"...............................................................................6
1.38. "Second Option Permitted Exceptions"..........................................................6
1.39. "Second Option Purchase Price"................................................................6
1.40. "Second Option Term Expiration Date"..........................................................6
1.41. "Site and Shell Improvements".................................................................6
1.42. "Substantial Completion"......................................................................6
1.43. "Synthetic Lease Lessor"......................................................................6
1.44. "Synthetic Lease Transaction".................................................................7
1.45. "Take-Out Financing"..........................................................................7
1.46. "Taking"......................................................................................7
1.47. "Tenant Improvements".........................................................................7
1.48. "Third Option"................................................................................7
1.49. "Third Option Permitted Exceptions"...........................................................7
1.50. "Third Option Purchase Price".................................................................7
1.51. "Third Option Term Expiration Date"...........................................................7
1.52. "Title Company"...............................................................................7
2. FIRST OPTION.............................................................................................8
-xlii-
<PAGE>
2.1. Grant of First Option.........................................................................8
2.2. Term of First Option..........................................................................8
2.3. Method of Exercise of First Option............................................................8
2.4. Effect of Exercise of First Option............................................................8
2.5. Amount of First Option Purchase Price.........................................................9
2.6. Agreement of the Parties as to First Option Purchase Price....................................9
2.7. Payment of First Option Purchase Price...................................................... 10
2.8. Closing of the Escrow Following Exercise of First Option.................................... 10
2.9. Delays in Closing of the Escrow............................................................. 11
2.10. Condition of First Option Title............................................................. 11
2.11. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR BREACH BY OPTIONEE FOLLOWING EXERCISE OF FIRST OPTION................ 12
2.12. Additional Costs............................................................................ 13
2.13. Assignment of Asset Sale Agreement.......................................................... 14
2.14. Right to Redesignate Designated Treasury Rate............................................... 14
3. SECOND OPTION.......................................................................................... 14
3.1. Grant of Second Option...................................................................... 14
3.2. Term of Second Option....................................................................... 14
3.3. Method of Exercise of Second Option......................................................... 15
3.4. Effect of Exercise of Second Option......................................................... 15
3.5. Amount of Second Option Purchase Price...................................................... 15
3.6. Agreement of the Parties as to Second Option Purchase Price................................. 16
3.7. Payment of Second Option Purchase Price..................................................... 16
3.8. Construction of Improvements................................................................ 16
3.9. Execution of Buy-Sell Agreement Following Exercise of Second Option......................... 17
3.10. Closing of the Escrow Following Exercise of Second Option................................... 17
3.11. Condition of Second Option Title............................................................ 17
3.12. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR BREACH BY OPTIONEE FOLLOWING EXERCISE OF SECOND OPTION............... 18
3.13. Right to Redesignate Designated Treasury Date............................................... 19
4. THIRD OPTION........................................................................................... 20
4.1. Grant of Third Option....................................................................... 20
4.2. Term of Third Option........................................................................ 20
4.3. Method of Exercise of Third Option.......................................................... 20
4.4. Effect of Exercise of Third Option.......................................................... 20
4.5. Amount of Third Option Purchase Price....................................................... 21
4.6. Agreement of the Parties as to Third Option Purchase Price.................................. 21
4.7. Payment of Third Option Purchase Price...................................................... 21
4.8. Construction of Improvements................................................................ 22
4.9. Closing of the Escrow Following Exercise of Third Option.................................... 22
4.10. Condition of Third Option Title............................................................. 22
4.11. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR BREACH BY OPTIONEE FOLLOWING EXERCISE OF THIRD OPTION................ 23
4.12. Right to Redesignate Designated Treasury Date............................................... 24
4.13. Termination of Third Option................................................................. 24
5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION................................................................................... 25
6. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES; DETERMINATION OF PURCHASE PRICE............................................... 25
7. ADJUSTMENT TO REFLECT FINAL PHASE I PROJECT COST....................................................... 26
7.1. Determination of Revised Final Phase I Project Cost......................................... 26
-xliii-
<PAGE>
7.2. Possible Review of Revised Final Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost......... 27
7.3. Payment to Adjust Aggregate Development Cost or Phase I Project Cost........................ 27
8. TITLE AND DEED......................................................................................... 28
8.1. Condition of Title to Phase I Land.......................................................... 28
8.2. Grant Deed.................................................................................. 28
8.3. Title Insurance............................................................................. 28
8.4. Use Restriction............................................................................. 28
9. CLOSING OF THE ESCROW.................................................................................. 29
9.1. Retention of Title Company.................................................................. 29
9.2. Closing Date................................................................................ 29
9.3. Termination of the Lease and Leasehold Improvements Agreement............................... 29
9.4. Escrow Instructions......................................................................... 29
9.5. Conditions to Closing for Benefit of Optionor............................................... 29
9.6. Conditions to Closing for Benefit of Optionee............................................... 30
9.7. Compliance with Subdivision Map Act......................................................... 31
10. CLOSING PROCEDURES..................................................................................... 32
10.1. Order of Performance........................................................................ 32
10.2. Notice of Deficiencies...................................................................... 32
11. EXPENSES OF CONVEYANCE................................................................................. 33
11.1. Title Insurance............................................................................. 33
11.2. Deed Preparation............................................................................ 33
11.3. Prepayment Charges and Costs................................................................ 33
11.4. Recording Costs............................................................................. 33
11.5. Escrow Fees................................................................................. 33
11.6. Transfer Taxes.............................................................................. 33
12. PRORATIONS............................................................................................. 33
12.1. Real Estate Taxes and Personal Property Taxes............................................... 33
12.2. Rentals..................................................................................... 34
12.3. Utilities................................................................................... 34
12.4. Other Management Expenses................................................................... 34
13. POSSESSION............................................................................................. 34
14. CONDITION OF PROPERTY.................................................................................. 34
14.1. Representations by Optionor................................................................. 34
14.2. Property Sold "AS IS"....................................................................... 34
15. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE................................................................................... 35
16. PERFORMANCE UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS..................................................................... 35
17. WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONOR............................................................. 35
17.1. Capacity.................................................................................... 35
17.2. Organization and Qualification.............................................................. 36
18. WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE............................................................. 36
18.1. Capacity.................................................................................... 36
18.2. Organization and Qualification.............................................................. 36
-xliv-
<PAGE>
19. DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.................................................................................. 36
20. ASSUMPTION AND INDEMNITY WITH RESPECT TO OBLIGATIONS OF OPTIONOR....................................... 39
20.1. Assignment and Assumption of Obligations.................................................... 39
20.2. Indemnity by Optionee....................................................................... 39
20.3. Indemnity by Optionor....................................................................... 40
21. CERTAIN RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LENDERS.............................................................. 40
21.1. Subordination to Rights of Lenders.......................................................... 40
21.2. Termination of Option upon Foreclosure...................................................... 41
22. ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS........................................................................ 42
22.1. Waiver and Termination of Subsequent Options................................................ 42
22.2. Payable as Phase II Current Costs........................................................... 42
22.3. Brokerage Commissions of Optionor........................................................... 42
22.4. Brokerage Commissions of Optionee........................................................... 42
22.5. Options Personal to Optionee................................................................ 43
22.6. Foreign Investor Tax Reporting Requirements................................................. 43
22.7. Relationship................................................................................ 43
22.8. Time........................................................................................ 43
22.9. Condemnation................................................................................ 44
22.10. Risk of Loss................................................................................ 44
22.11. Escrow Cancellation Charges................................................................. 44
22.12. Supersedence................................................................................ 45
22.13. Amendments.................................................................................. 45
22.14. Severability................................................................................ 45
22.15. Choice of Law............................................................................... 45
22.16. Waivers..................................................................................... 45
22.17. Survival.................................................................................... 45
22.18. Notices..................................................................................... 45
22.19. Attorneys' Fees............................................................................. 46
22.20. Further Assurances.......................................................................... 46
22.21. Separate Counterparts....................................................................... 47
22.22. Exhibits.................................................................................... 47
22.23. Captions, Number and Gender................................................................. 47
22.24. Memorandum of Option........................................................................ 47
23. CONTINGENT PURCHASE PRICE.............................................................................. 47
23.1. Payment of Contingent Purchase Price........................................................ 47
23.2. Recordation of Memorandum of Agreement; Quitclaim Deed...................................... 47
* * * * * *
</TABLE>
TABLE OF EXHIBIT REFERENCES
-xlv-
LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AGREEMENT
by and between
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
("Landlord")
and
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
("Tenant")
Dated as of November 26, 1997
EXHIBIT 10.34
<PAGE>
LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AGREEMENT
THIS LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AGREEMENT (this "Leasehold Improvements
Agreement") is made and entered into as of November 26, 1997, by and between
Village Builders, L.P., a California limited partnership (herein called
"Landlord"), and Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (herein
called "Tenant").
RECITALS
A. Landlord is the holder of an option to acquire those certain parcels
of real property commonly known as 750 and 751 Lindaro Street, San Rafael,
California, more particularly described on Exhibit D hereto and described on the
tentative site plan attached hereto as Exhibit G (the "PG&E Property"). The
parties acknowledge that the legal description of the PG&E Property may be
revised in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement (as defined
below).
B. The City of San Rafael or its Redevelopment Agency (the "Agency") is
the owner of those certain parcels of real property described on Exhibit C
hereto (the "City Property"). The Agency has begun the process necessary to
dispose of the City Property, and it is Landlord's intention to obtain an option
to purchase the City Property from the Agency if possible.
C. Landlord and Tenant are entering into a "Lease Agreement (Phase I)"
of even date herewith (the "Lease"), whereby Landlord will lease to Tenant, and
Tenant will lease from Landlord, upon and subject to the terms, covenants,
provisions and conditions of the Lease, certain real property described in
Exhibit A hereto and certain improvements to be constructed on such real
property in accordance with this Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
D. Landlord and Tenant desire to enter into this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement for the purpose of establishing the procedures which they shall each
follow in the development and approval of plans and specifications for the base
building improvements and the tenant improvements which are to be demised to
Tenant pursuant to the Lease, in the making and processing of applications to
the Agency and the City of San Rafael for the approval of the proposed
construction of such base building improvements and the tenant improvements, and
for the actual construction of such base building improvements and the tenant
improvements.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant mutually agree
as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS.
Certain terms used in this Leasehold Improvements Agreement
and the Exhibits hereto shall have the meaning set forth below for each such
term. Certain other terms shall have the meaning set forth elsewhere in this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement and the Exhibits hereto. Unless otherwise
defined in this Leasehold Improvements Agreement or in the Exhibits hereto,
other terms shall have the meaning, if any, specifically ascribed to them in the
Lease.
1.1. "Agreed Spread for Take-Out Financing" shall mean five
hundred fifteen (515) basis points, unless Tenant exercises the First Option
under the Option Agreement, in which event "Agreed Spread for Take-Out
Financing" shall mean five hundred forty (540) basis points. The foregoing
notwithstanding, in the event that the Construction Financing or Take-Out
Financing or both selected by Landlord for the Project requires that prevailing
wages be paid or that
-1-
<PAGE>
union labor be used in connection with the construction of the Project, as
provided in Section 0, the "Agreed Spread for Take-Out Financing" shall be
reduced to five hundred five (505) basis points, unless Tenant exercises the
First Option under the Option Agreement, in which event "Agreed Spread for
Take-Out Financing" shall mean five hundred thirty (530) basis points. The
Agreed Spread for Take-Out Financing shall be subject to adjustment in
accordance with the provisions of Section 0.
1.2. "Agreed Take-Out Financing Closing Costs" shall mean the
sum of Five Hundred Sixty-Five Thousand Dollars ($565,000.00).
1.3. "Aggregate Development Cost" shall mean the aggregate of
all costs paid or to be paid, or reimbursed or to be reimbursed, by Landlord and
associated with the development of the Project or improvements upon or serving
the Phase II Land (but only to the extent that improvements upon or serving the
Phase II Land are constructed during or before the Construction Period),
including without limitation: (i) a sum equal to the Net Stipulated Value of the
PG&E Property; (ii) the actual cost to Landlord of arranging the acquisition of
the City Property; (iii) all actual costs of the design and construction of the
Site and Shell Improvements and of all improvements to the Phase II Land,
including without limitation parking areas, landscaping, walkways, driveways;
(iv) the Tenant Improvement Allowance; (v) all fees and charges of architects,
engineers, materials testing consultants and other design or construction
consultants; (vi) any costs of reproducing plans; (vii) any fees or costs of
providing security to the Project or to the site of any off-site construction
during the Construction Period; (viii) all fees and costs in soliciting,
evaluating and accepting bids for any aspect of the work which Landlord is to
cause to be performed pursuant to this Leasehold Improvements Agreement; (ix)
all reasonable fees and costs (including, without limitation, application fees,
commitment fees, appraisal fees, deposits, closing costs and loan fees) incurred
in connection with the Construction Financing for the Project or any loan which
would have provided Construction Financing, even if such loan was not closed due
to the expiration for any reason of the lender's commitment to make such loan
(provided, however, that if such expiration was solely caused by Landlord's
failure to perform obligations under the commitment which were in the complete
control of Landlord, then such fees and costs with respect to the expired
commitment shall not be included in Aggregate Development Cost); (x) all
reasonable fees and costs (including, without limitation, application fees,
commitment fees, appraisal fees and deposits) incurred in connection with
investigating or applying for and obtaining Take-Out Financing, but only with
respect to a particular loan which is not closed due to causes which are not
completely within the control of Landlord or if Tenant requests that Landlord
select the Designated Treasury Rate in accordance with Section 19.2.A and, as a
result, Landlord must subsequently obtain by another loan commitment pursuant to
Section 19.2 (in which event break-up fees and other fees, costs, charges of the
kinds and to the extent described in Section 1.3 of the Option Agreement
pertaining to Landlord's prior loan commitment shall also be a part of Aggregate
Development Cost) (except to the extent that such fees and costs are paid by
Tenant pursuant to Section 0); (xi) the Agreed Take-Out Financing Closing Costs;
(xii) all permit fees and all fees and charges for services rendered by
employees of the City of San Rafael or consultants hired directly by the City of
San Rafael in connection with the application for, or issuance of, the necessary
demolition, grading, building and similar permits required for the construction
of the Project; (xiii) all reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with the
Project, including, without limitation, legal fees incurred in connection with
the negotiation, documentation, enforcement or interpretation of any agreement,
except: (A) agreements between Landlord and Tenant, (B) agreements between
Landlord and PG&E, and (C) legal fees to obtain the Development Agreement (as
defined in the Option Agreement) and the entitlements described in section
8.2(j) of the Phase II Purchase Agreement, which legal fees are paid or incurred
on or before the date the Development Agreement and such entitlements are
obtained from all applicable governmental agencies (however, the foregoing
clause (C) shall not exclude from Aggregate Development Costs reasonable legal
fees actually paid by Landlord to arrange the acquisition of the City Property);
(xiv) fees and costs of
-2-
<PAGE>
audits or other reviews of financial records incurred in connection with any
review of Aggregate Development Cost which Tenant is permitted to conduct in
accordance with the provisions of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement or in
connection with the requirements of any lender of Construction Financing or
Take-Out Financing; (xv) premiums for, and other costs of, surety bonds or other
security required in connection with any aspect of the development of Phase I or
Phase II, to the extent that such security is provided by Landlord and not by
Tenant; (xvi) all costs reimbursed by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section 0;
(xvii) all fees and costs incurred in connection with Hazardous Materials or
environmental mitigation measures undertaken in connection with Project,
including, without limitation, the obligations of Landlord with respect to the
"Operations and Maintenance of Groundwater Remedial System", as such obligations
are set forth in paragraph "6e.(1)" of the PG&E Environmental Agreement; (xviii)
all Real Estate Taxes payable, based upon a daily proration, with respect to the
Construction Period (it being agreed that all real estate taxes payable with
respect to such period shall be excluded from Real Estate Taxes, as that term is
defined in Section 0); (xix) all interest on Construction Financing; provided,
however, that interest on the amount by which the principal loan balance exceeds
an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of all Phase I Project Cost shall
be excluded from Phase I Project Cost (for the purpose of determining the
portion of interest to be so excluded, if the Construction Financing bears
interest at different rates on different tranches of the loan, the interest to
be so excluded shall be determined at the rate or rates applicable to the
borrowing of the tranches which exceed eighty-five percent (85%) of all Phase I
Project Cost, applying the rates on a tranche by tranche basis, commencing with
the rate applicable to the lowest tranche, provided further, however, that
commencing on each Rent Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease), the amount
of interest included in Aggregate Development Cost shall be reduced to an amount
equal to the total amount of such interest multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Rentable Area of the portions of the Buildings with
respect to which Tenant is not then paying rent, and the denominator of which is
the Rentable Area of all of the Buildings; (xx) all deposits (including, without
limitation, deposits in connection with any utility service or Take-Out
Financing), provided that the amount of any such deposits returned to Landlord
shall be deducted from Aggregate Development Cost when received, but only to the
extent that such deposits were previously included in Aggregate Development
Cost; (xxi) reasonable fees and expense reimbursements, if any, paid to a
mortgage broker in connection with Construction Financing; (xxii) in the event,
and during any period, that the proceeds of Construction Financing are, in the
aggregate, less than eighty-five percent (85%) of all Phase I Project Cost then
incurred and paid, then there shall be included in Phase I Project Cost imputed
interest at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum on the amount by which
eighty-five percent (85%) of all Phase I Project Cost so incurred and paid
exceeds the then advanced proceeds of the Construction Financing, provided
further, however, that commencing on each Rent Commencement Date (as defined in
the Lease), the amount of such imputed interest included in Aggregate
Development Cost shall be reduced to an amount equal to the total amount of such
imputed interest multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Rentable Area of the portions of the Buildings with respect to which Tenant is
not then paying rent, and the denominator of which is the Rentable Area of all
of the Buildings; (xxiii) all fees, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in
connection with the satisfaction of any condition or requirement imposed by the
City of San Rafael or any other governmental agency or public utility in
connection with any permit, approval or agreement (including the development
agreement) required for the development of the Project, including, without
limitation, any traffic or other impact fees, traffic mitigation fees, utility
hook-up or service fee and improvements to, or adjacent to, Mahon Creek; (xxiv)
all amounts expended in connection with site work and on and off-site
improvements required for the use or operation of the Project or required to be
constructed or paid for as a condition to any permit, approval or agreement
(including the development agreement) necessary to the construction or use of
the Base Building Improvements or Tenant Improvements; (xxv) all reasonable
legal fees and reasonable fees of other technical consultants incurred in
connection with the negotiation and documentation of (A) any agreement
pertaining to the design and construction of the Project or any portion thereof,
or (B) any agreement pertaining to the design, construction,
-3-
<PAGE>
performance or security for any improvement or payment imposed as a condition
upon any approval by the City of San Rafael of any permit or approval required
for the development of the Project, but only to the extent the such agreement
would typically and ordinarily be negotiated and documented after the
governmental approval of a tentative tract map; (xxvi) all premiums for
insurance in force following the Commencement of Construction, excluding any
premiums included in Expenses charged to Tenant pursuant to the Lease; (xxvii)
title insurance premiums, escrow fees and recording costs incurred during the
Construction Period or incurred in connection with the Construction Financing
(but not Take-Out Financing), except title insurance premiums, escrow fees and
recording costs in connection with the acquisition by Landlord of the PG&E
Property; (xxviii) all costs paid to contractors or materials suppliers in
connection with the correction of Punch List, Defect List or HVAC Defect List
items or other construction defects, but only if Landlord has used commercially
reasonable efforts to enforce its legal remedies against the contractors and
suppliers which performed the original work to which the Punch List, Defect List
or HVAC Defect List items related to the extent such efforts were required to be
made by Landlord prior to any closing under the Option Agreement; and, (xxix)
any other costs which are specifically stated to be Phase I Project Costs or
Phase II Current Costs elsewhere in this Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
_.Aggregate Development Cost shall not include: (i) the price
paid by Landlord for the acquisition of the PG&E Property; (ii) Landlord's
ordinary overhead; (iii) the cost of preparing an environmental impact report
for the Project, including, without limitation, the cost of preparing an initial
study and scoping the environmental impact report; (iv) fees and expenses of all
consultants retained by Landlord for the purpose of obtaining approval by the
City of San Rafael of any of the permits and approvals required for the
development of the Project (although fees and expenses of consultants whose work
pertains to the design or engineering of the Project or any part thereof or to
the obtaining of the necessary demolition, grading, building and similar permits
or to agreements or arrangements with utility providers, shall be included as a
part of Aggregate Development Cost, even if such work occurs in connection with
aspects of obtaining required permits and approvals from the City of San Rafael;
provided, however, that fees for appearances at meetings with officials of the
City of San Rafael pertaining to subjects other than the obtaining of the
necessary demolition, grading, building and similar permits or the obtaining of
agreements or arrangements with utility providers shall be excluded from
Aggregate Development Costs); (v) charges for the work or time of employees of
the City of San Rafael, to the extent pertaining to environmental review and
zoning matters (including, but not limited to, the preparation of an
environmental impact report and the negotiation of a development agreement),
other than as expressly permitted in Section 0; (vi) all expenses incurred by
Landlord in connection with any election campaigns pertaining to initiatives or
referenda pertaining to the Project; (vii) all legal fees and fees and expenses
for public relations incurred directly in connection with obtaining the approval
by the City of San Rafael of the necessary permits and approvals required for
the development of the Project other than necessary demolition, grading,
building and similar permits authorizing the commencement of
construction-related work (although fees and expenses of consultants whose work
pertains to the design or engineering of the Project or any part thereof shall
be included as a part of Aggregate Development Cost, even if such work occurs in
connection with aspects of obtaining required permits and approvals from the
City of San Rafael); (viii) all legal fees incurred in connection with the
negotiation or documentation of the development agreement with the City of San
Rafael, the acquisition of the PG&E Property, and agreements to the extent
pertaining to the environmental condition of the PG&E Property; (ix) all legal
fees incurred in connection with the resolution of disputes between Landlord and
Tenant under the Lease or this Leasehold Improvements Agreement; (x) all costs,
if any, incurred in connection with the relocation of the 115KV overhead
electrical utility line from the central portion of the Phase I Land to a
location further south, to the extent that the cost of such relocation is paid
by Landlord; (xi) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation
and maintenance of the Phase I Land prior to the Commencement of Construction,
including Real Estate Taxes, insurance premiums, and
-4-
<PAGE>
other costs of ownership not related to obtaining the approval by the City of
San Rafael of any of the necessary permits and approvals required for the
development of the Project (although all fees and expenses of consultants whose
work pertains to the design or planning of the Project or any part thereof shall
be included as a part of Aggregate Development Cost, even if such work occurs in
connection with aspects of obtaining required permits and approvals from the
City of San Rafael); (xii) costs paid directly by Tenant in connection with any
Modifications; (xiii) costs paid directly by Tenant as a result of any Delays;
(xiv) any costs paid by Tenant directly to a vendor or service supplier and
without credit against Rent or against any other sum due from Tenant to
Landlord, even if such costs would otherwise have been a part of Phase I Project
Cost; (xv) salaries and other compensation paid to Martin Zemcik, Glenn
Isaacson, Conversion Management Associates, Inc. or any other person or entity
providing similar general development consulting services or third-party
development management services; and (xvi) any other costs which are
specifically stated to be excluded from Aggregate Development Cost elsewhere in
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.4. "Base Building Improvements" shall mean the improvements
described in Section 0.
1.5. "Budget" shall mean that budget attached to this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement as Exhibit H hereto, as hereafter modified from
time to time in accordance with this Leasehold Improvements Agreement, based
upon additional information or analyses received or generated by Landlord or
Tenant. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Estimated Phase I Project
Cost, as set forth in such budget, represents a reasonable estimate of Phase I
Project Cost, based on the information available to each of them, and is to be
used for the convenience of the parties in arranging Take-Out Financing (as
provided in Section 0), but shall not be used or cited as a limitation for the
purpose of determining actual Aggregate Development Cost, as that term is
defined in Section 0.
1.6. "Commencement of Construction" shall mean the time at
which Landlord instructs its contractor to commence, pursuant to a grading or
building permit which has then been issued by the City of San Rafael, grading
necessary to permit the construction of the improvements which are to be a part
of Phase I.
1.7. "Common Area" shall mean all areas and facilities within
the Project located outside the Premises and intended for the use of tenants of
the Buildings, including the landscaped areas, service areas, parking areas,
recreation areas, trash enclosures, plazas, walkways, driveways, sidewalks,
access and perimeter roads, and the like; but excluding from the Common Area the
Containment Facilities (as those are defined in the Lease) and any area
contained within the boundaries of an exclusive easement granted to PG&E.
1.8. "Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements" shall mean
and refer to the conceptual plans for the Tenant Improvements referred to in
Section 0.
1.9. "Construction Financing" shall mean any loan arranged by
Landlord the proceeds of which loan are primarily used or to be used for any or
all of the following purposes: (i) the acquisition of the PG&E Property; (ii)
the payment of any costs incurred or to be incurred in connection with the
design or construction of the Project or other improvements in connection
therewith; or, (iii) the reimbursement to Landlord of funds expended or
reimbursed by Landlord in connection with the acquisition of the PG&E Property
or the design, construction or development of the Project or other improvements
in connection therewith. In the event that Landlord does not elect to obtain a
loan secured by a Mortgage to provide funds for such purposes, but instead
obtains funds for those general purposes from a source of capital which charges
interest or other fees for the use of such funds during the Construction Period,
then the funds so obtained shall be deemed
-5-
<PAGE>
Construction Financing for the purposes of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement
during the period prior to the Last Rent Commencement Date (but only to the
extent that such funds do not exceed eighty-five percent (85%) of Phase I
Project Cost) and shall be deemed to bear interest at the lowest rate for which
a conventional construction loan to have been secured by a mortgage was offered
to Landlord in connection with the Project.
1.10. "Construction Period" shall mean the period commencing
with the Commencement of Construction and continuing to and including the Last
Rent Commencement Date.
1.11. "Criteria for Take-Out Financing" shall mean all of the
following terms (any of which may be waived by Landlord in the exercise of its
sole discretion): (i) the Take-Out Financing would provide actual proceeds (net
of fees, closing expenses and points) in an aggregate amount equal to not less
than seventy-five percent (75%) of the then current Estimated Phase I Project
Cost; (ii) the Take-Out Financing would require payment of not more than one
hundred (100) basis points as a loan fee at the closing of the loan; (iii) the
Take-Out Financing would require payment of a deposit of not more than two
hundred (200) basis points prior to the closing of the loan; (iv) the Take-Out
Financing would be for a term, including possible extensions, of at least
fifteen (15) years; (v) the Take-Out Financing would be amortized over a period
of not more than thirty (30) years; (vi) no tranche of the loan would require
any balloon payment; (vii) each tranche would be at a fixed rate of interest
over its term; (viii) the Take-Out Financing would impose no potential liability
on Landlord and its constituent partners, nor require any guarantees; (ix) the
lender would consent to the parking for Phase I being located upon the Parking
Easement Area or such other area within Phase II as to which the parking
easement could be moved from the Parking Easement Area pursuant to the Parking
Easement Agreement; (x) the Take-Out Financing would not require any security
other than a Mortgage encumbering the Project, a related assignment of rents
from the Project and a security interest in the right of Tenant to park on a
portion of the Phase II Land; (xi) the Take-Out Financing would be from a lender
whose reputation and financial position provide reasonable assurance that the
lender will perform all of its obligations under the loan in a timely manner;
(xii) if the lender intends to sell the loan or if the loan is subject to any
condition requiring a third party credit review or rating, such lender shall
have stated in writing that its chief underwriter has consulted with the
prospective purchaser of the loan or the third party credit reviewer or rating
agency regarding the Hazardous Materials present on the Phase I Land and
regarding the credit of Tenant; (xiii) the Take-Out Financing would be from a
lender other than Tenant or any entity related to Tenant or any affiliate,
subsidiary, parent entity or successor by merger to Tenant; (xiv) the Take-Out
Financing would accept Tenant as a potential borrower under the loan; (xv) would
be consistent with the arrangements concerning subordination, non-disturbance
and recognition set forth in the Lease, this Leasehold Improvements Agreement or
the Option Agreement; and, (xvi) the Take-Out Financing would coordinate with
the Construction Financing to be selected by Landlord, including, without
limitation, the execution of any buy-sell agreement or tri-party agreement
required by the lender of the Construction Financing. Landlord, in the exercise
of its sole discretion, may, by written notice to Tenant, waive one or more such
criteria or agree that a particular criterion can be modified in a manner which
is adverse to Landlord without being waived in its entirety. Landlord shall,
however, consult reasonably with Tenant as to, but shall not be required to
accept, the modification of such criteria if no loan is found which meets all of
the criteria, except those which Landlord is prepared to waive.
1.12. "Defect List" shall mean a written list to be given by
Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Section 0.
1.13. "Delays" shall mean certain delays in the construction
of the Site and Shell Improvements or the Tenant Improvements or both, as
described in Section 0.
-6-
<PAGE>
1.14. "Designated Treasury Rate" shall mean the yield rate
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 0.
1.15. "Development Constant" shall mean the sum of: (i) the
Designated Treasury Rate; plus, (ii) the Agreed Spread for Take-Out Financing.
1.16. "Descriptive Base Specifications" shall mean the
descriptive specifications attached to this Leasehold Improvements Agreement as
Exhibit E, as referred to in Section 0.
1.17. "Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements"
shall mean and refer to those certain draft working drawings for the Tenant
Improvements referred to in Section 0.
1.18. "Estimated Phase I Project Cost" shall mean the estimate
of Phase I Project Cost set forth in the Budget.
1.19. "Event of Default" shall mean an Event of Landlord
Default or an Event of Tenant Default, without inherent specificity as to which
of them.
1.20. "Event of Landlord Default" shall mean those
circumstances so described in Section 0.
1.21. "Event of Tenant Default" shall mean those circumstances
so described in Section 0.
1.22. "Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements"
shall mean and refer to those certain final working drawings for the Tenant
Improvements referred to in Section 0.
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
-7-
<PAGE>
1.23. "Floor" shall mean any one of the interior floors of the
Buildings.
1.24. "Floor Substantial Completion Notice" shall mean and
refer to a notice from Landlord to Tenant that the Tenant Improvements for a
particular Floor within a Building are Substantially Complete, as provided in
Section 0.
1.25. "Force Majeure Events" shall mean acts of God or the
elements, acts of the government, labor disturbances of any character, and other
similar conditions, beyond the reasonable control of the party whose
performance, obligation or liability is excused or delayed by such event.
1.26. "Gross Building Area" shall be determined in accordance
with the "Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings",
approved as of June 7, 1996 by the American National Standards Institute, Inc.
(ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996).
1.27. "Hazardous Materials" shall mean and refer to any
substance or material now or hereafter defined or regulated by any Environmental
Law as "hazardous substance," "hazardous waste," hazardous material," "extremely
hazardous waste," "designated waste," "restricted hazardous waste," "toxic
substance," or similar term. As used herein, the term "Hazardous Materials" also
means and includes any substance or material: (1) which is explosive, corrosive,
infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic, or otherwise hazardous and is
regulated by any appropriate governmental authority as a hazardous material; or
(2) which is or contains oil, gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum
hydrocarbons; or (3) which is or contains polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos,
urea formaldehyde foam insulation, radioactive materials; or (4) which is radon
gas. The term "Hazardous Substances" may include without limitation raw
materials, building components, wastes, and the products of any manufacturing or
other activities on the Project.
1.28. "HVAC Defect List" shall mean a written list to be given
by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Section 0.
1.29. "Laws" shall mean all present and future laws, statutes,
ordinances, resolutions, regulations, codes, proclamations, orders or decrees of
any municipal, county, state or federal government or other governmental or
regulatory authority or special district with jurisdiction over the Project, or
any portion thereof, whether currently in effect or adopted in the future and
whether or not in the contemplation of the parties hereto.
1.30. "Modifications" shall mean and refer to certain changes
to the Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements which Tenant may make
in accordance with Section 0.
1.31. "Mortgage" shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust or
similar security instrument now or hereafter encumbering Phase I or any part
thereof (whether alone or together with other properties).
1.32. "Necessary Approvals" shall mean and refer to those
certain governmental permits and approvals necessary to permit the construction
of the Site and Shell Improvements and the Tenant Improvements, as referred to
in Section 0.
1.33. "Necessary Changes" shall mean and refer to changes to
the plans and specifications for the Site and Shell Improvements and the Tenant
Improvements made for the purposes referred to in Section 0.
1.34. "Net Stipulated Value of the PG&E Property" shall mean
the sum of
-8-
<PAGE>
Nine Million Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($9,350,000.00).
1.35. "Option Agreement" shall mean that certain "Option
Agreement" between Landlord and Tenant of even date herewith.
1.36. "Parking Easement" shall mean that certain easement for
vehicular parking to be granted in the Parking Easement Agreement.
1.37. "Parking Easement Agreement" shall mean that certain
"Parking Easement Agreement" to be executed by Landlord and Tenant, as referred
to in the Phase II Purchase Agreement.
1.38. "Parking Easement Area" shall mean that portion of the
Phase II Land located within the easement granted pursuant to the Parking
Easement Agreement.
1.39. "PG&E" shall mean and refer to Pacific Gas & Electric
Company.
1.40. "PG&E Environmental Agreement" shall mean that certain
"Amended and Restated Environmental Agreement" to be executed by Landlord and
PG&E.
1.41. "PG&E Property" shall mean that certain real property
owned by Pacific Gas & Electric Company as of the date of this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement and more particularly described in Exhibit D. The parties
acknowledge that the legal description of the PG&E Property may be revised in
accordance with the Option Agreement.
1.42. "Phase I" shall mean the Phase I Land, the Buildings and
the other improvements to be constructed by Landlord on the Phase I Land in
accordance with the provisions of the Lease and this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement, together with the landscaping and paving improvements within the
Parking Easement Area necessary to provide parking on the Phase II Land for the
use of Phase I. A tentative site plan for Phase I is attached hereto as Exhibit
G.
1.43. "Phase I Buildings" shall mean the Buildings to be
constructed by Landlord on the Phase I Land pursuant to this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement. Subject to obtaining required permits and approvals from
the City of San Rafael and other governmental agencies having jurisdiction over
the Project, it is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that there be two (2)
office Buildings located on the Phase I Land, together containing approximately
one hundred forty-nine thousand six hundred eighty-six (149,686) square feet of
Rentable Area, with one such Building (known as "Building A") containing
approximately eighty-one thousand six hundred seventy-one (81,671) square feet
of Rentable Area and the other (known as "Building B") containing approximately
sixty-eight thousand fifteen (68,015) square feet of Rentable Area.
1.44. "Phase I Land" shall mean those certain parcels of real
property described in Exhibit A. The parties acknowledge that the legal
description of the Phase I Land may be revised in accordance with the Option
Agreement.
1.45. "Phase I Project Cost" shall mean the aggregate of: (i)
the difference between the Aggregate Development Cost and the Phase II Current
Costs paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 0; and (ii) a basic development
management fee in the amount of Thirty-Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars
($32,500.00) per month, commencing as of the month of January 1998 and
continuing for a period of twenty-three (23) additional months thereafter. Any
other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, in no event shall any amount
actually paid by Tenant (whether as a part of Phase II Current Costs or
otherwise) be deemed a part of Phase I Project Cost, unless Landlord has
actually reimbursed such amount to Tenant.
-9-
<PAGE>
1.46. "Phase II" shall mean the Phase II Land and the other
improvements to be constructed by Landlord on the Phase II Land in accordance
with the provisions of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement (including the
landscaping and paving improvements within the Parking Easement Area). A
tentative site plan for Phase II is attached hereto as Exhibit G.
1.47. "Phase II Current Costs" shall mean the aggregate of the
following costs, all of which are a portion of the Aggregate Development Cost:
(i) the purchase price for the Phase II Land paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant
to the Phase II Purchase Agreement; (ii) the actual cost to Landlord of
arranging the acquisition of the City Property; (iii) all actual costs and
expenses of the design and construction of all improvements in the Parking
Easement Area; (iv) the cost of all fill materials placed on the Phase II Land
by Landlord; (v) the cost of all utilities installed for the present or future
benefit of the Phase II Land or any improvements constructed thereon or which
may be constructed thereon in the future; (vi) all fees and charges of
architects, engineers, materials testing consultants and other design or
construction consultants, to the extent that such fees and charges relate to the
design of buildings and other improvements to the Phase II Land; (vii) any other
component of Aggregate Development Cost, to the extent that such component
relates to the improvements to be installed on the Phase II Land, whether at or
about the same time as the Site and Shell Improvements or at a later time,
allocating any costs which pertain both to Phase I and to Phase II in accordance
with the schedule of allocations set forth in Exhibit H; (viii) the aggregate
cost of the design and construction of the common area entrance and plaza areas
to the extent located on Phase II; (ix) all permit fees and all fees and charges
for services rendered by employees of the City of San Rafael or consultants
hired directly by the City of San Rafael in connection with the application for,
or issuance of, the Necessary Approvals required for the construction of the
improvements to be located upon the Phase II Land; (x) all costs reimbursed by
Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section 0, to the extent that such costs pertain
to improvements to be located upon, or to serve, the Phase II Land; (xi) all
fees and costs incurred in connection with environmental mitigation measures
undertaken in connection with the Phase II Land; (xii) all deposits (including,
without limitation, deposits in connection with any utility service, but
excluding deposits in connection with any Take-Out Financing), to the extent
that such deposits pertain to Phase II, provided that the amount of any such
deposits returned to Landlord shall be deducted from Aggregate Development Cost
and Phase II Current Costs when received, but only to the extent that such
deposits were previously included in Aggregate Development Cost and Phase II
Current Costs; (xiii) all fees, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in
connection with the satisfaction of any condition or requirement imposed by the
City of San Rafael or any other governmental agency or public utility in
connection with any permit, approval or agreement (including the development
agreement) required for the development of the Project, including, without
limitation, any traffic impact, traffic mitigation fees, utility hook-up or
service fee and improvements to, or adjacent to, Mahon Creek, all to the extent
that such condition or requirement was imposed in respect of improvements to be
constructed upon the Phase II Land, whether at or about the same time as the
Site and Shell Improvements or at a later time; (xiv) all amounts expended in
connection with site work and on and off-site improvements required for the use
or operation of improvements to be constructed upon the Phase II Land, whether
at or about the same time as the Site and Shell Improvements or at a later time,
or required to be constructed or paid for as a condition to any permit or
approval necessary to the construction or use of such improvements; (xv)
premiums for, and other costs of, surety bonds or other security required in
connection with any aspect of the development of Phase II or off-site
improvements (allocating the cost of such bonds between Phase I and Phase II in
accordance with the schedule for such allocations set forth in Exhibit H, to the
extent that such security is provided by Landlord and not by Tenant; (xvi) all
reasonable legal fees and reasonable fees of other technical consultants
incurred in connection with the negotiation and documentation of any agreement
pertaining to the design and construction of the improvements to be constructed
upon the Phase II Land or any portion thereof, whether at or about the same time
as the Site and Shell Improvements or at a later time, or any agreement
pertaining to the design,
-10-
<PAGE>
construction or security for any improvement or payment imposed as a condition
upon any approval by the City of San Rafael or any utility provider of any
permit or agreement to provide utility services required for the development of
such improvements (it being agreed that where such fees are incurred in
connection with an agreement which pertains to both Phase I and Phase II, then
there shall be an equitable allocation of such fees among the Phases based on
Rentable Area of the Buildings approved for construction on each of them, with
the share allocated to Phase II constituting a part of Phase II Current Costs);
(xvii) all premiums for insurance in force following the Commencement of
Construction, excluding any premiums included in Expenses charged to Tenant
pursuant to the Lease; and, (xviii) any other costs which are specifically
stated to be Phase II Current Costs elsewhere in this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement. To the extent that any component of Aggregate Development Cost
pertains both to the Project and to the Phase II Land or improvements to be
constructed upon the Phase II Land, whether at or about the same time as the
Site and Shell Improvements or at a later time, the amount of such component
shall be allocated between Phase I Project Cost and Phase II Current Costs in
accordance with the provisions of Exhibit H.
1.48. "Phase II Land" shall mean those certain parcels of real
property described in Exhibit B. The parties acknowledge that the legal
description of the Phase II Land may be revised in accordance with the Option
Agreement.
1.49. "Phase II Purchase Agreement" shall mean that certain
"Purchase Agreement" between Village Builders, L.P., and Fair, Isaac and
Company, Inc. of even date herewith.
1.50. "Premises" shall mean the Buildings to be constructed by
Landlord on the Phase I Land as a part of the Project pursuant to this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement.
1.51. "Project" shall mean the Phase I Land and the Buildings
and all other improvements to be constructed thereon pursuant to this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement or which are hereafter constructed thereon by Landlord or
Tenant in accordance with the provisions of the Lease or this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement.
1.52. "Project Substantial Completion Notice" shall mean and
refer to a notice from Landlord to Tenant that the Project is Substantially
Complete, as provided in Section 0.
1.53. "Punch List" shall mean a written list to be given by
Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Section 0.
1.54. "Real Estate Taxes" shall have the meaning given that
term in Section 5.10(A)(i) of the Lease.
1.55. "Rentable Area" shall be determined in accordance with
the "Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings", approved as
of June 7, 1996 by the American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI/BOMA
Z65.1-1996).
1.56. "Review Notice" shall mean a notice pertaining to the
Phase I Project Cost which may be given by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with
Section 0.
1.57. "Site Improvements" shall mean and refer to those
improvements to be constructed on the Phase I Land and the Phase II Land, as
described in Section 0.
1.58. "Site and Shell Improvements" shall mean and refer to
the Site Improvements and the Base Building Improvements, taken together.
-11-
<PAGE>
1.59. "Substantial Completion" shall mean, with respect to the
entire portion of the Premises located on a particular Floor within one of the
Buildings, (and such portion of the Premises shall be deemed "Substantially
Complete") when (i) installation of the Tenant Improvements by Landlord on such
Floor has been substantially completed in accordance with the plans for such
Tenant Improvements, as certified by Tenant's architect (provided that Tenant
shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause Tenant's architect to
cooperate promptly with Landlord in inspecting the work and issuing such a
certificate immediately upon the occurrence of such substantial completion of
the Tenant Improvements, (ii) Tenant has direct access from the street to the
lobby of such Building, (iii) sewer, electricity, water, gas (if required) and
standard telephone services are available to such Building, (iv) at least three
(3) parking spaces are available for the use of Tenant for each one thousand
(1,000) square feet of Gross Building Area located upon such Floor, (v) the
lobby of the Building in which the Floor is located is Substantially Complete,
(vi) any items identified by Tenant in accordance with Section 0 as critical to
the use of such Floor are substantially completed, and (vii) appropriate
governmental authorities have issued a temporary certificate of occupancy with
respect to such Floor or have given an equivalent approval for occupancy of such
Floor. "Substantial Completion" shall mean, with respect to the main lobby of a
Building, (and such lobby shall be deemed "Substantially Complete") when (i)
installation of the Tenant Improvements by Landlord in such lobby has occurred,
(ii) Tenant has direct access from the street to such lobby, (iii) lighting is
available to such lobby, (iv) at least one of the elevators from such lobby to
the Floors above are in working order, and (v) appropriate governmental
authorities have made their final inspections of such lobby as evidenced by
signed final inspection reports on file with said authorities. In all events,
Substantial Completion shall be deemed to have occurred notwithstanding a
requirement to complete "Punch List" or similar corrective work, provided that
the lack of completion of such Punch List work would not prevent Tenant from
using the Premises for the Permitted Use without material interference.
1.60. "Substantial Completion Notice" shall mean and refer to
a notice from Landlord to Tenant that the Site and Shell Improvements and Tenant
Improvements for Phase I are complete, as provided in Section 0.
1.61. "Take-Out Financing" shall mean any financing arranged
by Landlord, the proceeds of which are primarily used or to be used for either
or both of the following purposes: (i) the repayment of any Construction
Financing; or, (ii) the reimbursement to Landlord of funds expended or
reimbursed by Landlord in connection with the acquisition of the PG&E Property
or the City Property or the design, construction or development of the Project
or improvements on the Phase II Land. In the event that Landlord does not elect
to obtain a loan secured by a Mortgage to provide funds for such purposes, but
instead obtains funds for those general purposes from a source of capital which
charges interest or other fees for the use of such funds, then the funds so
obtained shall be deemed Take-Out Financing for the purposes of this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement.
1.62. "Tenant Caused Delays" shall mean certain delays in the
construction of the Site and Shell Improvements or the Tenant Improvements or
both caused by Tenant, as described in Section 0.
1.63. "Tenant Improvements" shall mean and refer to those
certain building interior improvements required by Tenant for its occupancy of
the Phase I Buildings and to be constructed on the Phase I Land, as described in
Section 0, but shall in all events exclude the Base Building Improvements.
1.64. "Tenant Improvement Allowance" shall mean a sum equal to
Twenty-Eight Dollars ($28.00) per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the
Premises.
-12-
<PAGE>
1.65. "Tentative Site Plan" shall mean and refer to that
certain tentative site plan for the development of Phase I and Phase II attached
hereto as Exhibit G and referred to in Section 0.
1.66. "Work" shall mean the construction of the Site and Shell
Improvements and the Tenant Improvements by Landlord in accordance with this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
1.67. "Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements"
shall mean and refer to those certain final working drawings for the Site and
Shell Improvements referred to in Section 0.
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS TO BE DESIGNED AND
CONSTRUCTED BY LANDLORD.
2.1. General Description of Site Improvements. Landlord and
Tenant intend that the Phase I Buildings shall contain approximately one hundred
sixty thousand (160,000) square feet of Gross Building Area, and that the
Project will include not less than three (3) parking spaces for each one
thousand (1,000) square feet of Gross Building Area. Landlord shall provide all
required on-site improvements for the Project and all base hardscape and
landscape features on the Phase I Land, including grading, paving for parking
areas and drive aisles, sidewalks and street improvements, utilities stubbed in
or to the shell of each Building, landscaping, monuments for Tenant's signage,
directional signage, exterior lighting in the Common Area and other site
improvements which may be required by the City of San Rafael or which may be
reasonably necessary to the use and enjoyment of the Buildings for ordinary
office purposes. Landlord shall also provide such off-site improvements outside
the boundaries of the PG&E Property as may be required by the City of San Rafael
or which may be reasonably necessary to the use and enjoyment of the Buildings
for ordinary office purposes. Landlord shall also construct, contemporaneously
with the Project and as a part of Phase II Current Costs: (i) all common
entrance areas, plazas, parking, associated parking access walkways and
landscaping within the parking areas, all to the extent such improvements are to
be located upon the Phase II Land for the purpose of providing parking or access
for the Project; (ii) all additional landscaping required by the City of San
Rafael to be installed on Phase II or reasonably requested by Tenant; (iii) to
the extent that utilities for the planned Phase II buildings would most
conveniently and cost effectively be provided by lines, wires or pipes passing
through Phase I, then such lines, wires and pipes, from the point of connection
to a Phase I Building nearest to the Phase II Land (or to the point of
connection to the lines, wires and pipes of the utility provider, if no
connections to a Phase I Building lie along the lateral lines, wires and pipes
serving Phase II) to points which are within ten (10) feet of the projected
locations of each the Phase II buildings; (iv) the pads and rough grading for
the Phase II buildings, to the extent not located within the Parking Easement
Area to serve Phase I; and, (v) conduits for inter-building telecommunications
among the Phase II buildings in their planned locations, stubbed to within ten
(10) feet of each such location. The foregoing improvements are referred to in
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement as the "Site Improvements". The Site
Improvements shall be constructed by Landlord in accordance with the "Working
Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements", as referred to in Section 0 below
and as developed in accordance with this Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
2.2. General Description of Base Building Improvements.
Landlord shall also construct each of the Phase I Building shells (collectively,
the "Base Building Improvements"), which shall include the following:
A. The structural elements and weathertight exterior
walls (including
-13-
<PAGE>
glazing), exterior doors and roof of the Phase I
Buildings;
B. The main ground floor lobby area of each Phase I
Building;
C. Smooth concrete floors, based on reasonable,
good-quality commercial construction standards
(ready for carpet or resilient tile);
D. Ceilings in toilet rooms and in other rooms located
within the cores of the Buildings (not in other
areas), but only to the extent that ceilings in such
other rooms are required by applicable codes;
E. The core area on each Floor, including elevators,
toilet rooms, electrical closets (one (1) in the
smaller Building and two (2) in the larger),
telecommunications closets, mechanical rooms,
janitorial closets, exit stairs, hold open door
assemblies at lobby perimeter doors, mechanical
shafts, HVAC (as defined and required by Section 0),
electrical power systems (as required by Section 0)
life safety systems (as required by Section 0) and
sprinkler systems (as required by Section 0);
F. Dry wall, paint ready (finish-taped and sanded, but
not painted) around surfaces of walls in core areas,
on interior portions of exterior walls below ceiling
level (and fire-taped drywall on interior portions
of exterior walls above ceiling level to the extent
required by applicable Laws), and around interior
columns;
G. An operating primary system to provide heating,
ventilating and air conditioning service ("HVAC") to
the toilet rooms and electrical closets of each
Floor and to the edge of each Phase I Building core
at each Floor, not including main loops and branch
distribution, on-Floor controls, mixing boxes and
fire dampers, except to the extent that fire dampers
are required in core areas by applicable Laws for an
undivided occupancy;
H. Primary electrical distribution system to each Phase
I Building core, including one (1) 480 volt panel on
each Floor, step down transformers, one (1) 120 volt
convenience panel on each Floor and one (1) lighting
panel on each Floor;
I. Exits to the extent required by code;
J. Metal window assembly details necessary to achieve
closure to interior drywall (or, where required, to
the acoustic ceiling) at the window head, sill and
jamb;
K. One standard telecommunications point of presence
location (with standard telephone line connections)
at each Building, and,
L. Life safety systems as required by code for a
building in shell condition, including sprinklers
with heads necessary to meet current requirements
for space in such shell condition.
The Base Building Improvements shall be constructed by Landlord in accordance
with the Working
-14-
<PAGE>
Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements, as developed in accordance with
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any items
specifically identified or designated in this Leasehold Improvements Agreement
or in the Exhibits hereto as Tenant Improvements shall not be included in or be
a part of the Site and Shell Improvements.
2.3. General Description of Tenant Improvements. In addition
to the Site and Shell Improvements, for each Phase I Building Landlord shall
furnish all building interior improvements required by Tenant for its occupancy
of the Phase I Buildings and security fencing and enclosures (collectively, the
"Tenant Improvements"). The Tenant Improvements shall exclude all telephone,
telecommunications and security equipment and cabling, uninterrupted power
supplies and fire suppression systems for electronic equipment (although
Landlord shall construct all ordinary building-wide sprinkler systems as a part
of the Tenant Improvements), unless Landlord and Tenant hereafter agree in
writing that such work or some part of it will be a part of the Tenant
Improvements. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed by Landlord in
accordance with the "Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements", as
referred to in Section 0 below and as developed in accordance with this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement.
2.4. Design of Site and Shell Improvements. Except as
otherwise provided in Sections 0, 0 and 0, Landlord shall design the Site and
Shell Improvements in accordance with: (i) the Descriptive Base Specifications
attached hereto as Exhibit E; (ii) the basic conceptual design drawings (the
"Preliminary Drawings") listed on Exhibit F attached hereto; and, (iii) the
tentative site plan (the "Tentative Site Plan") attached hereto as Exhibit G.
3. PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF APPLICATIONS TO THE CITY OF SAN
RAFAEL.
3.1. Applications. Certain permits and approvals from the City
of San Rafael and other governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the
Project or the Phase I Land or Phase II Land will be required to permit the
development and construction of the Project and the work to be paid for as a
Phase II Current Cost (the "Necessary Approvals"). Landlord, in cooperation with
Tenant, has prepared and submitted to the City of San Rafael an application for
certain of the Necessary Approvals, including without limitation, applications
for: (i) development plan approval; (ii) vesting tentative map approval; (iii)
approval of a development agreement; and (iv) such environmental and design
review approvals as may be required.
3.2. Changes in Plans and Specifications. Landlord and Tenant
acknowledge that changes in the design, configuration, materials and building
systems (collectively, "Necessary Changes") may: (i) be necessary to obtain one
or more of the governmental approvals required to permit the construction and
occupancy of the Phase I Buildings or any part of Phase II; (ii) be necessary as
a result of conditions imposed upon one or more such approvals or, in the
judgment of Landlord, may be necessary to expedite the obtaining of any one or
more such Necessary Approvals; (iii) be required to comply with any site
constraints imposed by PG&E; or, (iv) be deemed necessary by Landlord to
decrease the Estimated Phase I Project Cost if and to the extent that it is
greater than One Hundred Eighty-Three Dollars ($183.00) per square foot of Gross
Building Area. In the event that a Necessary Change involves the reconfiguration
of a Phase I Building or a change to the ornamentation or other decorative or
design characteristics of the Building, Landlord shall, to the extent
commercially reasonable in the circumstances: (i) make such Necessary Change in
a manner which, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, does not materially
interfere with Tenant's intended uses of the Premises, except to the extent that
such changes are necessary to comply with any governmentally imposed restriction
or requirement; (ii) make such Necessary Change in a manner which would not
cause the Gross Building Area in the Phase I Buildings to be less than
approximately one hundred forty thousand (140,000) square feet;
-15-
<PAGE>
and, (iii) consult reasonably with Tenant before agreeing or deciding to make
such changes, although the decision of Landlord as to such changes shall be
final and binding on the parties. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written
notice of each Necessary Change, which notice shall describe the Necessary
Change in reasonable detail and shall state the objectives of such proposed
change. In the event that Tenant desires to have another change made to
accomplish the objectives of the Necessary Change proposed by Landlord, Tenant
shall describe such alternative change in writing to Landlord within ten (10)
days of the receipt by Tenant of a written notice from Landlord of a proposed
Necessary Change, which alternative change shall be sufficient to obtain the
objectives of the Necessary Change proposed by Landlord. In the event that
Tenant proposes an alternative change which accomplishes the objectives of the
Necessary Change proposed by Landlord, but Landlord does not wish to accept such
alternative change in lieu of the Necessary Change proposed by Landlord,
Landlord or Tenant may cause such matter to be submitted to arbitration pursuant
to the provisions of Section 0. In the event that any of the Phase I Buildings
are reconfigured, the description of the Premises for the purposes of this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement shall be modified in a reasonable manner by
written notice from Landlord to Tenant to reflect the reconfiguration of the
Phase I Building(s). In the event that Landlord determines that a Necessary
Change is to be made, Landlord may amend the applications to the City of San
Rafael to reflect appropriately such Necessary Change.
3.3. Consistency with Descriptive Base Specifications. The
provisions of Section 0 to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall any
Necessary Change cause the Base Building Improvements to be inconsistent with
the Descriptive Base Specifications, except to the extent:_. (i) such Necessary
Change is required as a result of any governmentally mandated requirement
applicable to the Project; (ii) such Necessary Change is required as a result of
any requirement imposed by a lender or prospective lender of Construction
Financing or Take-Out Financing; or, (iii) Landlord reasonably determines that
equipment or materials necessary to conform to the Descriptive Base
Specifications cannot be obtained within the time periods necessary to permit
Landlord to perform in a timely manner its obligations pursuant to this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement or the Lease. In any such event, Landlord shall
use commercially reasonable efforts in the circumstances to substitute equipment
or materials capable of substantially equivalent performance to any building
equipment or materials specified in the Descriptive Base Specifications.
3.4. Fees and Expenses Incurred in Connection with the
Applications. Subject to the provisions of Section 0, Landlord shall pay all
fees and costs incurred in connection with the preparation, filing, amendment,
processing and approval of the applications referred to in Section 0 (except
that Tenant shall bear any cost incurred by it in connection with its review of
the applications and the cost of any attorney or consultant who makes an
appearance on behalf of Tenant at any governmental hearings or meetings where
such consultant or attorney is there at the request of Tenant and not at the
request of Landlord), including the cost of any environmental impact report or
other documents or studies required to satisfy the requirements of the City of
San Rafael. Subject to the provisions of Section 0, Landlord shall also pay the
entire cost of satisfying any conditions imposed by the City of San Rafael on
the approval of such applications, all of which cost shall be a part of both
Aggregate Development Cost and either Phase I Project Cost or Phase II Current
Costs, as appropriate.
3.5. Letter Agreements Pertaining to Certain Fees and Expenses
Incurred in Connection with the Applications. Landlord and Tenant have entered
into three letter agreements, one executed by both of them on August 28, 1996, a
second executed by Landlord on April 18, 1997 and by Tenant on May 16, 1997, and
a third executed by Tenant on September 17, 1997, all three of which pertain to
the payment of certain expenses incurred or to be incurred in connection with
the design and planning for the Project and other improvements on the Phase II
Land. Notwithstanding the provisions of such September 17, 1997 letter regarding
limitation upon
-16-
<PAGE>
amount and termination of the obligations thereunder, it is the intention of
Landlord and Tenant that Tenant shall continue to pay all such expenses as
described in such letter agreement through January 12, 1998, and thereafter all
such letter agreements shall be superseded by this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement, but only to the extent that such letter agreements pertain to costs
incurred after January 12, 1998. In the event that Tenant elects to have
Landlord reimburse Tenant, in accordance with the provisions of the letter
agreements, for certain of the costs incurred and paid by Tenant pursuant to the
letter agreements, such costs shall be reimbursed by Landlord to Tenant within
thirty (30) days of the Commencement of Construction, without interest, and such
costs shall be Phase I Project Cost to the full extent so reimbursed by Landlord
to Tenant.
4. COOPERATION IN PLANNING PROCESS. Tenant and Landlord shall cooperate
reasonably with one another in a good faith effort to obtain all permits,
approvals and entitlements necessary to develop the Project pursuant to the
applications previously filed with the City of San Rafael.
5. PREPARATION OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR OFF-SITE IMPROVEMENTS.
As promptly as is reasonable in the circumstances following both the issuance by
the City of San Rafael of all permits and approvals necessary for the
construction of the Project (excluding building and grading permits) and the
time at which the extent of all off-site improvements which are required by the
City of San Rafael in connection with the Site Improvements can be ascertained,
Landlord shall cause plans and specifications to be prepared for such
improvements. Such plans and specifications shall not be subject to the approval
of Tenant, but shall be submitted to Tenant for its information.
6. PREPARATION OF WORKING DRAWINGS FOR THE SITE AND SHELL IMPROVEMENTS.
6.1. Initial Preparation. Promptly following the issuance by
the City of San Rafael of all permits and approvals necessary for the
construction of the Site and Shell Improvements (excluding building and grading
permits), or at such earlier time as Landlord may elect in its sole discretion,
Landlord shall, at its expense, cause its architects and engineers to commence
preparation of working drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements (the
"Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements"), which shall be
consistent with the Descriptive Base Specifications and generally consistent
with the Preliminary Drawings and Tentative Site Plan, except for Necessary
Changes. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord may, in its reasonable
discretion, incorporate features in the Base Building Improvements to make the
Building more readily adaptable for multi-tenant use. The foregoing
notwithstanding, the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements may
deviate from the Preliminary Drawings and Tentative Site Plan (but not
Descriptive Base Specifications) if required as a result of: (i) engineering or
environmental considerations necessary to the structural integrity of a Building
or other improvements which first become apparent in the course of the
preparation of the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements; or,
(ii) if reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord to decrease the Estimated Phase
I Project Cost if and to the extent that it is greater than One Hundred
Eighty-Three Dollars ($183.00) per square foot of Gross Building Area.
6.2. Submission to Tenant for Review. Landlord shall submit
the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements to Tenant for its
review, and may make such submissions in increments the review of which does not
require other portions of the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell
Improvements which Landlord has not then submitted to Tenant. Tenant shall
notify Landlord within ten (10) days from the receipt by Tenant of any such
-17-
<PAGE>
submission whether or not Tenant agrees that the portion of the Working Drawings
for the Site and Shell Improvements included in such submission is consistent
with the Descriptive Base Specifications. In the event that Tenant fails to
respond to such submission within such period of ten (10) days, Landlord may
give to Tenant a second notice stating such failure and further stating that if
Tenant does not respond within five (5) days of the receipt by Tenant of such
second notice from Landlord, Tenant will be deemed to have agreed that the
portion of the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements in such
submission is consistent with the Descriptive Base Specifications. In the event
that Tenant fails to respond to such submission within such period of five (5)
days of the receipt by Tenant of such second notice from Landlord, Tenant shall
for all purposes be deemed to have agreed that the portion of such the Working
Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements included in such submission is
consistent with the Descriptive Base Specifications. In the event of a dispute
between Landlord and Tenant with regard to the question of whether or not the
Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements are consistent with the
Descriptive Base Specifications or as to any variances required to decrease the
Estimated Phase I Project Cost if and to the extent that it is greater than One
Hundred Eighty-Three Dollars ($183.00) per square foot of Gross Building Area,
either Landlord or Tenant may require by written notice to the other that such
dispute be resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the provisions
of Section 0.
6.3. Tenant's Review Responsibilities. Landlord agrees and
understands that the review of the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell
Improvements by Tenant is solely to protect the interests of Tenant, and Tenant
shall not be the guarantor of, nor in any way or to any extent responsible for,
the correctness or accuracy of any such Working Drawings for the Site and Shell
Improvements or of the compliance of such Working Drawings for the Site and
Shell Improvements with applicable Laws. Approval by Tenant of the Working
Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements prepared by Landlord shall not
imply approval by Tenant as to compliance of such Working Drawings for the Site
and Shell Improvements with applicable Laws.
6.4. Submission to the City of San Rafael. Upon the completion
of the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements (or such part or
parts thereof as the City of San Rafael may be willing to accept as sufficient
to constitute an application for a building permit), Landlord shall submit such
working drawings to the City of San Rafael together with all other documents and
fees necessary to constitute an application for a building permit. If only a
portion of the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements were
submitted to the City of San Rafael at the time of the application for a
building permit, Landlord shall cause its architects and its engineers promptly
to complete any additional necessary parts of the Working Drawings for the Site
and Shell Improvements and shall submit them to the City of San Rafael and to
Tenant.
-18-
<PAGE>
7. TENANT'S ARCHITECT AND ENGINEERS.
7.1. Submission of List of Consultants. Within sixty (60) days
of the date of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement, Tenant shall submit to
Landlord for its approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed,
a list of architects, engineers and other consultants to be used in connection
with the design of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall respond to such
request for approval from Tenant within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of such
list by Landlord. In the event that Landlord fails to respond to such request
within such period of fifteen (15) days, Tenant may give to Landlord a second
notice stating such failure and further stating that if Landlord does not
respond within five (5) days of the receipt by Tenant of such second notice from
Landlord, Tenant will be deemed to have approved the list of architects,
engineers and other consultants submitted by Tenant. In the event that Landlord
fails to respond to such request within such period of five (5) days of the
receipt by Landlord of such second notice from Tenant, Landlord shall for all
purposes be deemed to have approved the list architects, engineers and other
consultants submitted by Tenant. Tenant shall select architects, engineers and
other consultants for the design of the Tenant Improvements from among those
approved by Landlord in response to such request from Tenant.
7.2. Cost of Preparation. The cost of preparing all plans and
specifications for the Tenant Improvements (including without limitation the
Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements referred to in Section 0 and the
Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements referred to in Section 0 and
the Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements referred to in Section
0), and the cost of preparing any change thereto shall be paid by Tenant.
8. SUBMITTAL OF CONCEPTUAL PLANS FOR THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.
8.1. Preliminary Submission. Tenant has previously submitted
to Landlord, and Landlord acknowledges receipt of, a preliminary conceptual plan
for the Tenant Improvements which indicates all of Tenant's requirements for
meeting rooms, kitchen facilities, office locations, corridor locations, general
arrangement of uses on particular Floors and any other special requirements
which would reasonably be expected to affect any aspect of the Site and Shell
Improvements.
8.2. First Submission. On or before January 1, 1998, Tenant
shall submit to Landlord conceptual plans for the Tenant Improvements in the
Phase I Buildings ("Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements"), including
architectural, mechanical and electrical, telecommunications and security, and
reflected ceiling drawings. The Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements
shall be consistent with the preliminary plan submitted by Tenant pursuant to
Section 0 and shall provide for corridors, lobbies, bathrooms, mechanical and
electrical systems, and fire exits which are designed to accommodate single or
multi-tenant configurations of each Floor in each Building (including, without
limitation, separate metering for utilities), in conformance with the Working
Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements (to the extent that Landlord has
previously delivered the same to Tenant), and in a design reasonably acceptable
to Landlord. At the time that Tenant submits such plans to Landlord, Tenant may
identify particular elements of the Base Building Improvements or of the Tenant
Improvements or both which are critical to the use by Tenant of particular
Floors and which must therefore be Substantially Completed before Tenant can
accept as Substantially Complete those particular Floors, which Floors shall
also then be identified by Tenant.
8.3. Purpose of Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements.
Such
-19-
<PAGE>
Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements shall be for the general
information of Landlord, and to assist in the coordination of the design and
construction of the Tenant Improvements, but receipt of such Conceptual Plans
for the Tenant Improvements by Landlord shall not constitute an approval by
Landlord of the design or specifications shown thereon. Landlord shall, within
fifteen (15) days following receipt by Landlord of such plans from Tenant,
review, comment on and return the Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements
to Tenant, marked "Approved", "Approved as Noted" or "Disapproved as Noted,
Revise and Resubmit." If the Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements are
returned to Tenant marked "Disapproved as Noted, Revise and Resubmit," Tenant
shall cause such plans to be revised within twenty (20) days, taking into
account the reasons for Landlord's disapproval, and shall resubmit revised plans
to Landlord for review. The same procedure shall be repeated until Landlord
fully approves the Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall
only refuse to consent to such Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements on
the grounds that they are inconsistent with the plans for the Base Building
Improvements or with the requirements of any applicable Laws.
9. PREPARATION OF WORKING DRAWINGS FOR THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. On or
before February 15, 1998, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant those portions of the
Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements which are reasonably
required to permit Tenant to prepare working drawings for the Tenant
Improvements. Within ninety (90) days after Tenant's receipt thereof, Tenant
shall deliver to Landlord one (1) set of reproducible sepia and three (3) sets
of blue-lined prints of working drawings and specifications (hereinafter
referred to collectively as the "Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant
Improvements") for such Tenant Improvements prepared, at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, by an architect ("Tenant's Architect") licensed in the State of
California and selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord in accordance with
Section 0 above or otherwise specifically approved in writing by Landlord.
Landlord shall cooperate reasonably with Tenant in connection with the
preparation of the Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements, provided that
the production of such drawings shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and
further provided that such cooperation shall not limit the right of Landlord to
review and approve such Working Drawings, as herein provided. Landlord shall
only refuse to consent to such Working Drawings on the grounds that they are
inconsistent with the plans for the Base Building Improvements or with the
requirements of any applicable Laws. Within fifteen (15) business days of the
receipt by Landlord of the Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements
from Tenant, Landlord shall return to Tenant one (1) sepia set of the Draft
Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements marked "Approved", "Approved as
Noted" or "Disapproved as Noted, Revise and Resubmit." If the Draft Working
Drawings for the Tenant Improvements are returned to Tenant marked "Disapproved
as Noted, Revise and Resubmit," Tenant shall cause such Draft Working Drawings
for the Tenant Improvements to be revised, taking into account the reasons for
Landlord's disapproval and shall resubmit revised plans to Landlord for review.
The same procedure shall be repeated until Landlord fully approves the Final
Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements. It is understood that the Draft
Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements and the Final Working Drawings for
the Tenant Improvements are to be consistent with, and a logical extension of,
the Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements approved by Landlord in
accordance with Section 0 above. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the
completeness of the Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements and the
Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements and for conformity of the
Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements with the Working Drawings for
the Site and Shell Improvements provided by Landlord to Tenant. When the Final
Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements are approved by Landlord and
Tenant: (i) they shall be acknowledged as such by Landlord and Tenant signing
each sheet of the Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements; and, (ii)
no changes shall be made to the approved Final Working Drawings for the Tenant
Improvements without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be
withheld if such changes would affect the schedule or cost of the construction
of the Site and Shell
-20-
<PAGE>
Improvements or Tenant Improvements.
10. LANDLORD'S REVIEW RESPONSIBILITIES. Tenant agrees and understands
that the review of the Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements, the Draft
Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements and the Final Working Drawings for
the Tenant Improvements by Landlord is solely to protect the interests of
Landlord in the Building and the Premises, and Landlord shall not be the
guarantor of, nor in any way or to any extent responsible for, the correctness
or accuracy of any such Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements or
Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements or of the compliance of such
Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements or Final Working Drawings for
the Tenant Improvements with applicable Laws or of the conformance of such Draft
Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements or Final Working Drawings for the
Tenant Improvements with the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell
Improvements provided by Landlord to Tenant. Approval by Landlord of the
Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements, the Draft Working Drawings for the
Tenant Improvements or the Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements
prepared by Tenant shall not: (i) imply approval by Landlord as to compliance of
such Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements or Final Working
Drawings for the Tenant Improvements with applicable Laws; (ii) imply the
compatibility of the Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements or Final
Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements with the shell or the core or the
Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements; or (iii) limit Landlord's
right to require changes in portions of the Final Working Drawings for the
Tenant Improvements which are incompatible with or which, in the reasonable
opinion of Landlord, adversely affect the Building structure or the electrical,
plumbing, life safety or mechanical systems of the Building or which affect the
availability to Landlord of third party warranties. In the event that, after the
approval by Landlord of the Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements,
Landlord modifies the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements in a
manner which will require modification to the Final Working Drawings for the
Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall promptly so notify Tenant and Tenant shall
cause any such required modifications to the Final Working Drawings for the
Tenant Improvements to be promptly made; provided, however, to the extent that
the modifications to the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements
requested by Landlord are the result of the failure by Landlord's employees or
construction managers (but not Landlord's architect) to use customary care in
coordinating the work of the architect in the preparation of the Working
Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements, then Landlord shall pay all costs
and expenses incurred by Tenant as a result thereof. Landlord shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the agreement with the architect to
require that such architect use the prevailing standard of care in the
architectural profession in the preparation of the Working Drawings for the Site
and Shell Improvements, and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts
to enforce such agreement.
11. COST OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Upon the approval by Landlord of the
Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall obtain from
the contractor selected by Landlord for the construction of the Base Building
Improvements a fixed-price for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. In
the event that such bid exceeds a sum equal to the Tenant Improvement Allowance,
Landlord shall so notify Tenant, and Tenant shall deposit, in the manner herein
required, immediately available funds equal to the amount by which such bid
exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance, which deposit shall be held for
disbursement to Landlord to pay expenses of construction of the Tenant
Improvements after the expenditure of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Such
deposit shall be made in the following manner: (i) if required by lender of the
Construction Financing, such deposit shall be made into an account with such
lender at least five (5) days prior to the Commencement of Construction, as to
which account Landlord shall require the lender to pay interest to Tenant at a
reasonable deposit rate; or, (ii) in all
-21-
<PAGE>
other events, such deposit shall be made to an escrow agent reasonably
satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant on or before the later of the day which
is the tenth (10th) day following the receipt by Tenant of a written request
from Landlord for such deposit or the day which is the tenth (10th) day prior to
the commencement of construction of any of the Tenant Improvements, to be held
in an interest bearing account, with interest to be paid periodically to Tenant.
Expenses paid directly from such funds shall be excluded from Aggregate
Development Cost, to the extent of the amount so paid.
12. CONSTRUCTION OF SITE AND SHELL IMPROVEMENTS.
12.1. Construction and Substitutions. The Site and Shell
Improvements shall be constructed by Landlord in substantial compliance with the
Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements, although Landlord reserves
the right to make substitutions of equipment or materials for equipment or
materials which are specified in the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell
Improvements, provided that all such substitutions shall be consistent with the
Descriptive Base Specifications. Any details or materials which are not
specified in the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements shall be
completed by Landlord in a manner consistent with the standards of similar
buildings in Marin County, California. In the event Landlord so elects, Landlord
may commence grading of the PG&E Property and other on- and off-site work prior
to the completion of the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements.
Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all contractors
performing any portion of the Site and Shell Improvements or the Tenant
Improvements to comply in all material respects with their respective contracts,
and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce such
contracts; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent
Landlord from using its reasonable judgment in settling disputes with such
contractors or in accepting or permitting variances from the Working Drawings
where such variances do not materially affect the performance or appearance of
the area of the Project where such variance occurs. Nothing herein is, however,
intended to impose upon Landlord any liability for deficiencies in the
performance of any contractor, subcontractor or supplier.
12.2. Changes to Working Drawings for the Site and Shell
Improvements. Landlord may make changes to the Working Drawings for the Site and
Shell Improvements, provided that each such change is approved by the City of
San Rafael and any lender or prospective lender of Construction Financing or
Take-Out Financing, if such approval is required. In the event that Landlord
plans a change to the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements,
Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing, which writing shall describe in
detail the nature, extent and location of the changes which Landlord plans to
make. Tenant shall notify Landlord within five (5) days from the receipt by
Tenant of any such submission whether or not Tenant agrees that the change to
the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements would be consistent
with the Descriptive Base Specifications. In the event that Tenant fails to
respond to such submission within such period of five (5) days, Landlord may
give to Tenant a second notice stating such failure and further stating that if
Tenant does not respond within five (5) days of the receipt by Tenant of such
second notice from Landlord, Tenant will be deemed to have agreed that the
proposed change to the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements is
consistent with the Descriptive Base Specifications. In the event that Tenant
fails to respond to such submission within such period of five (5) days of the
receipt by Tenant of such second notice from Landlord, Tenant shall for all
purposes be deemed to have agreed that the proposed change to the Working
Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements is consistent with the Descriptive
Base Specifications. In the event of a dispute between Landlord and Tenant with
regard to the question of whether or not a proposed change to the Working
Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements would be consistent with the
Descriptive Base Specifications or as to any variances required to decrease the
Estimated Phase I Project Cost if and to the extent that it is greater than One
Hundred
-22-
<PAGE>
Eighty-Three Dollars ($183.00) per square foot of Gross Building Area, either
Landlord or Tenant may require by written notice to the other that such dispute
be resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the provisions of
Section 0.
13. INSPECTION BY TENANT. During the course of construction of the Site
and Shell Improvements and the Tenant Improvements, Tenant or Tenant's
representative shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, at all times have the
right to inspect the construction; provided that Tenant, in the exercise of such
right, shall not unreasonably interfere with or delay the prosecution of such
work (except to the extent such work is delayed by the necessity of remedying
defective or incorrect work discovered by Tenant). No exercise by Tenant of its
right to inspect the construction shall be deemed to affect the rights and
obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the work or any defects
therein, nor shall such exercise be deemed an assumption by Tenant of any
responsibility for the quality of the work.
14. CHANGE ORDERS.
14.1. Right of Tenant to Request Modifications. Tenant may
make modifications ("Modifications") to the Final Working Drawings for the
Tenant Improvements and/or to request that Landlord make Modifications to the
Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements, provided that each such
Modification is approved by the City of San Rafael and any lender or prospective
lender of Construction Financing or Take-Out Financing, if such approval is
required, and is made sufficiently prior to the construction of the part of work
to which the Modification would be made so that the Modification can be
accommodated without resulting in a Tenant Caused Delay. Modifications relating
to the Site and Shell Improvements or the Tenant Improvements or both shall only
be made with the consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed. Any request by Tenant for Modifications shall be made in
writing to Landlord, which writing shall describe in detail the nature, extent
and location of the Modifications that Tenant requests be made.
14.2. Preparation of Plans for Modifications. In the event
that Tenant requests a Modification to the Working Drawings for the Site and
Shell Improvements, Landlord shall cause its architect and other consultants to
prepare drafts of revisions to those portions of the Working Drawings for the
Site and Shell Improvements which Tenant has requested be the subject of a
Modification, and shall deliver to Tenant a copy of such draft, together with a
statement of Landlord's best estimates (made in good faith and in accordance
with reasonably competitive prices and reasonable design plans; provided,
however, that Tenant recognizes that estimates will have to be provided in a
relatively short period of time, that there is some inherent uncertainty in the
process of providing estimates, that estimates may be based on incomplete design
details due to time constraints and that only one contractor will be negotiated
with) of (i) the additional cost of construction of the Site and Shell
Improvements or the Tenant Improvements (which shall include without limitation
increased design costs, increased construction costs and increased financing
costs arising by reason of the resulting Tenant Caused Delays, if any, in the
construction schedule) which Tenant will be required to pay by reason of the
proposed Modification (the "Modification Cost"); and, (ii) the duration of any
Tenant Caused Delay (as that term is defined in Section 0 below) which will
arise by reason of such Modification. Landlord shall also deliver to Tenant a
copy of any bids upon which Landlord based its estimates. Tenant shall elect
either to require Landlord to proceed with the Modification or not to require
Landlord to so proceed by written notice to Landlord given within five (5)
business days of the receipt by Tenant of the draft of the modified portions of
the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements and Landlord's estimate
of resulting costs and Tenant Caused Delays. The failure by Tenant to make such
election in writing within such five (5) business day period shall conclusively
be deemed to be an election by Tenant not to proceed
-23-
<PAGE>
with the Modification. In the event that Tenant elects to proceed with the
Modification: (i) Tenant shall, at least five (5) business days before the date
upon which Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, must direct the contractor to
proceed with the Modification (of which date Landlord shall notify Tenant in
writing at least two (2) days before such date), deposit with Landlord or
Landlord's lender (as Landlord may direct) immediately available funds (or, if
the lender of the Construction Financing will so permit without additional
requirements upon Landlord, a letter of credit) equal to Landlord's estimate of
the Modification Cost; and, (ii) Landlord shall cause the Working Drawings for
the Site and Shell Improvements to be modified as set forth in the draft
portions thereof given to Tenant in response to its request and shall thereafter
construct the Site and Shell Improvements in accordance with such Modifications.
In the event that the actual Modification Cost differs from the amount estimated
by Landlord, Landlord shall so notify Tenant, and, within five (5) days of the
receipt by Tenant of such notice, Landlord shall refund to Tenant the amount (if
any) by which the actual Modification Cost was less than that estimated by
Landlord, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount (if any) by which the
actual Modification Cost exceeded that estimated by Landlord. In the event that
Tenant elects not to proceed with the Modification, Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord upon demand for all reasonable architect's fees and other reasonable
costs incurred by Landlord as a result of the preparation of the draft of the
modified portions of the Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements,
and, if any Tenant Caused Delay has resulted from the request, Tenant shall,
within five (5) business days of the receipt by Tenant of a written request from
Landlord accompanied by a reasonably detailed explanation of costs incurred or
to be incurred, reimburse Landlord for the cost of such Tenant Caused Delay.
Landlord shall, however, use all reasonable efforts to minimize the duration of
any Tenant Caused Delays resulting solely from the necessity of Landlord causing
drafts and estimates to be prepared in response to Tenant's request.
15. CONSTRUCTION RELATED MATTERS.
15.1. Target Date For Commencement. Landlord and Tenant agree
to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all Necessary Approvals, to
prepare and approve plans, specifications and working drawings, hire
contractors, and take such other steps as may be required so that Landlord is in
a position to commence construction of the Site and Shell Improvements by June
1, 1998. Landlord and Tenant both acknowledge and agree, however, that such date
is a target for commencement of construction and that such commencement is
subject to numerous factors beyond the control of either Landlord or Tenant. In
the event that Landlord is unable, despite the use of its commercially
reasonable efforts in the circumstances, to obtain all required governmental
approvals, to prepare and approve plans, specifications and working drawings,
hire contractors, and take such other steps as may be required so that Landlord
is in a position to commence construction of the Site and Shell Improvements by
June 15, 1998, Landlord may defer the Commencement of Construction to June 1,
1999 by written notice to Tenant.
15.2. Schedule Requirements in Construction Contracts.
Landlord shall require that the contract between Landlord and its general
contractor for the construction of the Site and Shell Improvements contain a
commercially reasonable schedule for the Substantial Completion of each of the
Floors within the Buildings, which schedule will be subject to the consent of
Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Such
contract shall also provide for the contractor to pay a reasonable sum as
liquidated damages for each day that Substantial Completion is not achieved in
accordance with the approved schedule, although such contract may also provide
for the schedule to be extended without the payment of such damages for delays
which are caused by Force Majeure Events.
15.3. Notice of Substantial Completion. When Substantial
Completion of a particular Floor within a Building has occurred, Landlord shall
give Tenant written notice thereof (a "Floor Substantial Completion Notice").
The fact that the landscaping, exterior plazas, parking
-24-
<PAGE>
lots, driveways, walkways, or other Floors of the Project or another Phase I
Building have not been completed shall not prevent Landlord from delivering a
Floor Substantial Completion Notice to Tenant and delivering the Floor which is
Substantially Complete. Landlord and Tenant shall prepare a Punch List of items
pertaining to the Floor which is then Substantially Complete within ten (10)
business days after the receipt by Tenant of the Floor Substantial Completion
Notice, which Punch List shall specify the items of work on such Floor which
have not been completed. Landlord shall use all reasonable diligence to complete
the items on such Punch List within thirty (30) days thereafter.
16. NOTICES OF COMPLETION AND DEFECTS.
16.1. Project Substantial Completion Notice and Acceptance.
Upon the Substantial Completion of all of the Site and Shell Improvements and
the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of such
completion (a "Project Substantial Completion Notice"), and Tenant shall be
deemed to have fully accepted the Work as satisfactorily completed in accordance
with all requirements of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement and shall further
be deemed to have waived any defects in any such Work, except to the extent
that:
A. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a list (the
"Punch List") within ten (10) business days after the receipt by Tenant
of the Project Substantial Completion Notice, which Punch List shall
specify the items of work which have not been completed;
B. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a list (the
"Defect List") within three (3) months after the date of the receipt by
Tenant of the Project Substantial Completion Notice, specifying any
defects in the construction of Work which were discovered prior to the
end of such three (3) month period (provided that Tenant shall also
notify Landlord of any such defect within a reasonable time after
discovering it); and,
C. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a list (the
"HVAC Defect List") within twelve (12) months after the date of the
receipt by Tenant of the Project Substantial Completion Notice,
specifying any defects in the construction of those portions of the
HVAC system serving the Project which are a part of the Work and which
were discovered prior to the end of such twelve (12) month period
(provided that Tenant shall also notify Landlord of any such defect
within a reasonable time after discovering it).
16.2. Assignment of Warranty Rights by Landlord. Within five
(5) days of the delivery of the Project Substantial Completion Notice by
Landlord to Tenant, Landlord shall assign to Tenant, pursuant to an assignment
agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, all warranties
and guarantees from all manufacturers, equipment suppliers and contractors
related to the Project; provided, however, that such assignment agreement shall
also permit Landlord to retain the right to enforce any such warranties.
16.3. Corrections by Landlord. Landlord shall commence the
correction of each of the items on the Punch List, the Defect List, and the HVAC
Defect List within twenty (20) days of the receipt by Landlord of such Punch
List or earlier notice of such defect (unless a particular defect materially
interferes with the use by Tenant of any of the Buildings or other portion of
the Work, in which event Landlord shall commence the required correction as
promptly as is reasonably feasible in the circumstances and shall thereafter
diligently prosecute such correction to completion). The cost, if any, to
Landlord of such corrections shall be a part of Phase I Project Cost, or, if the
final Phase I Project Cost has been established under the Lease, then such cost
shall be an Expense under the Lease. Landlord shall, if reasonably possible in
the circumstances, complete any required correction within thirty (30) business
days of the receipt by Landlord of such list or earlier notice of such defect.
-25-
<PAGE>
17. DELAYS.
17.1. Tenant Caused Delays. To the extent that a delay shall
occur in the Substantial Completion of a Floor or of the Project as the direct
or indirect result of a delay with regard to one or more critical path aspects
of the Project fairly attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant; then: (i)
any such delay shall extend the date for the completion by Landlord of that part
of the Work which is delayed by one (1) day for each day of such delay; and,
(ii) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for all additional costs incurred
by Landlord as a result of such delays (including, without limitation: (a)
increased design costs, (b) increased construction costs, (c) increased
development management costs, and (d) increased financing costs or fees in
connection with loan extensions or replacements required by reason of the
resulting delays, if any, in the construction schedule; provided, however, that
any amount so reimbursed by Tenant shall be excluded from Aggregate Development
Cost). In addition, any such delay in the Substantial Completion of construction
shall extend all dates for the Substantial Completion by Landlord of any work to
be performed by it on the Phase I Land, the Phase II Land or a particular
Building by one (1) day for each day of such delay in Substantial Completion;
and, the Rent Commencement Dates under the Lease shall each be deemed to have
occurred one (1) day sooner than the day upon which the conditions for the
occurrence of each such date are actually fulfilled for each day of such delay.
The following is a non-exclusive list of the kinds of acts or omissions which
could, depending on the applicable facts and circumstances, result in a delay in
the Substantial Completion of a Floor: (i) any delay of Tenant, beyond the
periods provided in this Leasehold Improvements Agreement for the response of
Tenant, in giving any consent or approval which is required pursuant to this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement; (ii) any request by Tenant that Landlord delay
any element, or the completion, of construction; (iii) any request by Tenant for
a Modification or any Modification undertaken at the request of Tenant or any
change to any of the Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements after
such Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements have been approved; (iv)
any event of default by Tenant under the Lease, the Option Agreement, the Phase
II Purchase Agreement or any Event of Tenant Default under this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement; (v) any interference by Tenant or its agents or
contractors with the prosecution by Landlord of the Work; (vi) any reasonably
necessary displacement of any construction from its place in Landlord's
construction schedule resulting from any of the causes for delay described above
and the fitting of such construction back into such schedule; or (vii) any delay
in obtaining any approval or permit from the City of San Rafael or any other
governmental entity or any utility company or district resulting from any other
delay referred to in this Section 0. Following a determination by Landlord that
a Tenant Caused Delay is reasonably likely to result from an event of the kind
referred to in this Section 0, Landlord shall give written notice of such event
to Tenant. Landlord shall use Landlord's reasonable efforts to minimize the
length of any such delay and to mitigate or eliminate the effects of such delay
in subsequent parts of the work, which reasonable efforts may include overtime
to the extent reasonably requested by Tenant to minimize the adverse economic
consequences to Tenant of such delay, but only if and to the extent Tenant
agrees to reimburse Landlord upon demand for any incremental increase in the
cost of performing the work as to which such overtime is used. The delays
described in this Section 0 are referred to in this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement as "Tenant Caused Delays". Tenant acknowledges that, because grading
of the site will only be permitted during certain months, relatively brief
delays may result in a lengthy postponement of the commencement of grading until
it can be undertaken during a month in which grading is permitted, and the
duration of any such delay in such grading shall be taken into account in
determining the duration of any Tenant Caused Delay.
17.2. Force Majeure Delays. To the extent that Landlord or
Tenant shall be delayed in or prevented from the performance of any act (other
than Tenant's obligation to make payments of rent, additional rent and other
charges required hereunder or under the Lease) solely by
-26-
<PAGE>
reason of restrictive governmental laws or regulations, governmental delays
beyond a reasonable and customary period for the issuance of any required permit
or approval, actions initiated by a third party resulting in a judicial order
which restrains or enjoins activity necessary to the completion of the Site and
Shell Improvements and/or the Tenant Improvements or which would prevent the
accrual of vested rights to complete the Project, industry-wide craft strikes,
unavailability of materials, riots, insurrections, epidemics, quarantine
restrictions, acts of God, an Event of Default on the part of the other party to
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement, war or damage to work in process by
reason of fire, flood, earthquake or other casualty, then performance of such
act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the
performance of such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period
of such delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, lack of funds shall not be deemed
to be a cause beyond the control of either party. Landlord shall use Landlord's
reasonable efforts to minimize the length of any such delay. The delays
(including, without limitation, Tenant Caused Delays) described in this Section
0 are referred to in this Leasehold Improvements Agreement as "Delays".
17.3. Statements of Landlord as to Delays. Within ten (10)
business days of a written request from Tenant, Landlord shall give to Tenant a
written statement setting forth a description of the cause for and duration (by
dates of commencement and cessation or, as to Delays which have not yet ended,
estimated date of cessation) of all Delays in the Work which Landlord contends
have occurred prior to the date of such statement or which are continuing to
occur as of the date of such statement. Such statement shall also specify
whether or not Landlord contends a particular Delay was a Tenant Caused Delay
and shall specify the extent (if any) to which Landlord contends that each
particular Delay has affected the Substantial Completion (or, for a Delay
occurring after Substantial Completion, affected the final completion) of a
particular Building through the date of such statement. Landlord shall be bound
by, and Tenant shall be entitled to rely on, such statements for all purposes
(except with respect to estimated dates of cessation in the case of Delays which
have not ended as of the date of such statement), although nothing in such
statements shall be deemed to bind Tenant with respect to the existence or
duration of any Delay claimed by Landlord or to bind Landlord with respect to
Delays caused by events of which Landlord is not aware as of the date of such
statement. Tenant shall not be entitled to request such a statement from
Landlord more than once in any period of thirty (30) consecutive days.
17.4. Minimization of Delays. Upon the receipt by Tenant of
any notice of Delay from Landlord, Tenant may elect to direct Landlord to use
such overtime as may reasonably be required in the judgment of Landlord to
minimize the duration of any Delay. Such request shall be deemed a request for a
Modification by Tenant, and the parties shall have the same rights and
responsibilities with respect to such a request as they would have with respect
to any other requested Modification.
18. PROJECT FINANCING
18.1. Right and Obligation to Arrange. Landlord shall have the
sole and exclusive right to arrange for Construction Financing and Take-Out
Financing for the Project, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 0.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 0, Landlord shall be obligated to
arrange for or provide all equity and loan proceeds required to pay the Phase I
Project Cost.
18.2. Retaining a Mortgage Broker to Arrange Financing.
Landlord shall, at such time as Landlord may select, retain a mortgage broker of
Landlord's choosing for the purpose of researching and negotiating Construction
Financing for the Project. Tenant shall not, either directly or indirectly,
solicit or respond to quotations from potential lenders with respect to
conventional real estate financing at any time prior to the exercise of the
"First Option" by Tenant
-27-
<PAGE>
pursuant to, and as defined in, the Option Agreement. Tenant may, however,
inquire directly from potential lenders only as to the availability to Tenant of
off-balance sheet financing.
18.3. Selection of Lender and Negotiation of Construction
Financing. Landlord shall choose, from among those who give quotations to
Landlord, one or more of the potential lenders with which to negotiate for the
Construction Financing which Landlord then desires to obtain, the costs of which
shall not exceed in the aggregate the amount which is then reasonable for
construction financing for a project of the type, size, location and other
characteristics of the Project.
18.4. Selection of Lender and Negotiation of Take-Out
Financing. Landlord shall select and arrange Take-Out Financing for the Project.
18.5. Inability to Obtain Commitment for Take-Out Financing.
In the event that Landlord elects by written notice to Tenant to obtain a
commitment for Take-Out Financing meeting the Criteria for Take-Out Financing
and thereafter uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a commitment from
the lender offering such Take-Out Financing, but thereafter reasonably believes
that it will not be able for any reason not within the control of Landlord to
obtain a binding commitment which satisfies the Criteria for Take-Out Financing
and which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord in the exercise of its reasonable
discretion, Landlord shall so notify Tenant. During the immediately following
fifteen (15) days, Landlord and Tenant shall meet and negotiate to agree on an
alternative basis for consummating the transaction which is acceptable to both
of them in the exercise of their respective sole discretion. If Landlord and
Tenant fail to so agree within such fifteen (15) day period, then Landlord may,
in its sole discretion, elect by written notice to Tenant to terminate the
Lease, this Leasehold Improvements Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Phase
II Purchase Agreement (but not less than all of them) by written notice to
Tenant. Such termination shall be effective upon and as of the sixth (6th)
business day following the date upon which Tenant receives such notice from
Landlord, unless Tenant exercises the First Option under the Option Agreement
prior to the effective date of such termination. In the event that Tenant so
exercises the First Option, then Tenant shall purchase the PG&E Property from
Landlord in its then condition, "as is, with all faults", except that Landlord
shall have the right set forth in Section 2.13 of the Option Agreement.
18.6. Other Funds. Landlord may, in its sole discretion,
choose to provide funds for the purposes of Take-Out Financing from sources or
loans which do not meet the Criteria for Take-Out Financing, which funds may be
greater in amount than those stated in the Criteria for Take-Out Financing.
18.7. Contribution of Tenant. In the event that Landlord
estimates that the Estimated Phase I Project Cost will exceed an amount equal to
One Hundred Eighty-Three Dollars ($183.00) per square foot of Gross Building
Area in the Buildings to be located in Phase I, Landlord may so notify Tenant in
writing and request that Tenant provide Construction Financing and Take-Out
Financing for the Project in an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) seventy-five
percent of the amount by which the Phase I Project Cost exceeds the amount equal
to One Hundred Eighty-Three Dollars ($183.00) per square foot of Gross Building
Area in the Buildings to be located in Phase I; or, (ii) Seven and 50/100ths
Dollars ($7.50) per square foot of Gross Building Area in the Buildings to be
located in Phase I. _.In the event that Landlord delivers such a notice to
Tenant: (i) Tenant shall provide such funds to Landlord as and when requested by
Landlord, but only after Landlord has invested in the Project an equity
contribution equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the Phase I Project Cost, as such
Phase I Project Cost is estimated in good faith by Landlord; (ii) Tenant shall
be entitled to receive monthly payments of interest only at the rate of fifteen
percent (15%) per annum, commencing as of the Last Rent Commencement Date and
continuing during the Term of the Lease; (iii) interest shall accrue from the
time that such funds are paid by Tenant to the
-28-
<PAGE>
day immediately preceding the Last Rent Commencement Date at the rate of fifteen
percent (15%) per annum, and the amount so accrued shall be added to the
principal; (iv) such loan shall be secured by a Deed of Trust encumbering the
Project in the standard form used by First American Title Company of Marin as of
the date of the making of such loan or, if such a deed of trust would not be
acceptable to any Mortgagee of a Mortgage securing Construction Financing or
Take-Out Financing, then by other security reasonably acceptable to Landlord and
Tenant and acceptable to such Mortgagee; and, (v) Tenant shall unconditionally
subordinate its interest under such Deed of Trust to the interests of the
mortgagee of any mortgage or the holder of any other deed of trust securing a
loan against the Project, provided that the aggregate amount of principal
indebtedness secured by all such mortgages and deeds of trust to which Tenant is
required to be subordinate at any time is equal to or less than the Phase I
Project Cost. Any funds so advanced by Tenant, together with any accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable by Landlord to Tenant on the
fifth (5th) anniversary of the Last Rent Commencement Date.
18.8. Cooperation of Tenant in Construction Financing and
Take-Out Financing.
A. Because of the rights of Tenant to acquire the PG&E
Property pursuant to the Option Agreement, Tenant may be required by the lenders
of the Construction Financing or the Take-Out Financing or both to execute the
loan documents as a prospective borrower or successor borrower. Tenant shall
execute, within five (5) days of a written request from Landlord, any
commercially reasonable loan documents which the lender requires that Tenant
execute, provided that no such loan document shall require that Tenant have
personal liability for the repayment of any indebtedness on such loan, except in
an amount equal to the aggregate monetary obligations of Tenant under the Lease
during the then remaining Term and any Extended Terms as to which Tenant then
has an unexpired right to extend the Term of the Lease and except for customary
personal liability exceptions, such as those pertaining to Hazardous Materials,
misapplication of funds and misrepresentation. Without limiting any other
provision of such loan documents, such loan documents may condition the right of
Tenant to exercise its option pursuant to the Option Agreement on the
maintenance by Tenant of reasonable net worth or other financial standards,
provided that such standards are reasonably related to, and less than, the
financial condition of Tenant as of the date of this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement. Tenant shall also execute such instruments subordinating its rights
and interests pursuant to the Option Agreement to the rights and interests of
the lender pursuant to the loan documents, provided that such lender shall agree
in writing to recognize the rights of Tenant under the Option Agreement
following a foreclosure of the Mortgage, subject to such restrictions on the
liability and obligations of the lender as the lender may reasonably require in
the circumstances.
B. If required by a Mortgagee of Take-Out Financing,
Tenant shall agree to such commercially reasonable amendments to the provisions
of the Lease and this Leasehold Improvements Agreement as such Mortgagee may
require, provided that the amount of Basic Monthly Rent, Real Estate Taxes and
Expense for which Tenant is liable shall not be affected by reason of any such
amendment and the Permitted Use and the other rights and privileges of Tenant
under the Lease and this Leasehold Improvements Agreement are not materially
impaired or reduced.
18.9. Financial Covenants of Tenant. In the event of any
material diminution in the financial condition or creditworthiness of Tenant
occurring after the date of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement which could
reasonably be expected to result, or which has then resulted, in increased costs
of financing or other economic losses to Landlord which would not have been
incurred had no such diminution occurred, Landlord may notify Tenant in writing
that Landlord proposes to increase the Agreed Spread for Take-Out Financing by a
specified amount to take into account the amount of increase in rate caused by
such diminution or to require that Tenant pay to
-29-
<PAGE>
Landlord the increased costs of financing or other economic losses. Such written
notice to Tenant (a "Creditworthiness Adjustment Notice") from Landlord shall
state the grounds on which Landlord has concluded that increased costs of
financing or other economic losses will result or has resulted from such a
diminution. In the event that Tenant contends that no increased costs of
financing or other economic losses will result or has resulted from any such
diminution or that the amount of the increased costs of financing or other
economic losses described by Landlord is greater than that required to fairly
reflect the increased costs of financing or other economic losses caused by such
diminution, Tenant may give to Landlord a written notice (a "Contention Notice")
stating such contention within fifteen (15) days of the receipt by Tenant of
such a notice from Landlord, which notice shall state the grounds on which
Tenant has concluded that no increased costs of financing or other economic
losses will result or has resulted from such a diminution or that the amount of
the increased costs of financing or other economic losses described by Landlord
is greater than that which will occur or has occurred. Upon the receipt by
Landlord of such a notice from Tenant within such period, Landlord and Tenant
shall meet and confer for a period of ten (10) days regarding whether or not
increased costs of financing or other economic losses will or has resulted from
such a diminution and as to the amount of the adjustment to the Agreed Spread
for Take-Out Financing or other payments, if any, required to fairly reflect the
increased costs of financing or other economic losses. In the event that
Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree as to whether or not increased costs of
financing or other economic losses will or has resulted from such a diminution
and as to the amount of the adjustment or payments, if any, required to fairly
reflect such increase or losses, then either may require that the matter be
resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section
0. In the event that such arbitration results in an award determining that an
increase in the Agreed Spread for Take-Out Financing would be required in the
circumstances to fairly reflect the increase in rate caused by such diminution,
then the Agreed Spread for Take-Out Financing shall be increased in the manner
so determined in the arbitration award. In the event that such arbitration
results in an award determining that Tenant should pay to Landlord an amount to
compensate Landlord for increased costs of financing or other economic losses,
then Tenant shall make such payments to Landlord in the manner and at the time
described in the arbitration award. In the event that Tenant fails to give to
Landlord a Contention Notice within the time period for the giving of such
notice provided in this Section 0, Landlord may give to Tenant a second notice
stating such failure and further stating that if Tenant does not give such a
Contention Notice within five (5) days of the receipt by Tenant of such second
notice from Landlord, the adjustments or payments or both proposed by Landlord
will become final. In the event that Tenant fails to respond to such submission
within such period of five (5) days of the receipt by Tenant of such second
notice from Landlord, then the adjustments or payments or both proposed by
Landlord will become final and not subject to challenge by Tenant.
18.10. Prevailing Wages. Landlord and Tenant hereby
acknowledge that a lender of Construction Financing or Take-Out Financing or
both may require that prevailing wages be paid or that union labor be used in
connection with the construction of the Project, and Landlord and Tenant hereby
agree that Landlord and Tenant shall comply with any such requirements imposed
by such a lender.
18.11. Security Deposit. In the event that the terms of
Take-Out Financing require that Tenant deliver to Landlord a deposit or other
security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under the Lease or
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement (or both), then Tenant shall so deliver
the required deposit or other security in the form and amount, which deposit or
other security shall be held, applied and disbursed by Landlord pursuant to the
provisions of Section 34 of the Lease.
19. DETERMINATION OF MONTHLY BASE RENT
-30-
<PAGE>
19.1. Initial Monthly Base Rent. The Initial Monthly Base Rent
shall be in an amount equal to the product of: _. (i) the total Phase I Project
Cost; multiplied by, (ii) the Development Constant.
19.2. Selection of Designated Treasury Rate.
A. The Designated Treasury Rate shall be determined on
a date selected by Landlord, which date must fall no later than fifteen (15)
days after the date on which the first of the following events occurs: (i)
Landlord enters into a binding agreement to sell, convey or otherwise transfer
in the aggregate fifty percent (50%) of the interests in the Project to any
person or entity other than Tenant (except a conveyance or transfer to any
person who is a constituent partner in Landlord or the holder of an equity
interest in a constituent partner in Landlord); (ii) Landlord receives a
commitment from a lender to provide the Take-Out Financing at a fixed rate of
interest (as opposed to a fixed spread over an index); (iii) Landlord receives a
commitment from any other person or entity to provide funds at a fixed rate of
interest in an amount greater than Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) for the
purposes of Take-Out Financing pursuant to Section 0. For the purposes of this
Section 19.2, the term "fixed" shall mean set at unvarying rate for a period of
at least one (1) year. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
0, Landlord shall select the Designated Treasury Rate not later than the earlier
to occur of the date upon which Landlord designates the Initial Monthly Base
Rent in accordance with Section 19.3(iii) or the date which is ninety (90) days
after Tenant delivers to Landlord a written request that Landlord select the
Designated Treasury Rate. If Tenant delivers such written request, then Landlord
may, at its option, purchase a forward commitment to fix the rate of interest
(as opposed to fixing a spread over an index) under the Take-Out Financing
covering the period commencing on the date Landlord selects the Designated
Treasury Rate in response to Tenant's request and ending on the date upon which
Landlord reasonably estimates it will be designating the Initial Monthly Base
Rent in accordance with Section 19.3(iii), and the cost of such forward
commitment shall be included in Phase I Project Cost. For the purposes of this
Section 19.2.A. only: (i) the cost of such forward commitment shall be paid to
the lender of the Take-Out Financing in points and not by increasing the spread
of the interest rate applicable thereunder; (ii) the cost of such forward
commitment shall not be subject to the limitations on the cost of Take-Out
Financing set forth in the other provisions of this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement; and, (iii) the cost of such forward commitment shall not be deemed to
be included in costs reimbursed as a part of Agreed Take-Out Financing Closing
Costs. The Designated Treasury Rate shall be an approximation of the rate which
would be quoted forward in the futures markets for the sale of United States
Treasury Bonds with maturities of fifteen (15) years, which rate shall be
determined by extrapolating between the quoted rates for United States Treasury
Bonds with maturities of ten (10) and thirty (30) years as of the date for which
a quote can be obtained that is closest to the date upon which Landlord
reasonably predicts that the Last Term Commencement Date will occur.
B. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, within one (1)
business day after the occurrence of the applicable event described above,
written notice (a "Rate Designation Notice") of the date on which such event
occurred, and within two (2) business days after Landlord selects the Designated
Treasury Rate in accordance with this Section 0, Landlord shall deliver to
Tenant written notice of such selection date and the Designated Treasury Rate.
Failure by Landlord to deliver either or both of such notices shall not
constitute a waiver of the right of to set the Designated Treasury Rate,
although a failure by Landlord to select a date as of which the Designated
Treasury Rate is to be established on or before the last day of the period
during which such date could occur, as such period is provided in Section
19.2.A, shall result in the date as of which the Designated Treasury Rate is to
be established being the last day of such period.
C. In the event that Landlord has previously given a
Rate Designation Notice to Tenant, but Commencement of Construction has not
occurred on or before August 1,
-31-
<PAGE>
1998, Landlord may give to Tenant a second Rate Designation Notice at any time
thereafter and prior to the Last Rent Commencement Date, and the Designated
Treasury Rate shall be determined as of the date specified by Landlord in such
second Rate Designation Notice; provided, however, that if the failure to
achieve Commencement of Construction was solely due to causes within the
complete control of Landlord, then the Designated Treasury Rate shall be that
selected by reason of the prior Rate Designation Notice given by Landlord to
Tenant.
D. In accordance with Sections 2.14, 3.13 and 4.12 of
the Option Agreement, in the event that Landlord has previously given a Rate
Designation Notice to Tenant, but Tenant exercises one of the options granted in
the Option Agreement but thereafter defaults in its obligation to purchase the
PG&E Property in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement, Landlord may
give to Tenant another Rate Designation Notice in accordance with the provisions
of Section 0, and the Designated Treasury Rate shall be determined as of the
date specified by Landlord in such other Rate Designation Notice.
19.3. Estimation and Redetermination of Initial Monthly Base
Rent.
(i) As of the date of this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement, and based on the information available to Landlord and
Tenant as of that date, Landlord and Tenant estimate that the Initial Monthly
Base Rent will be approximately Three Hundred Five Thousand Two Hundred Fifty
Dollars ($305,250.00) per month, based upon an estimate that total Phase I
Project Cost will be in the approximate amount of Thirty-Three Million Dollars
($33,000,000.00) and that the Development Constant will be approximately eleven
and one-tenth percent (11.1%).
(ii) In the event that the Designated Treasury
Rate has not been determined on or before the First Rent Commencement Date,
Landlord shall, on or before the First Rent Commencement Date, notify Tenant in
writing of Landlord's revised estimate of the Initial Monthly Base Rent,
specifying both Landlord's revised good faith estimate of total Phase I Project
Cost and of the Development Constant as of the date of such notice. Such revised
estimate shall constitute the Initial Monthly Base Rent until the Initial
Monthly Base Rent is finally determined in accordance with Section 0.
(iii) Within sixty (60) days following the Last
Rent Commencement Date, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of Landlord's
determination of the final Initial Monthly Base Rent, specifying both Landlord's
then current good faith estimate of total Phase I Project Cost and of the
Development Constant upon which Landlord's determination of final Initial
Monthly Base Rent shall be based. Such estimates of total Phase I Project Cost
and of the Development Constant shall be based on the most current information
then available to Landlord, and shall include an explanation of any changes from
the estimate (if any) given in accordance with Section 0.
(iv) Tenant acknowledges that the estimates to
be given by Landlord to Tenant in accordance with this Section 0 will
necessarily be based on incomplete information and will therefore be subject to
inherent uncertainties. Landlord shall make such estimates in good faith, based
on the information available to Landlord at the time the estimate is to be made.
Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord will not be bound by any estimate so
given, and that no previous estimate shall be taken into account in any
redetermination of Initial Monthly Base Rent required by this Section 0. No
failure by Landlord to give to Tenant a revised estimate of Initial Monthly Base
Rent, or to redetermine the Initial Monthly Base Rent within the time periods
herein required shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of the right to do so
thereafter. The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event that Landlord fails to
notify Tenant of a redetermination within the time period provided herein,
Tenant shall give to Landlord a notice stating such failure
-32-
<PAGE>
and warning Landlord that a failure to give such a notice could result in a
waiver of the right to do so. If Landlord does not give to Tenant a notice of a
redetermination of Initial Monthly Base Rent within thirty (30) days of the
receipt by Landlord of such notice from Tenant, Tenant may give to Landlord a
second notice stating such failure and further stating that if Landlord does not
give such a notice of redetermination within ten (10) business days of the
receipt by Landlord of such second notice from Tenant, Landlord will be deemed
to have waived the right to such a redetermination. In the event that Landlord
fails to respond to such notice within such period of ten (10) business days of
the receipt by Landlord of such second notice from Tenant, Landlord shall be
deemed to have waived the right to such a redetermination, unless such failure
was caused by a Force Majeure Event, in which event Landlord shall not be deemed
to have waived such a redetermination if Landlord gives a notice of
redetermination within one (1) year.
(v) Within five (5) business days from the
receipt by Tenant of a written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute a
certificate in a form reasonably required by Landlord or a lender acknowledging
the amount of the Initial Monthly Base Rent as so estimated by Landlord, subject
to the effect of any redetermination of Initial Monthly Base Rent permitted
hereunder. It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that any lender shall be
fully entitled to rely on the statements set forth in such certificate as true
and correct. The execution of such a certificate by Tenant shall not, however,
be a condition to the obligation of Tenant to pay Monthly Base Rent in the
amounts determined by Landlord nor excuse in any manner any failure by Tenant to
make payments of Monthly Base Rent as and when due.
(vi) During the period between the First Rent
Commencement Date and the determination of the final Initial Monthly Base Rent
in accordance with Section 0, Tenant shall pay Initial Monthly Base Rent at the
rate determined by the estimate of Landlord given in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 0 or, if applicable, 0. Upon the final determination of
the Initial Monthly Base Rent pursuant to Section 0, Landlord shall notify
Tenant in writing of any amount by which the Initial Monthly Base Rent then
previously paid by Tenant is more or less than that which would have been due at
the rate determined under Section 0. In the event that Tenant has paid more than
that which would have been due at the rate determined under Section 0, then
Landlord shall refund the amount of the overage to Tenant within twenty (20)
days of the receipt by Tenant of such notice from Landlord. In the event that
Tenant has paid less than that which would have been due at the rate determined
under Section 0, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the
underpayment within twenty (20) days of the receipt by Tenant of such notice
from Landlord.
(vii) Throughout the process of the design,
bidding and construction of the Project, Landlord shall undertake reasonable
efforts to keep Tenant apprised of the status of all Aggregate Development Cost.
Tenant shall be entitled to receive copies of all bid documents, contracts and
subcontracts and all change orders agreed to by Landlord. Without limiting the
foregoing, Landlord agrees to deliver to Tenant: (A) a monthly report which
describes, in reasonable detail, the Aggregate Development Cost paid during the
preceding month and compares such Aggregate Development Cost to the
corresponding amounts set forth in the Budget and in any budget or other
document used by the lender of the Construction Financing in approving
disbursements of the proceeds of the Construction Financing; (B) a copy of the
summary of each request to disburse Construction Financing proceeds to pay hard
costs of the Project, together with copies of invoices submitted by the
architect and engineers for amounts due to such parties; (C) written notice as
promptly as possible after Landlord realizes that funds reserved in the Budget
for contingencies will need to be expended in the future, together with a
reasonably detailed, written explanation of the use thereof; and, (D) copies of
such supporting documentation to any of the foregoing as Tenant may request from
time to time.
-33-
<PAGE>
20. FIRST ADJUSTMENT TO REFLECT FINAL PHASE I PROJECT COST
2.01. Determination of Final Phase I Project Cost. Within
thirty (30) days of the date upon which Landlord has the information necessary
to determine the final Phase I Project Cost, but not later than one hundred
twenty (120) days following the Last Rent Commencement Date, Landlord shall
notify Tenant in writing of the final Phase I Project Cost. Such written notice
shall be accompanied by a detailed statement of final Phase I Project Cost.
20.2 Possible Review of Final Phase I Project Cost by Tenant.
Within twenty (20) days of the receipt by Tenant of the notice from Landlord
setting forth final Phase I Project Cost, Tenant may notify Landlord in writing
(a "Review Notice") that Tenant desires to review the records of Landlord
pertaining to the determination of Phase I Project Cost. If Tenant gives such a
notice to Landlord within such period, Landlord shall permit Tenant to review
all of the records of Landlord relevant to the determination of Phase I Project
Cost. Such review shall be performed at the offices of Landlord during regular
business hours, and Landlord shall permit Tenant to make copies, at its expense,
of such portions of such records as Tenant may elect. Tenant shall undertake and
complete such review within sixty (60) days of the receipt by Landlord of the
Review Notice. In the event that Tenant concludes that the determination by
Landlord of Phase I Project Cost is incorrect, it shall so notify Landlord
within seventy (70) days of the receipt by Landlord of the Review Notice from
Tenant, which notice from Tenant shall: (i) state with particularity the items
of Phase I Project Cost as to which Tenant believes that the determination of
Landlord was incorrect; and, (ii) state the election of Tenant to have the final
Phase I Project Cost determined by arbitration in accordance with Section 0.
20.3. Payment to Adjust Phase I Project Cost. The final Phase
I Project Cost stated by Landlord in its notice to Tenant given in accordance
with Section 0 shall be deemed to have been accepted and approved by Tenant
unless: (i) Landlord and Tenant agree in writing to a different Phase I Project
Cost within seventy (70) days of the receipt by Landlord of the Review Notice
from Tenant; or, Tenant gives to Landlord within such seventy (70) day period a
notice electing to have final Phase I Project Cost determined by arbitration in
accordance with Section 0. Within thirty (30) days of the date upon which the
final Phase I Project Cost is established (whether by Landlord's statement of
final Phase I Project Cost being deemed accepted and approved by Tenant in
accordance with this Section 0 or by a written agreement between Landlord and
Tenant establishing a different final Phase I Project Cost or by an arbitration
resulting from an election by Tenant made within seventy (70) days of the
receipt by Landlord of the Review Notice from Tenant): _.(i) if the final Phase
I Project Cost is less than the Phase I Project Cost used by Landlord in
determining the Initial Monthly Base Rent pursuant to Section 0, Landlord shall
pay to Tenant a sum equal to the difference between the Phase I Project Cost
used by Landlord in determining the Initial Monthly Base Rent pursuant to
Section 0 and the final Phase I Project Cost, together with, if the difference
is greater than two percent (2%) of Phase I Project Cost, an amount equal to ten
percent (10%) of the amount by which such difference exceeds two (2%) of Phase I
Project Cost; or, (ii) if the final Phase I Project Cost is greater than the
Phase I Project Cost used by Landlord in determining the Initial Monthly Base
Rent pursuant to Section 0, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to the
difference between the final Phase I Project Cost and the Phase I Project Cost
used by Landlord in determining the Initial Monthly Base Rent pursuant to
Section 0. Any claim by Tenant pertaining to a payment due from Landlord to
Tenant pursuant to this Section 0 shall be subject and subordinate to the claims
and rights of any lender with respect to the Project, the Phase I Land and any
appurtenances thereto, including, without limitation, the right to receive
monthly installment payments of principal and interest. Upon the written request
of Landlord, Tenant shall execute such documents as the lender of the
Construction Financing or Take-Out Financing may reasonably require to further
evidence or implement such subordination.
-34-
<PAGE>
21. SECOND ADJUSTMENT TO REFLECT FINAL PHASE I PROJECT COST
21.1. Determination of Revised Final Phase I Project Cost. In
the event that any items of Phase I Project Cost could not have been reasonably
ascertained with precision within ninety (90) days of the Last Rent Commencement
Date, then within one (1) year of the Last Rent Commencement Date, Landlord may
notify Tenant in writing of a revised final Phase I Project Cost. Such written
notice shall be accompanied by a detailed statement of such revised final Phase
I Project Cost.
21.2. Possible Review of Revised Final Phase I Project Cost by
Tenant. Within twenty (20) days of the receipt by Tenant of the notice from
Landlord given in accordance with Section 0 and setting forth a revised final
Phase I Project Cost, Tenant may notify Landlord in writing (a "Difference
Review Notice") that Tenant desires to review the records of Landlord pertaining
to those items (the "Difference Items") which account for the difference between
the revised final Phase I Project Cost and the final Phase I Project Cost as
determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 0. If Tenant gives such a
notice to Landlord within such period, Landlord shall permit Tenant to review
all of the records of Landlord relevant to the determination of such Difference
Items. Such review shall be performed at the offices of Landlord during regular
business hours, and Landlord shall permit Tenant to make copies, at its expense,
of such portions of such records as Tenant may elect. Tenant shall undertake and
complete such review within sixty (60) days of the receipt by Landlord of the
Difference Review Notice. In the event that Tenant concludes that the
determination by Landlord of the Difference Items is incorrect, it shall so
notify Landlord within seventy (70) days of the receipt by Landlord of the
Difference Review Notice from Tenant, which notice from Tenant shall: (i) state
with particularity the Difference Items as to which Tenant believes that the
determination of Landlord was incorrect; and, (ii) state the election of Tenant
to have the revised final Phase I Project Cost determined by arbitration in
accordance with Section 0.
21.3. Payment to Adjust Phase I Project Cost. The revised
final Phase I Project Cost stated by Landlord in its notice to Tenant given in
accordance with Section 0 shall be deemed to have been accepted and approved by
Tenant unless: (i) Landlord and Tenant agree in writing to a different Phase I
Project Cost within seventy (70) days of the receipt by Landlord of the
Difference Review Notice from Tenant; or, (ii) Tenant gives to Landlord within
such seventy (70) day period a notice electing to have the revised final Phase I
Project Cost determined by arbitration in accordance with Section 0. Within
thirty (30) days of the date upon which the revised final Phase I Project Cost
is established (whether by Landlord's statement of revised final Phase I Project
Cost being deemed accepted and approved by Tenant in accordance with this
Section 0 or by a written agreement between Landlord and Tenant establishing a
different revised final Phase I Project Cost or by an arbitration resulting from
an election by Tenant made within seventy (70) days of the receipt by Landlord
of the Difference Review Notice from Tenant): _.(i) if the revised final Phase I
Project Cost is less than the final Phase I Project Cost determined in
accordance with Section 0, Landlord shall pay to Tenant a sum equal to the
difference between the final Phase I Project Cost determined in accordance with
Section 0 and the revised final Phase I Project Cost; or, (ii) if the revised
final Phase I Project Cost is greater than the Phase I Project Cost determined
in accordance with Section 0, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to the
difference between the revised final Phase I Project Cost and the Phase I
Project Cost determined in accordance with Section 0. Any claim by Tenant
pertaining to a payment due from Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Section 0
shall be subject and subordinate to the claims and rights of any lender with
respect to the Project, the Phase I Land and any appurtenances thereto,
including, without limitation, the right to receive monthly installment payments
of principal and interest. Upon the written request of Landlord, Tenant shall
execute such documents as the lender of the Construction Financing or Take-Out
Financing may reasonably require to further evidence or implement such
subordination.
-35-
<PAGE>
22. PAYMENT OF PHASE II CURRENT COSTS
22.1. Payment of Certain Phase II Current Costs at
Acquisition. As provided in the Phase II Purchase Agreement, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord at the closing of the escrow for the acquisition of the Phase II Land
by Tenant from Landlord the purchase price for the Phase II Land.
22.2. Payment of Certain Phase II Current Costs Prior to
Construction Financing. On or before the earlier of the date required by lender
of the Construction Financing or the date which is five (5) business days before
the date on which Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, must direct the
contractor to proceed with the applicable portion of the work on the Phase II
Land (of which date Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing at least two (2)
business days before such date), Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to
Landlord's reasonable estimate of any of the following Phase II Current Costs
which have then been incurred (but not necessarily paid) by Landlord: (i) the
actual cost to Landlord of arranging the acquisition of the City Property; (ii)
all fees and charges of architects, engineers, materials testing consultants and
other design or construction consultants, to the extent that such fees and
charges relate to the design of buildings and other improvements to the Phase II
Land; (iii) all permit fees and all fees and charges for services rendered by
employees of the City of San Rafael or consultants hired directly by the City of
San Rafael in connection with the application for, or issuance of, the Necessary
Approvals required for the construction of the improvements to be located upon
the Phase II Land; (iv) all costs reimbursed by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to
Section 0, to the extent that such costs pertain to improvements to be located
upon, or to serve, the Phase II Land; (v) all deposits (including, without
limitation, deposits in connection with any utility service, but excluding
deposits in connection with any Take-Out Financing), to the extent that such
deposits pertain to Phase II, provided that the amount of any such deposits
returned to Landlord shall be deducted from Aggregate Development Cost and Phase
II Current Costs when received (and returned to Tenant, to the extent then
previously paid by Tenant to Landlord), but only to the extent that such
deposits were previously included in Aggregate Development Cost and Phase II
Current Costs; (vi) premiums for, and other costs of, surety bonds or other
security required in connection with any aspect of the development of Phase II
or off-site improvements (allocating the cost of such bonds between Phase I and
Phase II in accordance with the schedule for such allocations set forth in
Exhibit H, to the extent that such security is provided by Landlord and not by
Tenant; and, (vii) all reasonable legal fees and reasonable fees of other
technical consultants incurred in connection with the negotiation and
documentation of any agreement pertaining to the design and construction of the
improvements to be constructed upon the Phase II Land or any portion thereof,
whether at or about the same time as the Site and Shell Improvements or at a
later time, or any agreement pertaining to the design, construction or security
for of any improvement or payment imposed as a condition upon any approval by
the City of San Rafael of any permit or approval required for the development of
such improvements.
22.3. Payment of Remainder of Phase II Current Costs at
Construction Financing. On or before the later of the day immediately preceding
the funding of the Construction Financing or fifteen (15) days from a written
request by Landlord, Tenant shall deposit with the lender of the Construction
Financing an amount equal to Landlord's reasonable estimate of all Phase II
Current Costs which have not then been paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to
Sections 0 or 0. At the request of Tenant, Landlord shall request that the
lender enter into an agreement with Tenant requiring that the deposit be applied
only in payment of Phase II Current Costs, which agreement shall be in a form
reasonably satisfactory to such lender. In the event that such lender will not
enter into such an agreement, then Tenant may, as the alternative to depositing
such funds with such lender, elect to pay such funds to Landlord, and Landlord
shall enter into the required agreement with Tenant. Tenant shall not
unreasonably withhold or delay the
-36-
<PAGE>
execution of such an agreement. Such lender may disburse such funds to pay Phase
II Current Costs or to reimburse Landlord for any Phase II Current Costs
incurred and paid by Landlord. In the event that the amount so paid and
deposited by Tenant is less than Phase II Current Costs, Landlord may request
that Tenant make an additional deposit in an amount equal to Landlord's
reasonable estimate of the additional funds required to pay or reimburse all
Phase II Current Costs then unpaid (whether or not then yet incurred), and
Tenant shall make such deposit within ten (10) days of the receipt by Tenant of
such a request from Landlord. In the event that the amount so deposited by
Tenant is more than Phase II Current Costs, after all such Phase II Current
Costs have been paid or reimbursed, the excess amount so deposited shall be
returned to Tenant by the party then holding the excess funds. No component of
Phase II Current Costs so deposited or otherwise paid or reimbursed by Tenant
shall be included within Phase I Project Cost, to the full extent so paid or
reimbursed.
23. PAYMENT FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF PARKING LOT. On or before
the later of May 1, 1998 or fifteen (15) days from a written request by
Landlord, Tenant shall deposit with the lender of the Construction Financing an
amount equal to Landlord's reasonable estimate of all costs of the design and
construction of all the parking lot which is to be located upon the Phase II
Land. The obligation of Tenant to make the deposit to a lender required by this
Section 0 may be conditioned, at the request of Tenant, upon the execution by
Tenant and such lender of an agreement requiring that the deposit be applied
only in payment of the cost of the design and construction of all the parking
lot which is to be located upon the Phase II Land, which agreement shall be in a
form reasonably satisfactory to such lender. Tenant shall not unreasonably
withhold or delay the execution of such an agreement. Such lender may disburse
such funds to pay such costs or to reimburse Landlord for any such costs
incurred and paid by Landlord. In the event that the amount so deposited by
Tenant is less than the aggregate of such costs of design and construction,
Landlord may request that Tenant make an additional deposit in an amount equal
to Landlord's reasonable estimate of the additional funds required to pay or
reimburse all such costs then unpaid (whether or not then yet incurred). In the
event that the amount so deposited by Tenant is more than the aggregate of such
costs, after all such costs have been paid or reimbursed, the excess amount so
deposited shall be returned to Tenant by the party then holding the excess
funds. No component of such costs so deposited or otherwise paid or reimbursed
by Tenant shall be included within Phase I Project Cost or in Phase II Current
Costs, to the full extent so paid or reimbursed.
24. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES
EXCEPT FOR DISPUTES WHICH ARE TO BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 0, ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER THIS LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
AGREEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY ARBITRATION UPON THE REQUEST OF EITHER PARTY.
THE PARTY REQUESTING ARBITRATION SHALL DO SO BY GIVING NOTICE TO THAT EFFECT TO
THE OTHER PARTY, SPECIFYING IN SAID NOTICE IN REASONABLE DETAIL THE NATURE OF
THE DISPUTE. WITHIN THE FIVE (5) DAY PERIOD AFTER SUCH NOTICE IS GIVEN, THE
PARTIES SHALL MEET AND CONFER AS OFTEN AS IS REASONABLY POSSIBLE TO ATTEMPT IN
GOOD FAITH TO AGREE ON A SINGLE ARBITRATOR TO RESOLVE THE DISPUTE. IF THE
PARTIES FAIL TO SO AGREE WITHIN THAT FIVE (5) DAY PERIOD, THE MATTER SHALL BE
REFERRED TO THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION, WHICH SHALL SELECT A SINGLE
ARBITRATOR TO RESOLVE SUCH DISPUTE. WITHIN FIVE (5) DAYS AFTER THE ARBITRATOR IS
SELECTED, THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOTIFY EACH OF THE PARTIES OF THE LOCATION AND
TIME OF A HEARING OF THEIR RESPECTIVE POSITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE DISPUTE,
-37-
<PAGE>
WHICH SHALL BE HELD NOT LATER THAN FIFTEEN (15) DAYS AFTER THE NOTICE FROM THE
PARTY INITIATING THE ARBITRATION. THE ARBITRATOR SHALL RENDER HIS OR HER
DECISION WITHIN SEVEN (7) DAYS OF CONCLUSION OF THE HEARING. THE DECISION OF THE
ARBITRATOR SHALL BE BINDING AND CONCLUSIVE UPON THE PARTIES. IF AN ARBITRATOR
SHALL FAIL OR REFUSE TO ACT WITHIN THE TIME PERIODS PROVIDED HEREIN, THEN A
SUBSTITUTE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE APPOINTED UPON THE APPLICATION OF EITHER PARTY BY
THE PRESIDING JUDGE OF THE SUPERIOR COURT IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF MARIN, ACTING
IN HIS OR HER PERSONAL, RATHER THAN JUDICIAL, CAPACITY. THE AWARD IN SUCH
ARBITRATION MAY BE ENFORCED, ON THE APPLICATION OF EITHER PARTY THERETO, BY THE
ORDER OR JUDGMENT OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION. THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF
THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE BORNE BY THE PARTIES EQUALLY, BUT EACH PARTY SHALL BEAR
THE EXPENSE OF ITS OWN ATTORNEYS AND EXPERTS AND THE ADDITIONAL EXPENSES OF
PRESENTING ITS OWN PROOF.
NOTICE: BY INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW, YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE ANY
DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE "ARBITRATION OF
DISPUTES" PROVISION DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED BY
CALIFORNIA LAW AND YOU ARE GIVING UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT POSSESS TO
HAVE THE DISPUTE LITIGATED IN A COURT OR JURY TRIAL. BY INITIALLING IN
THE SPACE BELOW, YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS TO DISCOVERY
AND APPEAL, UNLESS THOSE RIGHTS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN THE
"ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES" PROVISION. IF YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO
ARBITRATION AFTER AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, YOU MAY BE COMPELLED TO
ARBITRATE UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL
PROCEDURE. YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY.
WE HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING AND AGREE TO SUBMIT DISPUTES
ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE "ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES"
PROVISION TO NEUTRAL ARBITRATION.
LANDLORD
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By: VPI, Inc., a California corporation,
Its General Partner
By:
------------------------------------
Its:
------------------------------------
-38-
<PAGE>
TENANT
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By:
--------------------------------------------
Its:
--------------------------------------------
25. ALTERNATIVE PROCEDURE FOR ARBITRATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES.
ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER A PROVISION OF THIS LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
AGREEMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT SUCH DISPUTES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY
ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 0 SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE
FOLLOWING PROCEDURES. THE PARTY REQUESTING ARBITRATION SHALL DO SO BY GIVING
NOTICE TO THAT EFFECT TO THE OTHER PARTY, SPECIFYING IN SAID NOTICE IN
REASONABLE DETAIL THE NATURE OF THE DISPUTE. WITHIN THE TWO (2) DAY PERIOD AFTER
SUCH NOTICE IS GIVEN, THE PARTIES SHALL MEET AND CONFER AS OFTEN AS IS
REASONABLY POSSIBLE TO ATTEMPT IN GOOD FAITH TO AGREE ON A SINGLE ARBITRATOR TO
RESOLVE THE DISPUTE. IF THE PARTIES FAIL TO SO AGREE WITHIN THAT TWO (2) DAY
PERIOD, THEN BY 5:00 P.M. ON SUCH SECOND DAY, EACH PARTY SHALL LIST THE NAMES OF
TWO (2) ARBITRATORS ON A PIECE OF PAPER AND SHALL PROVIDE A COPY THEREOF TO THE
OTHER PARTY. IF THE NAME OF AN ARBITRATOR APPEARS ON BOTH PIECES OF PAPER, SUCH
PERSON SHALL ARBITRATE THE DISPUTE. OTHERWISE, THE NAMES OF THE FOUR (4)
ARBITRATORS SHALL BE SUBMITTED ON THE FOLLOWING MORNING TO THE AMERICAN
ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF SELECTING WHICH OF THOSE FOUR
(4) INDIVIDUALS SHALL ARBITRATE THE DISPUTE. THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION
ASSOCIATION SHALL BE REQUESTED TO SELECT SUCH AN ARBITRATOR WITHIN TWO (2) DAYS.
WITHIN FIVE (5) DAYS OF THE SELECTION OF THE ARBITRATOR, THE ARBITRATOR SHALL
NOTIFY EACH OF THE PARTIES OF THE LOCATION AND TIME OF A HEARING OF THEIR
RESPECTIVE POSITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE DISPUTE, WHICH SHALL BE HELD NOT LATER
THAN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE NOTICE FROM THE PARTY INITIATING THE ARBITRATION.
THE ARBITRATOR SHALL RENDER HIS OR HER DECISION WITHIN TWO (2) BUSINESS DAYS OF
CONCLUSION OF THE HEARING. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE BINDING AND
CONCLUSIVE UPON THE PARTIES. IF AN ARBITRATOR SHALL FAIL OR REFUSE TO ACT WITHIN
THE TIME PERIODS PROVIDED HEREIN, THEN A SUBSTITUTE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE
APPOINTED UPON THE APPLICATION OF EITHER PARTY BY THE PRESIDING JUDGE OF THE
SUPERIOR COURT IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF MARIN, ACTING IN HIS OR HER PERSONAL,
RATHER THAN JUDICIAL, CAPACITY. THE AWARD IN SUCH ARBITRATION MAY BE ENFORCED,
ON THE APPLICATION OF EITHER PARTY THERETO, BY THE ORDER OR JUDGMENT OF A COURT
OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION. THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE
BORNE BY THE PARTIES EQUALLY, BUT EACH PARTY SHALL BEAR THE EXPENSE OF ITS OWN
ATTORNEYS AND EXPERTS AND THE ADDITIONAL EXPENSES OF PRESENTING ITS OWN PROOF.
NOTICE: BY INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW, YOU ARE AGREEING
-39-
<PAGE>
TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE
"ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES" PROVISION DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AS
PROVIDED BY CALIFORNIA LAW AND YOU ARE GIVING UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT
POSSESS TO HAVE THE DISPUTE LITIGATED IN A COURT OR JURY TRIAL. BY
INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW, YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS
TO DISCOVERY AND APPEAL, UNLESS THOSE RIGHTS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED
IN THE "ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES" PROVISION. IF YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO
ARBITRATION AFTER AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, YOU MAY BE COMPELLED TO
ARBITRATE UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL
PROCEDURE. YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY.
WE HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING AND AGREE TO SUBMIT DISPUTES
ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE "ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES"
PROVISION TO NEUTRAL ARBITRATION.
LANDLORD
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By: VPI, Inc., a California corporation,
Its General Partner
By:
-------------------------------------------
Its:
-------------------------------------------
TENANT
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By:
--------------------------------------------
Its:
--------------------------------------------
26. NOTICES. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement, any bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or
other communications given or required to be given under this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement shall be effective only if rendered or given in writing,
sent by certified mail (return receipt requested), reputable overnight carrier,
or delivered personally, (i) to Tenant at Tenant's address set forth in the
Basic Lease Information of the Lease, or (ii) to Landlord at Landlord's address
set forth in the Basic Lease Information of the Lease; or (iii) to such other
address as either Landlord or Tenant may designate as its new address for such
purpose by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 0. Any bill, statement, notice, demand, request or other communication
-40-
<PAGE>
shall be deemed to have been rendered or given on the date the return receipt
indicates delivery of or refusal of delivery if sent by certified mail, the day
upon which recipient accepts and signs for delivery from a reputable overnight
carrier or on the date a reputable overnight carrier indicates refusal of
delivery, upon the date personal delivery is made, or three (3) days after
mailed by first class U.S. mail. Any bill, statement, notice, demand, request or
other communication under this Leasehold Improvements Agreement may be given on
behalf of a party by the attorney for such party.
27. EFFECT OF EXERCISE OF OPTION. The other provisions of this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement notwithstanding, in the event that Tenant
exercises the "First Option" (as that term is defined in the Option Agreement)
in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement, Landlord shall assign
to Tenant the agreements required to be so assigned by the Option Agreement, and
Landlord may thereafter cease to perform any obligation of Landlord pursuant to
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement with respect to the design and
construction of any improvements on the Phase I Land or the Phase II Land other
than any obligations of Landlord with respect to obtaining Necessary Approvals.
28. ASSIGNMENT.
28.1. By Tenant. The rights of Tenant hereunder shall not be
assigned by Tenant except in connection with an assignment of the leasehold
interest of Tenant under the Lease, but only if such assignment is permitted
under the Lease or is made with the consent of Landlord, and any other purported
assignment by Tenant shall be null and void and of no force or effect.
28.2. By Landlord. This Leasehold Improvements Agreement and
the rights of Landlord (but not the obligations of Landlord) hereunder shall be
assignable as collateral by Landlord without Tenant's consent or approval to any
lender of Construction Financing or Take-Out Financing, to constituent partner
in Landlord (or constituent partner of a constituent partner in Landlord), to an
entity in which Jim Helfrich or Scott Kepner hold equity interests (or to a
constituent partner of such entity), but any such assignment shall only be made
in connection with an assignment of the right of Landlord under the Lease.
29. CONFLICTS AND CONFORMITY WITH OTHER DOCUMENTS. To the extent which
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement fails to provide the rights and
obligations of Landlord and Tenant relative to any matter, the rights and
obligations of each of them relative to such matter shall be governed by the
Lease to the extent such matters are addressed in the Lease.
30. DESIGNATION OF AGENTS.
30.1. Designation of Agent by Landlord. Landlord hereby
appoints as its respective agents in connection with the matters referred to in
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement Scott Kepner and Jim Helfrich, with each
such agent being fully authorized to act for and bind Landlord without the
necessity of confirmation or ratification by any other such agent or by any
other person or entity. Such appointment shall be for the express benefit of
Tenant.
30.2. Designation of Agent by Tenant. Tenant hereby appoints
as its respective agents in connection with the matters referred to in this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement Stephen Gale and Michael Gordon, with each such
agent being fully authorized to act for and bind Tenant without the necessity of
confirmation or ratification by any other such agent or
-41-
<PAGE>
by any other person or entity. Such appointment shall be for the express benefit
of Landlord.
31. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
31.1. Events of Landlord Default. An "Event of Landlord
Default" shall be deemed to have occurred when: (i) Landlord has failed to
perform any of its obligations or has breached any of its duties under this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement; (ii) Tenant has given written notice of such
failure or breach to Landlord; and, (iii) Landlord has not cured such failure or
breach, with respect to any failure to pay or deposit money, within five (5)
business days of the receipt by Landlord of such notice from Tenant or, with
respect to any failure to perform any obligation or breach of any duty, other
than an obligation to pay or deposit money, within thirty (30) days from the
receipt by Landlord of such notice from Tenant or, if Landlord has diligently
commenced and endeavored to cure such failure or breach but such failure or
breach cannot by its nature be cured within such period of thirty (30) days
despite the diligent efforts of Landlord, then within such additional period as
may reasonably be required for the completion of such cure through the diligent
efforts of Landlord; provided, however, that such additional period shall not
exceed ninety (90) days beyond such thirty (30) day period. The foregoing
notwithstanding, in the event that Tenant is prevented or delayed by operation
of law or by injunction from giving to Landlord notice that Landlord has failed
to perform any of its obligations or has breached any of its duties, then no
such notice shall be required, and an "Event of Landlord Default" shall be
deemed to have occurred when the applicable time period referred to in clause
(iii) above has elapsed from the first occurrence of such failure of performance
or breach of duty (rather than from the receipt by Landlord of a notice from
Tenant).
31.2. Events of Tenant Default. An "Event of Tenant Default"
shall be deemed to have occurred when: (i) Tenant has failed to perform any of
its obligations or breached any of its duties under this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement; (ii) Landlord has given written notice of such failure or breach to
Tenant; and, (iii) Tenant has not cured such failure or breach, with respect to
any failure to pay or deposit money, within five (5) business days of the
receipt by Tenant of such notice from Landlord or, with respect to any failure
to perform any obligation or breach of any duty, other than an obligation to pay
or deposit money, within thirty (30) days from the receipt by Tenant of such
notice from Landlord or, if Tenant has diligently commenced and endeavored to
cure such failure or breach but such failure cannot by its nature be cured
within such period of thirty (30) days despite the diligent efforts of Tenant,
then within such additional period as may reasonably be required for the
completion of such cure through the diligent efforts of Tenant; provided,
however, that such additional period shall not exceed ninety (90) days beyond
such thirty (30) day period. The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event that
Landlord is prevented or delayed by operation of law or by injunction from
giving to Tenant notice that Tenant has failed to perform any of its obligations
or has breached any of its duties, then no such notice shall be required, and an
"Event of Tenant Default" shall be deemed to have occurred when the applicable
time period referred to in clause (iii) above has elapsed from the first
occurrence of such failure of performance or breach of duty (rather than from
the receipt by Tenant of a notice from Landlord).
32. WAIVER. If either Landlord or Tenant waives the performance of any
term, covenant or condition contained in this Leasehold Improvements Agreement,
such waiver shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the
same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein. Furthermore, the
acceptance of Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent by Landlord shall not
constitute a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or
condition of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement or of any Tenant Caused
Delay, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time
Landlord accepted such Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent. Failure by Landlord
or Tenant to enforce any of the terms,
-42-
<PAGE>
covenants or conditions of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement for any length
of time shall not be deemed to waive or to decrease the right of Landlord or
Tenant to insist thereafter upon strict performance by Tenant. Waiver by
Landlord or Tenant of any term, covenant or condition contained in this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement may only be made by a written document signed
by the party to be charged with such waiver.
33. ATTORNEYS' FEES. If Tenant or Landlord brings any arbitration or
action for any relief against the other, declaratory or otherwise, arising out
of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement, the losing party shall pay to the
prevailing party a reasonable sum for attorneys' fees, which shall be deemed to
have accrued on the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not
the arbitration or action is prosecuted to judgment.
34. TERMINATION.
34.1. Rights of Landlord to Terminate. In addition to any
other rights to terminate this Leasehold Improvements Agreement set forth
herein, but subject to the provisions of Section 0.D, Landlord shall have the
following rights:
A. In the event that Landlord is unable to obtain
Construction Financing or Take-Out Financing (on the terms described in this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement and otherwise on terms which, if less favorable
to Landlord, shall be satisfactory to Landlord in the exercise of its sole
discretion) in sufficient time to permit the Commencement of Construction for
the Project on or before June 1, 1998, after Landlord has followed the
procedures set forth in this Leasehold Improvements Agreement to obtain such
financing, Landlord may terminate the Lease, this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement (but not
less than all of them) by written notice to Tenant on or after June 2, 1998. In
addition, if Landlord is unable to obtain binding commitments for Construction
Financing or Take-Out Financing (on the terms described in the Leasehold
Improvements Agreement and otherwise on terms which, if less favorable to
Landlord, shall be satisfactory to Landlord in the exercise of its sole
discretion) on or before April 15, 1998, after Landlord has followed the
procedures set forth in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement to obtain such
commitments, Landlord may terminate the Lease, this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement (but not
less than all of them) by written notice to Tenant on or after April 16, 1998.
B. In the event that the City of San Rafael imposes a
condition upon the issuance of any permit or approval necessary for the
development of the Project (including, without limitation, a development
agreement for the Project and the Phase II Land) which Landlord concludes, in
the exercise of its reasonable judgment, would materially impair the value or
usability of the Project or which would cause Phase I Project Cost to exceed
Estimated Phase I Project Cost or which would impose upon Landlord costs which
are not Phase I Project Costs and which are materially in excess of the costs
projected by Landlord for those purposes, or in the event that Landlord
reasonably believes that the City of San Rafael is likely to impose one or more
such conditions in the future, Landlord may terminate the Lease, this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement
(but not less than all of them) by written notice to Tenant. Landlord may also
terminate the Lease, this Leasehold Improvements Agreement, the Option Agreement
and the Phase II Purchase Agreement (but not less than all of them) by written
notice to Tenant if Landlord reasonably concludes that no solution to the
relocation of the existing 115KV powerline will be approved by the City of San
Rafael which is acceptable to Tenant and, in the sole judgment of Landlord,
economically feasible in the circumstances.
-43-
<PAGE>
C. In the event that the City of San Rafael for any
reason fails or refuses to grant on or before May 1, 1998 all permits and
approvals necessary to permit the development of the Project and the Phase II
Land with not less than three hundred fifty thousand (350,000) square feet of
Gross Building Area and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease and
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement (including, without limitation, a
development agreement for the Project and the Phase II Land), Landlord may
terminate the Lease, this Leasehold Improvements Agreement, the Option Agreement
and the Phase II Purchase Agreement (but not less than all of them) by written
notice to Tenant on or after May 2, 1998.
D. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 0 to the contrary, if Tenant exercises the First Option under the Option
Agreement prior to Landlord's exercise of any right under this Section 0, then
the following provisions shall apply: (i) with respect to Landlord's rights
under Sections 0.A and 0.B, Landlord's rights under such Sections shall be
suspended until the earlier to occur of: (a) the date on which Tenant acquires
the PG&E Property pursuant to the First Option (in which event Landlord's rights
under such Sections shall automatically terminate); or (b) the date on which
Tenant fails, for any reason, to acquire the PG&E Property pursuant to the First
Option (in which event, with respect to Section 0.A only, the dates set forth in
Section 0.A shall be deemed to be the same dates in 1999); and (ii) with respect
to Landlord's right under Section 0.C, if on or before May 1, 1998 both Tenant
has not acquired the PG&E Property pursuant to the First Option and the permits
and approvals described in Section 0.C have not been granted by the City of San
Rafael, then Landlord may elect to deliver to Tenant written notice advising
Tenant that it must either acquire title to the PG&E Property in its "as is"
condition on or before a date specified by Landlord in its notice (which date
shall not be less than fifteen (15) days after the date of Landlord's notice) or
permitting Landlord to terminate the Lease, this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Phase II Purchase Agreement (but not
less than all of them) effective as of the date which is five (5) days after the
date of Landlord's notice. With respect to clause (ii) above only, if Tenant
fails to deliver to Landlord, within that five (5) day period, written notice
agreeing to so acquire title to the PG&E Property, then the Lease, this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Phase II Purchase
Agreement (but not less than all of them) shall so terminate.
34.2. Termination of Multiple Agreements. In those instances
where either Landlord or Tenant or both of them are given the right to terminate
more than one agreement between them by reason of the occurrence of a particular
event or circumstance, it is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that any
termination resulting from the exercise of such right shall be of all of the
agreements as to which the right is so given and all rights arising thereunder,
but not less than all of them, except that termination of the Option Agreement
shall not ipso facto terminate the Lease under this Section 0. If the Lease,
this Leasehold Improvements Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Phase II
Purchase Agreement are terminated for any reason, that termination shall be
without prejudice to any rights either party may have against the other with
respect to sums which became due under the Lease, this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement, the Option Agreement or the Phase II Purchase Agreement prior to such
termination. The provisions of this Section 0 shall apply to all the
aforementioned documents notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in them.
34.3. Effect of Termination of the Lease. In the event that
the Lease is terminated for any reason, then this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement shall also be deemed to have simultaneously been terminated, without
further act of the parties. In the event of the termination of the Lease by
reason of a default by Tenant thereunder, then this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement shall conclusively be deemed also to have been terminated due to a
default by Tenant.
-44-
<PAGE>
35. PAYMENTS BY LANDLORD. Provisions of this Leasehold Improvements
Agreement which require that Landlord pay an expense or provide a service or
thing at its expense are not intended to affect, or to exclude such expenses
from, the definition of "Aggregate Development Cost" set forth in the Lease
(upon which Monthly Base Rent is to be based, as therein provided) or to imply
that Landlord is not entitled to obtain reimbursement for such expenses to the
extent provided herein or in the Lease.
36. INTEREST ON DEPOSITS OR PAYMENTS BY LANDLORD. In instances where
Tenant is required to pay a deposit or other sum to Landlord pursuant to this
Leasehold Improvements Agreement, if Landlord does not intend to promptly make
the expenditure to which the payment related and is permitted by the lender of
the Construction Financing to invest the funds so paid by Tenant at interest,
Landlord shall so invest the funds at rates then applicable to insured accounts,
and shall pay to Tenant the interest earned thereon when such interest is
received by Landlord. In instances where Tenant is required to pay a deposit or
other sum to the lender of the Construction Financing pursuant to this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause such
lender to deposit such sum in an interest-bearing account with all interest
earned thereon to be paid to Tenant when received.
37. MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS. Time is of the essence of this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement and all of its provisions. This Leasehold Improvements
Agreement shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of
California. This Leasehold Improvements Agreement, together with its exhibits,
contains all the agreements of the parties hereto pertaining to the subject
matter of this Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and supersedes any previous
negotiations regarding that subject matter. There have been no representations
made by Landlord or understandings made between the parties other than those set
forth in this Leasehold Improvements Agreement and its exhibits. This Leasehold
Improvements Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original. This Leasehold Improvements Agreement may not be modified
except by a written instrument by the parties hereto. The Section headings
herein are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase,
limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Leasehold
Improvements Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
LANDLORD
Village Builders, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
By: VPI, Inc., a California corporation,
Its General Partner
By:
-------------------------------------------
Its:
-------------------------------------------
TENANT
-45-
<PAGE>
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By:
--------------------------------------------
Its:
--------------------------------------------
-46-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
1. DEFINITIONS..............................................................................................1
1.1. "Agreed Spread for Take-Out Financing"..........................................................2
1.2. "Agreed Take-Out Financing Closing Costs".......................................................2
1.3. "Aggregate Development Cost"....................................................................2
1.4. "Base Building Improvements"....................................................................6
1.5. "Budget"........................................................................................6
1.6. "Commencement of Construction"..................................................................6
1.7. "Common Area"...................................................................................6
1.8. "Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements"..................................................6
1.9. "Construction Financing"........................................................................6
1.10. "Construction Period"...........................................................................7
1.11. "Criteria for Take-Out Financing"...............................................................7
1.12. "Defect List"...................................................................................8
1.13. "Delays"........................................................................................8
1.14. "Designated Treasury Rate"......................................................................8
1.15. "Development Constant"..........................................................................8
1.16. "Descriptive Base Specifications"...............................................................8
1.17. "Draft Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements"............................................8
1.18. "Estimated Phase I Project Cost"................................................................8
1.19. "Event of Default"..............................................................................8
1.20. "Event of Landlord Default".....................................................................8
1.21. "Event of Tenant Default".......................................................................8
1.22. "Final Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements"............................................8
1.23. "Floor".........................................................................................9
1.24. "Floor Substantial Completion Notice"...........................................................9
1.25. "Force Majeure Events"..........................................................................9
1.26. "Gross Building Area"...........................................................................9
1.27. "Hazardous Materials"...........................................................................9
1.28. "HVAC Defect List"..............................................................................9
1.29. "Laws"..........................................................................................9
1.30. "Modifications".................................................................................9
1.31. "Mortgage"......................................................................................9
1.32. "Necessary Approvals"......................................................................... 10
1.33. "Necessary Changes"........................................................................... 10
1.34. "Net Stipulated Value of the PG&E Property"................................................... 10
1.35. "Option Agreement"............................................................................ 10
1.36. "Parking Easement"............................................................................ 10
1.37. "Parking Easement Agreement".................................................................. 10
1.38. "Parking Easement Area"....................................................................... 10
1.39. "PG&E" ....................................................................................... 10
1.40. "PG&E Environmental Agreement" ............................................................... 10
1.41. "PG&E Property"............................................................................... 10
1.42. "Phase I"..................................................................................... 10
1.43. "Phase I Buildings"........................................................................... 10
1.44. "Phase I Land"................................................................................ 11
1.45. "Phase I Project Cost"........................................................................ 11
1.46. "Phase II".................................................................................... 11
1.47. "Phase II Current Costs"...................................................................... 11
1.48. "Phase II Land"............................................................................... 13
-i-
<PAGE>
1.49. "Phase II Purchase Agreement" ................................................................ 13
1.50. "Premises".................................................................................... 13
1.51. "Project"..................................................................................... 13
1.52. "Project Substantial Completion Notice"....................................................... 13
1.53. "Punch List".................................................................................. 13
1.54. "Real Estate Taxes"........................................................................... 13
1.55. "Rentable Area"............................................................................... 13
1.56. "Review Notice"............................................................................... 13
1.57. "Site Improvements"........................................................................... 13
1.58. "Site and Shell Improvements"................................................................. 13
1.59. "Substantial Completion"...................................................................... 13
1.60. "Substantial Completion Notice"............................................................... 14
1.61. "Take-Out Financing".......................................................................... 14
1.62. "Tenant Caused Delays"........................................................................ 14
1.63. "Tenant Improvements"......................................................................... 14
1.64. "Tenant Improvement Allowance"................................................................ 15
1.65. "Tentative Site Plan"......................................................................... 15
1.66. "Work"........................................................................................ 15
1.67. "Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements"........................................ 15
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS TO BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED BY LANDLORD..................... 15
2.1. General Description of Site Improvements...................................................... 15
2.2. General Description of Base Building Improvements............................................. 16
2.3. General Description of Tenant Improvements.................................................... 17
2.4. Design of Site and Shell Improvements......................................................... 17
3. PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF APPLICATIONS TO THE CITY OF SAN RAFAEL..................................... 18
3.1. Applications.................................................................................. 18
3.2. Changes in Plans and Specifications........................................................... 18
3.3. Consistency with Descriptive Base Specifications.............................................. 19
3.4. Fees and Expenses Incurred in Connection with the Applications................................ 19
3.5. Letter Agreements Pertaining to Certain Fees and Expenses Incurred in Connection with
the Applications.............................................................................. 19
4. COOPERATION IN PLANNING PROCESS........................................................................ 20
5. PREPARATION OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR OFF-SITE IMPROVEMENTS...................................... 20
6. PREPARATION OF WORKING DRAWINGS FOR THE SITE AND SHELL IMPROVEMENTS.................................... 20
6.1. Initial Preparation........................................................................... 20
6.2. Submission to Tenant for Review............................................................... 21
6.3. Tenant's Review Responsibilities.............................................................. 21
6.4. Submission to the City of San Rafael.......................................................... 21
7. TENANT'S ARCHITECT AND ENGINEERS....................................................................... 22
7.1. Submission of List of Consultants............................................................. 22
7.2. Cost of Preparation........................................................................... 22
8. SUBMITTAL OF CONCEPTUAL PLANS FOR THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.............................................. 22
-ii-
<PAGE>
8.1. Preliminary Submission........................................................................ 22
8.2. First Submission.............................................................................. 22
8.3. Purpose of Conceptual Plans for the Tenant Improvements....................................... 23
9. PREPARATION OF WORKING DRAWINGS FOR THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS............................................ 23
10. LANDLORD'S REVIEW RESPONSIBILITIES..................................................................... 24
11. COST OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS............................................................................ 25
12. CONSTRUCTION OF SITE AND SHELL IMPROVEMENTS............................................................ 25
12.1. Construction and Substitutions................................................................ 25
12.2. Changes to Working Drawings for the Site and Shell Improvements............................... 26
13. INSPECTION BY TENANT................................................................................... 26
14. CHANGE ORDERS.......................................................................................... 27
14.1. Right of Tenant to Request Modifications...................................................... 27
14.2. Preparation of Plans for Modifications........................................................ 27
15. CONSTRUCTION RELATED MATTERS........................................................................... 28
15.1. Target Date For Commencement.................................................................. 28
15.2. Schedule Requirements in Construction Contracts............................................... 28
15.3. Notice of Substantial Completion.............................................................. 29
16. NOTICES OF COMPLETION AND DEFECTS...................................................................... 29
16.1. Project Substantial Completion Notice and Acceptance.......................................... 29
16.2. Assignment of Warranty Rights by Landlord..................................................... 30
16.3. Corrections by Landlord....................................................................... 30
17. DELAYS................................................................................................. 30
17.1. Tenant Caused Delays.......................................................................... 30
17.2. Force Majeure Delays.......................................................................... 31
17.3. Statements of Landlord as to Delays........................................................... 31
17.4. Minimization of Delays........................................................................ 32
18. PROJECT FINANCING...................................................................................... 32
18.1. Right and Obligation to Arrange............................................................... 32
18.2. Retaining a Mortgage Broker to Arrange Financing.............................................. 32
18.3. Selection of Lender and Negotiation of Construction Financing................................. 32
18.4. Selection of Lender and Negotiation of Take-Out Financing..................................... 33
18.5. Inability to Obtain Commitment................................................................ 33
18.6. Other Funds................................................................................... 33
18.7. Contribution of Tenant........................................................................ 33
18.8. Cooperation of Tenant in Construction Financing and Take-Out Financing........................ 34
18.9. Financial Covenants of Tenant................................................................. 35
18.10. Prevailing Wages.............................................................................. 36
18.11. Security Deposit.............................................................................. 36
19. DETERMINATION OF MONTHLY BASE RENT..................................................................... 36
-iii-
<PAGE>
20. FIRST ADJUSTMENT TO REFLECT FINAL PHASE I PROJECT COST................................................. 40
20.1. Determination of Final Phase I Project Cost................................................... 40
20.2. Possible Review of Final Phase I Project Cost................................................. 40
20.3. Payment to Adjust Phase I Project Cost........................................................ 40
21. SECOND ADJUSTMENT TO REFLECT FINAL PHASE I PROJECT COST................................................ 41
21.1. Determination of Revised Final Phase I Project Cost........................................... 41
21.2. Possible Review of Revised Final Phase I Project Cost......................................... 41
21.3. Payment to Adjust Phase I Project Cost........................................................ 41
22. PAYMENT OF PHASE II CURRENT COSTS...................................................................... 42
22.1. Payment of Certain Phase II Current Costs at Acquisition...................................... 42
22.2. Payment of Certain Phase II Current Costs Prior to Construction Financing..................... 42
22.3. Payment of Remainder of Phase II Current Costs at Construction Financing...................... 43
23. PAYMENT FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF PARKING LOT..................................................... 44
24. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES................................................................................ 44
25. ALTERNATIVE PROCEDURE FOR ARBITRATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES.............................................. 46
26. NOTICES................................................................................................ 48
27. EFFECT OF EXERCISE OF OPTION........................................................................... 48
28. ASSIGNMENT............................................................................................. 48
28.1. By Tenant..................................................................................... 48
28.2. By Landlord................................................................................... 49
29. CONFLICTS AND CONFORMITY WITH OTHER DOCUMENTS.......................................................... 49
30. DESIGNATION OF AGENTS.................................................................................. 49
30.1. Designation of Agent by Landlord.............................................................. 49
30.2. Designation of Agent by Tenant................................................................ 49
31. EVENTS OF DEFAULT...................................................................................... 49
31.1. Events of Landlord Default.................................................................... 49
31.2. Events of Tenant Default...................................................................... 50
32. WAIVER................................................................................................. 50
33. ATTORNEYS' FEES........................................................................................ 51
34. TERMINATION............................................................................................ 51
34.2. Termination of Multiple Agreements............................................................ 52
34.3. Effect of Termination of the Lease............................................................ 53
35. PAYMENTS BY LANDLORD................................................................................... 53
36. INTEREST ON DEPOSITS OR PAYMENTS BY LANDLORD........................................................... 53
37. MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS.................................................................................. 53
</TABLE>
LEASE
ARTICLE 1. LEASE TERMS
1.1 LANDLORD AND TENANT. This lease ("Lease") is entered into this
_______________ day of March, 1997 by and between CSM CORPORATION, a Minnesota
corporation, ("Landlord") and DYNAMARK, INC., a Minnesota corporation,
("Tenant").
1.2 PREMISES. Landlord hereby rents, leases lets and demises to Tenant the
premises and building ("Premises" and "Building") illustrated on the site plan
attached hereto as EXHIBIT A, together with the right of ingress, egress and
access over and across the private drive shown on EXHIBIT A. The Premises and
Building are located on the real property legally described on attached EXHIBIT
B. The parties acknowledge that the Tenant is leasing the entire Building, and
that the Building and Premises consist of approximately 33,000 square feet.
1.3 IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord shall construct the Building, improvements to the
Premises, and site improvements pursuant to plans and specifications agreed to
by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease. An architectural
plan elevations and specifications for the Building and Premises, and a
description of the improvements to be constructed therein are attached hereto as
EXHIBITS C and D.
1.4 LEASE TERM.
A. Initial Term. The term of this Lease shall commence on August
1, 1997 ("Commencement Date") and shall terminate one hundred
thirteen (113) months thereafter on December 31, 2006, unless
sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.
B. Option to Extend. Tenant shall have the option to extend the
term of this Lease for two (2) additional sixty (60) month
terms ("Option Terms") upon and pursuant to the same
conditions contained herein. This option may be exercised by
written notice of exercise from Tenant to Landlord given not
less than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the
expiration of the then current term of this Lease. If Tenant
fails to exercise this option as aforesaid, this option and
all subsequent options shall be null and void and of no
further force and effect.
C. Miscellaneous. In the event that Tenant does not vacate the
Premises upon the expiration or termination of this Lease,
Tenant shall be a tenant at will for the holdover period and
all of the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be
applicable during that period, except that Tenant shall pay
Landlord as base rental for the period of such holdover an
amount equal to one and one-quarter (1.25) times the base rent
which would have been payable by Tenant had the holdover
period been a part of the original term of this
1
<PAGE>
Lease, together with all additional rent as provided in this
Lease. During any such holdover period, Tenant agrees to
vacate and deliver the Premises to Landlord upon Tenant's
receipt of notice from Landlord to vacate. The rental payable
during the holdover period shall be payable to Landlord on
demand. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without the
consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend the term of this
Lease.
1.5 BASE RENT.
A. Initial Base Rent. Months Monthly Base Rent Per Sq. Ft.
----------------- ------ ----------------- -----------
Initial Term: 1-60 $24,062.50 $8.75
61-113 $25,437,50 $9.25
Option Terms: 114-173 $28,187.50 $10.25
174-233 $30,250,00 $11.00
B. Adjustment of Base Rent. The initial base rent set forth above
has been computed at the per square foot rates set forth
above, assuming that the Premises consist of 33,000 square
feet. The actual number of square feet in the Premises shall
be determined by Landlord from "As Built" measurements of the
Building and Premises, and shall be accomplished by measuring
from the exterior face of the exterior walls of the Building.
Once such measurements are accomplished, Landlord and Tenant
shall execute an addendum to lease to confirm the actual
square footage of the Premises and to establish the monthly
base rent for the Premises by multiplying the actual square
footage of the Premises times the per square foot rent set
forth above.
1.6 PERMITTED USE: General office.
1.7 PRO-RATA SHARE: One hundred and no/100 percent (100%) subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 2.2 hereof.
1.8 ADDRESSES. LANDLORD'S ADDRESS: TENANT'S ADDRESS:
------------------- -----------------
CSM INVESTORS, INC. DYNAMARK, INC.
2561 TERRITORIAL ROAD 4290 FERNWOOD STREET
ST. PAUL, MN 55114-1500 ST. PAUL, MN 55112
(612) 646-1717 ATTN: JIM SCHOELLER
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
2
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 2. RENT, OPERATING EXPENSES AND SECURITY DEPOSIT
2.1 BASE RENT. Tenant agrees to pay monthly as Base Rent during the term of this
Lease the sum of money set forth in Section 1.5 of this Lease, which amount will
be payable to Landlord at the address shown above. Monthly installments of Base
Rent shall be due and payable, in advance, on or before the first day of each
calendar month during the term of this Lease- provided that if the
Commencement-Date should be a date other than the first day of a calendar month,
the monthly Base Rent shall be prorated on a daily basis to the end of that
calendar month, and shall be payable on or before the Commencement Date of this
Lease. Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, all other sums due under this
Lease. Based on Tenant's approval of the floor plan as depicted in EXHIBIT C by
March 17, 1997, the Landlord agrees that upon Landlord's receipt of a building
permit allowing it to construct the Building, Landlord will promptly commence
construction of the Building and Premises and shall diligently pursue
construction thereof in order to have the Building and the Premises
substantially complete on the Commencement Date. For the purposes of this
provision, substantially complete shall mean that the Building and Premises are
substantially completed in accordance with the approved construction documents
and the requirements of the City of Arden Hills, subject only to punchlist and
minor completion items that will not prevent Tenant from occupying and
commencing operations within the Premises, which punchlist and minor completion
items Landlord agrees to promptly complete.
If, prior to June 15, 1997, Landlord determines that it will not be able to
deliver the Building and Premises to Tenant in the condition required by the
Commencement Date, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, on or before June
15, 1997, and the Commencement Date shall be extended to the actual substantial
completion date. In such event, Landlord shall provide Tenant with not less than
forty-five (45) days prior written notice of the anticipated substantial
completion date.
If, subject to force majeure or Tenant caused delays (including Tenant's failure
to approve the floor plan by March 17, 1997), the Building and Premises are not
substantially complete and ready for Tenant's occupancy by September 1, 1997,
Landlord shall pay to Tenant, as a credit against the first installment of Base
Rent and additional rent payable hereunder, an amount equal to $500.00 for each
day thereafter until the Building and the Premises are substantially complete
and ready for Tenant's occupancy. If, subject to force majeure or Tenant caused
delays (including Tenant's failure to approve the floor plan by March 1, 1997),
the Building and Premises are not substantially complete and ready for Tenant's
occupancy by November 1, 1997, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this
Lease by written notice to Landlord after November 1, 1997 and prior to
substantial completion of the Building and Premises.
2.2 OPERATING EXPENSES. Tenant shall also pay as additional rent Tenant's pro
rata share of the operating expenses of Landlord for the Building. Landlord may
invoice Tenant monthly for Tenant's pro rata share of the estimated operation
expenses for each calendar year, which amount shall be adjusted from
time-to-time by Landlord based
3
<PAGE>
upon reasonably anticipated operating expenses. Within six (6) months following
the close of each calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant an accounting
showing in reasonable detail the computations of additional rent due under this
Section. In the event the accounting shows that the total of the monthly
payments made by Tenant exceeds the amount of additional rent due by Tenant
under this Section, the accounting shall be accompanied by evidence of a credit
to Tenant's account. In any event the accounting shows that the total of the
monthly payments made by Tenant is less than the amount of additional rent due
by Tenant under this Section, the accounting shall be accompanied by an invoice
for the additional rent. If this Lease shall terminate on a day other than the
last day of a calendar year, the amount of any additional rent payable by Tenant
applicable to the year in which the termination shall occur shall be prorated on
the ratio that the number of days from the commencement of the calendar year to
and including such termination date bears to 365. Tenant agrees to pay any
additional rent due under this Section within ten (10) days following receipt of
the invoice or accounting showing additional rent due. Tenant's pro rata share
set forth in Section 1.8 shall, subject to reasonable adjustment by Landlord, be
equal to a percentage based upon a fraction, the numerator of which is the total
area of the Premises as set forth in Article 1 and the denominator of which
shall be the net rentable area of the Building, as the same may change from time
to time.
2.3 DEFINITION OF OPERATING EXPENSES. The term "operating expenses" includes all
expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the maintenance and operation of
the Building, including, but not limited to, the following: maintenance, repair
and replacement costs; electricity, fuel, water, sewer, gas and other common
Building utility charges; equipment used for maintenance and operation of the
Building; operational expenses; exterior window washing and janitorial services;
trash and snow removal; landscaping and pest control; management fees, wages and
benefits payable to employees of Landlord whose duties are directly connected
with the operation and maintenance of the Building; all services, supplies,
repairs, replacements or other expenses for maintaining and operating the
Building or project including parking and common areas; improvements made to the
Building which are required under any governmental law or regulation that was
not applicable to the Building at the time it was constructed; installation of
any device or other equipment which improves the operating efficiency of any
system within the Premises and thereby reduces operating expenses; all other
expenses which would generally be regarded as operating, repair, replacement and
maintenance expenses; all real property taxes and installments of special
assessments, including dues and assessments by means of deed restrictions and/or
owners' associations which accrue against the Building during the term of this
Lease and legal fees incurred in connection with actions to reduce the same; and
all insurance premiums Landlord is required to pay or deems necessary to pay,
including fire and extended coverage, and rent loss and public liability
insurance, with respect to the Building.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, operating expenses shall not include any
expenditure which must be capitalized for federal income tax purposes, except
that operating expenses shall include the amortization of any such capital
expenditures (except capital
4
<PAGE>
expenditures for improvements made to the Building without the consent of
Tenant, or for restoration or repair of damage to the Building caused by
casualty) on a straight-line basis over the reasonably estimated useful Life, at
an amortization rate equal to the rate of Treasury Securities of comparable
term, plus two percent (2%).
Further, operating expenses shall not include:
A. Taxes payable by reason of any "minimum assessment": or
similar agreement to the extent exceeding the taxes which
otherwise would be payable with respect to the property of
which the Premises are a part; or
B. Special assessments levied or pending on the date of this
Lease or levied for public improvements constructed in
connection with the initial construction of the Building or
any additional building; or
C. Expenses of contesting taxes or the assessed value of the
property of which the Premises are a part in excess of the
savings achieved in such contest; or
D. Management fees exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of other
operating expenses except taxes and special assessments; or
E. Expenses incurred by Landlord in satisfying its obligations
under Section 14.13 hereof.
2.4 INCREASE IN INSURANCE PREMIUMS. If an increase in any insurance premiums
paid by Landlord for the Building is caused by Tenant's use of the Premises or
if Tenant vacates the Premises and causes an increase in such premiums, then
Tenant shall pay as additional rent the amount of such increase to Landlord.
ARTICLE 3. OCCUPANCY AND USE
3.1 USE. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that the Premises shall be
used and occupied only for the purpose as set forth in Section 1.6. Tenant shall
occupy the Premises, conduct its business and control its agents, employees,
invitees and visitors in such a manner as is lawful, reputable and will not
create a nuisance. Tenant shall not permit any operation which emits any odor or
matter which intrudes into other portions of the Building or otherwise interfere
with, annoy or disturb any other lessee in its normal business operations or
Landlord in its management of the Building. Tenant shall not permit any waste on
the Premises to be used in any way which would in the opinion of Landlord, be
extra hazardous on account of fire or which would, in any way, increase or
render void the fife insurance on the Building.
3.2 SIGNS. No sign of any type or description shall be erected, placed or
painted in or about the Premises or Building which are visible from the exterior
of the Premises, except
5
<PAGE>
those signs submitted to Landlord in writing, and which signs are in conformance
with Landlord's sign criteria, if any, established for the Building.
3.3 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost
and expense, shall comply with aft laws ordinances, orders, rules and
regulations of state, federal, municipal or other agencies or bodies having
jurisdiction over the use, condition or occupancy of the Premises, provided that
Tenant shall not be obligated to make any material capital improvements required
by such laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations, (nor shall Landlord
have such obligation). For purposes of this clause a material capital
improvement shall mean any capital improvement or series of capital improvements
within any calendar year, costing in excess of $1,500.00. Tenant will comply
with the reasonable rules and regulations of the Building adopted by Landlord.
Landlord shall have the right at all times to change and amend the rules and
regulations in any reasonable manner as may be deemed advisable fog the safety,
care, cleanliness, preservation of good order and operation or use of the
Building or the Premises. All rules and regulations of the Building will be sent
by Landlord to Tenant in writing and shall thereafter be carried out and
observed by Tenant.
3.4 WARRANTY OF POSSESSION. Landlord warrants that it has the right and
authority to execute this Lease, and Tenant, upon payment of the required rents
and subject to the terms, conditions, covenants and agreements contained in this
Lease shall have possession of the Premises during the full term of this Lease
as well as any extension or renewal thereof. Landlord shall not be responsible
for the acts or omissions of any other lessee or third party that may interfere
with Tenant's use and enjoyment of the Premises.
3.5 RIGHT OF ACCESS. Landlord or its authorized agents shall, at any and all
reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, have the right to enter the
Premises to inspect the same, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers,
lessees, mortgagees, insureers or other interested parties, and to alter,
improve or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Building. Tenant
hereby waives any claim for damages for injury or inconvenience to or
interference with Tenant's business, any loss of occupancy or use of the
Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby, except as may result from the
negligent or willful misconduct of Landlord. Tenant shall not change Landlord's
lock system or in any other manner prohibit Landlord from entering the Premises.
Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem
proper to open any door in an emergency without liability therefor. Tenant shall
permit Landlord to erect, use, maintain and repair pipes, cables, conduits,
plumbing, vents and wires in, to and through the Premises as often and to the
extent that Landlord may now or hereafter deem to be necessary or appropriate
for the proper use, operation and maintenance of the Building; provided that
Landlord does not thereby materially interfere with the use and enjoyment of the
Premises by Tenant for general office purposes.
ARTICLE 4. UTILITIES AND ACTS OF OTHERS
6
<PAGE>
4.1 BUILDING SERVICES. Tenant shall pay when due, all charges for utilities
furnished to or for the use or benefit of Tenant or the Premises. Tenant shall
have no claim for rebate of rent on account of any interruption in service.
4.2 THEFT OR BURGLARY. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for losses to
Tenant's property or personal injury cases by criminal acts or entry by
unauthorized persons into the Premises or the Building.
ARTICLE 5. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE
5.1. LANDLORD REPAIRS. Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements,
replacements or repairs of any kind or character to the Premises or the Building
during the term of this Lease except as are set forth in this Section. Landlord
shall maintain only the roof, foundation, parking and common areas, the
structural soundness of the exterior walls, doors, corridors, and other
structures serving the Premises in good order and repair, provided, that
Landlord's cost of maintaining, replacing and repairing the items set forth in
this Section are operating expenses subject to the additional rent provisions in
Section 2.2 and 2.3. Landlord shall correct any deficiencies in maintenance
within thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant; provided that for work
that cannot be completed within thirty (30) days Landlord shall not be in
default hereunder if Landlord commences the work within such thirty (30) day
period and diligently proceeds to complete such work; and provided that in the
case of an emergency, Landlord shall take action to correct deficiencies as
promptly as practicable. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, except as
expressly provided in this Lease, for any damage or inconvenience, and Tenant
shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason of any
repairs, alterations or additions made by Landlord under this Lease; provided
that Landlord does not thereby materially interfere with the use and enjoyment
of the Premises by Tenant for general office purposes.
5.2 TENANT REPAIRS. Tenant shall, at all times throughout the term of this
Lease, including renewals and extensions, and at its sole expense, keep and
maintain the Premises in a clean, safe, sanitary and first class condition and
in compliance with all applicable laws, codes, ordinances, rules and
regulations, provided that Tenant shall not be obligated to make any material
capital improvements required by such laws, ordinances, orders, rules and
regulations, (nor shall Landlord have such obligation). For purposes of this
clause, a material capital improvement shall mean any capital improvement or
series of capital improvements within any calendar year, costing in excess of
$1,500.00. Tenant's obligations hereunder shall include, but not be limited to,
the maintenance, repair and replacement, if necessary, of all heating,
ventilation, air conditioning, lighting and plumbing fixtures and equipment,
fixtures, motors and machinery, all interior walls, partitions, doors and
windows, including the regular painting thereof, all exterior entrances,
windows, doors and docks and the replacement of all broken glass. When used in
this provision, the term repairs shall include replacements or renewals when
necessary, and all such repairs made by the Tenant shall be equal in quality and
class to the original work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not
7
<PAGE>
be responsible for major non-recurring repairs of or replacements to the HVAC
system, except where caused by Tenant's failure to properly utilize, maintain
and secure said system- Tenant, however, shall pay the amortization (utilizing
the amortization method for capital expenditures described in Section 2.3) of
the costs of such major repairs or replacements performed after the five (5)
year anniversary of the Commencement Date. For purposes of this paragraph, major
repairs or replacement of the HVAC system shall mean expenditures for major
repairs to or replacement of compressors or exchangers. The Tenant shall keep
and maintain all portions of the Premises and the sidewalk and areas adjoining
the same in a clean and orderly condition, free of accumulation of dirt,
rubbish, snow and ice. If Tenant fails, refuses or neglects to maintain or
repair the Premises as required in this Lease after notice shall have been given
Tenant, in accordance with this Lease, Landlord may make such repairs without
liability to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant's
merchandise, fixtures or other property or to Tenant's business by reason
thereof, and upon completion thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs
plus fifteen percent (15%) for overhead incurred by Landlord in making such
repairs upon presentation to Tenant of bill therefor.
5.3. TENANT DAMAGES. Tenant shall not allow any damage to be committed on any
portion of the Premises or Building or common areas, and at the termination of
this lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall deliver the Premises to
Landlord in as good condition as existed at the Commencement Date of this Lease,
ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted. The cost and expense of
repairs necessary to restore the condition of the Premises shall be borne by
Tenant.
ARTICLE 6. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS
6.1 LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord will complete construction of the
improvements to the Premises in accordance with the architectural plans and
specifications attached hereto as EXHIBITS C and D. Any changes or modifications
to the said plans and specifications shall be accomplished by written change
order executed by both Landlord and Tenant. In the event the net cost of all
approved change orders (i.e., change orders which create savings will be applied
against change orders which increase costs) exceeds $10,000.00, the Tenant
shall: i) reimburse Landlord in equal monthly installments on the first day of
each month during the initial five (5) year term in an amount necessary to fully
amortize such excess cost together with interest at a rate of nine and one-half
percent (9.5%); or ii) within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord's invoice,
reimburse Landlord for such excess cost. For the purposes of this provision,
cost shall mean the sum Landlord is actually required to pay its contractor for
any particular change order.
6.2 TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any
alterations or physical additions in or to the Premises without first obtaining
the written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.
Any alterations, physical a Editions or improvements to the Premises made by
Tenant shall at once become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to
Landlord upon the
8
<PAGE>
termination of this Lease; provided, however, Landlord, as a condition to its
consent to any proposed alteration or addition, may require Tenant to remove any
physical additions and/or repair any alterations in order to restore the
Premises to the conditions existing at the time Tenant took possession, all
costs of removal and/or alterations to be borne by Tenant. This clause shall not
apply to moveable equipment or furniture owned by Tenant which Tenant shall have
the right to mortgage, and which may be removed by Tenant at any time and from
time to time. Landlord agrees to cooperate with Tenant in connection with any
financing Tenant elects to place on its equipment and personal property,
including execution of such certificates and documents as Tenant's lender may
reasonably request.
ARTICLE 7. CASUALTY AND INSURANCE
7.1 SUBSTANTIAL DESTRUCTION. If all or a substantial portion of the Premises or
the Building should be totally destroyed by fire or other casualty, or if the
Premises or the Building should be damaged so that rebuilding cannot reasonably
be completed within one hundred fifty (150) working days after the date of
written notification by Tenant to Landlord of the destruction, or if insurance
proceeds are not made available to Landlord, or are inadequate, for restoration,
this Lease shall terminate at the option of Landlord or Tenant by written notice
within sixty (60) days following the occurrence, and the rent shall be abated
for the unexpired portion of the Lease effective as of the date of the
occurrence.
7.2 PARTIAL DESTRUCTION. If the Premises should be partially damaged by fire or
other casualty, and rebuilding or repairs can reasonably be completed within one
hundred fifty (150) working days from the date of written notification by Tenant
to Landlord of the destruction, and insurance proceeds are adequate and
available to Landlord for restoration, this Lease shall not terminate, and
Landlord shall at its sole risk and expense proceed with reasonable diligence to
rebuild or repair the Building or other improvements to substantially the same
condition in which they existed prior to the damage. If the Premises are to be
rebuilt or repaired and are untenantable in whole or in part following the
damage, the rent payable under this Lease during the period for which the
Premises are untenantable shall be adjusted to such an extent as may be fair and
reasonable under the circumstances. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay rent
for any portion of the Premises which it does not actually occupy during
restoration, if such portion is not suitable for Tenant's business operations as
reasonably determined by Tenant. In the event that Landlord fails to complete
the necessary repairs or rebuilding within one hundred fifty (150) working days
from the date of written notification by Tenant to Landlord of the destruction,
Tenant may at its option terminate this Lease by date of written notification by
Tenant to Landlord of the destruction, Tenant may at its option terminate this
Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord, whereupon all
rights and obligations under this Lease shall cease to exist.
7.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE. Landlord shall not be obligated in any way or manner to
insure any personal property (including, but not limited to, any furniture,
machinery,
9
<PAGE>
goods or supplies) of Tenant upon or within the Premises, any fixtures installed
or paid for by Tenant upon or within the Premises, or any improvements which
Tenant may construct on the Premises. Tenant shall maintain property insurance
on its personal property and shall also maintain plate glass insurance. Tenant
shall have no right in our claim to the proceeds of any policy of insurance
maintained by Landlord even if the cost of such insurance is borne by Tenant as
set forth in Article 2.
7.4 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Anything in this Lease to the contrary withstanding,
Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release each other of and from any and all
right of recovery, claim, action or cause of action, against each other, their
agents, officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the
Premises, the improvements of the Building or personal property within the
Building, by reason of fire, other casualty insurable under an "all risk
insurance policy", or the elements, regardless of cause or origin, including
negligence of Landlord or Tenant and their agents, officers and employees.
Landlord and Tenant agree immediately to give their respective insurance
companies which have issued policies of insurance covering all risk of direct
physical loss, written notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in
this Section.
7.5 HOLD HARMLESS. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant's employees, agents,
invitees, licensees or visitors, or to any other person, for an injury to person
or damage to property on or about the Premises caused by any act or omission of
Tenant, its agents, servants or employees, or of any other person entering upon
the Premises under express or implied invitation by Tenant, or caused by the
improvements located on the Premises becoming out of repair, the failure or
cessation of any service provided by Landlord (including security service and
devices), or caused by leakage of gas, oil, water or steam or by electricity
emanating from the Premises, provided that Landlord shall be responsible for
loss resulting from its negligence or willful misconduct or from Landlord's
failure to perform repairs within the time required by Section 5.1 hereof.
Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord of and from any loss,
attorney's fees, expenses or claims arising out of any such damage or injury,
for which Landlord is not liable pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
7.6 PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE. Tenant shall during the term hereof keep in full
force and effect at its expense a policy or policies of public liability
insurance with respect to the Premises and the business of Tenant, on terms and
with companies approved in writing by Landlord, in which both Tenant and
Landlord shall be covered by being named as insured parties under reasonable
limits of liability not less than $1,000,000, or such greater coverage as
Landlord may reasonably require, combined single limit coverage for injury or
death. Such policy or policies shall provide that thirty (30) days written
notice must be given to Landlord prior to cancellation thereof. Tenant shall
furnish evidence satisfactory to Landlord at the time this Lease is executed
that such coverage is in full force and effect.
ARTICLE 8. CONDEMNATION
10
<PAGE>
8.1 SUBSTANTIAL TAKING. If all or a substantial part of the Premises are taken
for any public or quasi-public use under any governmental law, ordinance or
regulation, or by right of eminent domain or by purchase in lieu thereof, and
the taking would prevent or materially interfere with the use of the Premises
for the purpose for which it is then being used, this Lease shall terminate and
the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease effective on
the date physical possession is taken by the condemning authority. Tenant shall
have no claim to the condemnation award or proceeds in lieu thereof, except that
Tenant shall be entitled to a separate award for the cost of removing and moving
its personal property.
8.2 PARTIAL TAKING. If all or a substantial part of the Premises are taken for
any public or quasi-public use under any governmental law, ordinance or
regulation, or by right of eminent domain or by purchase in lieu thereof, and
this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section 8.1 above, the rent payable
under this Lease during the unexpired portion of the term shall be adjusted to
such an extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Tenant
shall not be obligated to pay rent for any portion of the Premises which it does
not actually occupy after such taking, if such portion is not suitable for
Tenant's business operations as reasonably determined by Tenant, and Tenant
shall have the option to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord
given within sixty (60) days after possession is taken if the remaining portion
of the Premises is not suitable for Tenant's business operation as reasonably
determined by Tenant. Tenant shall have no claim to the condemnation award or
proceeds in lieu thereof, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a separate
award for the cost of removing and moving its personal property.
ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE
9.1 LANDLORD ASSIGNMENT. Landlord shall have the right to sell, transfer or
assign, in whole or in part, its rights and obligations under this Lease and in
the Building. Any such sale, transfer or assignment shall operate to release
Landlord from any and all liabilities under this Lease arising after the date of
such sale, assignment or transfer, provided that the transferee or assignee
assumes such liabilities.
9.2 TENANT ASSIGNMENT. Tenant shall not assign, in whole or in part, this Lease,
or allow it to be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or
otherwise or mortgage or pledge the same, or sublet the Premises, in whole or in
part, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. In no event shall any such assignment or
sublease ever release Tenant or any guarantor from any obligation or liability
hereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in the event
of any assignment or sublease, any option or right of first refusal granted to
Tenant shall not be assignable by Tenant to any assignee or sublessee. No
assignee or sublessee of the Premises or any portion thereof may assign or
sublet the Premises or any portion thereof.
11
<PAGE>
9.3 CONDITIONS OF ASSIGNMENT. If Tenant desires to assign or sublet all or any
part of the Premises, it shall so notify Landlord at least thirty (30) days in
advance of the date on which Tenant desires to make such assignment or sublease.
Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease
and such information as Landlord might request concerning the proposed sublessee
or assignee to allow Landlord to make informed judgments as to the financial
condition, reputation, operations and general desirability of the proposed
sublessee or assignee. Within seven (7) business days after Landlord's receipt
of Tenant's proposed assignment or sublease and all required information
concerning the proposed sublease or assignee, Landlord shall have the following
options: (1) consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, and, if the rent
due and payable by any assignee or sublessee under any such permitted assignment
or sublease (or a combination of the rent payable under such assignment or
sublease plus any bonus or any other consideration or any payment incident
thereto) exceeds the rent payable under this Lease for such space, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord one-half (1/2) of such excess rent and other excess
consideration within ten (10) days following receipt thereof by Tenant; or (2)
refuse, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.2 above, to consent to
the proposed assignment or sublease, which refusal shall be deemed to have been
exercised unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice providing otherwise.
Landlord shall, upon Tenant's request, provide the reasons for any refusal. Upon
the occurrence of an event of default, if all or any part of the Premises are
then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided by
this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from the
assignee or sublessee all rents becoming due to Tenant by reason of the
assignment or sublease. Any collection directly by Landlord from the assignee or
sublessee shall not be construed to constitute a notation or a release of Tenant
or any guarantor from the further performance of its obligations under this
Lease.
9.4 RIGHTS OF MORTGAGE. Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any
recorded mortgage presently existing or hereafter created upon the Building and
to all existing recorded restrictions, covenants, easements and agreements with
respect to the Building. Landlord is hereby irrevocably vested with full power
and authority to subordinate Tenant's interest under this Lease to any first
mortgage lien hereafter placed on the Premises, and Tenant agrees upon demand to
execute additional instruments subordinating this Lease as Landlord may require.
If the interests of Landlord under this Lease shall be transferred by reason of
foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any first mortgage or deed
of trust on the Premises, Tenant shall be bound to the transferee (sometimes
called the "Purchaser") at the option of the Purchaser, under the terms,
covenants and conditions of this Lease for the balance of the term remaining,
including any extensions or renewals, with the same force and effect as if the
Purchaser were Landlord under this Lease, and, if requested by the Purchaser,
Tenant agrees to attorn to the Purchaser, including the first mortgagee under
any such mortgage if it be the Purchaser, as its Landlord. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Tenant shall not be disturbed in its possession of the Premises so
long as Tenant is not in default hereunder.
12
<PAGE>
9.5 TENANT'S STATEMENT. Tenant agrees to furnish, from time to time within ten
(10) days after receipt of a request from Landlord or Landlord's mortgagee, a
statement certifying, if applicable, the following: Tenant is in possession of
the Premises; the Premises are acceptable; the lease is in full force and
effect; the lease is unmodified; Tenant claims no present charge, lien, or claim
or offset against rent; the rent is paid for the current month, but is not
prepaid for more than one month and will not be prepaid for more than one month
in advance; there is no existing default by reason of some act or omission by
Landlord; and such other matters as may be reasonably required by Landlord or
Landlord's mortgagee; or specifying any exceptions to such matters. Tenant's
failure to deliver such statement, in addition to being a default under this
Lease, shall be deemed to establish conclusively that this Lease is in full
force and effect expect as declared by Landlord, that Landlord is not in default
of any of its obligations under this Lease, and that Landlord has not received
more than one month's rent in advance. Tenant agrees to furnish, from time to
time, within ten (10) days after receipt of a request from Landlord, the most
recent financial statement of Tenant, certified as true and correct by Tenant.
ARTICLE 10. LANDLORD'S LIEN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
(Intentionally omitted)
ARTICLE 11. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
11.1 DEFAULT BY TENANT. The following shall be deemed to be events of default
("Default") by Tenant under this Lease: (1) Tenant shall fail to pay when due
any installment of rent or any other payment required pursuant to this Lease and
such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days after written notice
to Tenant; (2) Tenant shall abandon any substantial portion of the Premises; (3)
Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease,
other than the payment of rent, and the failure is not cured within thirty (30)
days after written notice to Tenant; (4) Tenant shall file a petition or if an
involuntary petition is filed against Tenant, or becomes insolvent, under any
applicable federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law or admit that it cannot
meet its financial obligations as they become due; or a receiver or trustee
shall be appointed for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant; or
Tenant shall make a transfer in fraud of creditors or shall make an assignment
for the benefit of creditors; or (5) Tenant shall do or permit to be done any
act which results in a lien being filed against the Premises or the Building
and/or project of which the Premises are a part; and Tenant shall not cause such
lien to be released or bonded off within thirty (30) days after written notice
to Tenant.
In the event that an order for relief is entered in any case under Title 11,
U.S.C. (the "Bankruptcy Code") in which Tenant is the debtor and: (A) Tenant as
debtor-in-possession, or any trustee who may be appointed in the case (the
"Trustee") seeks to assume the lease, then Tenant, or Trustee if applicable, in
addition to providing adequate assurance described in applicable provisions of
the Bankruptcy Code, shall provide adequate assurance to Landlord of Tenant's
future performance under the Lease by depositing with Landlord a sum equal to
the lesser of twenty-five percent (25%) of the rental and other charges due for
the balance of the Lease term or six (6) months rent ("Security"), to be held
(without any allowance for interest thereon) to secure Tenant's obligation under
the Lease, and (B) Tenant, or Trustee if applicable, seeks to assign the Lease
after assumption of the same, then Tenant, in addition to providing adequate
assurance described in applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, shall
provide adequate assurance to Landlord of the proposed assignee's future
performance under the Lease
13
<PAGE>
by depositing with Landlord a sum equal to the Security to be held (without any
allowance or interest thereon) to secure performance under the Lease. Nothing
contained herein expresses or implies, or shall be construed to express or
imply, that Landlord is consenting to assumption and/or assignment of the Lease
by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves all of its rights to object to any
assumption and/or assignment of the Lease. Neither Tenant nor any Trustee shall
conduct or permit the conduct of any "fire", "bankruptcy", "going out of
business" or auction sale in or from the Premises.
11.2 REMEDIES FOR TENANT'S DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence of a Default as defined
above, Landlord may elect either (i) to cancel and terminate this Lease and this
Lease shall not be treated as an asset of Tenant's bankruptcy estate or (ii) to
terminate Tenant's right to possession only without cancelling and terminating
Tenant's continued liability under this Lease. Notwithstanding the fact that
initially Landlord elects under (ii) to terminate Tenant's right to possession
only, Landlord shall have the continuing right to cancel and terminate this
Lease by giving three (3) days written notice to Tenant of such further
election, and shall have the right to pursue any remedy at law or in equity that
may be available to Landlord.
In the event of election under (ii) to terminate Tenant's right to possession
only, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, enter the Premises and take and hold
possession thereof, without such entry into possession terminating this Lease or
releasing Tenant in whole or in part from Tenant's obligation to pay all amounts
hereunder for the full stated term. Upon such reentry, Landlord may remove all
persons and property from the Premises and such property may be removed and
stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of
Tenant, without becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned
thereby. Such reentry shall be conducted in the following manner: without resort
to judicial process or notice of any kind if Tenant has abandoned or voluntarily
surrendered possession of the Premises; and, otherwise, by resort to judicial
process. Upon and after entry into possession without termination of the Lease,
Landlord may, but is not obligated to, relet the Premises, or any part thereof,
to any one other than the Tenant, for such time and upon such terms as Landlord,
in Landlord's sole discretion shall determine. Landlord may make alterations and
repairs to the Premises to the extent deemed by Landlord necessary of desirable
to relet the Premises.
Upon such reentry, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord as follows:
A. For all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord in
connection with exercising any remedy hereunder;
14
<PAGE>
B. For the unpaid installments of base rent, additional rent or
other unpaid sums which were due prior to such reentry,
including interest and late payment fees, which sums shall be
payable immediately.
C. For the installments of base rent, additional rent, and other
sums falling due pursuant to the provisions of this Lease for
the period after reentry during which the Premises remain
vacant, including late payment charges and interest, which
sums shall be payable as they become due hereunder.
D. For all expenses incurred in releasing the Premises, including
leasing commissions, reasonable attorneys fees, and costs of
alteration or repairs, which shall be payable by Tenant as
they are incurred by Landlord; and
E. While the Premises are subject to any new lease or leases made
pursuant to this Section, for the amount by which the monthly
installments payable under such new lease or leases is less
than the monthly installment for all charges payable pursuant
to this Lease, which deficiencies shall be payable monthly.
Notwithstanding Landlord's election to terminate Tenant's right to possession
only, and notwithstanding any reletting without termination, Landlord, at any
time thereafter, may elect to terminate this Lease, and to recover (in lieu of
the amounts which would thereafter be payable pursuant to the foregoing, but not
in diminution of the amounts payable as provided above before termination), as
damages for loss of bargain and not as a penalty, an aggregate sum equal to the
present value of the amount by which the rental value of the portion of the term
unexpired at the time of such election is less than an amount equal to the
unpaid base rent and additional rent, and all other charges which would have
been payable by Tenant for the unexpired portion of the term of this Lease which
deficiency and all expenses incident thereto, including commissions, attorneys
fees, expenses of alterations and repairs, shall be due to Landlord as of the
time Landlord exercises said election, notwithstanding that the term had not
expired. If Landlord, after such reentry, leases the Premises, then the rent
payable under such new lease shall be conclusive evidence of the rental value of
the unexpired portion of the term of this Lease.
If this Lease shall be terminated by reason of bankruptcy or insolvency of
Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant or Tenant's estate, as
liquidated damages for loss of bargain and not as a penalty, the amount
determined by the immediately preceding paragraph.
11.3 LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO PERFORM FOR ACCOUNT OF TENANT. If Tenant shall be in
Default under this Lease, Landlord may cure the Default at any time for the
account and at the expense of Tenant. If Landlord cures a Default on the part of
Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any amount expended by
Landlord in connection with the cure, including, without limitation, attorneys'
fees and interest.
15
<PAGE>
11.6 INTEREST, ATTORNEY'S FEES AND LATE CHARGE. In the event of a Default by
Tenant: (1) if a monetary default, interest shall accrue on any sum due and
unpaid at the rate of the lesser of fifteen percent (15%) per annum or the
highest rate permitted by law and, if Landlord places in the hands of an
attorney the enforcement of all or any part of this Lease, the collection of any
rent due or to become due or recovery of the possession of the Premises, Tenant
agrees to pay Landlord's costs of collection, including reasonable attorney's
fees for the services of the attorney, whether suit is actually filed or not.
Other remedies for nonpayment of rent notwithstanding, if the monthly rental
payment or any other payment due from Tenant to Landlord is not received by
Landlord on or before the tenth (10th) day of the month for which the rent is
due, a late payment charge of five percent (5%) of such past due amount shall
become due and payable in addition to such amounts owed under this Lease.
11.5 ADDITIONAL REMEDIES, WAIVERS, ETC.
A. The rights and remedies of Landlord set forth herein shall be
in addition to any other right and remedy now and hereafter
provided by law. All rights and remedies shall be cumulative
and not exclusive of each other. Landlord may exercise its
rights and remedies at any times, in any order, to any extent,
and as often as Landlord deems advisable without regard to
whether the exercise of one right or remedy precedes, concurs
with or succeeds the exercise of another.
B. A single or partial exercise of a right or remedy shall not
preclude a further exercise thereof, or the exercise of
another right or remedy from time to time.
C. No delay or omission by Landlord in exercising a right or
remedy shall exhaust or impair the same or constitute a waiver
of, or acquiesce to, a Default.
D. No waiver of Default shall extend to or affect any other
Default or impair any right or remedy with respect thereto.
E. No action or inaction by Landlord shall constitute a waiver of
Default.
F. No waiver of a Default shalt be effective unless it is in
writing and signed by Landlord.
ARTICLE 12 RELOCATION (Intentionally Omitted)
ARTICLE 13. AMENDMENT AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES
16
<PAGE>
13.1 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. IT IS EXPRESSLY AGREED BY TENANT, AS A MATERIAL
CONSIDERATION FOR THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, THAT THIS LEASE, WITH THE
SPECIFIC REFERENCES TO WRITTEN EXTRINSIC DOCUMENTS, IS THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT OF
THE PARTIES; AND THAT THERE ARE, AND WERE, NO VERBAL REPRESENTATIONS,
WARRANTIES, UNDERSTANDINGS, STIPULATIONS, AGREEMENTS OR PROMISES PERTAINING TO
THIS LEASE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE.
13.2 AMENDMENT. THIS LEASE MAY NOT BE ALTERED, WAIVED, AMENDED OR EXTENDED
EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY LANDLORD AND TENANT.
13.3 LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES. LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT THERE
ARE AND SHALL BE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY, HABITABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OF ANY OTHER KIND ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE, AND
THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS
LEASE.
ARTICLE 14. MISCELLANEOUS
14.1 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns. It is hereby covenanted and agreed that
should Landlord's interest in the Premises cease to exist for any reason during
this Lease, then notwithstanding the happening of such event this Lease
nevertheless shall remain unimpaired and in full force and effect, and Tenant
hereunder agrees to attorn to the then owner of the Premises.
14.2 USE OR RENT TAX. If applicable in the jurisdiction where the Premises are
issued, Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes or
other similar taxes, if any, levied or imposed by any city, state county or
other governmental body having authority, such payments to be in addition to all
other payments required to be paid to Landlord under the terms of this Lease.
Any such payment shalt be paid concurrently with the payment of the rent,
additional rent, operating expenses or other charge upon which the tax is based
as set forth above.
14.3 ACT OF GOD. Landlord shall not be required to perform any covenant or
obligation in this Lease, or be liable in damages to Tenant, so long as the
performance or non-performance of the covenant or obligation is delayed, caused
or prevented by an act of God, force majeure or by Tenant.
14.4 HEADINGS. The section headings appearing in this Lease are inserted only as
a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, Construe or describe the
scope or intent of any Section.
17
<PAGE>
14.5 NOTICE. All rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant shall be
payable to Landlord at the address set forth in Section 1.8. All payments
required to be made by Landlord to Tenant shall be payable at the address set
forth in Section 1.8, or at any other address within the United States as Tenant
may specify from time to time by written notice. Any notice or document required
or permitted to be delivered by the terms of this Lease shalt be deemed to be
delivered (whether or not actually received) upon actual delivery or 48 hours
after deposit in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified mail, return
receipt requested, addressed to the parties at the respective addresses set
forth in Section 1.8.
14.6 TENANT'S AUTHORITY. If Tenant executes this Lease as a corporation, each of
the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant does hereby personally
represent and warrant that each such person signing on behalf of the corporation
is authorized to do so.
14.7 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. Tenant, its agents or employees, shall not bring or
permit to remain on the Premises or Building any asbestos, petroleum or
petroleum products, explosives, toxic materials, or substances defined as
hazardous wastes, hazardous materials, or hazardous substances under any
federal, state, or local law or regulation ("Hazardous Materials"), except in
compliance with applicable environmental and other laws. Tenant's violation of
the foregoing prohibition shalt constitute a material breach and default
hereunder and Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord from and
against any claims, damages, penalties, liabilities, and costs (including
reasonable attorney fees and court costs) caused by or arising out of (i) a
violation of the foregoing prohibition by Tenant or (ii) the presence of any
Hazardous Materials on, under, or about the Premises or the Building during the
term of the Lease caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the actions
of Tenant, its agents or employees. Tenant shall clean up, remove, remediate and
repair any soil or ground water contamination and damage caused by the presence
and any release of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises
or the Building during the term of the Lease caused by or arising, in whole or
in part, out of the actions of Tenant, its agents or employees, in conformance
with the requirements of applicable law. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord
written notice of any suspected breach of this paragraph; upon learning of the
presence of any release of any Hazardous Materials, and upon receiving any
notices from governmental agencies pertaining to Hazardous Materials which may
affect the Premises or the Building. The obligations of Tenant hereunder shalt
survive the expiration of earlier termination, for any reason, of this Lease.
14.8 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to
any person or circumstances shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the
remainder of this Lease and the application of such provisions to other persons
or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the
greatest extent permitted by law.
14.9 LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. If Landlord shall be in default under this Lease and,
if as a consequence of such default, Tenant shalt recover a money judgment
against
18
<PAGE>
Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the right, title and
interest of Landlord in the Building, as the same may then be encumbered, or by
offset against rents, and neither Landlord nor any person or entity comprising
Landlord shall be liable for any deficiency. In no event shall Tenant have the
right to levy execution against any property of Landlord nor any person or
entity comprising Landlord other than the rents and its interest in the Building
as herein expressly provided.
14.10 BROKERAGE. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other
that there is no obligation to pay any brokerage fee, commission, finder's fee
or other similar charge in connection with this Lease, other than fees due to
PHIL SIMONET OF PARAMOUNT REAL ESTATE CORPORATION which are the responsibility
of Landlord. Each party covenants that it will defend, indemnify and hold
harmless the other party from and against any loss or liability by reason of
brokerage or similar services alleged to have been rendered to, at the instance
of, or agreed upon by said indemnifying party. Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant agree that there shalt be no brokerage fee
or commission due on expansions, options or renewals by Tenant.
14.11 MANAGEMENT AGENT. Landlord hereby notifies Tenant that the person
authorized to execute this Lease and manage the Premises is CSM Corporation , a
Minnesota corporation, which has been appointed to act as the agent in leasing
management and operation of the Building for owner and is authorized to accept
services of process and receive or give receipts for notices and demands on
behalf of Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to change the identity and
status of its duly authorized agent upon written notice to Tenant.
14.12 SUBMISSION OF LEASE. Submission of this Lease to Tenant for signature does
not constitute a reservation of space or an option to Lease. This Lease is not
effective until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.
14.13 CONSTRUCTION PROVISIONS. All of the work to be performed by Landlord
pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof shall be performed in accordance with the plans
and specifications approved by Tenant in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof in a
good and workmanlike manner, utilizing new and first-grade materials; shall be
in conformity with all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances,
regulations, building codes and fire regulations; shall comply with all
insurance requirements of Landlord and Tenant; and shall be free of any liens
for labor and materials. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to complete
such construction on or before the Commencement Date.
For the period commencing as of the Commencement Date and ending on the day one
(1) year thereafter Landlord will correct and/or repair or cause to be corrected
and/or repaired any latent or non-obvious defect malfunction or failure in or of
construction workmanship material or operation of the Premises provided any such
defect malfunction or failure is not the result of any work performed by Tenant
or on Tenant's behalf and is not caused by any act or negligence of Tenant its
employees or contractors.
19
<PAGE>
At the expiration of the one (1) year period Landlord shall assign to Tenant all
guaranties and warranties made by any contractor subcontractor or materialmen
with respect to the Premises and thereafter Tenant shall have the right at its
option to enforce all such guaranties and warranties in its name directly
against the warrantor. Landlord agrees to exercise good faith efforts to obtain
contractor/subcontractor warranties longer than one (1) year to the extent the
same are available without additional cost.
As to items which Tenant has notified Landlord are defective and which are
covered by referenced Landlord warranty Landlord shall proceed expeditiously and
in good faith to complete and repair any such items. As a condition thereof
Tenant shall allow Landlord its employees or contractors to enter upon the
Premises to perform any remedial work required to be performed and will
cooperate with Landlord its employees or contractors so that such remedial work
can be accomplished as quickly as is reasonable under the circumstances and with
the least amount of interruption to the business of the Tenant.
Occupancy of the Premises by Tenant for conducting its business shall constitute
an acknowledgment by Tenant and shall be presumptive evidence that the Premises
are in the condition called for by this Lease and that Landlord has performed
all of the construction work it is obligated to perform pursuant to Section 1.3
hereof except for such items which are not completed and as to which Tenant
shall have given notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant takes
possession of the Premises (the "Punchlist") and subject to any latent or
non-obvious defects malfunctions or failures covered by the foregoing warranty
by Landlord. Landlord shall proceed expeditiously and in good faith to complete
and repair all items set forth on the Punchlist.
In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to whether the
Premises are substantially complete and ready for occupancy by Tenant for the
conduct of Tenant's business or as to any other claim by Tenant based upon
Landlord's warranties and construction obligations contained herein such dispute
shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American
Arbitration Association or in accordance with such other procedures as shall be
mutually approved by the parties. In no event shall the Premises be deemed
substantially complete and ready for occupancy by Tenant until a certificate of
occupancy (temporary or permanent) (or if certificates of occupancy are not
issued by the municipality an equivalent final inspection report authorizing
Tenant's occupancy and use of the property) has been issued by the city in which
the Premises are located. Landlord agrees to exercise every reasonable effort to
obtain a final certificate of occupancy as soon as possible following completion
of the Premises.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease effective the
day and year first above written.
LANDLORD: TENANT:
CSM CORPORATION DYNAMARK, INC.
20
<PAGE>
BY: ________________________ BY: /s/ James R. Schoeller
ITS: Vice President ITS: Senior Vice President
21
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE is made and entered into this 24th day of
September, 1997, by and between CSM Corporation, a Minnesota corporation,
("Landlord") and Dynamark, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, ("Tenant").
RECITALS
First: The Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease dated March 11, 1997,
covering certain premises located at 4265 Lexington Avenue North, Arden Hills,
Minnesota (the "Lease").
Second: The parties have executed this First Amendment to Lease, to confirm
their agreement concerning certain makers related thereto;
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the above stated premises, the mutual covenants herein
contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, Landlord and Tenant
hereby agree as follows:
1. Lease Term. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord
and Tenant agree that the Initial Term of the Lease commenced on August 14, 1997
("Commencement Date") and will terminate on December 31, 2006, unless sooner
terminated as provided in the Lease.
2. Landlord Improvements. The Landlord and Tenant agree that the total increased
costs incurred by Landlord, and to be reimbursed by Tenant, pursuant to Section
6.1 of the Lease, were Ninety Thousand and no/100 ($90,000.00) Dollars, and that
the Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such increased costs by paying Landlord
three installments of Thirty Thousand and no/100 ($30,000.00) each, which
installments shall be paid on October 1, 1997, November 1, 1997 and December 1,
1997.
3. Miscellaneous. Except as expressly stated herein, the Lease shall remain
unchanged and in full force and effect.
LANDLORD: TENANT:
CSM CORPORATION DYNAMARK, INC.
BY: BY: /s/ James R. Schoeller
---------------------- ----------------------
ITS: Vice President ITS: Senior Vice President
EXHIBIT 10.37
The asterisks in this document indicate where the confidential portions
have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential
treatment. The request for confidential treatment has been filed
separately with the Commission.
October 29, 1997
Page 1 of 27
CHASE DATABASE AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of October 1, 1997, by and
among DynaMark, Inc. a Minnesota corporation (hereinafter referred to as
"DynaMark"), and Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, (hereinafter
referred to as "Customer").
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, DynaMark will design, develop, produce and operate as set
forth herein a database for use by Customer for analysis and modeling in
connection with targeting potential customers for its products and services (the
"Chase Database"). The Chase Database as further defined below, will be the sole
and exclusive property of Customer, including but not limited to, any and all
intellectual property rights inherent in and appurtenant to the Chase Database,
although the Chase Database shall be physically maintained at DynaMark as part
of the services DynaMark provides hereunder; and
WHEREAS, DynaMark will bear the costs of designing and developing the
Chase Database in consideration of Customer's agreement to utilize the services
of DynaMark, in conjunction with the Chase Database, for an initial five (5)
year term as set forth herein.
WHEREAS, Customer during the term of the Agreement desires to have
DynaMark design, produce and operate the Chase Database and to obtain a license
to use DynaLink(R) Database Access PC software (hereinafter referred to as the
"DynaLink(R) Software") and on-line analytical processing ("OLAP") software to
access the data in the Chase Database.
WHEREAS, Customer desires to license the DynaLink(R) Software which
DynaMark has developed and which may be used by Customer in order to access the
Chase Database at DynaMark as well as certain other Third Party software (the
DynaLink(R) Software and Third Party software sometimes collectively called the
"Access Software") to access the data in the Chase Database;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the
obligations herein made and undertaken, and intending to be legally bound, the
parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 2 of 27
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.
1.1 Certain Defined Terms. The following terms used in this Agreement
shall have the following meanings:
"Access Software" means the Third Party software (*) or other software
developed by DynaMark that DynaMark provides to Customer for use by Customer to
access data in the Chase Database maintained at DynaMark. The term "access"
refers to Customer extracting, viewing or displaying data which resides in the
Chase Database in such a way that supports data analysis and/or selection of
marketing populations, but which will not be deemed to result in Customer's
having received any consumer credit report or any identifying information on
individual consumers contained in any consumer credit report.
"Affiliate" means with respect to a person, another person controlled
by, controlling or under common control with that person. Control exists when a
person directly or indirectly owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the
election of directors or other managing authority) of another person, but such
person shall be deemed an Affiliate only so long as such ownership exists.
"Business Day" means a day Monday to Friday, inclusive, but excluding
holidays recognized by DynaMark and days on which banks in New York are not
authorized or permitted by law or regulation to be open for business to the
public.
"Compiled Data" means all the data included in the Chase Database, and
which is either (1) Imported Data stored without modification from its original
source (which may be either Customer, DynaMark as agent for a Third Party or
Third Party) or (2) data calculated or derived from Imported Data.
"Custom Software" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.2
hereof.
"Customer's Computer Site" refers to the Customer's computer network
system located in a building from which Customer conducts its business in the
continental United States of America or the Servicer's computer network system
located in a building from which Servicer conducts its business and supports
Customer in the continental United States of America. The current number of
Customer's Computer Sites at which the Access Software may be used is set forth
on the Chase Database Fee Schedule annexed as Exhibit C hereto, which may be
amended from time to time as provided in Section 3 hereof. The Customer's
Computer Site(s) may include but is not limited to Customer's office in
Hicksville, New York or Customer's office in Wilmington, Delaware.
"Database Management Software" or "DBMS Software" means the Third Party
software in which the Chase Database will be implemented and which resides on
the hardware located at DynaMark, and which executes within the
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 3 of 27
operating system functioning on that hardware. DBMS Software is a type of Access
Software.
"Date of Execution" means, as applicable, the date or dates on which
this document or any subsequent Addenda shall have been signed by authorized
representatives of both parties.
"Exported Data" means the data selected and obtained by or on behalf of
Customer from the Chase Database.
"Imported Data" means the agreed upon data which is selected and
obtained on behalf of or by Customer and provided to DynaMark for inclusion in
the Chase Database.
"Party" refers to a party to this Agreement.
"Person" includes any individual, company, corporation, firm,
partnership, joint venture, association, organization, trust, state or agency of
a state (in each case, whether or not having separate legal personality), and
its successors and assigns.
"Chase Database" means:
(i) all Compiled Data,
(ii) the atomic database in which data is stored in its smallest
discrete parts,
(iii) the business relationships and rules by which the atomic parts
of the data may be reassembled,
(iv) the data tables and files, into which data is organized,
(v) the data model consisting of the design of the database and the
tables that will be implemented in the Database Management
Software,
(vi) the set of business relationships which allow Customer to
further review and analyze data (known as star schema) which
include the metadata and the analysis which resulted in the
metadata; and
(vii) those portions of Custom Software which permit data to be
loaded or extracted from the Chase Database and which perform
the editing and cleaning processes on the data within the Chase
Database.
"*Software" means the Third Party Database Management Software in which
the Chase Database has been implemented and which resides on the hardware
located at DynaMark. The * Software is used to organize the data within the
Chase Database and enables communication between the Access Software and the
Chase Database.
"Service Request Form" refers to a form to be used by Customer to
request additional services offered by DynaMark (current form is attached hereto
as Exhibit "A").
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 4 of 27
"Servicer" refers to The Chase Manhattan Bank and/or Chase Bankcard
Services, Inc., each of which is an Affiliate of Customer that provides services
to Customer in support of its credit related products and services; and, such
other Affiliate of Customer that provides services to Customer in support of its
credit related products and services that Customer designates in writing to
DynaMark.
"Third Party" refers to a Person who is not a Party to this Agreement.
SECTION 2. CHASE DATABASE DEVELOPMENT.
2.1 Chase Database Description. (a) DynaMark will develop for use
exclusively by Customer and its Servicers on behalf of Customer (by the Date of
Execution) the Chase Database which shall be organized into a set of modules as
described in Exhibit B hereto, which is incorporated into and made a part
hereof, populated with data supplied by or on behalf of Customer for use in
connection with Chase Database. * While maintained at DynaMark, DynaMark agrees
that it shall provide Customer Access Software that can be used by Customer to
access the Chase Database.
(b) Population of Chase Database. The modules of the Chase
Database shall be populated with Imported Data which shall be obtained by
Customer or at the request of and on behalf of Customer. The Imported Data shall
be provided to DynaMark by or on behalf of Customer in a format mutually agreed
upon by the Parties and with agreed upon frequency. Customer is responsible for
ensuring that the Third Parties from which Customer obtains data for use
hereunder, including the Imported Data, transmit such data to DynaMark in the
agreed upon format.
(c) Agreements with National Consumer Reporting Agencies. *
2.2 Additional Modules. Customer may request to have modules in
addition to those listed on Exhibit B developed by DynaMark for Customer
pursuant to a written request. All terms and conditions set forth herein shall
apply to such additional modules to the Chase Database developed by DynaMark for
Customer, unless expressly agreed in writing otherwise.
2.3 Project Description. The Chase Database project will consist of the
three (3) phases described in the Task Listing attached as Appendix A hereto.
During the three phases of the project, the Parties will perform the tasks
listed on the Task Listing attached as Appendix A. The Parties agree that the
dates in the Task Listing may require revisions to the date(s) of expected
completion of subsequent tasks in the event Customer instructs DynaMark to
undertake additional or varied tasks or by delays caused by Customer, a Third
Party or any cause beyond DynaMark's reasonable control in completion of earlier
tasks. The Parties will use their best efforts to honor any final completion
date(s) mutually agreed upon by them in writing.
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 5 of 27
SECTION 3. LICENSE.
3.1 Software License. From the Date of Execution, through the term of
this Agreement, DynaMark grants Customer a non-transferable, non-exclusive
license for Customer, its Servicers or persons performing services on behalf of
Customer to use the * software at Customer's Computer Site to access only the
data in the Chase Database at DynaMark. DynaMark also grants Customer a
non-transferable, non-exclusive license for Customer, its Servicers or persons
performing services on behalf of Customer to use the * , the * software, and
other Access Software identified in Section C (Access Software Access Charges)
of the Chase Database Fee Schedule annexed as Exhibit C hereto installed at
DynaMark to access the Chase Database at DynaMark, only. This * software and
other Access Software identified in Section C (Access Software Access Charges)
of Exhibit C is licensed to DynaMark by Third Parties. The API front end
(personal computer) interface of the * software may be installed at Customer's
Computer Site and is hereby sub-licensed to Customer by DynaMark only for such
purpose. The number of employees of Customer or its Servicers who are authorized
to use the * Software, and/or the other Access Software, the number of computers
and sites on which said software may be used is set forth on the Chase Database
Fee Schedule annexed as Exhibit C hereto, which is incorporated into and made a
part hereof. Customer agrees that the Access Software shall only be used as
expressly licensed in this Agreement. This license may be terminated by DynaMark
upon sixty days prior written notice to Customer if Customer has breached any
material provision of this Agreement and the breach remains unremedied at the
close of this notice period. Upon such termination of the license by DynaMark,
the Agreement also terminates and Customer may request transition services under
Section 6.4 (Termination For Cause-Transition Services).
3.2 Limits on Usage. The manner in which Customer and its Servicers
access and populate the Chase Database or direct that the Chase Database be
populated shall comply with the FCRA. Customer and its Servicers shall use the
Chase Database in a manner that complies with the FCRA and the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act and Regulation B thereto. Customer shall prohibit each of its
Servicers from accessing any data in the Chase Data which under the FCRA may not
be shared with Customer's Affiliate. Customer may make a back-up copy of the
Access Software provided to Customer by DynaMark for use at the Customer's
Computer Site and other than written materials for the DynaLink Software, agrees
not to make copies of any of the written material for the Access Software
provided by DynaMark. Customer and its Servicers shall not modify, disassemble,
decompile, or reverse engineer any of the Access Software; and may not attempt
to disclose, transfer, sell, sublease, assign or rent any of the Access Software
or any part or modification thereof or work derived therefrom. Customer, its
Servicers and Affiliates shall not use any of the Access Software to access any
data at DynaMark which is not in the Chase Database. Customer and its Servicers
shall not use any of the Access Software in a time-sharing or service bureau
environment, which shall not include use by a Servicer on the Servicer's
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 6 of 27
computer network system to support Customer, or for the processing, tracking or
analysis of data associated with the accounts or prospects of others without
DynaMark's permission.
3.3 Access Software Maintenance. Customer will without additional
charge receive prompt corrections of any problems in the Access Software, the
DBMS Software and Custom Software as applicable, and which significantly affect
the functioning of the Access Software, the DBMS Software and Custom Software as
applicable in accessing data in the Chase Database at DynaMark or which
significantly impair the Customer's use of the Chase Database at DynaMark while
it is maintained by DynaMark (an "Error"). DynaMark must be promptly notified of
the Error and Customer agrees to cooperate, to the extent reasonably possible,
with DynaMark and help DynaMark duplicate the problem. DynaMark will use
reasonable efforts to provide Customer with a cure to an Error in the Access
Software, the DBMS Software and Custom Software as applicable, provided to
Customer hereunder as soon as is reasonably practicable after receipt of
Customer's notice thereof. Corrections will be made by DynaMark and must be
promptly installed once Customer receives such correction. If repair of the
Error is not effective after three attempts, then DynaMark will use commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain replacement for such defective Access Software, the
DBMS Software or Custom Software as applicable, and if it is unable to do so,
the parties will (to the extent possible) utilize a previous release of the
affected Access Software, the DBMS Software or Custom Software. DynaMark's
obligation to correct any Error in the Access Software, the DBMS Software and
Custom Software does not include, and Customer specifically assumes the cost of,
the following: (a) to the extent any loss is attributable to the fault or
negligence of Customer; (b) failure to operate the Access Software, the DBMS
Software or Custom Software in accordance with operating instructions; or (c)
problem affected by Customer-modified portions of the Access Software, the DBMS
Software or Custom Software without DynaMark's consent. Corrections for Errors
substantially caused by Customer's actions, negligence or unauthorized changes
in the Access Software, the DBMS Software or Custom Software shall be billed at
DynaMark's standard time and material charges. Customer may receive and must
promptly install any updated versions of the Access Software or the DBMS
Software it receives which do not significantly interfere with Customer's then
current use of such Access Software ("Updates"). Should Customer fail to
implement such Updates, Customer shall, if requested by DynaMark, be required to
pay some additional reasonable fee to resume support and maintenance of
back-level versions of the Access Software and the DBMS Software. Customer shall
be responsible for acquiring and paying for the hardware and software required
for it to use the Access Software, the DBMS Software and Custom Software at
Customer's Computer Site and shall stop using the Access Software and return all
copies of the Access Software and associated materials to DynaMark upon the
expiration or termination of this Agreement.
In the event that DynaMark is unable to repair an Error after three attempts, it
shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain replacement Access Software, DBMS
Software or Custom Software as applicable, which performs substantially similar
functions as the Access Software, DBMS Software or Custom Software replaced
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 7 of 27
and will not substantially disrupt Customer access of the Chase Database. In the
event an Error attributable to DynaMark cannot be repaired after three attempts
or the Access Software DBMS Software or Custom Software replaced or a previous
release of the subject Access Software, DBMS Software or Custom Software can not
be utilized, DynaMark shall be liable for direct damages actually sustained by
Customer as a result of such Error attributable to DynaMark.
DynaMark will as set forth in Section C (i) Customer Payment For Software and
Equipment of Exhibit C (Chase Database Fees) hereto, arrange for maintenance
including Updates and Error correction or hardware malfunction correction of
therein referenced software and dedicated hardware.
3.4 License and Use By Affiliates. Customer reserves the right to request, and
DynaMark agrees that it shall grant, additional licenses to use the Access
Software to any Affiliate of Customer for the sole purpose of that Affiliate of
Customer accessing only the data in the Chase Database; provided, that any grant
of such license shall be conditioned upon the approval of the Third Party Access
Software provider to so increase or decrease the number of licenses or sites;
payment by Customer of agreed amounts for additional licenses to the Access
Software, and written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by
each such Affiliate of Customer, including provision that DynaMark can seek
redress directly from the applicable Affiliate of Customer in event of material
breach of the terms of this Agreement by said Affiliate of Customer. Customer
further agrees that it reserves the right by written notice to DynaMark to
request, and DynaMark agrees that it shall agree to increase or decrease the
number of sites and Customer's employees with access; provided, that its
agreement to increase or decrease the number of sites and employees shall be
conditioned upon the approval of the Third Party Access Software provider to
said increase or decrease and payment by Customer of agreed amount for increased
or decreased number of sites and employees. Exhibit C shall then be amended
accordingly. Customer agrees that it shall designate a representative to
coordinate requests for additional licenses to the Access Software as well as
requests for usage of or services regarding the Chase Database by Affiliates of
Customer.
The Customer's Affiliates shall be permitted by Customer to access only that
data in the Chase Database which may be shared with its Affiliates under the
Fair Credit Reporting Act. All references to Customer in this Agreement shall be
deemed to include the Affiliates of Customer who are licensed to use the Access
Software or to request services from DynaMark regarding the Chase Database. The
Customer representative shall inform DynaMark, in writing, if an Affiliate of
Customer who is licensed to use the Access Software is authorized to obtain
services from DynaMark regarding the Chase Database and DynaMark shall subject
to the terms of this Agreement, provide such Affiliate with such services which
shall be coordinated through the designated Customer representative. Unless
otherwise agreed by the parties, Customer shall be invoiced for and shall pay
all fees due for license, access and use of the Chase Database by the Affiliates
of Customer and for services from DynaMark regarding the Chase Database obtained
by the Affiliates of Customer.
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 8 of 27
SECTION 4. CHASE DATABASE SERVICES.
4.1 Chase Database Services. The "Chase Database Services" shall
consist of DynaMark loading the Imported Data received into the modules
described in Exhibit B hereto and executing the directions transmitted to
DynaMark by Customer with respect to the data actions set forth on Exhibit C to
be taken as well as providing maintenance services specified above in Section
3.3. DynaMark shall take action that Customer requests it to take in connection
with the Chase Database and the data therein. DynaMark also shall maintain the
Chase Database at DynaMark in accordance with the security procedures set forth
in Section 13 and the obligations regarding confidentiality in Sections 8 and 9.
DynaMark further agrees to maintain, fix or arrange for the maintenance of the
environment and equipment on which the Chase Database resides, at Customer's
expense as set forth in subpart (i) of Section C (Access SoftwareAccess Charges)
of Exhibit C as well as providing maintenance services specified above in
Section 3.3. DynaMark shall have no responsibility or liability to Customer or
its Affiliates with respect to the execution of data actions in connection with
the Chase Database by or on behalf of Customer or an Affiliate or the execution
by DynaMark of data actions requested by or on behalf of Customer or an
Affiliate including data actions that were transmitted by Customer or an
Affiliate to DynaMark but not intended by Customer or the Affiliate, or with
respect to the execution of data actions transmitted to DynaMark on behalf of
Customer or a Affiliate that were changed from what Customer or the Affiliate
intended. DynaMark may terminate this Agreement, in whole or part, upon thirty
days notice to Customer if: (i) the Customer has failed to deliver the necessary
data or specifications for DynaMark to provide Chase Database Service(s) within
sixty (60) days of its receipt of written notice from DynaMark specifying such
failure to deliver requisite data or specifications
4.2 Change And Control. Customer will in writing advise DynaMark of the
positions, titles and or names of those persons employed by Customer or
Servicers who are authorized to direct DynaMark to execute data actions on
behalf of Customer which substantially change the modules in the Chase Database
described in Exhibit B, which substantially change the functionality of the
Access Software, or who are authorized to submit requests for services under
this Agreement.
4.3 Inspection and Review. Following completion of any service or
obligation by DynaMark, Customer shall promptly and carefully test the data and
inspect said service and associated reports or output and shall promptly
identify and advise DynaMark of any errors in said data, service, report or
output (and in no event more than 30 days after receipt). Customer shall
carefully inspect the Chase Database including without limitation the modules
described in Exhibit B into which it is organized, prior to the Date of
Execution and periodically thereafter in order for Customer to satisfy itself
that the Chase Database complies with the FCRA.
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 9 of 27
4.4 Performance Standards For Chase Database Services. Early in the
term of this Agreement, DynaMark and Customer shall each appoint a
representative to discuss and use best efforts to reach mutual agreement on
performance standards for DynaMark's performance hereunder of the Chase Database
Services, and means of measuring the agreed upon performance standards as well
as identifying any remedies available for the failure to meet or maintain such
performance standards. Such performance standards, and methods of measurement of
them may be modified over time by mutual agreement of the parties. The parties
shall agree to, and document, priorities and accomplishments. If the parties
have agreed upon performance standards for DynaMark's performance hereunder of
the Chase Database Services (the" Performance Standards"), method of measuring
the Performance Standards (the "Measurement"), and means of advising one another
of the ongoing results of such, each such Performance Standard shall be so
measured on an unofficial basis for three (3) months, during which time such
Performance Standard(s) may be adjusted by mutual agreement of all the parties
as necessary. At the conclusion of the three (3) month period, each Performance
Standard for DynaMark's performance hereunder of the Chase Database Services and
the Measurement of it as modified, shall be deemed "Official". Each Official
Performance Standard shall thereafter be measured by the Official Measurement.
In the event that in any quarter, DynaMark fails to meet an Official Performance
Standard(s) measured against its corresponding Official Measurement as agreed
upon by the parties pursuant to this Section 4.4 (Performance Standards For
Chase Database Services), Customer shall promptly and specifically in writing
advise DynaMark of its ongoing deficient results on such Official Performance
Standard and then DynaMark shall apply a credit on its next invoice to Customer
in the amount of ten (10) percent of all charges billed to Customer directly
related to said deficient Official Performance Standard for the quarter in which
such Official Performance Standard was not met. If DynaMark has been so advised
by Customer of its ongoing deficient results on such Official Performance
Standard, then the failure of DynaMark to meet Official Performance Standards
for two consecutive calendar quarters, shall entitle Customer to terminate this
Agreement upon thirty days written notice to DynaMark provided in accordance
with Section 6.3 (Termination For Cause). Upon such notification, Customer shall
pay DynaMark all amounts then properly due for services provided under and in
accordance with this Agreement, up to and including the effective date of
termination.
4.6 Customer Provided Software. Customer may request that DynaMark install
certain software acquired by Customer from a Third Party ("Customer Software")
on the Dedicated Equipment as defined in Section C of Exhibit C for use
hereunder. If mutually agreed upon by the parties and technically feasible for
DynaMark to do so, then DynaMark will install the Customer Software on the
Dedicated Equipment for use hereunder by DynaMark and its Affiliates and by and
on behalf of Customer. Customer represents and warrants that it owns or
possesses all rights and interests in the Customer Software as are necessary for
DynaMark to install the Customer Software on the Dedicated Equipment for use by
Customer, its Servicers and Affiliates and by DynaMark and its Affiliates
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 10 of 27
hereunder, and that this installation and use of the hereunder of the Customer
Software shall not infringe upon the legally protected proprietary rights of any
Third Party. Customer represents and warrants that Customer will indemnify and
hold DynaMark, its Affiliates, and their agents and employees, harmless from any
loss, damage or liability (including reasonable attorney's fees) for
infringement of any United States patent right, copyright, or other legally
protected proprietary right with respect to the installation and use of the
Customer Software hereunder so long as Customer is notified promptly in writing
and is given authority and information reasonably required for the defense of
same. Customer shall pay DynaMark rates mutually agreed upon by Customer and
DynaMark for such installation of the Customer Software, plus expenses incurred
in connection with the installation of the Customer Software. Customer shall be
solely responsible for obtaining the rights necessary for DynaMark to install
the Customer Software on the Dedicated Equipment for use by Customer, its
Servicers and Affiliates and by DynaMark and its Affiliates hereunder. Customer
shall be solely responsible for the costs of acquiring and maintaining the
Customer Software and for arranging for maintenance including Updates and Error
correction of the Customer Software. The provision in Section 11.3 (Limitation
of Liability - Customer) shall not be construed to in any way limit Customer's
indemnification obligations as provided above in this Section 4.6. The indemnity
and hold harmless obligations of Customer in this Section shall survive
termination of this Agreement.
SECTION 5. DYNAMARK START-UP SERVICES.
5.1 Start-up Training Sessions. Early in the term of this Agreement,
DynaMark shall conduct for Customer, at a site selected by Customer the training
sessions as described in the Chase Database Task Listing attached as Appendix A.
During the term of this Agreement, DynaMark shall also conduct for Customer, at
a site selected by Customer and at mutually agreed upon times, the additional
training sessions as itemized in the Chase Database Task Listing (Appendix A).
Customer will be responsible for the expense incurred in having its
representatives attend such training session including but not limited to, the
cost of travel, lodging, and meals. This training will occur in the time frame
set forth in the Task Listing attached as Appendix A, unless the parties
mutually agree otherwise.
5.2 DynaLink Software Documentation. Within 60 days of the Date of
Execution, DynaMark shall furnish to Customer the DynaLink Software and
documentation describing the features and functions of DynaLink Software.
5.3 Assistance with Initial Chase Database Access and Implementation.
DynaMark shall supply to Customer telephone assistance in installing the
DynaLink Software and other Access Software and using it to access the Chase
Database. Such telephone assistance shall be for * within 90 days subsequent to
the Date of Commencement. Thereafter, a reasonable amount of telephone
assistance in using the Access Software to access the Chase Database,
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 11 of 27
shall be available to Customer through the DynaMark Technical Helpline during
DynaMark's normal business hours on Business Days, at no additional charge.
SECTION 6. TERM
6.1 Term. The initial term of this Agreement shall be from Date of
Execution until five (5) years from the Date of Execution. Thereafter, this
Agreement shall automatically renew for successive terms of one year each unless
and until one party shall give to the other party written notice of termination
at least sixty (60) days prior to the conclusion of the then-current term.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, licenses granted to
Customer for use of data from a Third Party or Third Party software in
connection with this Agreement shall terminate immediately upon the expiration
or termination of the agreement between DynaMark and the Third Party for use of
said data or software. In event of such termination, DynaMark will use
reasonable efforts to obtain replacement for such data or software.
*
The parties agree that these Termination Fees are reasonable under the
circumstances and that these termination fees have been carefully considered and
agreed to by the Parties in view of the difficulty in ascertaining actual
damages because of the complexities of the transaction and the substantial
initial investment borne by DynaMark prior to the Date of Execution.
6.2 Termination Due To Bankruptcy. Either party shall have the right to
immediately suspend or terminate this Agreement at anytime prior to the
expiration of its stated term with notice to the other party if the other party
ceases operations or commences a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or
consents to or fails to contest in a timely and appropriate manner any petition
filed against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or makes
assignments for the benefit of creditors or is unable to fulfill its obligations
under this Agreement due to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, or other
cessation of its activities as an ongoing business. Termination under this
Section 6.2 shall be effective upon the other party's receipt of notice issued
by the terminating party in accordance with this Section.
6.3 Termination For Cause. (a) Either party shall have the right to
immediately terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other party in
event of the other party's material breach of its confidentiality obligations in
Section 8 (Confidential Treatment of Information) of this Agreement.
(b) Additionally this Agreement may be terminated for cause pursuant to
and in accordance with Section 3.1 (Software License), Section 4.1 (Chase
Database Services), Section 4.4 (Performance Standards For Chase Database
Services) and Section 7.3 (Payment) upon written notice issued in accordance
with Section 3.1, 4.1, 4.4 or 7.3 from the party specified in Section 3.1, 4.1,
4.4 or 7.3 to the other.
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 12 of 27
(c) Termination under this Section 6.3 shall be effective upon the
other party's receipt of notice issued by the terminating party in accordance
with this Section 6.3. Termination of this Agreement in accordance with its
terms shall not, unless expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, affect
any right accruing to or obligation of either party arising prior to termination
which by their terms are intended to survive.
6.4 Termination For Cause-Transition Services. In the event of a
termination of this Agreement by Customer pursuant to Section 6.1 (Term) for
failure of DynaMark to to enter into at least one DynaMark Agency Agreement or
failure of DynaMark to maintain in effect at least one DynaMark Agency Agreement
during the term hereof while Customer maintains in effect at least one National
Consumer Reporting Agency -Chase Agreement or pursuant to Section 6.2
(Termination Due To Bankruptcy) or Section 6.3 (Termination For Cause) above,
DynaMark shall upon receipt of Customer's written request, furnish Customer all
copies, in what ever media, partial or complete, of the Chase Database at
DynaMark, which shall include without limitation, the data in the Chase Database
from DynaMark's mainframe computer system which will be downloaded to the
dedicated hardware equipment described in Section C of Exhibit C and the
Compiled Data in the Chase Database modules, in the format compiled at the time
of such termination. DynaMark's obligation to furnish Customer this Chase
Database data is subject to the Third Party data suppliers express approval of
such provision of such portion of the Compiled Data, if applicable; and
DynaMark's receipt of all payment properly due under and in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, up to and including the effective date of termination.
Such payment shall include, without limitation, full payment of all costs
incurred or which DynaMark is contractually committed to incur in acquiring,
maintaining and updating the Dedicated Equipment and any Other Dedicated
Equipment as those terms are defined in Section C of Exhibit C which is leased
or otherwise acquired by DynaMark under Section C of Exhibit C that have not
already been billed to and paid by Customer, including any payment required for
Customer to assume assignment or ownership of the Dedicated Equipment and any
Other Dedicated Equipment or all costs related to acquiring, maintaining and
updating the Dedicated Equipment and any Other Dedicated Equipment that have
already been contractually committed to by DynaMark in accordance with the terms
hereof, if assignment or ownership transfer is not permitted by the Third Party
provider. Customer agrees that it shall reimburse DynaMark for DynaMark's actual
cost to produce the Compiled Data, plus expenses. Upon termination of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 6.2 or Section 6.3 above, DynaMark shall (upon
written request from Customer) also provide Customer with a copy of the Source
Code for the most recent version of any Custom Software; provided that the
payment then properly due for the Custom Software has been fully paid for by
Customer. Additionally, if requested by Customer, DynaMark may provide
assistance in the relocation of the Chase Database in a manner which facilitates
Customer's use of the Chase Database. Customer shall reimburse DynaMark's actual
reasonable costs for all time spent by DynaMark assisting in the relocation of
the Compiled Data from the Chase Database, plus all reasonable travel expenses
incurred by DynaMark in connection therewith for travel that is preapproved by
Customer.
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 13 of 27
6.5 Other Early Termination. In circumstances other than those
described above in Section 6.1 (Term) for failure of DynaMark to to enter into
at least one DynaMark Agency Agreement or failure of DynaMark to maintain in
effect at least one DynaMark Agency Agreement during such time during the term
hereof that Customer maintains in effect at least one National Consumer
Reporting Agency -Chase Agreement or in Section 6.2 (Termination Due To
Bankruptcy) or Section 6.3 (Termination For Cause), this Agreement may be
terminated prior to the expiration of its stated term by Customer providing
DynaMark at least sixty days prior written notice of termination. This
termination shall become effective within a mutually agreed time following
notification. In the event of termination under this Section 6.5, DynaMark shall
be, and following such termination, shall remain entitled to receive: the
Termination Fee as set forth in Section 6.6 below, payment from Customer of all
fees and charges properly due hereunder at the time of such termination, and
full payment of all costs incurred or which DynaMark is contractually committed
to incur in acquiring, maintaining and updating the Dedicated Equipment and any
Other Dedicated Equipment as those terms are defined in Section C of Exhibit C
which is leased or otherwise acquired by DynaMark under Section C of Exhibit C
that have not already been billed to and paid by Customer, including any payment
required for Customer to assume assignment or ownership of the Dedicated
Equipment and any Other Dedicated Equipment or all costs related to acquiring,
maintaining and updating the Dedicated Equipment and any Other Dedicated
Equipment that have already been contractually committed to by DynaMark in
accordance with the terms hereof, if assignment or ownership transfer is not
permitted by the Third Party provider.
6.6 Termination Fee. *
The parties agree that these Termination Fees are reasonable under the
circumstances and that these termination fees have been carefully considered and
agreed to by the Parties in view of the difficulty in ascertaining actual
damages because of the complexities of the transaction and the substantial
initial investment borne by DynaMark prior to the Date of Execution. The parties
agree that the Termination Fees set forth above in this Section 6.6 (Termination
Fee) will not apply in the event that this Agreement is terminated by Customer
pursuant to Section 6.1 (Term) for failure of DynaMark to enter into at least
one DynaMark Agency Agreement or failure of DynaMark to maintain in effect at
least one DynaMark Agency Agreement during such time during the term hereof that
Customer maintains in effect at least one National Consumer Reporting Agency
- -Chase Agreement.
6.7 Additional Transition Services. Upon the termination of this
Agreement for whatever reasons, DynaMark agrees that it shall provide Customer
reasonably requested assistance, at Customer's expense, in obtaining permission
of the Third Party Access Software provider for Customer to have the right to
the Third Party Access Software necessary for Customer to utilize the Chase
Database in another environment. Customer agrees to cooperate with DynaMark in
the provision of such services and to reimburse DynaMark for its
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 14 of 27
time expended at consulting rates to be mutually agreed upon by Customer and
DynaMark plus expenses incurred in the provision of such services. Additionally,
if requested by Customer, DynaMark may provide a reasonable amount of assistance
in the relocation of the Compiled Data from the Chase Database. Customer shall
pay DynaMark a reasonable mutually agreed upon amount for DynaMark's assistance
in the relocation of the Compiled Data, plus all reasonable travel expenses
incurred by DynaMark in connection therewith for travel that is preapproved by
Customer.
SECTION 7. FEES.
7.1 Chase Database Fees. Beginning on the Date of Execution and during
the term of this Agreement, Customer shall pay to DynaMark the Chase Database
fees set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, as it may be modified from time to
time as provided in this Agreement. The initial Chase Database Fee Schedule set
forth on Exhibit C shall remain in effect for the first year of the initial term
of this Agreement. Thereafter, the rates and charges on Exhibit C are subject to
increase once per calendar year upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to
Customer. *
7.2 Additional Service Fees. DynaMark will issue and Customer shall pay
monthly invoices for the additional services provided to Customer including
those provided pursuant to a Service Request or any addendum or amendment
hereto. Supporting documentation for amounts invoiced for additional services
shall be provided to Customer upon request.
7.3 Payment. All payments for services rendered pursuant to this
Agreement shall be due on the date of the invoice. The amount of any invoice not
paid within 60 days after the date of the invoice shall incur interest at a
monthly rate of 1% from the date of the invoice until paid. Customer also agrees
to pay reasonable attorney's fees and other costs incurred in collection of any
amounts not paid when due.
Should Customer fail to pay any invoice, which is not subject to prior good
faith dispute, within 75 days of the date of the invoice, DynaMark, at its sole
option, may suspend providing services hereunder to Customer, all invoiced
amounts remaining due and payable. Should Customer fail to pay any invoice
within 90 days of the date of the invoice, DynaMark may terminate this
Agreement, in whole or part, upon thirty days notice to Customer, all invoiced
amounts remaining due and payable.
7.4 Taxes. In addition to the prices provided for herein, Customer
shall pay DynaMark the amount of any sales, use or other taxes now or hereafter
imposed by any federal state or local authority upon or with respect to the
transactions under this Agreement or a Service Request hereunder other than
taxes imposed on the net income of DynaMark and personal property taxes.
SECTION 8. OWNERSHIP OF SYSTEMS AND MATERIALS.
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 15 of 27
8.1 DynaMark Materials. All DynaLink Software, DynaMatch(R) merge/purge
software and other software of DynaMark used in connection with the Chase
Database, including all custom Access Software, software, systems, programs,
operating instructions and associated documentation prepared by DynaMark and all
proprietary information provided by DynaMark about its pricing, systems and
business plans shall be and remain the property of DynaMark ( the "DynaMark
Materials").
8.2 Customer Materials. * Any and all Customer Materials produced by
DynaMark at the request of Customer hereunder shall be the property of Customer,
to the extent that such work may be designated a work made for hire, and
DynaMark hereby transfers and assigns to Customer in perpetuity any and all
copyrights and other proprietary rights and ownership in and to such works, to
which DynaMark may otherwise be entitled effective upon receipt by DynaMark of
full payment due hereunder. * DynaMark agrees to provide reasonable requested
assistance to Customer, at Customer's expense, to obtain such rights to the
extent possible. Upon termination of this Agreement all data, materials and
property belonging to one party shall be returned to that party.
8.3 Third Party Materials. All Third Party software used or provided by
DynaMark in connection with the Chase Database, including the Access Software
and DBMS Software licensed to DynaMark by Third Parties, i.e., any * Software of
*, * software and any * Software, is and shall remain the property of the Third
Party.
SECTION 9. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF INFORMATION.
9.1 Customer Information. (a) DynaMark will safeguard and hold
confidential from disclosure to any Third Party or entity, except a person or
entity approved in writing in advance by Customer at Customer's sole discretion,
the Chase Database, including any data therein, all Custom Software, all
Imported Data, all Depersonalized Attributes and Prescreen Information,
proprietary marketing strategies, programs, specifications and associated
documentation, promotion plans and promotion tracking results which DynaMark
receives for use hereunder from or on behalf of Customer during the course of
this Agreement (hereinafter, the "Confidential Information"). The use of such
Confidential Information by DynaMark shall be solely limited to the purpose(s)
specified in this Agreement or Service Request Forms and DynaMark shall not
otherwise transfer, sell, reveal or otherwise communicate directly or indirectly
any of Customer's Confidential Information, except as authorized by Customer or
Servicer in writing. DynaMark agrees to hold Customer harmless from and against
any claim, loss or expense that Customer may suffer as a result of DynaMark's
negligent failure to safeguard Customer's Confidential Information through use
of the same standard of care that DynaMark uses to protect its own confidential
information, which standard of care shall not be less than a standard of
reasonable care. The Compiled Data in the Chase Database and the Custom Software
shall be provided to Customer upon termination of this Agreement in
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 16 of 27
accordance with the Subsections of Section 6 (Term). All other Confidential
Information which DynaMark receives from or on behalf of Customer shall be
returned to Customer upon termination of this Agreement or earlier if requested
by Customer and no longer needed for purposes of this Agreement or Service
Request Forms. Confidential Information subject to this paragraph shall not
include information: which is or becomes part of the public domain other than by
an act or omission of DynaMark; or, which is demanded by lawful order from any
court or any body empowered to issue such an order; or, which is independently
developed by personnel of DynaMark; or is or becomes known to DynaMark other
than through DynaMark's receipt of Confidential Information hereunder; or, which
is or becomes known to DynaMark from third parties not under an obligation of
confidence to Customer. DynaMark's obligations under this Subsection 9.1(a) are
limited to diligent compliance with the same methods and procedures that
DynaMark uses to protect its own confidential information from disclosure. The
provisions of this Section 9.1 (Customer Information) and subsections thereto
shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall bind the parties,
their successors and assigns.
(b) If DynaMark is requested or required (by subpoena, civil investigative
demand or similar legal process) to disclose any Confidential Information,
DynaMark will promptly notify Customer of such request or requirement so that
Customer may at its expense seek an appropriate protective order; however,
DynaMark shall have no obligation to obtain such protective order or otherwise
contest such legal process. Then, DynaMark may disclose Confidential Information
of Customer if still compelled to do so pursuant to legal process.
(c) Customer agrees that auditors from or retained by a National Consumer
Reporting Agency with whom Customer has entered into a National Consumer
Reporting Agency -Chase Agreement may be permitted to audit DynaMark's
procedures for handling and processing of data in connection with the PreScreen
Services, including without limitation DynaMark's procedures relating to the
handling and processing of Depersonalized Attributes and PreScreen Information
upon reasonable notice. Customer shall reasonably cooperate with respect to such
audit.
9.2 DynaMark Information. Customer and its Servicers will safeguard the
DynaMark Materials and the Access Software and hold them confidential from
disclosure to any Third Party or entity, except a person or entity approved in
writing in advance by DynaMark. No aspects of the DynaMark Materials, including
the DynaLink Software, or the other Access Software, and without limitation,
programs, specifications, documentation and methods of processing, shall be
sold, revealed, disclosed or otherwise communicated, directly or indirectly by
Customer or its Servicers to any person, company or institution whatsoever.
Customer agrees to hold DynaMark harmless from and against any claim, loss or
expense that DynaMark may suffer as a result of Customer's or its Servicers
negligent failure to so safeguard the DynaMark Materials and the Access Software
through use of the same standard of care that Customer uses to protect its own
Confidential Information which standard of care shall not be less than a
standard of reasonable care. It is understood that except for the License
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 17 of 27
described herein, no title to or rights in the DynaMark Materials or the other
Access Software, or any part thereof, is transferred to Customer or to its
Servicer by this Agreement. However, Customer and its Servicers have no
obligation to safeguard any material provided by DynaMark if such material is or
becomes publicly available other than by an act or omission of Customer; is
independently developed by personnel of Customer; is or becomes known to
Customer other than through Customer's receipt of the DynaMark Materials or the
Access Software provided by DynaMark hereunder; which is or becomes known to
Customer from third parties not under an obligation of confidence to DynaMark;
or, is demanded by a lawful order from any court or any body empowered to issue
such an order. Customer agrees to notify DynaMark promptly of the receipt of any
such order, and to provide DynaMark with a copy of the order. Customer's
obligations under this Subsection 9.2 are limited to diligent compliance with
the same methods and procedures that Customer uses to protect its own
Confidential Information from disclosure. The provisions of this paragraph shall
survive any termination of this Agreement and shall bind the parties, their
successors and assigns.
9.3 Injunctive Relief. In the event of any breach of the obligations
under this Section 9 (Confidential Treatment of Information), each party
acknowledges that the other party would have no adequate remedy at law, since
the harm caused by such a breach would not be easily measured and compensated
for in damages, and that in addition to such other remedies as may be available
to the other party, the other party may obtain injunctive relief including, but
not limited to, specific performance.
9.4 Non-exclusive Agreement. Nothing in this Section 9 (Confidential
Treatment of Information) or in this Agreement is intended to prevent Customer
from obtaining database, products or services of a same or similar nature to
those obtained by it from DynaMark under this Agreement from parties other than
DynaMark; nor is anything in this Agreement intended to prevent DynaMark from
providing a database, products and services of a same or similar nature to that
provided by it to Customer under this Agreement to parties other than Customer.
Further, nothing in this Section 9 (Confidential Treatment of Information) or in
this Agreement is intended to prevent DynaMark from developing and subsequently
utilizing with others any constituent elements of the Chase Database, including
but without limitation: the structure of data tables and files, the data model
consisting of the design of the database and of the tables that will be
implemented in the database management system, the star schema, and the
metatdata, even if they are the same or similar to those in the Chase Database.
SECTION 10. WARRANTIES.
10.1 Software. DynaMark warrants that the DynaLink Software will
perform the technical functions described in DynaLink Software Users Guide and
can be used by Customer to access data in the modules of the Chase Database
described on Exhibit B, provided that Customer has not modified the DynaLink
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 18 of 27
Software. DynaMark does not warrant that the DynaLink Software or the other
Access Software is or will be totally error free or its operation uninterrupted.
DynaMark does not warrant that the DynaLink Software or the other Access
Software will run on every computer, network, or operating system. To the extent
permitted by its agreement(s) with the Third Party software licensor(s) of the
other Access Software, DynaMark warrants that such other Access Software as
delivered will substantially perform the technical functions set forth in the
documentation related thereto provided by the respective Third Party software
licensor. Nothing in this section is intended to derogate DynaMark's obligations
to provide maintenance services as set forth in Section 3.3 of this Agreement.
10.2 Patent, Copyright or Trade Secret Infringement. DynaMark warrants
that it owns or possesses all rights and interests in the DynaLink Software and
the other Access Software, as are necessary to enter into this Agreement, and
that Services DynaMark provides hereunder shall not infringe upon the legally
protected proprietary rights of any Third Party and that it will indemnify and
hold Customer, its agents and employees, harmless from any loss, damage or
liability (including reasonable attorney's fees) for infringement of any United
States patent right, copyright, or other legally protected proprietary right
with respect to the DynaLink Software as provided so long as DynaMark is
notified promptly in writing and is given authority and information reasonably
required for the defense of same. DynaMark shall not be responsible for any
cost, expense, or compromise incurred or made by the Customer without DynaMark's
prior written approval. If, at any time, DynaMark is of the opinion that the
DynaLink Software is likely to become the subject of any such action, DynaMark
may, at its sole option and expense, (a) obtain the right to continue to use the
software; or if (a) is not commercially feasible then (b) replace or modify such
software, provided that no such replacement or modification shall impair the
performance of software, and if (a) and (b) are not commercially feasible then
(c) remove such software; provided, however, that if such removal materially
impairs the services to be provided to Customer hereunder, Customer may
terminate this Agreement and DynaMark shall refund Customer all fees paid
hereunder for use of the Chase Database for each full calendar month after
removal of such software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that
DynaMark shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify and hold harmless
Customer for an alleged infringement related, directly or indirectly, to the
interconnection by Customer of the DynaLink Software with hardware or software
not provided by DynaMark. The provision in Section 11.2 (Limitation of Liability
- -DynaMark) shall not be construed to in any way limit DynaMark's indemnification
obligations as provided above in this Section 10.2. The indemnity and hold
harmless obligations of DynaMark in this Section shall survive termination of
this Agreement.
10.3 Accuracy. DynaMark will use reasonable efforts to accurately input
the Imported Data into the Chase Database and will use reasonable efforts to
accurately transmit the Exported Data to Customer. DynaMark does not warrant or
guarantee that any information or data it utilizes or provides, including the
Imported Data and the Exported Data, is accurate or up-to-date. DynaMark cannot
and does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 19 of 31
Depersonalized Attributes or PreScreen Information or of any of the credit
bureau records which are prescreened or used incident hereto. Further, DynaMark
cannot and does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the data or
information of any type communicated by a Third Party, be it a credit bureau or
other vendor incident hereto or otherwise associated with Customer's marketing
programs.
10.4 Warranty. THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHERS, WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH ARE
HEREBY DISCLAIMED.
SECTION 11. LIABILITY.
11.1 Liability. DynaMark will use due diligence in performing its
obligations under this Agreement and the performance by DynaMark of all its
services provided under this Agreement shall be consistent with industry
standards. DynaMark shall indemnify and hold harmless Customer and its employees
from and against any and all liability, loss or damage Customer may suffer as a
result of claims, demands, costs or judgments against Customer arising out of
DynaMark's negligent failure to comply with the performance standard in the
first sentence of this Section; provided, that DynaMark's obligation to
indemnify Customer shall be limited to the actual losses by Customer resulting
from DynaMark's negligent failure to comply and shall exclude any indirect,
special, consequential, or punitive damages. The liability of DynaMark for any
claims, losses or damages arising out of or related to this Agreement or the
Chase Database shall be limited as provided in Subsection 11.2 of this
Agreement. The liability of Customer for any claims, losses or damages arising
out of or related to this Agreement or the Chase Database shall be limited as
provided in Subsection 11.3 of this Agreement. Neither Party shall be liable to
the other Party or any Affiliates of the other Party for any claims, damages,
losses or expenses arising out of the performance of the services to be
performed by it pursuant to this Agreement if such claims, damages, losses or
expenses are due to causes that are beyond its reasonable control.
11.2 Limitation of Liability - DynaMark. DynaMark shall not be liable
for any loss, cost, or expense of Customer, any Affiliates of Customer or any
Third Party resulting from or related to the data with which the Chase Database
is populated or the manner in which the Chase Database is used provided that
DynaMark has acted in accordance with the terms hereof or at the direction of
Customer, its Servicers or authorized Affiliates. Notwithstanding any contrary
provision contained in this Agreement, in no event other than for fulfillment by
DynaMark of its indemnification obligation under Section 10.2 (Patent, Copyright
or Trade Secret Infringement) or for liability with respect to use of the Access
Software by DynaMark in willful breach of its Agreement with the Third Party
Access Software Provider or for liability resulting from its willful breach of
its confidentiality obligations under Section 9.1(a), shall the total liability
of
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 20 of 27
DynaMark for any claims, losses or damages arising out of or related to this
Agreement, the Chase Database or its services hereunder or from breach of its
warranties in this Agreement exceed the total amount of fees and charges paid by
Customer pursuant to this Agreement during the 6-month period preceding the
claim for the product, service or module to which the liability relates. IN NO
EVENT OTHER THAN FOR FULFILLMENT BY DYNAMARK OF ITS INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION
UNDER SECTION 10.2 (PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR TRADE SECRET INFRINGEMENT) OR FOR
LIABILITY RESULTING FROM ITS WILLFUL BREACH OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS
UNDER SECTION 9.1(A), SHALL DYNAMARK'S, ITS OFFICERS', DIRECTORS' OR EMPLOYEES'
LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR ANY MATTER OR THING WHATSOEVER, BASED UPON, RELATING
TO, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDE ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS, REVENUE, DATA OR USE, EVEN
IF DYNAMARK SHALL HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OR LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH
POTENTIAL LOSS OR DAMAGE.
11.3 Limitation of Liability - Customer. Notwithstanding any contrary provision
contained in this Agreement, except for fulfillment of its payment obligation
under the Subsections of Section 6 (Term) and Subsections of Section 7 (Fees),
under Section 15.6 (Customer Responsibility), for liability with respect to use
of the Access Software by Customer or a Customer Affiliate in willful breach of
the Agreement, for fulfillment by Customer of its indemnification obligation
under Section 4.6 (Customer Provided Software) or for liability resulting from
its willful breach of its confidentiality obligations under Section 9.2, in no
other event shall the total liability of Customer for any claims, losses or
damages arising out of or related to this Agreement, the Chase Database or from
breach of its obligations in this Agreement exceed the total amount of fees and
charges to be paid by Customer pursuant to this Agreement during the 6-month
period preceding the claim for the product, service or module to which the
liability relates. IN NO EVENT OTHER THAN FOR FULFILLMENT BY CUSTOMER OF ITS
INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION UNDER SECTION 4.6 (CUSTOMER SOFTWARE) OR FOR
LIABILITY RESULTING FROM ITS WILLFUL BREACH OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS
UNDER SECTION 9.2, SHALL CUSTOMER'S, ITS OFFICERS', DIRECTORS' OR EMPLOYEES'
LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR ANY MATTER OR THING WHATSOEVER, BASED UPON, RELATING
TO, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDE ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS, REVENUE, DATA OR USE, EVEN
IF CUSTOMER SHALL HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OR LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH
POTENTIAL LOSS OR DAMAGE. The foregoing Section shall not be construed to in any
way limit Customer's indemnification obligations as provided in Section 15.6
(Customer Responsibility).
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 21 of 27
SECTION 12. FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE.
12.1 DynaMark shall not be liable for any failure to perform its
obligations under this Agreement if prevented from doing so by a cause or causes
beyond its reasonable control. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
such causes include acts of God or the public enemy, nature, fires, floods,
storms, tornadoes, earthquakes, riots, strikes, blackouts, wars or war
operations, restraints of government, walkouts or shortages or inability to
obtain materials, labor, fuel, energy, or machinery at reasonable prices or from
regular sources, the failure of Customer or a Third Party to perform its
obligations related to this Agreement or other cause or causes which could not
with reasonable diligence be controlled or prevented by DynaMark. Should
DynaMark at any time be unable, due to any of the aforesaid causes, to supply
its own and all of its Customers' requirements (including customers not under
contract), DynaMark will allocate its available production capacity to its
customers on such terms as it may deem advisable and in such event Customer,
upon written notice to DynaMark, may withdraw Service Requests upon which
DynaMark has not begun preparation. For purposes hereof, DynaMark's Customers
shall be deemed to include Affiliates of DynaMark. DynaMark shall maintain a
Contingency Plan for site backup in case of natural disaster or other disaster.
This Contingency Plan shall provide for a fully operational site back-up for
batch processing within 72 hours of the occurrence of the disaster, provided the
backup site is not disrupted by disaster.
SECTION 13. SECURITY PROCEDURES
13.1 DynaMark shall, during the term of this Agreement, maintain at its
sole expense the following Security Procedures:
a) No visitor is to be permitted on DynaMark premises without
first signing in and receiving a visitor's badge;
b) All visitors must be escorted while on secured areas of
DynaMark's premises;
c) On weekends and holidays, an employee of DynaMark or a bonded
guard must be present at secured areas of DynaMark's premises;
d) Upon receipt of any tape containing Confidential Information,
DynaMark shall secure it immediately in a card accessed
control area or locked control area;
e) Customer's files shall be stored on magnetic tape in a secured
library or a secured offsite vault;
f) Customer's tapes (which shall not include tapes provided to
DynaMark pursuant to a National Consumer Reporting Agency-
Chase Agreement) shall be logged in upon receipt and returned
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 22 of 27
upon completion of the job (foreign tapes immediately after
completion of the job but work tapes must be maintained at a
DynaMark approved site for a minimum of ninety (90) days and
can only be scratched upon Customer's written approval). After
ninety (90) days, a storage fee of $.50 per reel per month
will be charged by DynaMark to Customer;
g) The Customer's account representatives and authorized
personnel at DynaMark shall be the only individuals permitted
to handle Confidential Information in whatever form;
h) Only DynaMark personnel with authorization or visitors
accompanied by authorized DynaMark personnel may enter the
computer room;
i) DynaMark shall instruct all pertinent personnel with respect
to the confidentiality of all Confidential Information and the
procedures set forth herein.
j) To the extent set forth in Exhibit C, the Chase Database shall
be maintained on a dedicated platform. The Chase Database
shall be maintained with appropriate firewalls implemented to
maintain the confidentiality of the Chase Database.
k) DynaMark agrees to be bound by, and shall implement and
maintain such additional information security procedures as
are mutually agreed upon by the Parties and which shall be
attached hereto as Exhibit D.
13.2 RIGHT TO AUDIT. Customer (or an independent certified auditor
designated in writing by Customer or an authorized government regulator of
Customer which is designated in writing by Customer) shall have the right upon
reasonable notice to DynaMark, during normal business hours, to conduct
reasonable on-site inspections of DynaMark's premises in accordance with
DynaMark's security procedures to audit DynaMark's compliance with the Security
Procedures set forth above in this Section of the Agreement.
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 23 of 27
SECTION 14. NOTICES
14.1 Any notices provided for in this agreement shall be given in
writing and transmitted by personal delivery, facsimile transmission or prepaid
first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as
follows:
If to Customer:
Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association
802 Delaware Avenue
Wilmington, DE 19801
Attn: Michael J. Barret, President
With Copy to:
The Chase Manhattan Bank
100 Duffy Ave
Hicksville, NY 11801
Attn: Philip Lankford
If to DynaMark:
DynaMark, Inc.
4295 Lexington Avenue North
St. Paul, MN 55126-6164
ATTN: President
With copy to:
Fair, Isaac and Company, Inc.
120 North Redwood Drive
San Rafael, California 94903
ATTN: Senior Vice President and General Counsel
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 24 of 27
SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS.
15.1 Delaware Law. This Agreement, and the performance hereunder, shall
be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Delaware.
15.2 Binding Effect. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.
15.3 Section Headings. The headings of the sections or subsections in
this Agreement are for the purpose of reference only and shall not limit or
otherwise affect the meaning of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
15.4 Incorporation of Exhibits. Each of the exhibits referred to herein
and attached hereto are incorporated herein and shall be deemed to be a part of
this Agreement.
15.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
15.6 Customer Responsibility. DynaMark shall have no liability for any
actions, delays, errors, misrepresentations, or failures to act on the part of
any Third Party retained by or on behalf of Customer, be it a credit bureau,
letter shop, list vendor, or other participant in any aspect of the Customer's
marketing efforts. Pricing and service considerations for the Depersonalized
Attributes, PreScreen Information and PreScreen Services, or for use of a
national credit bureau's prescreening facility are to be negotiated between
Customer and the relevant credit bureau and shall be paid for by the Customer.
It is specifically agreed that Customer is solely responsible for the
determination of exclusion criteria, customer credit criteria and selection
strategies utilized in connection with the PreScreen Services and for the
communication of all exclusion and customer credit criteria and other prescreen
selection criteria to the appropriate credit bureaus and to their designated
agent for the provision of data processing services related to the PreScreen
Services. It is specifically agreed that Customer is solely responsible for the
determination of exclusion criteria, customer selection criteria and selection
strategies utilized in connection with the non-prescreen selections and for the
communication of all exclusion and selection strategies to DynaMark for the
provision of data processing services related to the non-prescreen selections.
Customer shall be solely responsible for its and its Servicers'
compliance with all federal, state and local laws and regulations to which it is
subject incident hereto. Customer is solely responsible for the manner in which
Customer and its Servicers use, access and populate the Chase Database or direct
that the Chase Database be populated and for all actions taken in connection
with the Chase Database by or at the direction of Customer or its Servicers.
Customer
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 25 of 27
is also solely responsible for the accuracy, adequacy and formatting of programs
and data transmitted to DynaMark by or for Customer and the Exported Data
obtained by or for Customer. Customer shall indemnify and hold DynaMark and all
of its Affiliates, agents, subcontractors and employees harmless from and
against any and all liabilities, damages, losses, claims, costs and expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually incurred arising out of or related to use
of the Chase Database by or at the direction of Customer or a Servicer, actions
taken by or at the direction of Customer or a Servicer in connection with the
Chase Database, a prescreened solicitation or marketing campaign and the data
included in the Chase Database by or at the direction of Customer or a Servicer
("Losses"), except for any Losses to the extent that such Losses are
attributable to DynaMark's grossly negligent failure to follow the direction
expressly given to DynaMark by Customer or a Servicer concerning an action to be
taken by DynaMark in connection with the Chase Database. Customer waives all
claims against DynaMark arising out of any actions taken by DynaMark or use of
the Chase Database by or on behalf of Customer or a Servicers in violation of
the FCRA or the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B thereto, (even if
DynaMark has obtained data on behalf of Customer, performed analysis, PreScreen
Services or other work in connection with such use) and will indemnify and hold
DynaMark harmless against any loss or expense incurred by DynaMark as the result
of such actions or use, except for any any loss or expense incurred by DynaMark
to the extent that such loss or expense is attributable to DynaMark's grossly
negligent failure to follow the direction expressly given to DynaMark by
Customer or a Servicer concerning a use DynaMark was to make of the Chase
database or an action to be taken by DynaMark in connection with the Chase
Database. Customer shall assume, pay, indemnify, defend, hold harmless and
reimburse DynaMark, all of its Affiliates, agents and employees and its
successors and assigns for any and all liabilities, damages, claims suits,
judgments, losses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and
court costs) directly or indirectly incurred by DynaMark in connection with
claims that Customer or a Servicer failed to comply with any law or regulations
to which it is subject incident hereto; or, in connection with any trademarks or
other proprietary rights relating to that portion of any service specified by
Customer. The provision in Section 11.3 (Limitation of Liability - Customer)
shall not be construed to in any way limit Customer's indemnification
obligations as provided above in this Section 15.6. The indemnity and hold
harmless obligations of Customer in this Section shall survive termination of
this Agreement.
15.7 Insurance. DynaMark shall maintain, throughout the term of this
Agreement, a policy of worker's compensation insurance with coverage limits as
may be required by the law of the state in which the services are to be
performed. DynaMark further agrees to maintain adequate (i) general liability
insurance and (ii) automobile liability insurance providing coverage against
liability for bodily injury, death and property damage which may arise out of or
be based upon any act or omission of any of its employees, agents or
subcontractors under this Agreement. Upon written request, DynaMark shall
promptly provide certificate(s) from its insurers indicating the amount of such
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 26 of 27
coverage, the nature of such coverage and the expiration date of each applicable
policy.
15.8 Equal Employment Opportunity. Unless exempt, then to the extent
that it is hereby legally required to do so, DynaMark will comply with U.S.
Department of Labor regulations regarding (a) equal employment opportunity
obligations of government contractors and subcontractors, 41 Code of Federal
Regulations ("C.F.R.") ss. 60-1.4 (a) (1)-(7); (b) employment by government
contractors of Vietnam-era and disabled veterans, 41 C.F.R. ss. 60-250.4
(a)-(m); (c) employment of the physically handicapped by government contractors
and subcontractors, 41 C.F.R. ss. 60-741.4 (a)-(f); (d) developing written
affirmative action programs, 41 C.F.R. ss. 60-2.1, 60-250.5, and 60-741.5; (e)
certifying no segregated facilities, 41 C.F.R. ss. 60-1.8; (f) filing annual
EEO-1 reports, 41 C.F.R. ss. 60-1.7; and (g) utilizing minority-owned and
female-owned business concerns, 48 C.F.R. ss.ss. 512-219.9 and 52-219.12 all of
which are incorporated by reference herein to the extent to which they apply.
15.9 No Assignment. This Agreement may be assigned by Customer to an
Affiliate of Customer upon Customer's receipt of the express written consent of
DynaMark, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. This Agreement may
not be otherwise assigned by Customer without the express written consent of
DynaMark. This Agreement may not be assigned by DynaMark without the express
written consent of Customer. Customer hereby agrees that DynaMark shall have the
right to perform any or all of the services to be provided hereunder through any
existing or future direct or indirect parent company of DynaMark or any existing
or future direct or indirect subsidiary of such parent company or any of
DynaMark's Affiliates. However, DynaMark shall not provide services hereunder
through any Affiliate of DynaMark if provision of such services by said
Affiliate of DynaMark would conflict with the obligations of that Affiliate of
DynaMark to provide the data processing services required to provide Customer
the Depersonalized Attributes, PreScreen Information and PreScreen Services
under an agency agreement with a National Consumer Reporting Agency.
15.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement is the complete and exclusive
statement of the agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter
hereof. This Agreement supersedes and merges all prior proposals, undertakings,
and all other agreements, oral and written, between the parties relating to the
subject matters thereof. This Agreement may not be modified or altered except by
written instrument duly executed by all parties hereto. No purported waiver of
any provision hereof shall be binding unless set forth in a written document
signed by the party to be charged. Any waiver shall be limited to the
circumstance or event specifically referenced in the written waiver document and
shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement or of the
same circumstance or event upon any recurrence thereof.
No party hereto is bound by the terms of a National Consumer Reporting
Agency -Chase Agreement or a DynaMark Agency Agreement if it is not a party to
such agreement.
<PAGE>
October 29, 1997
Page 27 of 27
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.
Chase Manhattan Bank USA,
National Association
By:
----------------------------------------
Title:
----------------------------------------
DynaMark, Inc.
By:
----------------------------------------
Title
----------------------------------------
Exhibit 11.1
<TABLE>
FAIR, ISAAC AND COMPANY, INCORPORATED
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<CAPTION>
Year Ended September 30,
1997 1996 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Primary Earnings Per Share:
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding 13,386 13,161 12,867
Dilutive effect of outstanding options (as determined by the
treasury stock method) 816 761 826
----------- ----------- -----------
Weighted Average Common Shares outstanding, as Adjusted 14,202 13,922 13,693
=========== =========== ===========
Net Income $ 20,686 $ 17,423 $ 12,753
=========== =========== ===========
Primary Earnings per Share $ 1.46 $ 1.25 $ .93
=========== =========== ===========
Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share:
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding 13,386 13,161 12,867
Dilutive effect of outstanding options (as determined by the
treasury stock method) 907 809 870
----------- ----------- ------------
Weighted Average Common Shares, as Adjusted 14,293 13,970 13,737
=========== =========== ============
Net Income $ 20,686 $ 17,423 $ 12,753
=========== =========== ============
Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share $ 1.45 $ 1.25 $ .93
=========== =========== ============
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT 21.1
Subsidiaries of
Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated
Name of Company and Jurisdiction of
Name under which it Incorporation or
Does Business Organization
=================== ================
Fair, Isaac International
Corporation(1) California
DynaMark, Inc.(1) Minnesota
Credit & Risk Management Associates, Inc.(1) Delaware
Data Research Technologies(1) Minnesota
Risk Management Technologies (1) California
Fair, Isaac International
Germany Corporation(2) California
Fair, Isaac International
Canada Corporation(2) California
Fair, Isaac International
UK Corporation(2) California
Fair, Isaac International
Japan Corporation(2) California
Fair, Isaac International Ltd(2) England
Fair, Isaac International
France Corporation(2) California
Fair, Isaac International
Mexico Corporation(2) California
Radar International, Inc.(3) Virgin Islands
(1) 100% owned by Fair, Isaac and Company, Incorporated.
(2) 100% owned by Fair, Isaac International Corporation.
(3) 100% owned by Risk Management Technologies
WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN THE COMPANY'S 1997 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> SEP-30-1997
<PERIOD-START> OCT-01-1996
<PERIOD-END> SEP-30-1997
<CASH> 13,209
<SECURITIES> 6,108
<RECEIVABLES> 36,905
<ALLOWANCES> 758
<INVENTORY> 0
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 81,830
<PP&E> 63,475
<DEPRECIATION> 28,989
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 145,228
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 34,103
<BONDS> 1,183
<COMMON> 135
0
0
<OTHER-SE> 103,054
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 145,228
<SALES> 0
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 199,009
<CGS> 0
<TOTAL-COSTS> 72,566
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 29,162
<LOSS-PROVISION> 438
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 336
<INCOME-PRETAX> 35,546
<INCOME-TAX> 14,860
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 20,686
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 20,686
<EPS-PRIMARY> 1.46
<EPS-DILUTED> 1.45
<F1>The 1997 presentation contains reclassifications as compared to 1996.
</TABLE>
